Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
064441-V2 - Construction-Related - Contract - Felix Contruction Company
CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF WESTSIDE WATER TREATMENT PLANT 24-MGD Expansion City Project No. 102052 Mattie Parker Jesus “Jay” Chapa Mayor City Manager Christopher Harder, P.E. Director, Water Department Prepared for The City of Fort Worth Water Department VOLUME 2 OF 3 ISSUED FOR BID AUGUST 2025 CDM Smith Inc. 801 Cherry Street, Unit 33 Suite 1820 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 TBPE Firm No. F-3043 In Association With: CSC No. 64441-V2 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 STANDAR D GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology .......................................................................................................... 1 1.01 Defined Ter ms............................................................................................................................... 1 1.02 Ter minology .................................................................................................................................. 6 Article 2 – Preliminar y Matters ......................................................................................................................... 7 2.01 Copies of Document s .................................................................................................................... 7 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed ................................................................ 7 2.03 Starting the Work .......................................................................................................................... 8 2.04 Befor e Starting Constructio n ........................................................................................................ 8 2.05 Preconstructio n Conference .......................................................................................................... 8 2.06 Public Meeting .............................................................................................................................. 8 2.07 Initia l Acceptance of Schedules.................................................................................................... 8 Article 3 – Contract Documents: Intent , Amending, Reuse ............................................................................ 8 3.01 Intent .............................................................................................................................................. 8 3.02 Reference Standard s...................................................................................................................... 9 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies....................................................................................... 9 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Docu ment s ................................................................. 10 3.05 Reuse of Document s ................................................................................................................... 10 3.06 Electronic Dat a............................................................................................................................ 11 Article 4 – Availabilit y of Lands; Subsurface and Physica l Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions ; Reference Point s........................................................................................................... 11 4.01 Availabilit y of Lands .................................................................................................................. 11 4.02 Subsurface and Physica l Conditions .......................................................................................... 12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physica l Conditions ............................................................................. 12 4.04 Underground Facilitie s ............................................................................................................... 13 4.05 Reference Point s ......................................................................................................................... 14 4.06 Hazardous Environ menta l Conditio n at Sit e .............................................................................. 14 Article 5 – Bonds and Insurance ..................................................................................................................... 16 5.01 Licensed Suretie s and Insurer s ................................................................................................... 16 5.02 Perfor mance, Payment , and Maintenance Bond s....................................................................... 16 5.03 Certificates of Insurance ............................................................................................................. 16 5.04 Contractor’s Insurance ................................................................................................................ 18 5.05 Acceptance of Bond s and Insurance; Optio n to Replace ........................................................... 19 Article 6 – Contractor’s Responsibilitie s ........................................................................................................ 19 6.01 S upervisio n and Superintendence............................................................................................... 19 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 6.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................ 20 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ........................................................................................... 20 6.04 Project Schedule.......................................................................................................................... 21 6.05 Substitut es and “Or-Equals” ....................................................................................................... 21 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others.................................................................... 24 6.07 Wage Rates.................................................................................................................................. 25 6.08 Patent Fees and Royaltie s ........................................................................................................... 26 6.09 Per mit s and Utilitie s .................................................................................................................... 27 6.10 Laws and Regulations ................................................................................................................. 27 6.11 Taxes ........................................................................................................................................... 28 6.12 Use of Sit e and Othe r Areas ....................................................................................................... 28 6.13 Recor d Docu ment s ...................................................................................................................... 29 6.14 Safet y and Protectio n .................................................................................................................. 29 6.15 Safet y Representative.................................................................................................................. 30 6.16 Hazard Co mmunicatio n Programs ............................................................................................. 30 6.17 Emergencies and/o r Rectificatio n............................................................................................... 30 6.18 Submittals .................................................................................................................................... 31 6.19 Continuing the Work................................................................................................................... 32 6.20 Contractor’s General Warrant y and Guarantee .......................................................................... 32 6.21 Indemnificatio n ......................................................................................................................... 33 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services .............................................................................. 34 6.23 Right to Audit .............................................................................................................................. 34 6.24 Nondiscriminatio n....................................................................................................................... 35 Article 7 – Other Work at the Sit e................................................................................................................... 35 7.01 Related Work at Sit e ................................................................................................................... 35 7.02 Coordination................................................................................................................................ 36 Article 8 – City’s Responsibilities................................................................................................................... 36 8.01 Communications to Contractor................................................................................................... 36 8.02 Furnis h Data ................................................................................................................................ 36 8.03 Pay When Due ............................................................................................................................ 36 8.04 Lands and Ease ments; Report s and Test s................................................................................... 36 8.05 Change Orders............................................................................................................................. 36 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals .............................................................................................. 36 8.07 Limitations on Cit y’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 37 8.08 Undisclose d Hazardous Environ mental Conditio n .................................................................... 37 8.09 Co mplianc e wit h Safet y Program............................................................................................... 37 Article 9 – City’s Observatio n Status During Constructio n ........................................................................... 37 9.01 City’s Projec t Manager ……...................................................................................................... 37 9.02 Visit s to Sit e ................................................................................................................................ 37 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work .................................................................................................. 38 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work .......................................................................................................... 38 9.05 Determinations fo r Work Perfor med .......................................................................................... 38 9.06 Decisions on Require ment s of Contract Document s and Acceptabilit y of Work ..................... 38 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 Article 10 – Changes in the Work; Claims; Extr a Work ................................................................................ 38 10.01 Authorize d Changes in the Work ............................................................................................... 38 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................... 39 10.03 Executio n of Change Order s....................................................................................................... 39 10.04 Extr a Work .................................................................................................................................. 39 10.05 Notificatio n to Suret y.................................................................................................................. 39 10.06 Contract Claims Process ............................................................................................................. 40 Article 11 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work; Plans Quantit y Measurement...................... 41 11.01 Cost of the Work ......................................................................................................................... 41 11.02 Allowances .................................................................................................................................. 43 11.03 Unit Price Work .......................................................................................................................... 44 11.04 Plans Quantit y Measurement ...................................................................................................... 45 Article 12 – Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time................................................................. 46 12.01 Change of Contract Price ............................................................................................................ 46 12.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................................................ 47 12.03 Delays .......................................................................................................................................... 47 Article 13 – Test s and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ...................... 48 13.01 Notice of Defects ........................................................................................................................ 48 13.02 Access to Work ........................................................................................................................... 48 13.03 Test s and Inspections .................................................................................................................. 48 13.04 Uncovering Work........................................................................................................................ 49 13.05 Cit y Ma y Stop the Work ............................................................................................................. 49 13.06 Correctio n or Remova l of Defective Work ................................................................................ 50 13.07 Correctio n Perio d ........................................................................................................................ 50 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................... 51 13.09 Cit y Ma y Correct Defective Work ............................................................................................. 51 Article 14 – Payment s to Contractor and Co mpletion .................................................................................... 52 14.01 Schedule of Values...................................................................................................................... 52 14.02 Progress Payment s ...................................................................................................................... 52 14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................... 54 14.04 Partia l Utilizatio n ........................................................................................................................ 55 14.05 Fina l Inspectio n ........................................................................................................................... 55 14.06 Final Acceptance......................................................................................................................... 55 14.07 Final Payment.............................................................................................................................. 56 14.08 Final Co mpletio n Delayed and Partia l Retainage Release ........................................................ 56 14.09 Waiver of Clai ms ........................................................................................................................ 57 Article 15 – Suspension of Work and Terminatio n ........................................................................................ 57 15.01 Cit y Ma y Suspend Work............................................................................................................. 57 15.02 Cit y Ma y Terminat e fo r Cause ................................................................................................... 58 15.03 Cit y Ma y Terminat e Fo r Convenience ....................................................................................... 60 Article 16 – Disput e Resolutio n ...................................................................................................................... 61 16.01 Method s and Procedures ............................................................................................................. 61 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 Article 17 – Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................. 62 17.01 Giving Notic e .............................................................................................................................. 62 17.02 Co mputation of Times ................................................................................................................ 62 17.03 Cumulative Re medie s ................................................................................................................. 62 17.04 Surviva l of Obligations ............................................................................................................... 63 17.05 Headings ...................................................................................................................................... 63 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 of 63 ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Docu ments, the terms listed belo w have the meanings indicated whic h are applicable to bot h the singular and plural thereof, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, fe minine and neuter. Said terms are generally capitalized or written in italics, but no t always. When used in a context consistent with the definitio n of a listed-defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined belo w whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In additio n to terms specifically defined, terms wit h initial capital letters in the Contract Document s include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the title s of other document s or forms. 1.Addenda—Written or graphic instrument s issued prior to the opening of Bids whic h clarify, correct , or change the Bidding Requirement s or the proposed Contract Docu ments. 2.Agreement—The written instrument whic h is evidence of the agreement between Cit y and Contractor covering the Work. 3.Application for Payment—The for m acceptable to Cit y which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or fina l payment s and whic h is to be acco mpanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Docu ments. 4.Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fiber s into the air above current actio n levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Ad ministration. 5.A ward – Authorizatio n by the Cit y Council fo r the Cit y to enter int o an Agreement. 6.Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed for m setting fort h the prices fo r the Work to be perfor med. 7.Bidder—The individual or entit y who submit s a Bid directly to City. 8.Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirement s and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 9.Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or Invitatio n to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security of acceptable for m, if any, and the Bid Form wit h any supplements. 10.Business Day – A business day is defined as a day that the Cit y conduct s normal business, generally Monda y throug h Friday, except fo r federal or stat e holidays observed by the City. 11.Calendar Day – A day consisting of 24 hours measured fro m midnight to the next midnight. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 2 of 63 12.Change Order—A document , which is prepared and approved by the City, whic h is signed by Contractor and Cit y and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revisio n in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Pric e or the Cont ract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 13.City— The Cit y of Fort Worth, Texas, a ho me-rule municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by it s governing body through it s City Manager, his designee, or agent s authorized under his behalf, each of whic h is required by Charter to perform specific duties wit h responsibilit y fo r fina l enforcement of the contracts involving the Cit y of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the Cit y Manager and is the entity wit h who m Contracto r has entered int o the Agree ment and for who m the Work is to be perfor med. 14.City Attorney – The officially appointed Cit y Attorney of the Cit y of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. 15.City Council - The duly elected and qualified governing body of the Cit y of Fort Worth, Texas. 16.City Manager – The officiall y appointed and authorized Cit y Manager of the Cit y of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. 17.Contract Claim—A demand or assertion by Cit y or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relie f wit h respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand fo r money or services by a thir d part y is not a Contract Claim. 18.Contract—The entir e and integrated written document between the Cit y and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract contains the Agreement and all Contract Document s and supersedes prio r negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether writte n or oral. 19.Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement . All ite ms listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the report s and drawings of subsurface and physica l conditions ar e no t Contract Docu ments. 20.Contract Price—The moneys payable by Cit y to Contractor fo r co mpletio n of the Work in accordance wit h the Contract Document s as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragrap h 11.03 in the case of Unit Pric e Work). 21.Contract Time—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any and (ii) complet e the Work so that it is ready fo r Final Acceptance. 22.Contractor—The individual or entit y wit h whom Cit y has entered int o the Agreement. 23.Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 11.01 of these General Conditions fo r definition. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 3 of 63 24. Damage Claims – A demand fo r money or services arising fro m the Project or Sit e fro m a thir d party, Cit y or Contractor exclusive of a Contrac t Claim. 25. Day or day – A day, unless otherwis e defined, shall mean a Calendar Day. 26. Director of Aviation – The officiall y appointed Director of the Aviatio n Department of the Cit y of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 27. Directo r of Parks and Communit y Services – The officiall y appointed Director of the Parks and Co mmunit y Service s Depart ment of the Cit y of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant , or agents. 28. Directo r of Planning and Developmen t – The officially appointed Director of the Planning and Development Depart ment of the Cit y of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant , or agents. 29. Director of Transportation Public Works – The officially appointed Director of the Transportation Public Works Depart ment of the Cit y of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant , or agents. 30. Director of Water Department – The officiall y appointed Directo r of the Water Depart ment of the Cit y of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 31. Drawings—That part of the Contract Docu ment s prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent , and character of the Work to be perfor med by Contractor . Submittals are no t Drawing s as so defined. 32. Effective Dat e of the Agreement—The dat e indicate d in the Agreement on whic h it beco mes effective, but if no such dat e is indicated, it means the dat e on whic h the Agreement is signed and delivered by the las t of the two partie s to sig n and deliver. 33. Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering fir m registered in the State of Texas performing professional services fo r the City. 34. Extra Work – Additiona l work made necessary by changes or alterations of the Contract Document s or of quantities or for other reasons for whic h no prices are provided in the Contract Documents. Extr a work shall be part of the Work. 35. Field Order — A written order issued by Cit y whic h requires changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or the intent of the Engineer. Field Orders are paid from Field Order Allowances incorporated into the Contract by funded work type at the time of award. 36. Final Acceptance – The written notice give n by the Cit y to the Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Docu ment s has been co mpleted to the satisfactio n of the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 4 of 63 37. Final Inspection – Inspectio n carried out by the Cit y to verify that the Contractor has co mpleted the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in conformance wit h the Contract Documents. 38. General Requirements—Sections of Division 1 of the Contract Documents. 39. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Sit e of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or other materials in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantia l danger to persons or property exposed thereto. 40. Hazardous Waste—Hazardous wast e is define d as any solid wast e listed as hazardous or possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in the federal waste regulations, as amended fro m time to time. 41. Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and court s having jurisdiction. 42. Liens—Charges, securit y interests, or encumbrances upo n Project funds, real property, or personal property. 43. Major Item – An Item of work included in the Cont ract Document s that has a total cost equal to or greater than 5% of the origina l Contract Price or $25,000 whichever is less. 44. Milestone—A principa l event specified in the Contract Document s relating to an inter mediate Contract Time prior to Fina l Acceptance of the Work. 45. Notice of Award —The written notice by Cit y to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely co mpliance by the Successful Bidder wit h the conditions precedent listed therein, City will sig n and deliver the Agreement. 46. Notice to Proceed—A written notice give n by Cit y to Contractor fixing the date on whic h the Contract Time will commence to run and on whic h Contractor shall start to perform the Work specified in Contract Documents. 47. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls. 48. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fractio n thereo f whic h is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fue l oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed wit h other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 49. Plans – See definitio n of Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5 of 63 50. Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duratio n of the activities comprising the Contractor’s pla n to acco mplis h the Work within the Contract Time. 51. Project —The Work to be performed under the Contract Docu ments. 52. Project Manager—The authorize d representative of the Cit y who will be assigned to the Site. 53. Publi c Meetin g – An announced meeting conducted by the Cit y to facilitat e public participatio n and to assist the public in gaining an infor med vie w of the Project. 54. Radioactive Material —Source, special nuclear, or byproduct materia l as defined by the Ato mic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Sectio n 2011 et seq.) as amended fro m time to time. 55. Regular Working Hours – Hours beginning at 7:00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday thr u Frida y (excluding lega l holidays). 56. Samples—Physica l example s of materials , equip ment , or work manship that are representative of so me portio n of the Work and whic h establis h the standards by whic h such portio n of the Work will be judged. 57. Schedul e of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirement s to support scheduled perfor mance of related constructio n activities. 58. Schedul e of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Pric e to variou s portions of the Work and used as the basis fo r reviewing Contractor’s Applications fo r Payment. 59. Site—Lands or areas indicate d in the Contract Docu ment s as being furnished by Cit y upon whic h the Work is to be performed, including rights -of-way, per mits , and easement s for access thereto , and suc h other land s furnished by Cit y whic h are designated fo r the use of Contractor. 60. Specifications—That part of the Contract Document s consisting of written requirement s for materials, equipment , systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirement s and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Document s by attachment or, if no t attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Content s (Divisio n 00 00 00) o f each Project. 61. Subcontractor—An individual or entit y having a direct contract wit h Contractor or wit h any other Subcontractor fo r the perfor mance of a part of the Work at the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 6 of 63 62. Submittals—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information whic h are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contracto r to illustrat e so me portio n of the Work. 63. Substantial Completion – The stage in the progress of the Project when the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents for Final Inspection. 64. Successful Bidder—The Bidder submitting the lowest and most responsive Bid to who m City makes an Award. 65. Superintendent – The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able to receive instructions fro m the Cit y and to act for the Contractor. 66. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Document s whic h amends or supplement s these General Conditions. 67. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract wit h Contractor or wit h any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contracto r or Subcontractor. 68. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilitie s or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities , including but not limit ed to, thos e that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleu m products, telephone or othe r co mmunications , cable television, water, wastewater, stor m water, other liquid s or chemicals , or traffic or othe r contro l syste ms. 69 Uni t Pric e Work —See Paragrap h 11.03 of these General Conditions fo r definition. 70. Weekend Workin g Hours – Hours beginning at 9:00 a.m. and ending at 5:00 p.m., Saturday, Sunday or lega l holiday, as approved in advance by the City. 71. Work—The entir e constructio n or the variou s separately identifiable part s thereo f required to be provided under the Contract Docu ments. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and docu mentation necessary to produce such construction including any Change Order or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment int o such construction, all as required by the Contract Docu ments. 72. Working Day – A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays authorized by the Cit y fo r contract purposes, in whic h weather or other conditions not under the contro l of the Contractor will per mit the performance of the principa l unit of wor k underway fo r a continuous perio d of not les s than 7 hour s between 7 a.m. and 6 p.m. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.B through E are no t defined but , when used in the Bidding Requirement s or Contract Docu ments, have the indicate d meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 7 of 63 1. The Contract Document s include the terms “a s allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed” or ter ms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of judgment by City. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an actio n or determinatio n of Cit y as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for co mpliance wit h the informatio n in the Contract Document s and wit h the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Document s (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). C. Defective: 1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatis factory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does no t confor m to the Contract Documents; or b. does no t meet the requirement s of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to City’s written acceptance. D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word “Furnish” or the word “Install” or the word “Perform” or the word “Provide” or the word “Supply,” or any combinatio n or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor , materials, equipment, and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unles s specifically limited in the context used. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or constructio n industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Document s in accordance wit h such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Copies of Documents Cit y shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of the Contract Documents, and four (4) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional copies will be furnished upo n request at the cost of reproduction. 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notic e to Proceed The Contract Time will co mmence to run on the day indicated in the Notic e to Proceed. A Notic e to Proceed may be give n no earlier than 14 days afte r the Effective Dat e of the Agreement , unless agreed to by both parties in writing. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 8 of 63 2.03 Starting the Work Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the dat e when the Contract Time commences to run. No Work shall be done at the Sit e prio r to the dat e on whic h the Contract Time co mmences to run. 2.04 Before Starting Construction Baseline Schedules: Submit in accordance wit h the Contract Documents, and prio r to starting the Work. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference Before any Work at the Sit e is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstructio n Conference as specified in the Contract Docu ments. 2.06 Public Meeting Contracto r may not mobilize any equipment , materials or resources to the Sit e prio r to the Public Meeting if scheduled by the City. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Cit y in accordance wit h the Schedule Specification as provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Document s are co mple mentary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Document s to describe a functionally co mplet e project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance wit h the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equip ment that reasonably may be inferred fro m the Contract Document s or fro m prevailing custo m or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or no t specifically called for, at no additiona l cost to City. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Document s shall be issued by City. D. The Specifications may var y in for m, for mat and style. Some Specification sections may be writte n in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style and so me sections may be relatively narrative by co mparison. Omissio n of such words and phrases as “the Contractor shall,” “in conformit y with,” “as shown,” or “as specified” are intentional in streamlined sections . Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of provisions may appear in various part s of a sectio n or articles within a part depending on the for mat of the CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 9 of 63 section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variatio n of for m, for mat or style in making Contract Claims. E. The cross referencing of specificatio n sect ions under the subparagraph heading “Related Section s includ e but ar e no t necessarily limite d to:” and elsewhere within each Specification sectio n is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely on the cross referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinat e the entir e Work under the Contract Docu ment s and provid e a co mplet e Projec t whether or no t the cross referencing is provided in each sectio n or whether or no t the cross referencing is complete. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provisio n of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilitie s of City, Contractor, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents , or employees, fro m thos e set fort h in the Contract Docu ments. No suc h provisio n or instructio n shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any dut y or authorit y to supervise or direc t the performance of the Work or any dut y or authority to undertake responsibilit y inconsistent wit h the provisions of the Contract Docu ments. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work : Befor e undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Document s and check and verify pertinent figures therein agains t all applicable field measurement s and conditions . Contracto r shall pro mptly report in writing to Cit y any conflict , error, ambiguity, or discrepancy whic h Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarificatio n from Cit y be fore proceeding wit h any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the perfor mance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict , error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Document s and (a) any applicable Law or Regulatio n , (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instructio n of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Cit y in writing. Contracto r shall not proceed wit h the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 10 of 63 6.17.A) until an amend ment or supplement to the Contract Document s has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall no t be liable to Cit y for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Document s unles s Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Document s shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Document s and the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, or the instruct ion of any Supplier (whet her or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents). 2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, Plans shall govern over Specifications, Supplementary Conditions shall govern over General Conditions and Specifications, and quantities shown on the Plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Docu ment s may be amended to provide fo r additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the ter ms and conditions thereo f by a Change Order. B. The requirement s of the Contract Docu ment s may be supplemented, and mino r variations and deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Pric e or Contract Time, may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. City’s revie w of a Submitta l (subjec t to the provisions of Paragrap h 6.18.C); or 3. City’s writte n interpretatio n or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contracto r and any Subcontracto r or Supplier shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership right s in any of the Drawings , Specifications , or othe r docu ment s (o r copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer, including electronic media editions ; or 2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereo f on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Cit y and specific written verification or adaptatio n by Engineer. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 11 of 63 B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment , or terminatio n of the Contract . Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor fro m retaining copies of the Contract Docu ment s fo r recor d purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Unles s otherwis e stated in the Supplementar y Conditions, the dat a furnished by Cit y or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to Cit y or Engineer , that may be relied upon are limited to the printe d copie s included in the Contract Document s (also known as hard copies) and other Specifications referenced and locate d on the City’s on-line electronic document management and collaboratio n system site. File s in electronic media for mat of text , data, graphics, or other typ es are furnished only fo r the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusio n or infor matio n obtained or derived fro m such electronic files will be at the user’s sole risk. If there is a discrepanc y between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. When transferring document s in electronic media for mat, the transferring part y makes no representations as to long term co mpatibility, usability, or readabilit y o f document s resulting fro m the use of softwar e application packages, operating systems, or co mputer hardware differing fro m those used by the data’s creator. ARTICLE 4 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. Cit y shall furnish the Site. Cit y shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions no t of general application but specifically related to use of the Sit e wit h which Contracto r must co mply in per forming the Work. Cit y will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easement s for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. 1. The Cit y has obtained or anticipates acquisit io n of and/o r access to right -of-way, and/or easements. Any outstanding right -of-way and/o r ease ment s are anticipated to be acquired in accordance wit h the schedule set fort h in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitte d by the Contractor in accordance wit h the Contract Docu ment s must consider an y outstanding right -of-way, and/or easements. 2. The Cit y has or anticipates removing and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site. An y outstanding remova l or relocatio n of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance wit h the schedule set fort h in the Supplementary Conditions . The Projec t Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance wit h the Cont ract Docu ment s must conside r any outstanding utilitie s or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/o r relocated by others. B. Upo n reasonable writte n request, Cit y shall furnish Contractor wit h a current state ment of record lega l title and lega l descriptio n of the land s upo n whic h the Work is to be perfor med. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 12 of 63 C.Contractor shall provide fo r all additiona l lands and access thereto that may be required for constructio n facilities or storage of materials and equip ment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A.Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1.t hose reports known to Cit y of explorations and test s of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site; and 2.t hose drawings known to Cit y of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Sit e (except Underground Facilities). B.Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the “technica l data” contained in such report s and drawings, but such reports and drawing s are no t Contract Documents. Such “technica l data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may no t make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors wit h respect to: 1.the co mpleteness of such reports and drawings fo r Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limite d to, any aspect s of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of constructio n to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto ; or 2.other data, interpretations, opinions, and informatio n contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3.any Contractor interpretatio n of or conclusio n drawn fro m any “technical data” or any such othe r data, interpretations, opinions, or infor mation. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A.Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical conditio n that is uncovered or revealed either: 1.is of such a nature as to establish that any “technica l data” on whic h Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2.is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3.differ s materially fro m that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4.is of an unusual nature, and differ s materially fro m conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided fo r in the Contract Docu ments; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 13 of 63 then Contractor shall, promptly after beco ming aware thereo f and befor e further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or perfor ming any Work in connectio n therewit h (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), notif y Cit y in writing about such condition. B. Possibl e Price and Time Adjustments Contracto r shall no t be entitle d to any adjust ment in the Contract Pric e or Contract Time if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final co mmit ment to Cit y wit h respect to Contract Pric e and Contract Time by the submissio n of a Bid or beco ming bound under a negotiated contract ; or 2. the existence of such conditio n could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of the exa minatio n of the Contract Docu ment s or the Site ; or 3. Contracto r faile d to give the writte n notic e as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The infor matio n and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents wit h respect to existing Underground Facilitie s at or contiguous to the Sit e is based on informatio n and dat a furnished t o Cit y or Engineer by the owner s of such Underground Facilities, including City, or by others. Unles s it is otherwis e expressly provided in the Supple mentar y Conditions: 1. Cit y and Engineer shall no t be responsible fo r the accuracy or co mpleteness of any such infor matio n or dat a provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibilit y for: a. reviewing and checking all such infor matio n and data; b. locating all Underground Facilitie s shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; c. coordination and adjust ment of the Work wit h the owner s of such Underground Facilities, including City, during construction; and d. the safet y and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting fro m the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated: 1. If an Underground Facilit y whic h conflicts wit h the Work is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Sit e whic h was not shown or indicated, or no t shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after beco ming aware thereo f and befor e further disturbing conditions affected thereby or perfor ming any CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 14 of 63 Work in connectio n therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), identif y the owner of such Underground Facilit y and give notice to that owner and to City. Cit y will revie w the discovered Underground Facilit y and deter mine the extent , if any, to whic h a change may be required in the Contract Document s to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or locatio n of the Underground Facility. Contractor shall be responsible fo r the safet y and protection of such discovere d Underground Facility. 2. If Cit y concludes that a change in the Contract Docu ment s is required, a Change Order ma y be issued to reflect and docu ment such consequences. 3. Verificatio n of existing utilities , structures, and servic e lines shall includ e notificatio n of all utilit y co mpanies a minimum of 48 hour s in advance of constructio n including exploratory excavatio n if necessary. 4.05 Reference Points A. Cit y shall provide engineering surveys to est ablish reference point s fo r construction, whic h in City’s judgment ar e necessary to enable Contractor to proceed wit h the Work. Cit y will provide constructio n stake s or other custo mary metho d of marking to establish line and grades for roadway and utilit y construction, centerlines and benchmarks fo r bridgework. Contractor shall protect and preserve the established reference point s and property monu ments, and shall make no changes or relocations. Contractor shall report to Cit y whenever any reference point or property monu ment is lost or destroyed or requires relocatio n because of necessary changes in grades or locations. The Cit y shall be responsible fo r the replacement or relocation of reference point s or propert y monu ment s no t carelessly or willfully destroyed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify Cit y in advance and wit h sufficient time to avoid delays. B. Whenever, in the opinion of the City, any refer ence point or monu ment has been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees, the full cost for replacing such point s plus 25% will be charged against the Contractor, and the full a mount will be deducted fro m payment due the Contractor. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions ide ntify those report s and drawings known to Cit y relating to Hazardous Environment al Conditions that have been identified at the Site. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the “technica l data” containe d in such report s and drawings, but suc h reports and drawing s are no t Contract Docu ments. Such “technica l data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions . Contractor may no t make any Contract Claim against City, or any o f their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractor s wit h respect to: 1. the co mpleteness of such report s and drawings fo r Contractor’s purposes, including , but not limite d to, any aspect s of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 15 of 63 constructio n to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto ; or 2. othe r data, interpretations, opinions and informatio n contained in such report s or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretatio n of or conclusio n draw n fro m any “technical data” or any such othe r data, interpretations, opinions or infor mation. C. Contractor shall no t be responsible fo r any Hazardous Environmental Conditio n uncovered or revealed at the Sit e whic h was no t shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Docu ment s to be withi n the scop e of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible fo r a Hazardous Environmental Conditio n created wit h any materials brought to the Sit e by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else fo r who m Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Conditio n or if Contractor or anyone for who m Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolat e such condition; (ii) sto p all Work in connectio n with such conditio n and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A); and (iii) notify Cit y (and pro mptly thereafter confir m such notice in writing). Cit y may consider the necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such conditio n or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connectio n wit h such conditio n or in any affected area until after Cit y has obtained any required per mit s related theret o and delivered written notic e to Contractor: (i) specifying that such conditio n and any affected area is or has been rendered suitable fo r the resumptio n of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under whic h such Work may be resumed. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does no t agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resu me such Work under such special conditions, then Cit y may order the portio n of the Work that is in the area affected by such conditio n to be deleted fro m the Work. Cit y may have such deleted portio n of the Work performed by City’s own forces or others. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professional s and all court or arbitration or other disput e resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for who m Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.G shall obligate Contractor to indemnif y any individual or entity fro m and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do no t apply to a Hazardous Environmental Conditio n uncovered or revealed at the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 16 of 63 ARTICLE 5 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Document s to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall be obtained fro m suret y or insur ance co mpanies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policie s fo r the limit s and coverages so required. Such suret y and insurance co mpanies shall also meet such additional requirement s and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, in accordance wit h Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security fo r the faithfu l performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security to protect the Cit y against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the dat e of Final Acceptance by the City. C. All bonds shall be in the for m prescribed by the Contract Document s except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of “Co mpanies Holding Certificates of Authorit y as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Co mpanies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Suret y Bond Branch, U.S. Depart ment of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney whic h shall sho w that it is effective on the dat e the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond. D. If the suret y on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or beco mes insolvent or it s right to do business is ter minated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirement s of Paragraph 5.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify Cit y and shall, within 30 days after the event giving ris e to such notification, provide another bond and surety, bot h of whic h shall co mply wit h the requirement s of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02.C. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance Contractor shall deliver to City, wit h copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (other evidence of insurance requested by Cit y or any other additiona l insured) in at least the minimum amount as specified in the Supplementary Conditions whic h Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. 1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in the Supplementary Conditions as “Additional Insured” on all liabilit y policies. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 17 of 63 2. The Contractor’s general liabilit y insurance shall include a, “per project ” or “per location”, endorsement , whic h shall be identified in the certificat e of insurance provided to the City. 3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured, be complet e in it s entirety, and sho w co mplet e insurance carrier names as listed in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide 4. The insurer s for all policie s must be licensed and/o r approved to do business in the Stat e of Texas. Except for workers’ co mpensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial strengt h and solvency to the satisfactio n of Risk Management . If the rating is belo w that required, written approval of Cit y is required. 5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Right s of Recovery) in favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all right s of subrogation against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions 6. Failur e of the Cit y to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance wit h the insurance requirement s or failur e of the Cit y to identify a deficienc y fro m evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligatio n to maintain such lines of insurance coverage. 7. If insurance policie s are no t written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess Liabilit y insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liabilit y shall follo w form of the primary coverage. 8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the “occurrence basis”. If coverage is underwritten on a claims-made basis, the retroactive dat e shall be coincident with or prio r to the dat e of the effective dat e of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall stat e that the coverage is claims-made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained fo r the duratio n of the Contract and fo r three (3) years following Final Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warrant y period, whichever is longer . An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the Cit y shall evidence such insurance coverage. 9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the required line s of coverage, nor decrease the limit s of said coverage unless such endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the exclusions are deter mined to be unacceptable or the Cit y desire s additiona l insurance coverage, and the Cit y desire s the contractor/engineer to obtai n such coverage, the contract price shal l be adjusted by the cost of the premiu m fo r suc h additiona l coverage plu s 10%. 10. An y self-insure d retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance coverag e shall be approved by the Cit y in regards to asset valu e and stockholders' equity. In CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 18 of 63 lieu of traditiona l insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk retentio n groups, must also be approved by City. 11. An y deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any polic y that does not provide coverage on a first -dolla r basis , must be acceptable to and approved by the City. 12. City, at it s sole discretion, reserves the right to revie w the insurance requirement s and to make reasonable adjust ment s to insurance coverage’s and their limit s when deemed necessary and prudent by the Cit y based upo n changes in statutory law, court decisio n or the claims history of the industry as well as o f the contracting party to the City. The Cit y shall be required to provide prio r notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustment s shall be incorporated int o the Work by Change Order. 13. Cit y shall be entitled, upo n writte n request and without expense, to receive copies of policies and endorsement s thereto and may make any reasonable requests fo r deletio n or revisio n or modifications of particular polic y terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the polic y and endorsement s to the requirement s of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall no t be requ ired where polic y provisions are established by law or regulations binding upo n either part y or the underwriter on any such policies. 14. Cit y shall not be responsible fo r the direct payment of insurance premiu m cost s for Contractor’s insurance. 5.04 Contractor’s Insurance A. Workers Compensation and Employers’ Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance coverage wit h limit s consistent wit h statutory benefit s outlined in the Texas Workers’ Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limit s for E mployers’ Liabilit y as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection fro m claims set fort h belo w whic h may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be perfor med by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly o r indirectly employed by any o f them to perfor m any o f the Work, or by anyone fo r whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers’ co mpensation, disabilit y benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims fo r damages because of bodily injury, occupationa l sickness or disease, or deat h of Contractor’s employees. B. Commercial General Liability. Coverag e shall includ e but no t be limite d to covering liability (bodil y injur y or propert y damage) arising fro m: premises/operations, independent contractors, products/complete d operations, persona l injury, and liabilit y under an insure d contract . Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis , and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance wit h respect to any other CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 19 of 63 insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Co mmercia l General Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorse ment s that would alter of nullify premises/operations, products/complete d operations, contractual, per sona l injury, or advertising injury, whic h are nor mally contained wit h the policy, unless the Cit y approves such exclusions in writing. Fo r constructio n project s that present a substa ntia l co mplete d operatio n exposure, the Cit y ma y requir e the contracto r to maintain co mplete d operations coverage fo r a minimum of no les s than thre e (3) years following the co mpletio n of the project (if identified in the Supplementary Conditions). C. Automobile Liability. A co mmercial business auto polic y shall provide coverage on “any auto”, defined as auto s owned, hired and non-owned and provide indemnit y fo r claims fo r damages because bodily injur y or deat h of any perso n and or propert y damage arising out of the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employe d by any of the m to perfor m any of the Work, or by anyone fo r whos e act s any of them may be liable. D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limit s of railroad right -of-way, the Contractor shall co mply wit h the requirement s identified in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify Cit y upo n cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit fo r days not worked pursuant to this section. 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace If Cit y has any objectio n to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance wit h Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance wit h the Contract Documents, the Cit y shall so notify the Contracto r in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the Cit y such additional infor matio n in respect of insurance provided as the Cit y may reasonably request. If Contractor does no t purchase or maintain all of the bond s and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Cit y shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. ARTICLE 6 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work co mpetently and efficiently, devoting such attentio n thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance wit h the Contract Documents. Contracto r shall be solely responsible fo r the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 20 of 63 B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assig n a co mpetent, English- speaking, Superintendent who shall no t be replaced without written notice to City. The Superintendent will be Contractor’s representative at the Sit e and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communicatio n given to or received fro m the Superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. C.Contracto r shall notify the Cit y 24 hours prio r to moving areas during the sequence of construction. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A.Contractor shall provide competent , suitably qualified personnel to perform constructio n as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B.Except as otherwise required fo r the safet y or protectio n of persons or the Work or property at the Sit e or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Sit e shall be per formed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not per mit the perfor mance of Work beyond Regular Working Hour s or fo r Weekend Working Hour s without City’s writte n consent (whic h will no t be unreasonably withheld). Writte n request (by letter or electronic co mmunication) to perform Work: 1.for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noo n at least two (2) Business Days prior 2.for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noo n of the preceding Thursday 3.for legal holidays request must be made by noo n two Business Days prio r to the legal holiday. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A.Unles s otherwise specified in the Contract Docu ments, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibilit y fo r all services, materials, equipment , labor, transportation, constructio n equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light , heat , telephone, water, sanitar y facilities, temporary facilities , and all other facilitie s and incidentals necessary for the performance, Contracto r required testing , start -up, and co mpletio n of the Work. B.All materials and equipment incorporated int o the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good qualit y and new, except as other wis e provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including report s of required tests) as to the source, kind , and qualit y of materials and equipment. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 21 of 63 C.All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance wit h instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. D.All it e ms of standard equipment to be incorporated int o the Work shall be the latest model at the time of bid, unless otherwise specified. 6.04 Project Schedule A.Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance wit h Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirement s as it may be adjusted fro m time to time as provided below. 1.Contractor shall submit to Cit y fo r acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustment s in the Project Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustment s will co mply wit h any provisions of the General Requirement s applicable thereto. 2.Contractor shall submit to Cit y a monthly Project Schedule wit h a monthly progress payment fo r the duratio n of the Contract in accordance wit h the schedule specification 01 32 16. 3.Proposed adjustment s in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be submitte d in accordance wit h the requirement s of Article 12. Adjustment s in Contract Time may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” A.Whenever an item of materia l or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the na me of a proprietary item or the na me of a particula r Supplier, the specificatio n or descriptio n is intended to establish the typ e, function, appearance, and qualit y required. Unless the specificatio n or descriptio n contain s or is followe d by words reading that no like , equivalent, o r “or-equal” item or no substitution is permitted, other ite ms of materia l or equip ment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Cit y fo r revie w under the circumstances described below. 1.“Or-Equal” Items: If in City’s sole discretio n an item of materia l or equip ment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Cit y as an “or-equal” item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City’s sole discretion, be accomplishe d without co mpliance wit h so me or all of the requirement s fo r approval of proposed substitut e ite ms. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of materia l or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a.the Cit y determines that: 1)it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 22 of 63 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the functio n and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the co mpleted Project as a functioning whole; and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availabilit y of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated int o the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Cit y or increase in Contract Time; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirement s of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items: a. If in City’s sole discretio n an item of materia l or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” ite m under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a proposed substitut e ite m. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient informatio n as provided belo w to allo w Cit y to determine if the item of materia l or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitut e therefor . Requests fo r review of proposed substitute items of materia l or equipment will not be accepted by Cit y fro m anyone other than Contractor. c. Contractor shall make written application to Cit y fo r review of a proposed substitute item of material or equip ment that Contractor seeks to furnis h or use. The application shall co mply wit h Sectio n 01 25 00 and: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitut e item will: a) perfor m adequately the functions and achieve the result s called for by the general design; b) be similar in substance to that specified; c) be suited to the same use as that specified; and 2) will state: a) the extent, if any, to whic h the use of the proposed substitut e item will prejudice Contractor’s achievement of final co mpletio n on time; b) whether use of the proposed substitut e item in the Work will require a change in any o f the Contract Document s (or in the provisions of any other direct contract wit h Cit y fo r other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitut e item; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 23 of 63 c) whether incorporatio n or use of the proposed substitut e item in connectio n with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitut e item from that specified; b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and 4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credit s that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitut e item, including cost s of redesign and Damage Clai ms of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of constructio n is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitut e means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of constructio n approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient informatio n to allo w City, in City’s sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to Cit y for review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. City’s Evaluation: Cit y will be allowed a reasonable time within whic h to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. Cit y may require Contractor to furnis h additional dat a about the proposed substitute. Cit y will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or-equal” or substitut e will be ordered, installed or utilized until City’s review is co mplete, whic h will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an accepted Submitta l fo r an “or-equal.” Cit y will advise Contractor in writing of it s determination. D. Special Guarantee: Cit y may require Contractor to furnis h at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee, warranty, or other suret y wit h respect to any substitute. Contractor shall indemnif y and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. E. City’s Cost Reimbursement: Cit y will record City’s cost s in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B. Whether or no t City approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to reimburse Cit y fo r evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to reimburse Cit y fo r the charges fo r making changes in the Contract Docu ment s (or in the provisions of any other direct contract wit h City) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provid e all dat a in support of any proposed substitut e or “or-equal” at Contractor’s expense. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 24 of 63 G. City Substitute Reimbursement: Cost s (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Change Order. H. Time Extensions: No additional time will be granted for substitutions. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall perform wit h his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the value embraced on the Contract , unless otherwise approved by the City. B. Contracto r shall no t emplo y any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initiall y or as a replacement , against who m Cit y may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to emplo y any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entit y to furnish or perfor m any of the Work against who m Contracto r has reasonable objectio n (excluding those acceptable to Cit y as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.C). C. The Cit y may from time to time require the use of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities on the project , and will provide such requirement s in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Minority and Women Business Enterprise Compliance: It is Cit y polic y to ensure the full and equitable participatio n by Minorit y and Women Business Enterprises (MWBE) in the procurement of goods and services on a contractual basis. If the Contract Document s provide for MWBE goal, Contractor is required to co mply wit h the intent of the City’s MWBE Business Enterprise Ordinance (as amended) by the following: 1. Contractor shall, upo n request by City, provide co mplet e and accurate infor matio n regarding actual work performed by MWBE on the Contract and payment therefor. 2. Contractor will no t make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted MWBE without written consent of the City. Any unjustified chang e or deletio n shall be a materia l breach of Contract and may result in debarment in accordance wit h the procedures outlined in the Ordinance. 3. Contractor shall, upo n request by City, allo w an audit and/o r examinatio n of any books, records, or file s in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiat e the actual work performed by MWBE. Materia l misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for ter minatio n of the Contract in accordance wit h Paragraph 15.02.A. Any such misrepresentation may be grounds fo r disqualification of Contractor to bid on future contracts wit h the Cit y fo r a perio d of not less than three years. E. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Cit y for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and othe r individual s or entitie s performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible fo r Contractor’s own act s and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 25 of 63 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Cit y and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall creat e any obligatio n on the part of Cit y to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entit y except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. F. Contracto r shall be solely responsible fo r scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract wit h Contractor. G. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work shall communicate wit h Cit y throug h Contractor. H. All Work performed for Contracto r by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriat e agreement between Contractor and t he Subcontractor or Supplier whic h specifically binds the Subcontracto r or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Docu ment s fo r the benefit of City. 6.07 Wage Rates A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contracto r shall co mply wit h all requirement s of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of no t less than the rates deter mined by the Cit y Council of the Cit y of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance wit h Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates ar e include d in these Contract Docu ments. B. Penalt y for Violation. A Contracto r or any Subcontracto r who does no t pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to t he Cit y $60 fo r each worker employed fo r each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid les s than the prevailing wage rates stipulate d in these contract docu ments. This penalt y shall be retaine d by the Cit y to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of infor mation, including a co mplaint by a worker , concerning an alleged violatio n of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the Cit y shall make an initial determination, befor e the 31st day after the dat e the Cit y receives the infor mation, as to whether goo d cause exist s to believe that the violatio n occurred. The Cit y shall notify in writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of it s initia l determination. Upo n the City’s determinatio n that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the Cit y shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimant s as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts bein g subtracted fro m successive progress payment s pending a final determinatio n of the violation. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 26 of 63 D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violatio n of Sectio n 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalt y owed to the Cit y or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance wit h the Texas General Arbitratio n Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Cont ractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker does no t resolve the issue by agreement befor e the 15t h day after the dat e the Cit y makes it s initia l determinatio n pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this sectio n do not agree on an arbitrator befor e the 11th day after the dat e that arbitratio n is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petitio n of any of the persons. The Cit y is no t a party in the arbitr ation. The decisio n and award of the arbitrator is fina l and binding on all partie s and may be enforced in any court of co mpetent jurisdiction. E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, fo r a perio d of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that sho w (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the constructio n of the Work provided for in this Contract ; and (ii) the actual per die m wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours fo r inspectio n by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection. F. Affadavit. Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code related to paying prevailing wage rates on completion of the project. G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at all times. H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in it s subcontract s and/or shall otherwise require all of it s Subcontractors to co mply wit h Paragraphs A through G above. 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all cost s incident to the use in the perfor mance of the Work or the incorporatio n in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device whic h is the subject of patent right s or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents fo r use in the perfor mance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of City, it s use is subject to patent right s or copyrights calling fo r the payment of any license fee or royalt y to others, the existence of such right s shall be disclosed by Cit y in the Contract Documents. Failur e of the City t o disclose such infor matio n does no t relieve the Contractor fro m it s obligations to pay fo r the use of said fees or royalties to others. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professional s and al l court or arbitration or other disput e resolution costs) arisin g out of or relating to any infringement of patent right s or copyright s incident to the use in the performance of the Wor k or resulting from CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 27 of 63 the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.09 Permits and Utilities A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Contractor shall obtain and pay fo r all construction permit s and licenses except those provided fo r in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. Cit y shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permit s and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspectio n fees necessary fo r the prosecution o f the Work whic h are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Dat e of the Agreement , except fo r permit s provided by the Cit y as specified in 6.09.B. Cit y shall pay all charges of utilit y owners fo r connections fo r providing permanent service to the Work. B. City obtained permits and licenses. Cit y will obtain and pay for all permit s and licenses as provided fo r in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It will be the Contractor’s responsibilit y to carry out the provisions of the permit . If the Contractor initiates changes to the Contract and the Cit y approves the changes, the Contractor is responsible fo r obtaining clearances and coordinating wit h the appropriate regulatory agency. The Cit y will not reimburse the Contractor for any cost associated wit h these requirement s of any Cit y acquired permit . The following are permit s the Cit y will obtain if required: 1. Texas Depart ment of Transportation Permits 2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits 3. Texas Co mmissio n on Environmental Qualit y Permits 4. Railroad Co mpany Permits C. Outstanding permits and licenses. The Cit y anticipates acquisitio n of and/o r access to permits and licenses. An y outstanding permit s and license s are anticipated to be acquired in accordance wit h the schedule set fort h in the Supplement ary Conditions . The Project Schedule submitte d by the Contractor in accordance wit h the Contr act Docu ment s must conside r any outstanding permit s and licenses. 6.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contracto r shall give all notices required by and shall comply wit h all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, the Cit y shall not be responsible fo r monitoring Contractor’s co mpliance wit h any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to kno w that it is contrar y to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 28 of 63 court or arbitratio n or other dispute resolutio n costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However , it shall not be Contractor’s responsibilit y to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance wit h Laws and Regulat ions, but this shall no t relieve Contractor of Contractor’s obligations under Paragrap h 3.02. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations no t known at the time of opening of Bids having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time. 6.11 Taxes A. On a contract awarded by the City, an organizatio n whic h qualifie s fo r exemptio n pursuant to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H, Section s 151.301-335 (as amended), the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials , supplie s and equipment used or consu med in the performance of thi s contract by issuing to his supplier an exe mptio n certificat e in lie u of the tax, said exe mptio n certificat e to co mply wit h Stat e Co mptroller’s Ruling .007. An y such exe mption certificat e issued to the Contractor in lie u of the tax shall be subject to and shall co mply wit h the provisio n of Stat e Co mptroller’s Ruling .011, and any other applicable ruling s pertaining to the Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H. B. Texas Tax permit s and infor matio n may be obtained fro m: https://comptroller.texas.gov/taxes/permit/ 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment , and the operations of workers to the Sit e and other areas per mitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall no t unreasonably encu mber the Sit e and other areas wit h constructio n equipment or other materials or equip ment . Contractor shall assu me full responsibilit y fo r any damage to any suc h land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting fro m the performance of the Work. 2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right -of-way, or easement greater than is necessary fo r proper execution of the Work, the Cit y may require the Contractor to finis h the sectio n on whic h operations are in progress before work is co mmenced on any additional area of the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 29 of 63 3. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim. 4. Pursuant to Paragraph 6.21, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Sit e and other areas free fro m accumulations of wast e materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such wast e materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hour s after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the jo b sit e is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the Cit y may take such direct actio n as the City dee ms appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and the cost s of such direct action, plus 25 % of such costs, shall be deducted fro m the monies due or to beco me due to the Contractor. D. Final Site Cleaning: Prio r to Fina l Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clea n the Sit e and the Work and make it ready for utilizatio n by Cit y or adjacent property owner. At the co mpletion of the Work Contractor shall remove fro m the Sit e all tools , appliances, constructio n equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original conditio n or better all property disturbed by the Work. E. Loading Structures: Contracto r shall not loa d no r per mit any part of any structur e to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, no r shall Contracto r subjec t any part of the Work or adjacent propert y to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.13 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe plac e at the Sit e or in a plac e designated by the Contractor and approved by the City, one (1) record cop y of all Drawings , Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to sho w changes made during construction. These recor d document s together wit h all approved Sample s and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available t o Cit y fo r reference. Upo n co mpletio n of the Work, these recor d documents, any operatio n and maintenance manuals, and Submittals will be delivered to Cit y prio r to Fina l Inspection. Contractor shall include accurate locations fo r buried and imbedded items. 6.14 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible fo r initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connectio n wit h the Work. Such responsibilit y does no t relieve Subcontractors of their responsibilit y fo r the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, no r for co mpliance wit h applicable safet y Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 30 of 63 take all necessary precautions fo r the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injur y or loss to: 1. all persons on the Sit e or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equip ment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Sit e or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contracto r shall comply wit h all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protectio n of persons or property fro m damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utilit y owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate wit h them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall comply wit h the applicable requirement s of City’s safety programs, if any. D. Contractor shall infor m Cit y of the specific requ irement s of Contractor’s safet y program, if any, wit h whic h City’s employees and representatives must co mply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.14.A.2 or 6.14.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entit y directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone fo r whose act s any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. F. Contractor’s duties and responsibilitie s fo r safet y and fo r protectio n of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Cit y has accepted the Work. 6.15 Safety Representative Contractor shall infor m Cit y in writing of Contractor’s designated safet y representative at the Site. 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs Contractor shall be responsible fo r coordinating any exchange of material safet y data sheet s or other hazard co mmunication infor matio n required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers in accordance wit h Laws or Regulations. 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification A. In emergencies affecting the safet y or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Sit e or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Cit y prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 31 of 63 changes in the Work or variations fro m the Contract Docu ment s have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereo f. If Cit y determines that a change in the Contract Document s is required because of the actio n taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Change Order may be issued. B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request fro m the Cit y to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or correctio n necessary to confor m wit h the requirement s of the Contract Documents, the Cit y shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant conditio n and request the Contractor to take remedia l actio n to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this writte n request, or does no t sho w jus t cause fo r not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the Cit y may take such remedia l actio n wit h Cit y forces or by contract. The City shall deduct an amount equal to the entir e cost s for such remedia l action, plus 25%, fro m any fund s due or beco me due the Contractor on the Project. 6.18 Submittals A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to Cit y for review and acceptance in accordance wit h the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragrap h 2.07). Each sub mitta l will be identified as Cit y may require. 1. Submit nu mber of copie s specified in the General Requirements. 2. Dat a shown on the Submittals will be co mplet e wit h respect to quantities , dimensions, specifie d perfor mance and desig n criteria , materials , and simila r dat a to sho w Cit y the services, materials , and equipment Contracto r proposes to provid e and to enable Cit y to revie w the infor matio n fo r the li mite d purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. 3. Submittals submitte d as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by Cit y for conformance wit h the desig n concept shall be executed in conformit y wit h the Contract Docu ment s unles s otherwis e required by City. 4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installatio n in greater detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor fro m requirement s shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 5. For -Infor mation-Only submittals upo n whic h the Cit y is not expected to conduct revie w or take responsive actio n may be so identifie d in the Contract Docu ments. 6. Submit required nu mber of Sample s specified in the Specifications. 7. Clearly identif y each Sample as to material, Supplier , pertinent dat a such as catalo g nu mbers, the use fo r whic h intended and othe r dat a as Cit y may require to enable Cit y to revie w the submitta l fo r the limite d purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 32 of 63 B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Document s or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work perfor med prio r to City’s revie w and acceptance of the pertinent submitta l will be at the sole expense and responsibilit y of Contractor. C. City’s Review: 1. Cit y will provid e timely revie w of required Submittals in accordance wit h the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to City. City’s revie w and acceptance will be only to deter mine if the ite ms covered by the submittals will, after inst allatio n or incorporatio n in the Work, conform to the in formatio n give n in the Contract Document s and be co mpatible wit h the design concept of the co mplete d Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu ments. 2. City’s revie w and acceptance will no t extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of constructio n (except wher e a particula r means, method, technique, sequence, or procedur e of constructio n is specifically and expressly called fo r by the Contract Docu ments) or to safet y precautions or programs incident thereto . The revie w and acceptance of a separat e ite m as such will not indicat e approval of the assembly in whic h the item functions. 3. City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor fro m responsibilit y fo r any variatio n fro m the requirement s of the Contract Docu ment s unles s Contractor has co mplied wit h the requirement s of Sectio n 01 33 00 and Cit y has give n written acceptance of each such variatio n by specific written notatio n thereo f incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. City’s review and acceptance shall no t relieve Contracto r fro m responsibilit y for co mplying wit h the require ment s of the Contract Documents. 6.19 Continuing the Work Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Project Schedule during all disputes or disagreement s wit h City. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolutio n of any disputes or disagreements, except as Cit y and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrant s and guarantees to Cit y that all Work will be in accordance wit h the Contract Document s and will no t be defective. Cit y and it s officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor’s warrant y and guarantee. B. Contractor’s warrant y and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operatio n by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individua l or entit y for who m Contracto r is responsible ; or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 33 of 63 2. nor mal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor’s obligatio n to perform and complet e the Work in accordance wit h the Contract Document s shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance wit h the Contract Document s or a release of Contractor’s obligatio n to perform the Work in accordance wit h the Contract Documents: 1. observations by City; 2. reco mmendatio n or payment by Cit y of any progress or fina l payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by Cit y or any payment related thereto by City; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City; 5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correctio n of defective Work by City. D. The Contractor shall remed y any defect s or da mages in the Work and pay fo r any damage to othe r wor k or propert y resulting therefro m whic h shall appear withi n a perio d of two (2) years fro m the dat e of Fina l Acceptance of the Work unles s a longer perio d is specified and shall furnis h a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying wit h the requirement s of Article 5.02.B. The Cit y will give notic e of observed defects wit h reasonable pro mptness. 6.21 Indemnification A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, fro m and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the City in defending against suc h claim s and causes of actions. B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 34 of 63 SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contracto r will no t be required to provide professiona l design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Document s fo r a portio n of the Work or unless such services are required to carr y out Contractor’s responsibilities fo r constructio n means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. B. If professiona l desig n services or certifications by a desig n professiona l related to systems, materials or equip ment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City will specify all performance and desig n criteria that such services must satis fy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such pro fessional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such pro fessional, if prepared by others, shall bear such pro fessional’s written approval when submitted to City. C. Cit y shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Cit y has specified to Contractor performance and desig n criteria that suc h services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.22, City’s review and acceptance of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance wit h performance and desig n criteria give n and the desig n concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City’s review and acceptance of Submittals (except desig n calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.18.C. 6.23 Right to Audit A. The Contractor agrees that the Cit y shall, until the expiratio n of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract . Contractor agrees that the Cit y shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audit s in co mpliance wit h the provisions of this Paragraph. The Cit y shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. B. Contractor further agrees to include in all it s subcontract s hereunder a provisio n to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the Cit y shall, until the expiratio n of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract , have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further , that Cit y shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 35 of 63 Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriat e work space in order to conduct audit s in co mpliance wit h the provisions of this Paragraph. The Cit y shall give Subcontracto r reasonable advance notic e of intended audits. C. Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such document s as may be requested by the City. The Cit y agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is perfor med. 6.24 Nondiscrimination A. The Cit y is responsible fo r operating Public Transportation Programs and imple menting transit - related projects, whic h are funded in part wit h Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S. Depart ment of Transportatio n and the Federal Transit Ad ministration (FTA), without discriminating against any perso n in the United States on the basis of race, color , or national origin. B. Title VI , Civi l Right s Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply wit h the requirement s of the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions fo r any project receiving Federal assistance. ARTICLE 7 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. Cit y may perfor m other work related to the Project at the Sit e wit h City’s employees, or other Cit y contractors, or through other direct cont ract s therefor, or have other work performed by utilit y owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice thereo f will be given to Contractor prio r to starting any such other work; and B. Contractor shall affor d each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and City, if Cit y is performing other work wit h City’s employees or other City contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity fo r the introduction and storage of materials and equip ment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work wit h theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make it s several parts co me together and properly integrat e wit h such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of other s by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however , that Contractor may cut or alter others' work wit h the written consent of Cit y and the others whose work will be affected. C. If the proper execution or result s of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upo n work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and pro mptly report to Cit y in writing any delays, defects, or deficienc ies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable fo r the proper execution and result s of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failur e to so report will constitut e an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integratio n with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 36 of 63 7.02 Coordination A. If Cit y intends to contract wit h others for the perfor mance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set fort h in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entit y who will have autho rit y and responsibilit y fo r coordination of the activitie s among the variou s contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matter s to be covered by such authorit y and responsibilit y will be ite mized; and 3. the extent of such authorit y and responsibilitie s will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Cit y shall have authority fo r such coordination. ARTICLE 8 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Cit y shall issue all communications to Contractor. 8.02 Furnish Data Cit y shall timely furnish the dat a required under the Contract Documents. 8.03 Pay When Due Cit y shall make payment s to Contractor in accordance wit h Article 14. 8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests City’s duties wit h respect to providing lands and easement s and providing engineering surveys to establish reference point s are set fort h in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to City’s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurfac e conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Sit e that have been utilized by Cit y in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.05 Change Orders Cit y shall execute Change Orders in accordance wit h Paragraph 10.03. 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals City’s responsibilit y wit h respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set fort h in Paragraph 13.03. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 37 of 63 8.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities A. The Cit y shall no t supervise, direct , or have contro l or authorit y over, no r be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or fo r any failur e of Contractor to co mply wit h Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Cit y will no t be responsible for Contractor’s failur e to perfor m the Work in accordance wit h the Contract Documents. B. Cit y will notify the Contracto r of applicable safet y plans pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition City’s responsibilit y wit h respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditio n is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.09 Compliance wit h Safety Program While at the Site, City’s employees and representatives shall comply wit h the specific applicable requirement s of Contractor’s safety programs of which Cit y has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. ARTICLE 9 – CITY’S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 City’s Project Manager Cit y will provide one or more Project Manager(s) during the constructio n period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authorit y of City’s Project Manager during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. The City’s Project Manager for this Contract is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.02 Visits to Site A. City’s Project Manager will make visit s to the Sit e at intervals appropriate to the various stages of constructio n as Cit y deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspect s of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on informatio n obtained during such visit s and observations, City’s Project Manager will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance wit h the Contract Documents. City’s Project Manager will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections o n the Sit e to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City’s Project Manager’s efforts will be directed toward providing Cit y a greater degree of confidence that the co mpleted Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. B. City’s Project Manager’s visit s and observations are subject to all the limitations on authorit y and responsibilit y in the Contract Document s including those set fort h in Paragraph 8.07. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 38 of 63 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work City’s Project Manager may authorize mino r variations in the Work fro m the requirement s of the Contract Docu ment s whic h do no t involve an adjust ment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are co mpatible wit h the design concept of the co mpleted Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu ments. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Cit y and als o on Contractor, who shall perfor m the Work involved promptly. 9.04 Rejectin g Defective Work Cit y will have authority to reject Work whic h Cit y’s Project Manager believes to be defective, or will not produce a co mplete d Project that conforms t o the Contract Document s or that will prejudice the integrit y of the design concept of the co mpleted Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Cit y will have authorit y to conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 13, whether or no t the Work is fabricated, installed, or co mpleted. 9.05 Determinations for Work Performed Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City’s Project Manager will review wit h Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written reco mmendation. City’s written decisio n will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurat e data). 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Cit y will be the initia l interpreter of the requirement s of the Contract Document s and judge of the acceptabilit y of the Work thereunder. B. Cit y will render a written decisio n on any issue referred. C. City’s written decisio n on the issue referred will be final and binding on the Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 10 – CHANGES IN THE WORK ; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Cit y may, at any time or from time to time, order Extr a Work. Upo n notice of such Extr a Work, Contractor shall promptly proceed wit h the Work involved whic h will be perfor med under the applicable conditions of the Contract Docu ment s (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extr a Work shall be memorialized by a Change Order whic h may or may no t precede an order of Extr a work. B. Fo r mino r changes of Work no t requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field Order may be issued by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 39 of 63 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time wit h respect to any work perfor med that is not required by the Contract Document s as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.17. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. Cit y and Contractor shall execute appropriat e Change Orders covering: 1. changes in the Work whic h are: (i) ordered by Cit y pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08 or City’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time fo r Work actually performed. 10.04 Extra Work A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extr a Work, or as to the payment thereof, and the Cit y insist s upo n it s performance, the Contractor shall proceed wit h the work after making written request fo r written orders and shall keep accurat e account of the actual reasonable cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extr a Work shall be made pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. B. The Contractor shall furnish the Cit y such installatio n records of all deviations fro m the original Contract Document s as may be necessary to enable the Cit y to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. C. The co mpensation agreed upo n for Extr a Work whether or no t initiated by a Change Order shall be a full, complet e and final payment for all cost s Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or Extr a Work, whether said cost s are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any cost s for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or Extr a Work. 10.05 Notification to Surety If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a suret y of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Document s (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any such change. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 40 of 63 10.06 Contract Claims Process A. City’s Decision Required: All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Cit y fo r decis ion. A decisio n by Cit y shall be required as a conditio n precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any right s or remedies he may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract Claims. B. Notice: 1. Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the Contractor to Cit y no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibilit y to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest wit h the party making the Contract Clai m. 2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Clai m, wit h supporting dat a shall be delivered to the Cit y on or befor e 45 days fro m the start of the event giving rise thereto (unless the City allows additiona l time fo r Contractor to submit additiona l or more accurat e data in support of such Contract Claim). 3. A Contract Claim fo r an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01. 4. A Contract Claim fo r an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02. 5. Each Contract Claim shall be acco mpanied by Contractor’s written statement that the adjust ment claimed is the entir e adjust ment to whic h the Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. 6. The Cit y shall submit any response to the Contracto r within 30 days afte r receipt of the clai mant’s las t submittal (unles s Contract allow s additiona l time). C. City’s Actio n: Cit y will revie w each Contract Clai m and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submitta l of the Contractor, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part; 2. approve the Contract Claim; or 3. notify the Contractor that the Cit y is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City’s sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Cit y to do so. Fo r purposes of further resolutio n of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 41 of 63 D. City’s written actio n under Paragraph 10.06.C will be final and binding, unless Cit y or Contractor invoke the dispute resolutio n procedure set fort h in Article 16 within 30 days of such actio n or denial. E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not submitted in accordance wit h this Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 11 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY MEASUREMENT 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum o f all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value o f any Work covered by a Change Order, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additiona l or incre mental cost s required because of the change in the Work. Such cost s shall not include any of the cost s itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B, and shall include but no t be limited to the following items: 1. Payroll cost s fo r employees in the direct emplo y of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of jo b classifications agreed upo n by Cit y and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll cost s fo r employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll cost s shall include; a. salaries wit h a 55% markup, or b. salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, whic h shall include socia l security contributions, unemployment , excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ co mpensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holida y pay applicable thereto. The expenses of perfor ming Work outside of Regular Working Hours, Weekend Working Hours, or lega l holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by City. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. 3. Rentals of all constructio n equip ment and machinery, and the part s thereo f whether rented fro m Contractor or other s in accordance wit h renta l agreement s approved by City, and the cost s of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dis mantling, and removal thereof. All such cost s shall be in accordance wit h the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment , machinery, or part s shall cease when the use thereo f is no longe r necessary fo r the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 42 of 63 4. Payment s made by Contractor to Subcontractors fo r Work perfor med by Subcontractors. If required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bid s from subcontractors acceptable to Cit y and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to City, who will then determine, whic h bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contract or’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 5. Cost s of special consultant s (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed fo r services specifically related to the Work. 6. Supplemental cost s including the following: a. The proportio n of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of dutie s connected wit h the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equip ment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, whic h are consumed in the perfor mance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such ite ms used but no t consu med which remain the property of Contractor. c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and fo r which Contractor is liable not covered under Paragraph 6.11, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. d. Deposit s lost fo r causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of the m or for whose act s any of them may be liable, and royalt y payment s and fees fo r permit s and licenses. e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not co mpensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connectio n wit h the perfor mance o f the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted fro m causes othe r tha n the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectl y employed by any o f them or for whose act s any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settle ment s made wit h the written consent and approval of City. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee. f. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. g. Mino r expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone and co mmunicatio n services at the Site , express and courier services, and similar pett y cash ite ms in connectio n wit h the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 43 of 63 h. The cost s of premiu ms fo r all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Docu ment s to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall no t include any of the following items: 1. Payrol l cost s and other co mpensation of Cont ractor’s officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Sit e or in Contractor’s principa l or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upo n schedule of jo b classifications referred to in Paragrap h 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragrap h 11.01.A.4, all of whic h are to be considere d administrative cost s covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor’s principa l and branch office s other than Contractor’s offic e at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed fo r the Work and charges against Contractor fo r delinquent payments. 4. Cost s due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or fo r whose act s any of them may be liable , including but not limite d to, the correctio n of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Othe r overhead or general expense cost s of any kind. C. Contractor’s Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor’s fee shall be deter mined as set fort h in the Agreement . When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set fort h in Paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereo f in accordance wit h generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a for m acceptable to City an ite mize d cost breakdown together wit h supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Document s and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entitie s as may be acceptable to City. B. Pre-bi d Allowances: 1. Contracto r agrees that: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 44 of 63 a. the pre-bid allowances include the cost to Contractor of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor’s cost s fo r unloading and handling on the Site, labor , installation, overhead, profit , and other expenses conte mplate d fo r t he pre-bid allowances have been included in the allowances, and no demand fo r additiona l payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingenc y allowance, if any, is fo r the sole us e of City. D. Prio r to fina l payment , an appropriat e Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amount s due Contracto r on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Pric e shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Uni t Price Work A. Wher e the Contract Docu ment s provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Pric e Work, initiall y the Contract Pric e will be deemed to includ e fo r all Unit Pric e Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit pric e fo r each separately identifie d ite m of Unit Pric e Work times the estimated quantit y of each ite m as indicate d in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of ite ms of Unit Pric e Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of co mpariso n of Bids and determining an initia l Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantitie s and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Cit y subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.05. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequat e to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described in the Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required fo r a functionally co mplet e installation, but no t identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental to unit price work listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price. D. Cit y may make an adjust ment in the Contract Price in accordance wit h Paragraph 12.01 if: 1. the quantit y of any ite m of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement ; and 2. there is no corresponding adjust ment wit h respect to any other item of Work. E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The Cit y reserves the right to order Extr a Work in accordance wit h Paragraph 10.01. 1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do no t significantly change the character of work under the Contract Documents, the altered work will be paid fo r at the Contract unit price. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 45 of 63 2. If the changes in quantities or alterations significantly change the character of work, the Contract will be amended by a Change Order. 3. If no unit prices exist , this will be considered Extr a Work and the Contract will be amended by a Change Order in accordance wit h Article 12. 4. A significant change in the character of work occurs when: a. the character of work for any Item as altered differ s materially in kind or nature fro m that in the Contract or b. a Majo r Item of work varies by more than 25% fro m the origina l Contract quantity. 5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Majo r Item of the Contract is more than 125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract , then either part y to the Contract may request an adjust ment to the unit price on the portio n of the work that is above 125%. 6. When the quantit y of work to be done under any Majo r Item of the Contract is less than 75% of the original quantity stated in the Contract , then either part y to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price. 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement A. Plans quantities may or may no t represent the exact quantit y of work per formed or material moved, handled, or placed during the execution of the Contract . The estimated bid quantities are designated as fina l payment quantities, unless revise d by the governing Sectio n or this Article. B. If the quantity measured as outlined under “Price and Payment Procedures” varies by more than 25% (or as stipulated under “Price and Payment Procedures” fo r specific Items) fro m the total estimated quantit y for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an adjustment may be made to the quantit y of authorized work done for payment purposes. The part y to the Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurement s and calculations showing the final quantity for whic h payment will be made. Payment for revised quantit y will be made at the unit price bid fo r that Item, except as provided fo r in Article 10. C. When quantities are revised by a change in desig n approved by the City, by Change Order, or to correct an error, or to correct an erro r on t he plans, the plans quantity will be increased or decreased by the amount involved in the change, and the 25% variance will apply to the new plans quantity. D. If the total Contract quantit y multiplie d by the unit price bid for an individual Item is les s than $250 and the Item is not originally a plan s quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans quantit y Item if the Cit y and Contractor agree in writing to fix the fina l quantit y as a plans quantity. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 46 of 63 E. Fo r callout work or non-sit e specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirement s are not applicable. ARTICLE 12 – CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANG E OF CONTRACT TIME 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be deter mined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is no t covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lu mp sum or unit price (which may include an allowance fo r overhead and profit no t necessarily in accordance wit h Paragraph 12.01.C.2), and shall include the cost of any secondary impacts that are foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extr a Work; or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Docu ments and agreement to a lu mp su m or unit price is no t reached under Paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (deter mined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor’s fee fo r overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor’s Fee: The Contractor’s additiona l fe e fo r overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is no t agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. fo r costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1, 11.01.A.2. and 11.01.A.3, the Contractor’s additional fee shall be 15 percent except for: 1) rental fees fo r Contractor’s own equip ment using standard rental rates; 2) bond s and insurance; b. for cost s incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.4 and 11.01.A.5, the Contractor’s fee shall be five percent (5%); 1) where one or more tier s of subcontract s are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a and 12.01.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 47 of 63 tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the cost s incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent (5%) of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor, however in no case shall the cumulative total of fees paid be in excess of 25%; c. no fee shall be payable on the basis of cost s ite mized under Paragraphs 11.01.A.6, and 11.01.B; d. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Cit y fo r any change whic h result s in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actua l net decrease in cost plu s a deduction in Contractor’s fe e by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such net decrease. 12.02 Change of Contract Time A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. B. No extensio n of the Contract Time will be allowed for Extr a Work or for claimed dela y unless the Extr a Work contemplated or claimed dela y is shown to be on the critical path of the Project Schedule or Contractor can sho w by Critica l Pat h Metho d analysis ho w the Extr a Work or claimed dela y adversely affects the critical path. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is reasonably delayed in the perfor mance or co mplet ion of any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to dela y beyon d the contro l of Contractor, the Contract Time may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such dela y if a Contract Claim is made therefor. Delays beyond the contro l of Cont ractor shall include, but no t be limited to, acts or neglect by City, act s or neglect of utilit y owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or act s of God. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy fo r the delays described in this Paragraph. B. If Contractor is delayed, Cit y shall no t be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but no t li mited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and othe r professionals and all court or arbitratio n or other dispute resolutio n costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connectio n wit h any other project or anticipated project. C. Contractor shall no t be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delays within the contro l of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the contro l of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the contro l of Contractor. D. The Contractor shall receive no co mpensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failur e of the Cit y to provide infor matio n or material, if any, whic h is to be furnished by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 48 of 63 ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects Notice of all defective Work of whic h Cit y has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected , or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies wit h jurisdictional interests will have access to the Sit e and the Work at reasonable times fo r their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions fo r such access and advise them of Contractor’s safet y procedures and programs so that they may comply therewit h as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give Cit y timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate wit h inspectio n and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdictio n require any of the Work (o r part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibilit y fo r arranging and obtaining such independent inspections , tests, retest s or approvals, pay all cost s in connectio n therewith, and furnis h Cit y the required certificates of inspectio n or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulatio n (TDLR) inspections , whic h shall be paid as describe d in the Supplementar y Conditions. C. Contracto r shall be responsible fo r arranging and obtaining and shall pay all cost s in connection wit h any inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals required fo r City’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prio r to Contractor’s purchase thereo f for incorporatio n in the Work. Such inspections , tests, re-tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to City. D. Cit y may arrange fo r the services of an independent testing laborator y (“Testing Lab”) to perfor m any inspections or test s (“Testing”) fo r any part of the Work, as determined solely by City. 1. Cit y will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, wit h Contractor; 2. Should any Testing under this Sectio n 13.03 D result in a “fail”, “did not pass” or other similar negative result , the Contracto r shall be responsible fo r paying fo r any and all retests. Contractor’s cancellation without cause of Cit y initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative result and requir e a retest. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 49 of 63 3. Any amount s owed fo r any retest under this Sectio n 13.03 D shall be paid directly to the Testing Lab by Contractor. Cit y will forwar d all invoices fo r retest s to Contractor. 4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, Cit y will not issue Fina l Payment until the Testing Lab is paid. E. If any Work (or the wor k of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover such Work fo r observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor’s expense. G. Contractor shall have the right to make a Contract Claim regarding any retest or invoice issued under Sectio n 13.03 D. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Document s or specific instructions by the City, it must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City’s observatio n and replaced at Contractor’s expense. B. If Cit y consider s it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Cit y or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at City’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available fo r observation, inspection, or testing as Cit y may require, that portio n of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolutio n costs) arising out o f or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstructio n (including but not limited to all cost s of repair or replacement of work of others); or Cit y shall be entitled to accept defective Work in accordance wit h Paragraph 13.08 in whic h case Contractor shall still be responsible fo r all costs associated wit h exposing, observing, and testing the defective Work. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contracto r shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement , and reconstruction. 13.05 City May Stop the Work If the Work is defective, or Contracto r fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equip ment , or fails to per form the Work in such a way that the co mpleted Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Cit y may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portio n thereo f, until the cause fo r such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Cit y to stop the Work shall not give rise to any dut y on the part of Cit y to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 50 of 63 Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any suret y for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Remova l of Defective Work A. Pro mptly afte r receipt of written notice , Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to an acceptable schedule, whether or no t fabricat ed, installed , or co mpleted, or, if the Work has been rejected by City, remove it fro m the Projec t and replace it wit h Work that is no t defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not limite d to all fee s and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitratio n or other dispute resolutio n costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but no t limited to all cost s of repair or replacement of work of others). Failur e to requir e the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work. B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no actio n that would void or otherwise impair City’s special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. I f within two (2) years afte r t he dat e of Fina l Acceptance (or such longer perio d of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor’s use by Cit y or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Cit y and in accordance wit h City’s written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it fro m the Project and replace it wit h Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replac e any damage to othe r Work, to the work of other s or othe r land or areas resulting therefro m. B. If Contractor does not pro mptly co mply wit h the ter ms of City’s writte n instructions, or in an emergency wher e dela y would cause seriou s ris k of los s or damage, Cit y may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but no t limite d to all fee s and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys , and othe r professionals and all court or other disput e resolutio n costs) arisin g out of or relating to such correctio n or repair or such remova l and replacement (including but no t limite d to all cost s of repair or replacement of wor k of others) will be paid by Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 51 of 63 C. In special circumstances where a particular ite m of equipment is placed in continuous service befor e Fina l Acceptance of all the Work, the correctio n perio d fo r that item may start to run from an earlier dat e if so provided in the Contract Docu ments. D. Wher e defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefro m) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correctio n perio d hereunder wit h respect to such Work may be required to be extended fo r an additiona l perio d of one yea r afte r the end of the initia l correctio n period. Cit y shall provid e 30 days written notic e to Contractor should such additiona l warrant y coverage be required. Contractor may disput e this requirement by filing a Contract Claim, pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. E. Contractor’s obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in additio n to any other obligatio n or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for , or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitatio n or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Cit y prefers to accept it , Cit y may do so . Contractor shall pay all clai ms, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolutio n costs) attributable to City’s evaluatio n of and determinatio n to accept such defective Work and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent no t otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prio r to Fina l Acceptance, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Document s wit h respect to the Work, and Cit y shall be entitled to an appropriat e decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value o f Work so accepted. 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work A. If Contracto r fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Cit y to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Cit y in accordance wit h Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance wit h the Contract Documents, or if Contracto r fails to co mply wit h any other provisio n of the Contract Documents, Cit y may, after seven (7) days writte n notic e to Contractor, correct , or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the right s and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Cit y shall proceed expeditiously. In connectio n wit h such cor rective or remedia l action, Cit y may exclude Contractor fro m all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporat e in the Work all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work, stored at the Sit e or for whic h Cit y has paid Contractor but whic h are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allo w City, City’s representatives, agents, consultants, employees, and City’s other contractors, access to the Sit e to enable Cit y to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 52 of 63 costs) incurred or sustained by Cit y in exercising the right s and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Document s wit h respect to the Work; and Cit y shall be entitled to an appropriat e decrease in the Contract Price. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extensio n of the Contract Time because of any dela y in the perfor mance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City’s right s and remedie s under this Paragrap h 13.09. ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTO R AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values The Schedule of Value s fo r lu mp su m contract s established as provided in Paragraph 2.07 will serve as the basis for progress payment s and will be inc orporated int o a form of Applicatio n for Payment acceptable to City. Progress payment s on account of Unit Pric e Work will be based on the number of unit s co mpleted. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments: 1. Contractor is responsible fo r providing all informatio n as required to beco me a vendo r of the City. 2. At least 20 days befor e the date established in the General Requirement s fo r each progress payment , Contractor shall submit to Cit y for review an Applicatio n for Payment filled out and signe d by Contractor covering the Work co mpleted as of the dat e of the Applicatio n and acco mpanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Docu ments. 3. If payment is requeste d on the basis of materials and equipment no t incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Sit e or at another locatio n agreed to in writing, the Application fo r Payment shall also be acco mpanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Cit y has received the materials and equip ment free and clear o f all Liens and evidence that the materia ls and equipment are covered by appropriate insurance or other arrangement s to protect Cit y’s interest therein, all of whic h must be satisfactory to City. 4. Beginning wit h the second Applicatio n fo r Payment, each Applicatio n shall include an affidavit of Contracto r stat ing that previous progress payment s received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated wit h prio r Applications fo r Payment. 5. The amount of retainage wit h respect to progress payment s will be as described in subsection C. unless otherwise stipulated in the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 53 of 63 B. Review of Applications: 1. Cit y will, after receipt of each Application fo r Payment , eithe r indicate in writing a reco mmendatio n of payment or retur n the Applicatio n to Contractor indicating reasons for refusing payment . In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. City’s processing of any payment requested in an Applicatio n for Payment will be based on City’s observations of the executed Work, and on City’s revie w of the Applicatio n for Payment and the acco mpanying dat a and schedules, that to the best of City’s knowledge: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the qualit y of the Work is generally in accordance wit h the Contract Document s (subject to an evaluatio n of the Work as a funct ioning whole prio r to or upo n Fina l Acceptance, the result s of any subsequent test s called fo r in the Contract Docu ments, a final deter minatio n of quantitie s and classificat ions fo r Work performed under Paragrap h 9.05, and any other qualifications stated in the reco mmendation). 3. Processing any such payment will no t thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantit y of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Cit y in the Contract Documents; or b. there may not be other matters or issues bet ween the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionall y by Cit y or entitle Cit y to withhold payment to Contractor; or c. Contractor has co mplied wit h Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work. 4. Cit y may refuse to process the whole or any part of any payment because of subsequently discovered evidence or the result s of subsequent inspections or tests, and revise or revoke any such payment previously made, to such ext ent as may be necessary to protect Cit y from loss because: a. the Work is defective or co mpleted Work has been damaged by the Contracto r or subcontractors requiring correction or replacement; b. discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment; c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; d. Cit y has been required to correct defective Work or co mplet e Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 54 of 63 e. Cit y has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Retainage: 1. Fo r contract s less than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be ten percent (10%). 2. Fo r contract s greater than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be five percent (5%). D. Liquidated Damages. Fo r each calendar day that any work shall remain unco mpleted after the time specified in the Contract Docu ments, the sum per day specified in the Agreement will be assessed against the monie s due the Contractor, no t as a penalty, but as damages suffered by the City. E. Payment : Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirement s of this Article 14 and payment will beco me due in accordance wit h the Contract Docu ments. F. Reduction in Payment: 1. Cit y may refuse to make payment of the amount requested because: a. Liens have been filed in connectio n wit h the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Cit y to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; b. ther e are other ite ms entitling Cit y to a set -off against the amount reco mmended; or c. Cit y has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.4.a through 14.02.B.4.e or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If Cit y refuse s to make payment of the amount requested, Cit y will give Contracto r written notic e stating the reasons fo r such actio n and pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld . Cit y shall pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Cit y and Contractor, when Contractor remedie s the reasons fo r such action. 14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title Contractor warrant s and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Applicatio n for Payment , whether incorporated in the Project or not , will pass to Cit y no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 55 of 63 14.04 Partial Utilization A. Prio r to Final Acceptance of all the Work, Cit y may use or occupy any part of the Work whic h has specifically been identified in the Contract Docu ments, or which City determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used for it s intended purpose without significant interference wit h Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work. Cit y at any time may notify Contractor in writing to permit Cit y to use or occupy any such part of the Work whic h Cit y determines to be ready fo r its intended use, subject to the following conditions: 1. Contractor at any time may notify Cit y in writing that Contractor consider s any such part of the Work ready fo r it s intended use. 2. Within a reasonable time after notificatio n as enu merated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, Cit y and Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine it s status of co mpletion. If Cit y does no t consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. 3. Partia l Utilizatio n will no t constitut e Final Acceptance by City. 14.05 Final Inspection A. Upo n written notice fro m Contractor that the entir e Work is Substantially Complet e in accordance wit h the Contract Documents: 1. Within 10 days, Cit y will schedule a Final Inspectio n wit h Contractor. 2. Cit y will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in whic h this inspectio n reveals that the Work is inco mplet e or defective (“Punch List Items”). Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to co mplet e such Work or remedy such deficiencies. B. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said dat e of notification to the City of Substantial Completion and the dat e of Fina l Inspection. 1. Should the Cit y determine that the Work is not read y fo r Final Inspection, Cit y will notify the Contracto r in writing of the reasons and Contract Time will resume. 2. Should the City concur that Substantial Completion has been achieved with the exception of any Punch List Items, Contract Time will resume for the duration it takes for Contractor to achieve Final Acceptance. 14.06 Final Acceptance Upo n co mpletio n by Contractor to City’s satisfaction, of any additiona l Work identified in the Final Inspection , Cit y will issue to Contracto r a letter of Fina l Acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 56 of 63 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: 1. Upo n Fina l Acceptance, and in the opinion of City, Contractor may make an application for final payment following the procedure fo r progress payment s in accordance wit h the Contract Documents. 2. The final Applicatio n fo r Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called fo r in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03; b. consent of the surety, if any, to fina l payment; c. a lis t of all pending or released Damage Clai ms against Cit y that Contractor believes are unsettled ; and d. affidavit s of payment s for employees, subcontractors, and suppliers; and co mplet e and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lie n right s aris ing out of or Liens filed in connectio n wit h the Work . B. Payment Becomes Due: 1. Afte r City’s acceptance of the Applicatio n fo r Payment and accompanying documentation, requested by Contractor, les s previous payment s made and any sum Cit y is entitled, including but not limite d to liquidate d damages, will beco me due and payable. 2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved: a. directly by the Contractor or; b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Clai m has been reported to Contractor’s insurance provider fo r resolution. 3. The making of the final payment by the Cit y shall not relieve the Contracto r of any guarantees or other requirement s of the Cont ract Document s whic h specifically continue thereafter. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partia l Retainage Release A. If fina l co mpletio n of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Cit y so confir ms, Cit y may, upon receipt of Contractor’s fina l Applicatio n fo r Payment , and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due fo r that port ion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Cit y for Work not fully completed or corrected is les s than the retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.02.C, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.02, the written consent of the suret y to the payment of the balance due fo r that CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 57 of 63 portio n of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Cit y with the Applicatio n fo r suc h payment . Such payment shall be made under the ter ms and conditions governing fina l payment , except that it shall not constitute a waive r of Contract Claims. B. Partial Retainage Release. Fo r a Contract that provides fo r a separat e vegetative establishment and maintenance, and test and performance period s following the co mpletio n of all other constructio n in the Contract Docu ment s fo r all Work locations , the Cit y may release a portio n of the amount retained provided that all other wor k is co mpleted as determined by the City. Before the release, all submittals and final quantities must be co mpleted and accepted for all other work. An amount sufficient to ensur e Contract co mplianc e will be retained. 14.09 Waiver of Claims The acceptance of fina l payment will constitut e a re lease of the Cit y fro m all claims or liabilities under the Contract fo r anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract Docu ment s or any act or neglect of Cit y related to or connected wit h the Contract. ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 City May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Cit y may suspend the Work or any portio n thereo f by written notic e to Contractor and whic h may fix the dat e on whic h Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the dat e so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, fo r any reason, the Cit y will make no extr a payment for stand-by time o f constructio n equipment and/or constructio n crews. B. Should the Contracto r no t be able to co mplet e a portio n of the Project due to causes beyond the contro l of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and Cit y that a solutio n to allo w constructio n to proceed is not available within a reasonable perio d of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension. C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work fo r an indefinit e period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily no r beco me damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioratio n of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. D. Contractor may be reimbursed fo r the cost of moving his equipment off the jo b and returning the necessary equipment to the jo b when it is determined by the Cit y that constructio n may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no pro fit will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if the equipment is moved to another constructio n project for the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 58 of 63 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following event s by way of example, but no t of limitation, may justif y ter minatio n fo r cause: 1. Contractor’s persistent failur e to perform the Work in accordance wit h the Contract Document s (including, but no t limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment , failur e to adhere to the Project Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted fro m time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04, or failur e to adhere to the City’s Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance #20020-12-2011established under Paragraph 6.06.D); 2. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authorit y of City; or 4. Contractor’s violatio n in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents; or 5. Contractor’s failur e to pro mptly make good any defect in materials or work manship, or defects of any nature, the correctio n of whic h has been directed in writing by the City; or 6. Substantial indicatio n that the Contracto r has made an unauthorized assignment of the Contract or any funds due therefro m fo r the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose; or 7. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carry on the Work satisfactorily; or 8. Contractor co mmences lega l action in a court of co mpetent jurisdictio n against the City. B. If one or more of the event s identified in Paragraph 15.02A. occur, Cit y will provide written notice to Contractor and Suret y to arrange a conference wit h Contractor and Suret y to address Contractor's failur e to perfor m the Work. Conference shall be held not later than 15 days, after receipt of notice. 1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Suret y do no t agree to allo w the Contractor to proceed to perform the constructio n Contract , the Cit y may, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations , declare a Contractor default and formally ter minat e the Contractor 's right to co mplet e the Contract . Contractor default shall no t be declared earlier than 20 days after the Contracto r and Suret y have received notic e of conference to address Contractor's failur e to perfor m the Work. 2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Suret y shall be obligated to take over and perform the Work. If Suret y does no t co mmence performance thereo f within 15 consecutive calendar days after dat e of an additional written notice demanding Surety's performance of its CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 59 of 63 obligations, then City, without process or actio n at law, may take over any portio n of the Work and co mplet e it as described below. a. If Cit y completes the Work, Cit y may exclude Contractor and Suret y fro m the sit e and take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment incorporated int o the Work stored at the Sit e or for whic h Cit y has paid Contractor or Suret y but whic h are stored elsewhere, and finis h the Work as Cit y may deem expedient. 3. Whether Cit y or Suret y completes the Work, Contractor shall no t be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by Cit y arising out of or resulting from co mpleting the Work, such excess will be paid t o Contractor. If such clai ms, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contracto r shall pay the difference to City. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurr ed by Cit y will be incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any right s or remedies under this Paragraph, Cit y shall not be required to obtain the lowest price fo r the Work performed. 4. Neithe r City, no r any of it s respective consult ants, agents, officers, directors or employees shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor or Suret y fo r the metho d by which the co mpletio n of the said Work, or any portion thereof, may be accomplished or fo r the price paid therefor. 5. City, notwithstanding the metho d used in completing the Contract , shall not forfeit the right to recover damages fro m Contractor or Suret y for Contractor's failure to timely co mplet e the entir e Contract . Contractor shall no t be entitled to any claim on account of the metho d used by Cit y in completing the Contract. 6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities as provided fo r in the bond requirement s of the Contract Document s or any special guarantees provided fo r under the Contract Document s or any other obligations otherwise prescribed by law. C. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B, Contractor’s services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminat e to correct it s failur e to perform and proceeds diligently to cur e such failur e within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. D. Wher e Contractor’s service s have bee n so ter minated by City, the terminatio n will not affect any right s or remedie s of Cit y against Contractor t hen existing or whic h may thereafter accrue. Any retentio n or payment of moneys due Contractor by Cit y will not release Contractor from liability. E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a perfor mance bond under the provisions of Paragrap h 5.02, the terminatio n procedures of that bond shall not supersed e the provisions of this Article. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 60 of 63 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience A. Cit y may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City, terminat e the Contract. Any terminatio n shall be effected by mailing a notice of the terminatio n to the Contractor specifying the extent to whic h performance of Work under the contract is terminated, and the dat e upo n whic h such terminatio n beco mes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Postal Servic e Mail by the City. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such ter minatio n is made wit h just cause as therein stated; and no proo f in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the Cit y regarding such discretionary action. B. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop wor k under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of ter mination; 2. plac e no further orders or subcontract s fo r materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary fo r co mpletio n of such portio n of the Work under the Contract as is no t ter minated; 3. ter minat e all order s and subcontract s to the extent that the y relat e to the per formance of the Work ter minated by notic e of ter mination; 4. transfe r title to the Cit y and deliver in the manner , at the times, and to the extent , if any, directe d by the City: a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in progress, co mplete d Work, supplies and othe r materia l produced as a part of, or acquire d in connectio n wit h the performance of, the Work terminated by the notic e of the ter mination; and b. the co mpleted, or partially completed plans, drawings, infor matio n and other property which, if the Contract had been co mpleted, would have been required to be furnished to the City. 5. co mplet e performance of such Work as shall no t have been terminated by the notice of ter mination; and 6. take such actio n as may be necessary, or as the Cit y may direct , for the protectio n and preservation of the property related to it s contract whic h is in the possession of the Contractor and in whic h the owner has or may acquire the rest. C. At a time not later than 30 days after the terminatio n dat e specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the Cit y a list , certifie d as to quantit y and quality, of any or all ite ms of terminatio n inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the dispositio n of whic h has been directed or authorized by City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 61 of 63 D. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the Cit y shall accept title to such items provided, that the list submitted shall be subject to verificatio n by the Cit y upo n removal of the items or, if the ite ms are stored, within 45 days fro m the dat e of submissio n of the list , and any necessary adjust ments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settle ment. E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the Cit y in the form and wit h the certification prescribed by the City. Unles s an extensio n is made in writing within such 60 day perio d by the Contractor, and granted by the City, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. F. In such case, Contractor shall be paid fo r (without duplicatio n of any items): 1. co mpleted and acceptable Work executed in accordance wit h the Contract Document s prior to the effective dat e of termination, including fair and reasonable sums fo r overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prio r to the effective date of terminatio n in performing services and furnishing labor , materials , or equip ment as required by the Contract Docu ment s in connection wit h unco mpleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums fo r overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. G. In the event of the failur e of the Contracto r and Cit y to agree upo n the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the terminatio n of the Work, the Cit y shall determine, on the basis of infor matio n available to it , the amount , if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the ter minatio n and shall pay to the Contractor the amount s determined. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profit s or revenue or other econo mic loss arising out of or resulting fro m such termination. ARTICLE 16 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Cit y or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a decision under Paragraph 10.06 befor e such decisio n becomes final and binding. The request for mediatio n shall be submitted to the other part y to the Contract . Timely submissio n of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.06.E. B. Cit y and Contracto r shall participat e in the mediatio n process in good faith. The process shall be co mmenced within 60 days of filing of the request. C. If the Contract Claim is no t resolve d by mediation, City’s action under Paragraph 10.06.C or a denia l pursuant to Paragraphs 10.06.C.3 or 10.06.D shall beco me fina l and binding 30 days after ter minatio n of the mediatio n unless, within that time period, Cit y or Contractor: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 62 of 63 1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolutio n process provided for in the Supplementar y Conditions ; or 2. agrees wit h the other part y to sub mit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution process; or 3. give s writte n notic e to the other part y of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court of co mpetent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17 – MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provisio n of the Contract Document s requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly give n if: 1. delivered in perso n to the individual or to a member of the fir m or to an officer of the corporatio n fo r who m it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postag e prepaid, to the las t business address known to the give r of the notice. B. Business address changes must be pro mptly made in writing to the other party. C. Whenever the Contract Document s specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic notice shall be deemed sufficient upo n confir matio n of receipt by the receiving party. 17.02 Computation of Times When any perio d of time is referred to in the Contract Document s by days, it will be computed to exclud e the firs t and includ e the las t day of suc h period. If the las t day of any such perio d falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a lega l holida y the next Working Day shall beco me the last da y of the period. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies The dutie s and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the right s and remedies available hereunder to the partie s heret o ar e in additio n to, and are no t to be construed in any way as a limitatio n of, any right s and remedie s available to any or all of them whic h are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by specia l warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Document s in connectio n wit h each particular duty, obligation, right , and remedy to whic h they apply. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 63 of 63 17.04 Survival of Obligations All representations, inde mnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or give n in accordance wit h the Contract Docu ments, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Docu ments, will survive fina l payment , co mpletion, and acceptance of the Work or ter minatio n or co mpletio n of the Contract or terminatio n of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Headings Article and paragraph headings are inserted fo r convenience only and do not constitute part s of these General Conditions. 00 73 00 - 1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Supplementary Conditions These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. Defined Terms The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. Modifications and Supplements The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and other Contract Documents. SC-1.01, “Defined Terms” Add Definition: A. E-Builder – City’s on-line, electronic document management and collaboration system. B. Consultant – CDM Smith Inc., 801 Cherry Street, Unit 33, Suite 1820, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 C. Substantial Completion – The date at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of the City, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Agreement and all Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended, final Operation & Maintenance Manuals have been approved, Equipment Testing and Startup has been completed, Operation & Maintenance Staff training has been completed, and field performance testing has been completed and approved. The terms “substantially complete” and “substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. D. Owner – The term “Owner” shall be interchangeable and have the same meaning as “City”. SC-3.03B.2, “Resolving Discrepancies.” Plans govern over Specifications and Specifications shall govern over standard details. SC-4.01A Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the Contract Drawings. SC-4.01A.1., “Availability of Lands” The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of April 2025: None 00 73 00 - 2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 Outstanding Right-Of-Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired PARCEL NUMBER OWNER TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION None The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. SC-4.01A.2, “Availability of Lands” Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated. The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated as of April 2025 EXPECTED OWNER UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF ADJUSTMENT None The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. All relocations for this Project shall be done by the Contractor. Known utility relocations are identified with the Contract Documents. SC-4.02A., “Subsurface and Physical Conditions” The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: NONE. The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: NONE. SC-4.06A., “Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site” On the first sentence of the paragraph, add the following words after the word “City”: “and its Consultant”. The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: NONE. SC-4.06G., “Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site” On the first sentence of the paragraph, add the following words after the word “City”: “and its Consultant”. SC-5.03.1., “Certificates of Insurance” 00 73 00 - 3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective officers, directors, agents and employees. (1) Consultant: CDM Smith Inc. (2) Other: None SC-5.04A., “Contractor’s Insurance” The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-5.04 shall provide the following coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC-5.04A. Statutory limits Employer's liability $100,000 each accident/occurrence $100,000 Disease - each employee $500,000 Disease - policy limit SC-5.04B., “Contractor’s Insurance” 5.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04B. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC-5.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with minimum limits of: $1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate limit The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment – Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide “X”, “C”, and “U” coverage’s. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. SC 5.04C., “Contractor’s Insurance” 5.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04C. Contractor’s Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC-5.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: (1) Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned. $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at least: $250,000 Bodily Injury per person / $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / $100,000 Property Damage SC-6.04., “Project Schedule” Project schedule shall be Tier 3 for the project. SC-6.06.D, “Minority and Women Business Enterprise Compliance:” Delete this article in its entirety. SC-6.05D., “Special Guarantee” 00 73 00 - 4 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 On the second sentence of the paragraph, add the following words after the word “City”; “and it’s Consultant.” SC-6.07.A, “Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates” The following is the prevailing wage rate table(s) applicable to this project and is provided in the Appendixes: GC-6.07 - 2013 Prevailing Wage Rates (Heavy and Highway Construction Projects) GC-6.07 - 2013 Prevailing Wage Rates (Commercial Construction Projects) A copy of the Prevailing Wage Rage tables is also available by accessing the City’s website at: https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/. You can access the file by following the directory path: 02- Construction Documents/Specifications/Div00 – General Conditions If there is a conflict between City prevailing wage rates and Davis Bacon wage rates, the higher value shall prevail. SC-6.08B., “Patent Fees and Royalties” One the first sentence of the paragraph, add the following words after the word “City”; “and it’s Consultant”. SC-6.09., “Permits and Utilities.” SC-6.09A., “Contractor obtained permits and licenses.” The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: NONE SC-6.09B. “City obtained permits and licenses.” The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: 1. Approval from TCEQ of Drawings and Specifications for Project construction. SC-6.09C. “Outstanding permits and licenses” The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of April 2025: Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION City TCEQ approval of Drawings and Specifications for Project construction August 31, 2025 SC-6.12A.4., “Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas” On the first sentence of the paragraph, add the following words after the word “City”; “and its Consultant”. SC-6.20B.2, “Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee” Delete paragraph 6.20B.2 altogether. SC-6.21A., “Indemnification” On the first sentence of the paragraph, add the following words after the word “employees”; “and its Consultant” SC-6.21B., “Indemnification” 00 73 00 - 5 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 On the first sentence of the paragraph, add the following words after the word “employees”; “and its Consultant” SC-7.02., “Coordination” The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at the Site: Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority To Be Determined Westside WTP WS-4 Pipeline Extension City SC-8.01, “Communications to Contractor” Contractor shall coordinate laydown space, project site access, and schedule with other construction contracts listed in SC-7.02 above. SC-9.01., “City’s Project Manager” The City’s Project Manager for this Contract is Scott Taylor, P.E., or his/her successor pursuant to written notification from the Director of Water Department. SC-9.01., “City’s Project Representative” The following firm is a Consultant to the City responsible for the construction management of this Project: CDM Smith Inc. 801 Cherry Street, Unit #33, Suite 1820 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 SC-13.03C., “Tests and Inspections” None SC-14.10, “Substantial Completion” Add the following Section as follows: 14.10 Substantial Completion A. The Project shall be considered substantially complete when the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended and after final Operation & Maintenance Manuals have been approved, Equipment Testing and Startup has been completed, Operation & Maintenance Staff training has been completed, and field performance testing has been completed and approved. B. When Contractor considers the entire Work sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents and this Agreement, such that the City may implement or use the Work for its intended purpose, Contractor shall notify the City in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete and request that the City issue a letter of Substantial Completion. Contractor shall at the same time submit to the City an initial draft punch list to be completed or corrected before final acceptance. C. Promptly after Contractor’s notification, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If City does not consider the Work substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. 00 73 00 - 6 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 D. If City considers the Work substantially complete, City will deliver to Contractor a letter of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the Letter of Substantial Completion a list of items to be completed or corrected before Final Acceptance. E. At the time of receipt of the letter of Substantial Completion, City and Contractor will confer regarding City’s use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. All surety and insurance shall remain in effect until Final Payment. F. After Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to Final Acceptance. In appropriate cases, Contractor may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list items, following the progress payment procedures set forth herein. SC-16.01C.1, “Methods and Procedures” None END OF SECTION 01 11 00 - 1 SUMMARY OF WORK CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 3. Added 1.4.A.2. through 1.4.A.6.j. 4. Modified 1.4.B.1 5. Added 1.4.B.2 6. Added 1.4.C 1.4.D.2 and 1.4.D.5 7. Deleted original 1.4.C.3.c 8. Deleted original 1.4.D 9. Added 1.4.E 10. Added 1.4.F 11. Added 1.5 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Work Covered by Contract Documents 1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and Specifications. 2. The work of this Contract is located at the City of Fort Worth’s Westside Water Treatment Plant, 12200 Old Weatherford Road, Fort Worth, Texas 76008. 01 11 00 - 2 SUMMARY OF WORK CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 3. This Section describes the project in general and provides an overview of the extent of the work to be performed. Detailed requirements and extent of work is stated in the applicable Specification Sections and shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically stated herein in any applicable parts of these Contract Documents, provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution, start-up and testing, and completion of the work. 4. Any part or item of the work which is reasonably implied or normally required to make each installation satisfactorily and completely operable locally shall be performed by the Contractor and the expense thereof shall be included in the applicable unit prices or lump sum prices bid for the various items of work. It is the intent of these Specifications to provide the Owner with complete operable systems, subsystems, and other items of work. All miscellaneous appurtenances and other items or work that are incidental to meeting the intent of these Specifications shall be considered as having been included even though these appurtenances and items may not be specifically called for in the Specifications. 5. The Work shall include all site civil, , structural, process mechanical, electrical, instrumentation and SCADA integration, and all other work required for a complete and operable project. 6. The Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: a. Addition of two (2) ozone sidestream venturi injection (SVI) pumps, one serving each existing flash reactor and ozone contact basin, and associated interconnection piping and venturi injectors. b. Leveling of the existing plate settlers effluent control weirs at the three existing sedimentation basins to restore even flow distribution across the basins. c. Installation of new filter underdrains, support gravel, anthracite media, backwash troughs, associated piping, valves and appurtenances, and instruments, and other facilities necessary for putting Filter No. 6 into operation. d. Upgrades to the existing membrane filtration system, including the following: 1) Interconnection of two additional membrane racks, Rack No. 6 and Rack No. 7, furnished and assembled by the City, to the existing membrane microfiltration system, installation of the necessary plant piping to interconnect these racks to the existing pipe headers, installation of the necessary electrical power and control communication improvements and cabling to interconnect the added membrane racks to the existing membrane filtration system, integration of the additional racks to the existing plant Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system, and startup and commissioning of the overall upgraded membrane filtration system. 2) Assembly, installation, and integration of additional modules on the existing Rack Nos. 1 through 4 (4 modules per existing membrane rack), including framing, piping, and modules furnished by City. 3) Replacement of existing feed and filtrate piping that serve the existing Rack No. 5 with larger diameter piping as shown on the Drawings. e. Addition of two high-service pumps (High-Service Pump #s 3 and 6) to fill the two empty pump slots at the pump station, as shown on the Drawings. Pump #3 will be added to supplement the existing WS-3 pressure plane pumps (Pump #s 1 and 2). Pump #6 will be added to supplement the existing WS-4 pressure plane pumps (Pump #s 4 and 5). These improvements will also include relocation and replacement of the existing surge relief valve at the high-service pump station. 01 11 00 - 3 SUMMARY OF WORK CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 f. Modifications to the existing sodium hypochlorite feed system at the Chemical Feed Room to add a third bulk chemical storage tank, including relocation of a ventilation duct and fan that conflict with the tank, and relocate and replace the existing chemical feed pumps and piping from their current location across the above room to a new feed pump skid located by and outside the chemical storage secondary containment area. Addition of the third sodium hypochlorite tank will require enlargement of the chemical containment area to extend and raise the existing walls as shown on the Drawings. Modifications will also include raising the foundation level of the two existing sodium hypochlorite tanks by making the existing foundation pads taller and reinstalling the tanks and furnishing of a temporary feed system to maintain plant operations. g. Modifications to the existing sodium hydroxide (caustic) feed system to replace the existing storage tank located outdoors with a new larger tank, as shown on the Drawings, and separate the secondary containment area for this tank from that of the adjacent liquid ammonium sulfate (LAS) tanks and hydrofluosilisic acid tank with a new partition wall and provision of a new sump pump for drainage. Work will also include furnishing a temporary feed system to maintain plant operations. h. Electrical and instrumentation improvements associated with the above modifications. i. All other ancillary work shown on the Drawings and/or indicated on the Specifications. B. Subsidiary Work 1. Unit Price Bid - Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal and the item is not a typical unit bid item included on the standard bid item list, then the item shall be considered as a subsidiary item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for various bid items. 2. Lump Sum Price – Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents are included in the total lump sum price bid. C. Examination of the Site 1. Visit the site, to compare drawings and specifications with any work in place, and observe all site conditions, including other work, if any, is being performed. Failure to visit the site shall not relieve the Contractor from the necessity of furnishing materials or performing work required to complete work in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. Use of Premises 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City. 2. Limits on Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. a. Limits on Use of Site: Confine construction operations to area north of the treatment structure identified as Contractor Laydown Area or the alternate area to the northwest of the clearwell, locations within the biological filter operating gallery where filter piping will be installed, locations with the membrane facility where the micfiltration racks are being installed, ozone contact basin equipment gallery, , sedimentation basin and Filter No. 6, interior of chemical feed room, locations withing the chemical storage area where caustic storage improvements are being completed, and high-service pump station. b. Driveways, Walkways, and Entrances: Keep driveways, loading areas, and entrances services premises clear and available to Owner, Owner’s employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of materials. 01 11 00 - 4 SUMMARY OF WORK CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1) Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. 2) Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. 3. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and equipment stored on the Site. 4. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City. a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in Division 0 as well as the railroad permit. 5. Condition of Existing Buildings: Maintain portions of existing buildings affected by construction operations in weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. E. Work within Easements 1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously obtained permission from the owner of such property. 2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights-of-way or easements of obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the Work as a part of the project construction operations. 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work. a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the Work. b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or equipment. 6. Fence a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project to the original or a better than original condition. 01 11 00 - 5 SUMMARY OF WORK CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to provide site security. c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary closures and replacement, shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal. E. Coordination with Occupants 1. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy Project site and existing adjacent building(s) during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner’s day-to-day operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated. a. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner. b. Notify Owner not less than 72 hours in advance of activities that will affect Owner’s operations. F. Partial Owner Occupancy 1. The City reserves the right to take possession and use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work regardless of the time of completion of the Work, providing it does not interfere with the Contractor's work. Such possession or use of the Work shall not be construed as final acceptance of the project or any portion thereof. 1.5 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Text Color: Text used in the Specifications, including units of measure, manufacturer and product names, and other text may appear in multiple colors or underlined as part of a hyperlink; no emphasis is implied by text with these characteristics. 3. Hypertext: Text used in the Specifications may contain hyperlinks. Hyperlinks may allow for access to linked information that is not residing in the Specifications. Unless otherwise indicated, linked information is not part of the Contract Documents. 4. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 00 Contracting Requirements: General provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to all Sections of the Specifications. C. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. D. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 01 11 00 - 6 SUMMARY OF WORK CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations scheduled on Drawings and published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard. 3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. 1.6 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.12 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.13 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 01 25 00 - 1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: a. Name of manufacturer b. Name of vendor c. Trade name d. Catalog number 2. Substitutions are not "or-equals". B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2A.1 2. Added 1.2A.2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Request for Substitution - General 1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of those specified. 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or catalog numbers. a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or-equals," as determined by City. 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions under the following conditions: a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor; or, b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 01 25 00 - 2 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached) B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 1. Substitution shall be considered only: a. After award of Contract b. Under the conditions stated herein 2. Submit 3 copies of each written request for substitution, including: a. Documentation 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is proposed 3) Data relating to changes in cost b. For products 1) Product identification a) Manufacturer's name b) Telephone number and representative contact name c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original product in the Contract Documents 2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed product with Contract Documents 3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: a) Size b) Composition or materials of construction c) Weight d) Electrical or mechanical requirements 4) Product experience a) Location of past projects utilizing product b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 5) Samples a) Provide at request of City. b) Samples become the property of the City. c. For construction methods: 1) Detailed description of proposed method 2) Illustration drawings C. Approval or Rejection 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. 4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution. 5. Substitution will be rejected if: a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval 01 25 00 - 3 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section c. In the City’s opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original design d. In the City’s opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function consistent with the design intent 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor represents that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it is intended 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently arise 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 25 00 - 4 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 EXHIBIT A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: TO: PROJECT: DATE: We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Proposed Substitution: Reason for Substitution: Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Fill in Blanks Below: A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Equal Better (explain on attachment) The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted By: For Use by City Signature Recommended Recommended as noted Firm Not recommended Received late Address By Date Date Remarks Telephone For Use by City: Approved Rejected City Date 01 31 19 - 1 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 31 19 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to clarify construction contract administration procedures B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 3. Modified 1.4.A.3 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 3. Meeting administered by City may be digitally recorded. a. If recorded, digital video file will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for future reference. B. Preconstruction Meeting 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the Agreement and before Work is started. a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City. 2. The Project Representative will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. 3. Attendance shall include: a. Project Representative 01 31 19 - 2 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 b. Contractor's project manager c. Contractor's superintendent d. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire to invite or the City may request e. Other City representatives f. Others as appropriate 4. Construction Schedule a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16 and provide at Preconstruction Meeting. b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of Preconstruction Meeting. 5. Preliminary Agenda may include: a. Introduction of Project Personnel b. General Description of Project c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits d. Contractor’s work plan and schedule e. Contract Time f. Notice to Proceed g. Construction Staking h. Progress Payments i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures j. Field Orders k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material l. Insurance Renewals m. Payroll Certification n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing o. Public Safety and Convenience p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions q. Weekend Work Notification r. Legal Holidays s. Trench Safety Plans t. Confined Space Entry Standards u. Coordination with the City’s representative for operations of existing water systems v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan w. Coordination with other Contractors x. Early Warning System y. Contractor Evaluation z. Special Conditions applicable to the project aa. Damages Claims bb. Submittal Procedures cc. Substitution Procedures dd. Correspondence Routing ee. Record Drawings ff. Temporary construction facilities gg. Final Acceptance hh. Final Payment ii. Questions or Comments 01 31 19 - 3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 31 19 - 4 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 01 31 20 - 1 PROJECT MEETINGS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 31 20 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Provisions for project meetings throughout the construction period to enable orderly review of the progress of the Work and to provide for systematic discussion of potential problems B.Deviations this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1.Modified 1.2A.1 2.Added 1.2A.2 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1.Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2.Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination 1.Schedule, attend and administer as specified, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 2.Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 3.Meetings administered by City may be digitally recorded. a.If recorded, the digital video file will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for future reference. 4.Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section, may be held when requested by the City, Engineer or Contractor. B.Pre-Construction Neighborhood Meeting 1.After the execution of the Agreement, but before construction is allowed to begin, attend 1 Public Meeting with affected residents to: a.Present projected schedule, including construction start date b.Answer any construction related questions 2.Meeting Location 01 31 20 - 2 PROJECT MEETINGS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 a. Location of meeting to be determined by the City. 3. Attendees a. Contractor b. Project Representative c. Other City representatives 4. Meeting Schedule a. In general, the neighborhood meeting will occur within the 2 weeks following the pre- construction conference. b. In no case will construction be allowed to begin until this meeting is held. C. Progress Meetings 1. Formal project coordination meetings will be held periodically. Meetings will be scheduled and administered by Project Representative. 2. Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as-needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include, but not be limited to: a. Coordinating shutdowns b. Installation of piping and equipment c. Coordination between other construction projects d. Resolution of construction issues e. Equipment approval 3. The Project Representative will preside at progress meetings, prepare the notes of the meeting and distribute copies of the same to all participants who so request by fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of each meeting. 4. Attendance shall include: a. Contractor's project manager b. Contractor's superintendent c. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire to invite or the City may request d. Engineer's representatives e. City’s representatives f. Others, as requested by the Project Representative 5. Preliminary Agenda may include: a. Review of Work progress since previous meeting b. Field observations, problems, conflicts c. Items which impede construction schedule d. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules e. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other construction contracts f. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule g. Revisions to construction schedule h. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period i. Coordination of schedules j. Review submittal schedules k. Maintenance of quality standards l. Pending changes and substitutions m. Review proposed changes for: 1) Effect on construction schedule and on completion date 2) Effect on other contracts of the Project n. Review Record Documents o. Review monthly pay request 01 31 20 - 3 PROJECT MEETINGS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 p. Review status of Requests for Information 6. Meeting Schedule a. Progress meetings will be held periodically as determined by the Project Representative. 1) Additional meetings may be held at the request of the: a) City b) Engineer c) Contractor 7. Meeting Location a. The City will establish a meeting location. 1) To the extent practicable, meetings will be held at the Site. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 31 20 - 4 PROJECT MEETINGS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 01 32 13 - 1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 32 13 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal, updating, status reporting and management of the Schedule of Values B. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule of Values 1. General a. Prepare a schedule of values in conjunction with the preparation of the progress schedule. 1) Coordinate preparation of schedule of values and progress schedule. b. Correlate line items with other administrative schedules and the forms required for the work, including the progress schedule, payment request form, listing of subcontractors, schedule of allowances, schedule of alternatives, listing of products and principal suppliers and fabricators, and the schedule of submittals. c. Provide breakdown of the Contract Sum in accordance with measurement and payment sections and with sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of payment requests and progress reports. 1) Break down principal subcontract amounts into several line items in accordance with section measurement and payment. d. Round off to the nearest whole dollar, but with the total equal the Contract Sum. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Values 1. Submit Schedule of Values in native file format and pdf format. 2. Submit Schedule of Values monthly no later than the last day of the month. 01 32 13 - 2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The person preparing and revising the construction Schedule shall be experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity. B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared, updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction. C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 32 16 - 1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal, updating, status reporting and management of the Construction Progress Schedule 2. Specific requirements are presented in the City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2A.1 2. Added 1.2A.2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. Schedule Tiers a. Tier 1 - No schedule submittal required by contract. Small, brief duration projects b. Tier 2 - No schedule submittal required by contract, but will require some milestone dates. Small, brief duration projects c. Tier 3 - Schedule submittal required by contract as described in the Specification and herein. Majority of City projects, including all bond program projects d. Tier 4 - Schedule submittal required by contract as described in the Specification and herein. Large and/or complex projects with long durations 1) Examples: large water pump station project and associated pipeline with interconnection to another governmental entity e. Tier 5 - Schedule submittal required by contract as described in the Specification and herein. Large and/or very complex projects with long durations, high public visibility 1) Examples might include a water or wastewater treatment plant 2. Baseline Schedule - Initial schedule submitted before work begins that will serve as the baseline for measuring progress and departures from the schedule. 3. Progress Schedule - Monthly submittal of a progress schedule documenting progress on the project and any changes anticipated. 01 32 16 - 2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 4. Schedule Narrative - Concise narrative of the schedule including schedule changes, expected delays, key schedule issues, critical path items, etc B. Reference Standards 1. City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Baseline Schedule 1. General a. Prepare a cost-loaded baseline Schedule using approved software and the Critical Path Method (CPM) as required in the City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document. b. Review the draft cost-loaded baseline Schedule with the City to demonstrate understanding of the work to be performed and known issues and constraints related to the schedule. c. Designate an authorized representative (Project Scheduler) responsible for developing and updating the schedule and preparing reports. B. Progress Schedule 1. Update the progress Schedule monthly as required in the City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document. 2. Prepare the Schedule Narrative to accompany the monthly progress Schedule. 3. Change Orders a. Incorporate approved change orders, resulting in a change of contract time, in the baseline Schedule in accordance with City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document. C. Responsibility for Schedule Compliance 1. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current progress Schedule and CPM Status Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the Contract completion date will not be met, or when so directed by the City, make some or all of the following actions at no additional cost to the City a. Submit a Recovery Plan to the City for approval revised baseline Schedule outlining: 1) A written statement of the steps intended to take to remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the approved schedule 2) Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will substantially eliminate the backlog of work and return current Schedule to meet projected baseline completion dates 3) Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working days per week, the amount of construction equipment, or any combination of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work 4) Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrency of accomplishment of activities, and comply with the revised schedule 2. If no written statement of the steps intended to take is submitted when so requested by the City, the City may direct the Contractor to increase the level of effort in manpower (trades), equipment and work schedule (overtime, weekend and holiday work, etc.) to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the approved schedule. a. No additional cost for such work will be considered. D. The Contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this Contract. 01 32 16 - 3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 a. Requests for an extension of any Contract completion date must be supplemented with the following: 1) Furnish justification and supporting evidence as the City may deem necessary to determine whether the requested extension of time is entitled under the provisions of this Contract. a) The City will, after receipt of such justification and supporting evidence, make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor, in writing thereof. 2) If the City finds that the requested extension of time is entitled, the City's determination as to the total number of days allowed for the extensions shall be based upon the approved total baseline schedule and on all data relevant to the extension. a) Such data shall be included in the next updating of the Progress schedule. b) Actual delays in activities which, according to the Baseline schedule, do not affect any Contract completion date shown by the critical path in the network will not be the basis for a change therein. 2. Submit each request for change in Contract completion date to the City within 30 days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is requested but before the date of final payment under this Contract. a. No time extension will be granted for requests which are not submitted within the foregoing time limit. b. From time to time, it may be necessary for the Contract schedule or completion time to be adjusted by the City to reflect the effects of job conditions, weather, technical difficulties, strikes, unavoidable delays on the part of the City or its representatives, and other unforeseeable conditions which may indicate schedule adjustments or completion time extensions. 1) Under such conditions, the City will direct the Contractor to reschedule the work or Contract completion time to reflect the changed conditions and the Contractor shall revise his schedule accordingly. a) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for such schedule changes except for unavoidable overall contract time extensions beyond the actual completion of unaffected work, in which case the Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time extension and any additional cost to the City. b) Available float time in the Baseline schedule may be used by the City as well as by the Contractor. 3. Float or slack time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date of a chain of activities on the Baseline Schedule. a. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the City. b. Proceed with work according to early start dates, and the City shall have the right to reserve and apportion float time according to the needs of the project. c. Acknowledge and agree that actual delays, affecting paths of activities containing float time, will not have any effect upon contract completion times, providing that the actual delay does not exceed the float time associated with those activities. E. Coordinating Schedule with Other Contract Schedules 1. Where work is to be performed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent upon work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts, the Baseline Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts. 01 32 16 - 4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 a. Obtain the schedules of the other appropriate contracts from the City for the preparation and updating of Baseline schedule and make the required changes in his schedule when indicated by changes in corresponding schedules. 2. In case of interference between the operations of different contractors, the City will determine the work priority of each contractor and the sequence of work necessary to expedite the completion of the entire Project. a. In such cases, the decision of the City shall be accepted as final. b. The temporary delay of any work due to such circumstances shall not be considered as justification for claims for additional compensation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Baseline Schedule 1. Submit Schedule in native file format and pdf format as required in the City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document. a. Native file format includes: 1) Primavera (P6 or Primavera Contractor) 2. Submit draft baseline Schedule to City prior to the pre-construction meeting and bring in hard copy to the meeting for review and discussion. B. Progress Schedule 1. Submit progress Schedule in native file format and pdf format as required in the City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document. 2. Submit progress Schedule monthly no later than the last day of the month. C. Schedule Narrative 1. Submit the schedule narrative in pdf format as required in the City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document. 2. Submit schedule narrative monthly no later than the last day of the month. D. Submittal Process 1. The City administers and manages schedules through Buzzsaw. 2. Contractor shall submit documents as required in the City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document. 3. Once the project has been completed and Final Acceptance has been issued by the City, no further progress schedules are required. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity. B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared, updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction. C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects. 01 32 16 - 5 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 32 16 - 6 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 01 32 33 - 1 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 32 33 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: a. Preconstruction Videos B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2A.1 2. Added 1.2A.2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preconstruction Video 1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the vicinity of and to be affected by construction. a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. 2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety period. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 01 32 33 - 2 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 33 00 - 1 SUBMITTALS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following Work-related submittals: a. Shop Drawings b. Product Data (including Standard Product List submittals) c. Samples d. Mock Ups B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 3. Added 1.4.B 4. Modified 1.4.K.1.a. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination of Submittal Times a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications. b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by processing times including, but not limited to: a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required) b) Coordination with other submittals c) Testing d) Purchasing 01 33 00 - 2 SUBMITTALS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 e) Fabrication f) Delivery g) Similar sequenced activities c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor. B. Submittal Log/Schedule 1. Prior to submitting the first submittal for the project, provide a submittal log/schedule to include a. Anticipated Submittals b. Proposed Submittal Numbering c. Anticipated Submittal Dates. C. Submittal Numbering 1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9-character submittal cross-reference identification numbering system in the following manner: a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number. b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical submittal number would be as follows: 03 30 00-08-B 1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete 2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section 3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop drawing D. Contractor Certification 1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following: a. Field measurements b. Field construction criteria c. Catalog numbers and similar data d. Conformance with the Contract Documents 2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor with a Certification Statement affixed including: a. The Contractor's Company name b. Signature of submittal reviewer c. Certification Statement 1) “By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each item with other applicable approved shop drawings." E. Submittal Format 1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 ½ inches x 11 inches to 8 ½ inches x 11inches. 2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 01 33 00 - 3 SUBMITTALS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 3. Order a. Cover Sheet 1) Description of Packet 2) Contractor Certification b. List of items / Table of Contents c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations F. Submittal Content 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions 2. The Project title and number 3. Contractor identification 4. The names of: a. Contractor b. Supplier c. Manufacturer 5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and paragraph(s) 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps G. Shop Drawings 1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to: a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) drawings b. Scheduled information c. Setting diagrams d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions e. Custom templates f. Special wiring diagrams g. Coordination drawings h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 1) Performance curves and certifications i. As applicable to the Work 2. Details a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting for approval. H. Product Data 1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City’s Standard Product List, clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project. 2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Standard Product List, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily limited to: a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as catalog data) 1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation instructions 01 33 00 - 4 SUBMITTALS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 2) Availability of colors and patterns 3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates 5) Catalog cuts 6) Product photographs 7) Standard wiring diagrams 8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 10) Mill reports 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended spare-parts listing and printed product warranties 12) As applicable to the Work I. Samples 1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to: a. Physical examples of the Work such as: 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 2) Small cuts or containers of materials 3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches and range sets 4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work J. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's risk. 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies required to accomplish conformity. 3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. K. Submittal Distribution 1. Electronic Distribution a. Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to City’s E-builder site, or another external FTP site approved by the City. b. Shop Drawings 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a) 3 copies for all submittals b) If Contractor requires more than 1 hard copy of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. c. Product Data 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a) 3 copies for all submittals d. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 01 33 00 - 5 SUBMITTALS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 2. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) a. Shop Drawings 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a) 8 copies for mechanical submittals b) 7 copies for all other submittals c) If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. b. Product Data 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a) 4 copies c. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2) Copies a) Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections. 3. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved product data and samples, where required, to the job site file and elsewhere as directed by the City. a. Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number previously specified. L. Submittal Review 1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, dimensions, and materials c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise provided herein 2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will have no responsibility therefore. 3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an exception. 5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes: a. Code 1 1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or comments on the submittal. a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the equipment and/or material for manufacture. b. Code 2 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. 01 33 00 - 6 SUBMITTALS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. c. Code 3 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a resubmittal of the package. a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. b) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and non-conforming items that were noted. c) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. d. Code 4 1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the intent of the Contract Documents. a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the submittal into conformance. b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor to meet the Contract Documents. 6. Resubmittals a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals 1) Corrections other than requested by the City 2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method a) At Contractor’s risk if not marked b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City’s expense. 1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City Representative’s then prevailing rates. 2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for all such fees invoiced by the City. c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract Time. 7. Partial Submittals a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City’s discretion. b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for manufacture. 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days following receipt of submittal by the City. M. Mock ups 01 33 00 - 7 SUBMITTALS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. N. Qualifications 1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. Certification for each item required. O. Request for Information (RFI) 1. Contractor Request for additional information a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and Specifications 1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by the City. 3. Numbering of RFI a. Prefix with “RFI” followed by series number, “-xxx”, beginning with “01” and increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal. 4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further information. 5. The City will log each request and will review the request. a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Field Order or Change Order, as appropriate. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 01 33 00 - 8 SUBMITTALS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.K.8. Working Days modified to Calendar Days 01 35 13 - 1 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 35 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to: a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation b. Work near High Voltage Lines c. Confined Space Entry Program d. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. e. Water Department Notification f. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction g. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers h. Coordination within Railroad permits areas i. Dust Control j. Employee Parking B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.1.A.1 2. Deleted 1.2.A.1 3. Deleted 1.2.A.2 4. Modified 1.2.A.3.a 5. Added 1.2.A.3.b 6. Deleted 1.4.A 7. Modified 1.4.F.2 8. Deleted 1.4.H. through 1.4.K C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 33 12 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Coordination within Railroad permit areas a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Mobilization 01 35 13 - 2 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 2) Inspection 3) Safety training 4) Additional Insurance 5) Insurance Certificates 6) Other requirements associated with general coordination with Railroad, including additional employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the Railroad from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of the Project. 2. Railroad Flagmen a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per working day. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Coordination for scheduling flagmen 2) Flagmen 3) Other requirements associated with Railroad 3. All other items a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be included in the total lump sum price. b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. High Voltage Overhead Lines. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT): a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work therein in accordance with the provisions of the permit b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of Transportation B. Work near High Voltage Lines 1. Regulatory Requirements a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752. 2. Warning sign a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. 01 35 13 - 3 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following safety features. a. Insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines. 4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines a. Notification shall be given to: 1) The power company (example: ONCOR) a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record action taken in each case. b. Coordination with power company 1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines, or raise or lower the lines. c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above requirements have been met. C. Confined Space Entry Program 1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2. Confined Spaces include: a. Manholes b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA’s Permit Required for Confined Spaces D. Air Pollution Watch Days 1. General a. Observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites on days designated as “AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS”. b. Typical Ozone Season 1) May 1 through October 31. c. Critical Emission Time 1) 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m. 2. Watch Days a. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. b. Requirements 1) Begin work after 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. 2) However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if: a) Use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or b) If equipment is new and certified by EPA as “Low Emitting“, or equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or alternative fuels such as CNG. E. TCEQ Air Permit 1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ. F. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 01 35 13 - 4 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: a. Public Notification 1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours prior to commencing. 2) Minimum 24 hour public notification in accordance with City requirements. G. Water Department Coordination 1. During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those lines. 2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing City water line system with the City’s representative. a. Coordination shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25. b. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from the Water Department for use during the life of named project. c. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on to accommodate the construction of the project is required, coordinate this activity through the appropriate City representative. 1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and responsibilities as a result of these actions. 3. Coordinate any event that will require operation of existing equipment with City’s representative. 4. Coordinate any event that will require shutdown of existing equipment with City’s representative. H. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 1. Prior to beginning construction on at the site or on any block in the project, on a block by block basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice shall be prepared as follows: a. Post notice or flyer 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each block in the project area. 1) Prepare flyer on the Contractor’s letterhead and include the following information: a) Name of Project b) City Project No (CPN) c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity) d) Actual construction duration within the block e) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number f) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number g) City’s after-hours phone number 2) A sample of the ‘pre-construction notification’ flyer is attached as Exhibit A. 3) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each block of the project to the inspector. 4) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution. b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer is delivered to all residents of the block. 01 35 13 - 5 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 I. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction 1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to residents or businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. 2. Prepared notice as follows: a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary interruption. b. Prepare flyer on the contractor’s letterhead and include the following information: 1) Name of the project 2) City Project Number 3) Date of the interruption of service 4) Period the interruption will take place 5) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 6) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as Exhibit B. d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector for review prior to being distributed. e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to all affected residents and businesses. f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project Construction Inspector. J. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) 1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where USACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated permit. K. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas 1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in areas where railroad permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated railroad permit. This includes, but is not limited to, provisions for: a. Flagmen b. Inspectors c. Safety training d. Additional insurance e. Insurance certificates f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the Railroad Company from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of the project. Proper utility clearance procedures shall be used in accordance with the permit guidelines. 2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroad’s requirements. 3. Railroad Flagmen a. Submit receipts to City for verification of working days that railroad flagmen were present on Site. L. Dust Control 1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of wastewater. b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. M. Employee Parking 1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. 01 35 13 - 6 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 01 35 13.24 - 1 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR MAINTENANCE OF PLANT OPERATION AND SQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 35 13.24 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR MAINTENANCE OF PLANT OPERATION AND SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General construction phasing requirements 2. Site conditions 3. Construction sequencing requirements and shut-down constraints. B. Contractor shall participate in sequencing requirements. All areas of responsibility are assigned to Contractor. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 11 00 “Summary of Work” 2. Section 01 32 16 “Construction Progress Schedule” 3. Section 01 50 00 “Temporary Facilities and Controls” for limitations and procedures gov- erning temporary use of Owner’s facilities. D. The intent of construction phasing as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings is to maintain the maximum possible level of transmission and distribution of flow throughout the construction process, and to facilitate coordination of the Work to ensure sufficient treatment capacity is available at all times. All tasks of the phased construction schedule necessary to maintain the highest possible level of transmission and distribution, whether described herein or not, are the responsibility of the Contractor. E. The work specified herein and any other work required by the Engineer which may interrupt the normal operations shall be accomplished at times that will be convenient to the City. The Contractor shall plan to work overtime if needed to complete construction of the project and shall make no claims for extra compensation for overtime work required to conform to these requirements. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and City in writing at least 21 days prior to construction requiring shutdown of the Plant facilities. Contractor is required to submit City furnished Shut Down Form and get written approval of requested shutdown prior to commencing any work. F. Shutdowns must be scheduled to create minimum interference with normal plant operation. Before attempting construction of critical work or tie-ins, meet with Engineer to develop a satisfactory construction procedure which will result in minimum shutdown time for those units 01 35 13.24 - 2 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR MAINTENANCE OF PLANT OPERATION AND SQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 involved. During shutdown periods, employ a full crew on a 24-hour schedule if necessary and employ additional work crews as necessary to complete the work within the required time. G. All scheduled shutdowns must be submitted in writing to the City at least 21 calendar days prior, and no work may begin until approval has been granted by the City and the Engineer. High flow conditions (above 12 mgd) or equipment outages may require the rescheduling of an approved shutdown. Refer to Article 1.3.G. below for the anticipated timing of high-flow conditions. Any cost associated with rescheduling will be borne by the Contractor, at no additional cost to the City. Have all tools, equipment, materials, labor, etc. including backup units, on hand prior to performing work requiring shutdown. H. The Contractor shall maintain continuous access to the sites and present operations. I. In the event that underground piping or utilities are encountered which are not shown on the Drawings, such piping or utilities shall not be disturbed without prior approval of the Engineer. J. All operations of existing facilities shall be performed by Westside Water Treatment Plant (WTP) personnel, coordinated through the Engineer by the Contractor. K. Contractor and its Subcontractors shall ensure adequate ventilation to ensure safe working conditions at all times. L. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing his own schedule to meet the completion requirements and maintain the treatment capacity requirements of the plant. 1.3 SITE CONDITIONS A. Several areas of construction under this contract must be coordinated with the Plant Operating Personnel and accomplished in a logical order to maintain the process flow through the plant at all times and to allow construction to be completed within the time allowed by the Contract Documents. Coordinate the activities with the other contractors, if any, to allow orderly and timely completion of all the work. B. When access through construction areas must be disrupted, provide alternate acceptable access for plant operators or other contractors. C. Coordinate the activities in the interface or common areas with these other contractors and the plant operators. Submit to the Engineer a description and schedule as to how the common areas will be utilized, recognizing the required coordination with other contractors and the plant operators. D. Various interconnections within the plant will depend on closure of various gates and valves to isolate flow. Many of these valves and gates may not seal properly. Coordinate with the Plant Operations Personnel to request any such closure and provide any corrective measure or temporary facilities necessary to attain the shut off needed to perform the work at no additional cost to the City and without interrupting plant operation. Do not operate gates or valves. Coordinate with City so that plant staff will close or open the necessary valves and gates at the plant. E. Various interconnections within the plant may require temporary partial power shutdown. Make every effort necessary to minimize the shutdown time and coordinate with the Plant Op- 01 35 13.24 - 3 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR MAINTENANCE OF PLANT OPERATION AND SQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 erating Personnel and/or utility authorities prior to attempting any such power shutdown. Fur- thermore, provide any corrective measure or temporary facilities necessary to perform the work at no additional cost to the Owner and without interrupting the plant operation. F. When the work requires an existing facility to be taken out of operation, temporarily or perma- nently, notify the Engineer and plant operators 21 days in advance. Coordination meetings in- volving the Contractor, Owner, and Engineer shall be held one month prior to work beginning on the following areas: 1. Ozone Sidestream Venturi Injection (SVI) system (prior to ozone solution piping inter- connection to existing piping). 2. Settling Basins (prior to performing plate settler effluent weir leveling work at each ba- sin). 3. Biological filters pipe gallery (prior to connecting Filter No. 6 filter effluent, backwash water, and air scour piping). 4. Membrane microfiltration system (prior to interconnecting the new membrane racks add- ed under this Project to the existing system’s pipe headers and prior to completing Mem- brane Rack No. 5 piping replacement). 5. High-Service Pump Station (prior to interconnecting the new pumps added under this Project to the existing pipe headers). 6. Sodium hypochlorite feed system. 7. Caustic feed system. 8. Electrical Services and Tie-ins 9. Plant SCADA and Network Communication (prior to performing work to integrate new equipment into SCADA). G. At the time this Project is constructed, the Westside WTP is anticipated to have a rated production capacity of 20 million gallons per day (mgd) and to be operating approximately at 12 (mgd) average day production capacity and 8 mgd minimum day production capacity. It is anticipated that maximum daily production capacities of 12 mgd may be exceeded annually between April 1 and October 31. H. H. Arrange with City/Engineer for equipment and material storage site(s) if other than what is shown on the Drawings, including location of field office(s), site access, personnel plant access and construction parking area(s) prior to commencing work. Contractor shall abide by security measures in place at the plant. I. Shall maintain continuous access to the sites and present operations. J. In the event that underground piping or utilities are encountered which are not shown on the Drawings, such piping or utilities shall not be disturbed without prior approval of the Engineer. K. Do not utilize streets or plant driveways for storage of materials except for pipe laying operation, in which case temporary staging for excavated materials, pipe building, and embedment materials will be allowed during active pipe laying periods. One traffic lane must be kept open in these temporary staging areas. Staging areas shall be so located as to allow plant operations to be maintained. Gutters and drainage areas shall be kept clear of construction materials at all times. 01 35 13.24 - 4 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR MAINTENANCE OF PLANT OPERATION AND SQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 L. Plant driveway closings and lane closures shall be coordinated with the plant. Other ongoing construction contracts may also require coordination of plant driveway closings. The period of time that driveways are closed shall be limited to the minimum time reasonably possible. Vehicular access to all process facilities shall be maintained. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a detailed Schedule for Construction prior to initiation of site construction. The Schedule shall comply with aspects of the work described herein. B. The Contractor shall update the schedule as required by Section 01 32 16. C. For all work which will require a temporary shutdown of operations or water service disruptions, the Contractor shall submit a proposed work plan which indicates the manpower, tools, equipment, and construction procedure to be used at least 21 days prior to the requested shutdown period. 1.5 SEQUENCING REQUIREMENTS, SHUT-DOWN CONSTRAINTS, AND PROJECT WORK EFFORTS A. Within 10 days after the effective date of the Agreement, submit to the Engineer, along with the Schedule of Values, a Construction Sequence Schedule. This schedule shall provide a listing of major construction items, demolition work, new structures, new equipment, and the sequencing of these items of work so as to impact the operation of the plant and/or existing adjacent facilities to the minimum extent possible. This schedule shall reflect the construction constraints and construction sequence requirements of this section. B. The construction schedule shall be developed and implemented to minimize shutdowns of the facilities. C. The following is a list of constraints to consider in developing the overall plan of construction. This list is not intended to release the Contractor from the responsibility to coordinate the work in any manner which will ensure project completion within the time allowed. The following areas are not necessarily all-inclusive of the work and constraints to be listed in the required Contractor’s sequence of construction. A suggested sequence within each area, where necessary, is included. These items are presented to assist the Contractor and are not all inclusive. 1. Ozone Sidestream Venturi Injection (SVI) Pumps a. Interconnection of the ozone SVI pumps discharge piping and venturi injectors to the existing plant piping will require removing an ozone contact basin out of service. b. Only one ozone contact basin may be removed from service at a time. The other ozone contact basin must remain in service. c. Ozone SVI pump discharge piping interconnection work shall be performed between November 1 and March 31 to maintain adequate treatment capacity. 2. Plate Settlers in Sedimentation Basins 01 35 13.24 - 5 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR MAINTENANCE OF PLANT OPERATION AND SQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 a. Leveling of the plate settler effluent control weirs in the sedimentation basins will re- quire removing a sedimentation basin out of service. b. Only one sedimentation basin may be removed from service at a time. The other two sedimentation basins must remain in service. c. Plate settler effluent control weir leveling work shall be performed between Novem- ber 1 and March 31 to maintain adequate treatment capacity. 3. Filter No. 5 a. Filter piping interconnections and electrical/instrumentation work may require short shutdowns of the filters to make connections. b. Contractor shall limit these shutdowns to maximum periods of four hours coordinated with the Owner. 4. Membrane Rack Nos. 6 and 7 a. Reception on site, assembly, and set up on their respective foundation of membrane racks will be done by the Owner with assistance by the MFSS. b. Interconnection of the membrane racks by Contractor will require interconnections to the individual rack feed and filtrate piping and ancillary systems piping, to the plant electrical power feed, and to the membrane control system. These connections may require shutdown of the local membrane system power and controls. c. Extending the existing membrane feed, filtrate, and ancillary system pipe headers to- wards the new racks will require interconnections to the individual rack piping, which will require a shutdown of the membrane system. d. Contractor shall limit these shutdowns to maximum periods of four hours coordinated with the Owner. These shutdowns shall be performed between November 1 and March 31 to ensure treatment capacity impacts are minimized. 5. High-Service Pump Station a. Interconnection of the suction and discharge piping of the proposed high-service pumps HS-P-003 and HS-P-006 to the existing suction and discharge pipe headers will require a shutdown of facilities serving either of pressure planes WS-3 or WS-4. b. Interconnection of the relocated and replaced surge relief valve from the south end of the WS-4 pipeline header to its north end within the pump station building will require a WS-4 transmission line shutdown. c. Contractor shall limit these shutdowns to maximum periods of four hours coordinated with the Owner. These shutdowns shall be performed between November 1 and March 31 to ensure treatment capacity impacts are minimized. 6. Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System a. Demolition of existing facilities and installation of modifications as shown on the Drawings will require a relatively extended facility shutdown. During this shutdown, Contractor shall provide all necessary temporary improvements to store 12.5% sodium hypochlorite solution and continue feeding this solution to the plant through the exist- ing feed pumps. The sodium hypochlorite feed system shutdown shall be a single con- tinuous shutdown and shall be limited to the period between November 1 and March 31 (outside the period of high-flow conditions as defined in Article 1.2.G) to limit 01 35 13.24 - 6 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR MAINTENANCE OF PLANT OPERATION AND SQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 chemical usage. Required temporary improvements are described in Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Control. b. Once all the required improvements are installed, switching the chemical feed system from the existing chemical feed pumps to the new proposed feed pump skid, including interconnection of the sodium hypochlorite feed lines coming from the new pump skid to the existing pipes that transfer the chemical to the application point, will require a facility shutdown. Contractor shall limit this shutdown to a maximum period of four hours coordinated with the Owner. Contractor shall install and prepare all new piping to the connection points in advance so that the facility shutdown period will be limited only to the time required for the necessary interconnections. c. The existing sodium hypochlorite bulk storage tanks (SHC-TK-001 and -002) need to be removed and reinstalled to allow their foundation level to be raised as shown on the Drawings. These tanks shall be removed and reinstalled on their respective raised foundation prior to installation of the new proposed tank (SHC-TK-003) so they can be more easily removed without damaging them and be temporarily placed in the empty area reserved for the new third tank and expanded chemical containment area. 7. Sodium Hydroxide (Caustic) Feed System a. Demolition of existing facilities and installation of modifications as shown on the Drawings will require a relatively extended facility shutdown. During this shutdown, Contractor shall provide all necessary temporary improvements to store 50% sodium hydroxide solution and continue feeding this solution to the plant through the existing feed pumps. The sodium hypochlorite feed system shutdown shall be a single contin- uous shutdown and shall be limited to the period between November 1 and March 31 (outside the period of high-flow conditions as defined in Article 1.2.G) to limit chemi- cal usage. Required temporary improvements are described in Section 01 50 00 Tem- porary Facilities and Control. b. Once all the required improvements are installed, switching the chemical feed system from the temporary chemical storage tank to the permanent tank, including intercon- nection of the sodium hydroxide feed lines coming from the permanent storage tank to the feed pumps will require a facility shutdown. Contractor shall limit this shutdown to a maximum period of four hours coordinated with the Owner. 8. Electrical a. Sequencing of electrical work must be done to ensure that there are no equipment power outages that will impact plant operations. 9. Chemical Building PLC Upgrade a. Upgrades to the existing Chemical Building PLCs will require a facility shutdown. Contractor shall make these upgrades and plan for the above shutdown to occur at the same time the relocation of the sodium hypochlorite feed pumps is performed so there is a single WTP shutdown for all this work. 10. 10. The requirements above are not inclusive of all work and the Contractor shall be responsible for determining the required shutdowns to complete the work of this Contract. A minimum of 10 days shall be provided between each construction sequence activity to 01 35 13.24 - 7 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR MAINTENANCE OF PLANT OPERATION AND SQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 allow the respective treatment units to be drained for construction activities where applicable. 1.6 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. The Contractor understands and agrees that the time of completion is an essential consideration of development of his proposal and that failure to complete the work under this Contract, within the allotted time as specified will result in damages to be sustained by the City. The Contractor and City further agree in applying Liquidated Damages that such damages cannot be precisely measured or that the ascertainment of actual damages would be unduly difficult after the fact. Therefore, the Contractor and the City agree in applying Liquidated Damages that for each and every Calendar Day the work or any portion thereof, remains uncompleted after the specified times, the Contractor shall pay as agreed Liquidated Damages, the amounts as set forth in the Agreement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 35 13.24 - 8 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR MAINTENANCE OF PLANT OPERATION AND SQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Governmental Safety Requirements City of Fort Worth 013526 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 013526 - GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Preparing and implementing a Health and Safety (H&S) Plan to establish in detail the protocols necessary for protecting workers from potential hazards during the work specified in the Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Potential chemical hazards include lead-based paint, PCBs, mercury, oils, and incinerator ash. Potential biological hazard includes pigeon guano (avian excrement). 2. Laboratory analysis of previously landfilled ash indicates the presence of PAHs, arsenic, lead and dioxin above MCP Method 1 standards. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CIH is a certified industrial hygienist. B. SSHO is the site safety & health officer. The Contractor shall provide a responsible individual, competent through experience and training, to be able to identify hazards associated with the Contractor’s Work and has overall responsibility for the safety and health performance of contractor’s activities, including lower tier subcontractors. The person shall be present on-site during all contractor activities and shall ensure that the requirements of the Project Specific Safety and Health Plan are fully implemented. This person shall also: 1. Attend pre-work conferences and site safety and health orientations and briefings. The Contractor is expected to supplement the site orientation with information related to the Contractor's scope of work. 2. Document weekly toolbox safety meetings for the Contractor’s employee’s onsite. 3. Submit weekly safety and health inspection reports of the construction site as it relates to the Contractor's scope of work. Record hazards identified, and corrective actions taken. The weekly inspection report shall be provided to the Site Manager. 4. Report all job-related accidents/illness related to the Contractor’s employees and lower tier subcontractors as soon as practical to the Site Manager and perform site accident and incident investigations associated with the Contractor's scope of work and fully cooperate with any other accident or incident investigations which may be required. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Governmental Safety Requirements City of Fort Worth 013526 - 2 Issued for Bid 5. Maintain safety and health statistical information and provide monthly reports to the Site Manager. Reports shall include, employee hours worked, the number of first aid cases, the number of medical treatment cases, the number of restricted and lost workday cases as defined by the US Occupational Health and Safety Administration. These reports shall include statistical information related to all of the Contractor's activities and the activities of lower tier subcontractors. 6. Provide Site Manager with the immediate notification of any regulatory inspection and a copy of all resulting citations or notice of deficiencies. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Qualifications of the CIH and the SSHO. B. Prior to commencing work at the jobsite, Contractors must file with the Site Manager all required documents, such as: A copy of the Contractor's Project Specific Safety and Health Plan and copies of employee training certificates, insurance certificates, construction permits, blasting permits, crane certifications and operator licenses, Steam Boiler Certifications, Elevator Certifications and any approved "OSHA Variances," or other approvals as required to safely and legally perform the Contractor’s Scope of Work. The Contractor's Project Specific Safety and Health Plan shall as a minimum include the following: 1. Letter of corporate commitment to Safety and Health signed by CEO or President of the contractor's organization. 2. Brief description of the contractor's scope of work. 3. Project safety and health organization, responsibilities and accountability procedures. 4. Project safety and health goals and objectives. 5. Project hazard communication and safety training. (This section shall include a minimum requirement for a site hazard communication program and weekly safety meetings.) 6. Activity hazard analyses covering activities within the contractor’s scope of work describing the steps of each principle activity, the hazards associated with each activity and procedures to be used to eliminate or control the hazards. 7. Personal protective equipment. (Note: Minimum site PPE requirements shall include hard hats, safety glasses with side shields and sturdy work boots.) 8. Specialized medical surveillance and/or air monitoring procedures, if required. 9. Safe work procedures. These may be incorporated by reference to the Contractor's Corporate Safety and Health Program. 10. Safety inspections and audits. 11. Project emergency response and preparedness procedures including provisions for providing first aid and notification of emergency services. 12. The Contractor (and any of its subcontractors), must submit, a Hazardous Waste Management Plan that addresses the handling, labeling, transpiration and disposal of hazardous waste. The Contractor shall be held solely responsible for compliance with the provisions of all applicable regulations associated with hazardous waste generated as a consequence of the Contractor’s activities. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Governmental Safety Requirements City of Fort Worth 013526 - 3 Issued for Bid 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Listed below are general conditions related to Safety and Health which the Contractor is required to comply with. 1. Should a specific interpretation be required concerning special and/or unusual safety, fire protection, or environmental concerns not covered by, the National Fire Protection Association Codes, and current OSHA/EPA or other local regulations the contractor shall contact the Site Manager's Safety and Health Representative or Corporate Safety and Health Office for guidance. 2. The practices, procedures, and requirements set forth in this Appendix shall apply equally to all Contractors, and it is mandatory that each Contractor inform and enforce the provisions of this Appendix in all contracts with its Subcontractors. 3. The Site Manager shall have the right to direct the removal from the jobsite any Contractor or Contractor personnel for violation of safety, health, fire protection, or environmental rules and regulations. 4. Fighting or horseplay is strictly prohibited and shall be considered grounds for removal from the project. 5. The illegal use, possession, purchase, sale or diversion of a drug or controlled substance is prohibited. The use or possession of alcoholic beverages at the jobsite is prohibited. 6. The Site Manager shall have the right to direct the removal from the jobsite any defective tools and equipment, the use of which may create a hazardous situation. 7. The Site Manager reserves the right to delete, modify, or supplement these procedures at any time without prior notice, but in such event, will notify all contractors affected by such change in procedures. 8. The Site Manager reserves the right to evaluate the Contractor's, and any of its subcontractor's, overall safety performance, compliance with these procedures, and any established supplements, at intervals the Site Manager deems appropriate. 9. Prior to starting work in any jobsite area, each Contractor must first obtain permission and instructions from the Site Manager, or designee 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Not used. 1.7 TRAINING A. Certify that all Contractor personnel assigned for the purpose of performing or supervising work in accordance with the provisions of the H&S plan have received appropriate safety training in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.65. Training shall consist of a minimum of 40 hours of health and safety training and 8 hours refresher training annually. In addition, Contractor's supervisory personnel shall have a minimum of 8 hours additional specialized training for managing hazardous waste operations. B. Additionally, the Contractor shall be responsible for, and shall guarantee that, only personnel successfully completing the required training are permitted to enter designated areas of the site where worker protection is required. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Governmental Safety Requirements City of Fort Worth 013526 - 4 Issued for Bid 1.8 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE A. Certify that the services of an occupational physician will be provided and utilized to provide the minimum medical examinations and surveillance specified herein for all workers performing or supervising work in accordance with the provisions of the H&S plan. B. The entire medical surveillance program shall meet the requirements of OSHA standard 29 CFR 1926.65(f) including the provision requiring the Contractor to obtain a physician's written medical opinion based on site specific information furnished by the Contractor. C. Maintain all medical surveillance records in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.65 and make these records available to the Engineer or other regulatory agencies as required. 1.9 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. This Section describes the minimum health and safety requirements for this project. Develop a detailed H&S Plan using this Section as a basis and delineating additional details and requirements as deemed necessary. The H&S plan shall establish in detail the protocols necessary for protecting workers from potential hazards encountered during demolition activities. B. Utilize the services of a certified industrial hygienist (CIH) by the American Board of Industrial Hygienists (ABIH) to develop and implement the H&S plan, including any on-site air monitoring program, conducting initial site-specific training and provide continued support for all health and safety activities as needed, including the upgrading or downgrading of the level of personnel protection. C. In addition, a Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO) shall assist and represent the CIH in the continued implementation and enforcement of the H&S Plan. The SSHO shall be assigned to the site on a full-time basis during performance of activities covered by the H&S plan and shall be either the Contractor's employee or a subcontractor who reports to the Contractor and the CIH in matters pertaining to site safety and health. D. The H&S Plan shall include but not necessarily be limited to, the following components as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1926.65(b)4 and 1926.65(l)(2): 1. Site Description and Evaluation. 2. Names of key personnel and alternate responsible for site safety and health (responsibilities and chain of command). 3. Safety and health hazard assessment and risk analysis for each site task and operator (Accident Prevention Plan). 4. Education and Training. 5. Personnel Protective Equipment. 6. Medical Surveillance. 7. Air Monitoring (Environmental). 8. Standard Operating Procedures, Engineering Controls and Work Practices. 9. Site Control Measures (Work Zones, Communications and Security). 10. Personnel Hygiene and Decontamination. 11. Equipment Decontamination. 12. Logs, Reports and Record Keeping. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Governmental Safety Requirements City of Fort Worth 013526 - 5 Issued for Bid 13. Heat/Cold Stress Monitoring. 14. Pre-emergency planning. 15. Personnel roles, lines of authority, training and communication. 16. Emergency recognition and prevention. 17. Safe distances and places of refuge. 18. Site security and control. 19. Evacuation routes and procedures. 20. Decontamination. 21. Emergency Medical treatment and first aid. 22. Emergency alerting and response procedures. 23. Critique of response and follow-up. 24. Personnel Protection Equipment and emergency equipment. 1.10 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor is responsible for awareness, knowledge and full compliance with all applicable rules, regulations, laws and practices applicable to the Contractor’s Scope of Work, including lower tier subcontractors, prescribed by the site owner, and any other government or agency governing the safety and health of employees, other site personnel, the general public and protection of the environment. Within the United States and its Territories these include, but are not limited to regulations promulgated by the following: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 2. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 3. Department of Transportation (DOT) 4. Department of Energy, Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) 5. Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) B. Additional rules required by the Site Manager include: 1. Each Contractor has the responsibility for instructing its employees in safe practices for the operation of tools and equipment and for the maintenance of safe conditions. 2. Contractors shall furnish for their employees’ personal safety equipment such as, ANSI Z89.1 approved hard hats, ANSI Z87.1 approved eye protection with fixed side shields, ear protection, foot protection, NIOSH approved respiratory protection, fall protection and other equipment as required for safe performance of their particular work assignment. All personnel on the job site shall be required at a minimum to wear hard hats, safety glasses with side shields and proper and sturdy footwear. 3. Danger tags and locks shall be utilized to prevent personal injury and equipment damage in accordance with project electrical and mechanical tagging procedures. 4. Scaffolding and other structures utilized for elevated work platforms shall have the required decking, handrails, mid-rails, toe boards, proper access, and nets or screens. 5. Catwalks shall conform to a two-plank width minimum and, if elevated, shall have handrails and toe boards. 6. Areas in which "overhead" work is to be performed shall be blocked, decked, barricaded, netted, posted, or evacuated as instructed by project supervision. 7. Pits, trenches, and other excavations shall be shored/shielded or sloped to the proper angle of repose, barricaded, and provided with proper access. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Governmental Safety Requirements City of Fort Worth 013526 - 6 Issued for Bid 8. When not in use, blades of bulldozers and buckets of front-end loaders shall be lowered to the ground. Also, beds of dump trucks shall be lowered when traveling or not in use. Project parking and traffic regulations shall be complied with. 9. Crane booms shall be lowered at the end of single shifts or secured against movement by attaching the hoist line to a fixed structure. 10. Specific air sampling shall be performed to determine the presence of toxic materials or dusts, flammable atmosphere and adequate oxygen content, in accordance with project procedures. Respirators, safety harnesses, lifelines, standby personnel, and permits shall be used when appropriate. 11. Personnel involved in activities which require the use of an Air Purifying Respirator (APR) shall not have facial hair which interferes with the respirator’s face seal. 12. The Contractor shall provide to the Site Manager a copy of MSDSs for all hazardous materials prior to their use at the site. 13. Back-up alarms shall be provided on all construction vehicles and equipment and shall alarm continuously while the vehicle or equipment is in reverse motion. For equipment not equipped with a back-up alarm, a spotter shall be used. 14. All portable generators shall have frames externally grounded or other means to ensure there is no potential for circuit to frame conductivity. 15. All electrical services used in conjunction with field activities shall be equipped with Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI). 16. Compliance with the following fire prevention measures is mandatory: a. Smoking is permitted only in specific areas as designated in project rules and procedures. b. Open fires are prohibited. Temporary gas-fired heaters shall not be used in enclosed areas. Only UL and NFPA approved petroleum and/or electrically fired heating devices will be authorized for use. c. Hot work permits shall be required for all flame and spark producing work tasks. d. Debris, scrap, and refuse shall be segregated and controlled in metal containers and removed at appropriate intervals. Any potential fire hazard shall be controlled. e. Each Contractor is responsible for maintaining and cleaning their work area. All walkways shall be kept clean and free of obstructions. Broken/spilled, scrap or other waste materials shall be placed in appropriate containers or waste areas as soon as practical after they are generated. f. Flammable liquids shall be kept in UL approved safety containers and properly labeled as to contents. g. Flammable and combustible materials shall be stored in designated locations that meet Federal, State and local regulations. h. All equipment such as cranes, trucks, bulldozers, graders, loaders and backhoes shall be equipped with proper fire extinguishers. i. The use of heavy equipment with internal combustion engines is prohibited within enclosed areas. 17. Only the number of persons provided with proper seats shall ride in a vehicle. No one shall ride on running boards, stand on moving equipment or ride on a vehicle other than in a proper seated position. 18. The swing radius of all heavy equipment such as cranes, back hoes, etc. shall be clearly barricaded. 19. The contractor shall provide 100% fall protection for fall exposures greater than 6 ft in accordance with project procedures. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Governmental Safety Requirements City of Fort Worth 013526 - 7 Issued for Bid PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH OSHA SEC. 1926.62 LEAD A. Execute the following form as required by this Specification. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH OSHA SEC. 1926.62 LEAD The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is certified as an industrial hygienist (CIH) by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene and that he/she has been employed by (Name of Contractor) _______________________________________________________to perform an exposure assessment and develop a compliance program in accordance with OSHA Sec. 1926.62 Lead for the (Name of Project) _________________________________________________________________________________. The undersigned further certifies that he/she has performed the exposure assessment and developed and implemented the compliance program in strict accordance with OSHA Sec. 1926.62 and in conformance with all applicable local, state and federal codes, rules and regulations and that his/her signature has been affixed to all documents required. The undersigned hereby agrees to make available all originals of the exposure assessment, compliance program including but not limited to training documentation, lead removal work plan and any other records/documents required to comply with OSHA Sec. 1926.62 to the (Insert Name of Owner) ___________________________________ ____________________or Owner's representative within seven (7) days following written request therefor by the Owner. Certified Industrial Hygienist Signature Address Contractor's Name Signature Title Address END OF SECTION 013526 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Governmental Safety Requirements City of Fort Worth 013526 - 8 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 01 45 23 - 1 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 45 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. a. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, Contractor is responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all specified Contractor’s Quality Control inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals. b. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, City is responsible for performing and payment for first set of additional independent testing chosen by the City to be performed as part of its Quality Assurance. 1) If the first independent test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent Quality Assurance testing until a passing test occurs. a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. a. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, Contractor is responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals. b. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, City is responsible for performing and payment for first set independent testing chosen by the City to be performed. 1) If the first independent test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent testing until a passing test occurs. a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 01 45 23 - 2 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Testing 1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently in advance, when testing is needed. b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. 3. Distribution of Testing Reports a. Electronic Distribution 1) Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to City’s E-Builder site, or another external FTP site approved by the City. 2) Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 3) Hard Copies a) 1 copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative b. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) 1) Tests performed by City a) Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor 2) Tests performed by the Contractor a) Distribute 3 hard copies to City’s Project Representative 4. Provide City’s Project Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: a. Name of pit b. Date of delivery c. Material delivered B. Inspection 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 01 45 23 - 3 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 45 23 - 4 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 01 50 00 - 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not necessarily limited to: a. Temporary utilities b. Sanitary facilities c. Storage Sheds and Buildings d. Dust control e. Temporary fencing of the construction site f. Temporary chemical storage tanks and feed piping to be used during construction of the permanent facilities. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Added 1.1.A.a.f 2. Modified 1.2.A.1 3. Added 1.2.A.2 4. Added 1.4.C.7 5. Added 1.4.G 6. Added 1.4.H 7. Added 1.5.A 8. Added 1.5.B 9. Added 2.1 10. Added 3.4.A.2 11. Added 3.4.A.3 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Temporary Utilities 01 50 00 - 2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1. Obtaining Temporary Service a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final Acceptance. 1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work. 2. Water a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as required for the completion of the Work. b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel and City’s Project Representatives. c. Coordination 1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired d. Contractor Payment for Construction Water 1) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City’s established rates. 3. Electricity and Lighting a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including testing of Work. 1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 4. Telephone a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services at Site. 5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work. b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions. B. Sanitary Facilities 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site. a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health. 2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site. a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities. b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health problem. d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly dispose in accordance with applicable regulation. 3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project. 4. Remove facilities at completion of Project C. Storage Sheds and Buildings 1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off ground. 3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. 01 50 00 - 3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, inspection and inventory. 4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from temporary and existing buildings. 6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. 7. A field office is required for this project. D. Temporary Fencing 1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract documents E. Dust Control 1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the project. a. Contractor remains on-call at all times b. Must respond in a timely manner F. Temporary Protection of Construction 1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due to weather. G. Temporary Sodium Hypochlorite Bulk Storage and Feed Piping 1. Contractor is responsible for providing all necessary temporary systems and to store 12.5% sodium hypochlorite solution and continue feeding this solution to the plant through the existing feed pumps located in the Chemical Feed Room during the required facility improvements Construction period to allow continued plant operation. H. Temporary Sodium Hydroxide Bulk Storage and Feed Piping 1. Contractor is responsible for providing all necessary temporary improvements to effectively store 50% sodium hydroxide solution and continue feeding this solution to the plant through the existing feed pumps located in the Chemical Feed Room during the required facility improvements Construction period to allow continued plant operation . 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Temporary Sodium Hypochlorite Bulk Storage and Feed Piping (for review and approval) 1. Submit proposed temporary system components, including supplier’s cut sheets, data sheets, and drawings, and proposed temporary tank, containment, canopy, and piping installation and routing layout and details. 2. Submit a detailed temporary systems installation and removal plan, and schedule coordinated between the Contractor and Supplier. B. Temporary Sodium Hydroxide Bulk Storage, Recirculation, and Feed Piping (for review and approval) 1. Submit proposed temporary system components, including supplier’s cut sheets, data sheets, and drawings, and proposed temporary heated tank and heated piping installation and routing layout and details. 2. Submit a detailed temporary systems installation and removal plan, and schedule coordinated between the Contractor and Supplier. 01 50 00 - 4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY CHEMICAL SYSTEM SYSTEMS AND FACILITIES (M-& ME-SHEETS) A. Temporary facilities for the sodium hypochlorite feed system shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the following: 1. A temporary NSF61 compliant bulk chemical storage tank of a minimum usable capacity of 6,600 gallons with the following features. a. The tank shall be made of high-density cross-linked polyethylene or a material compatible with 12.5% sodium hypochlorite solution. Provide OR-1000 or other NSF61 certified anti-oxidant liners compatible with the stored chemical. b. Tanks shall be equipped with minimum 3-inch size discharge, drain, and fill ports and a minimum 6-inch vent with insect screen. Each nozzle shall be equipped with a manual plastic butterfly valve. c. Provide a tank level monitoring gauge and a tank level transmitter for local and remote monitoring. Contractor shall keep track of chemical usage and levels and assist Plant Staff with ordering chemical atleast a week in advance of anticipated chemical emptying levels. Share active level monitoring with Plant Staff. 2. The tank will be located outdoors exposed to elements. A temporary canopy shall be furnished and installed to provide shade to the tank from direct solar exposure. The canopy shall extend 3 feet beyond the tank edges on its south, west and east sides and shall be properly secured to withstand 70 mph winds. The tank shall be secured against the same design conditions at a minimum. 3. The tank shall be set up at the outdoor location per ME Drawings, and raised with a tank bottom elevation as shown on the Drawings. Contractor shall provide grading and leveling as required to elevate the tanks and provide full use of tank capacity/contents and maintain flooded suction on the feed pumps at all times. 4. A temporary spillguard for secondary chemical containment beneath the chemical storage tank covering a footprint larger than that of the storage tank by at least 12 inches in all directions and of a height of at least 8-inches. This spillguard shall be made of polyurethane and shall be E-CONTAIN® as provided by Rain for Rent or approved equal. 5. The above temporary improvements shall be procured from a supplier with at least 5 years of experience in the supply of temporary chemical storage systems. The temporary system shall be as provided by Rain for Rent or approved equal. 01 50 00 - 5 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 6. Temporary fully functional piping system from the above chemical storage tank to the existing chemical feed pumps SHC-P-01, 02, and 03 inside the Chemical Building, which shall be routed as shown on the ME-Drawings. Piping shall be SCH 80 PVC, socket welded (using special Weld-on 724 or Oatey EP42 Grey cement) with unions and flanges as required at connections to piping and valves as specified in Section 400531-Thermoplastic Process Pipe. Provide flexible connectors at tank discharge piping. Provide adequate support system for the temporary piping and appurtenances. Piping shall be removed once the permanent system becomes operational. 7. Tank instruments shall be powered from 120V receptacles in the chemical feed room. The Contractor shall provide wiring extensions to the tanks, and the wiring conduits for this purpose shall be cored through the walls per Drawings. B. Temporary facilities for the sodium hydroxide feed system shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the following: 1. A temporary NSF61 compliant bulk chemical storage tank of a minimum usable capacity of 7,000 gallons capacity with the following features: a. The tank shall be a double-wall frac-type tank that has a primary tank for storing the sodium hydroxide solution with a secondary tank for holding potential leaks and to provide insulation and circulation of heating system. The tank shall be made of ASTM A36 carbon steel and be coated with an NSF61 epoxy interior liner compatible with the chemical. b. Tanks shall be equipped with minimum 3-inch size discharge, drain, chemical recirculation supply & return, and fill ports and a minimum 6-inch vent with insect screen. The recirculation system supply and return nozzles shall be placed at opposite ends of the temporary tank length. Each nozzle shall be equipped with a manual plastic butterfly valve. c. Provide a tank level monitoring gauge and a tank level transmitter for local and remote monitoring. Contractor shall keep track of chemical usage and levels and assist Plant Staff with ordering chemical atleast a week in advance of anticipated chemical emptying levels. Share active level monitoring with Plant Staff. d. The tank shall also be provided with insulation and heating pad system wrapping around the tanks Or hydronic pump closed-loop glycol system to prevent 50% sodium hydroxide solution from crystallizing/freezing at temperatures below 55 degrees Fahrenhit (ambient should be assumed to be zero and delta of 75F for heater sizing). e. The tank shall be designed and secured to withstand 70 mph winds at a minimum. 2. The tank shall be set up at the outdoor location per ME Drawings, and raised with a tank bottom elevation as shown on the Drawings. Contractor shall provide grading and leveling as required to elevate the tanks and provide full use of tank capacity/contents and maintain flooded suction on the feed pumps at all times. 3. A temporary spillguard for secondary chemical containment beneath the chemical storage tank covering a footprint larger than that of the storage tank by at least 12 inches in all directions and of a height of at least 8-inches. This spillguard shall be made of polyurethane and shall be E-CONTAIN® as provided by Rain for Rent or approved equal. 4. The above temporary improvements shall be procured from a supplier with at least 5 years of experience in the supply of temporary chemical storage systems. The temporary system shall be as provided by Rain for Rent or approved equal. 01 50 00 - 6 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 5. Temporary fully functional piping system from the above chemical storage tank to the existing chemical feed pumps CS-P-01 and 02 and to/from the recirculation pump CS- P-03. inside the Chemical Building, which shall be routed as shown on the ME- Drawings. Piping shall be SCH 80 PVC, socket welded (using special Weld-on 724 or Oatey EP42 Grey cement) with unions and flanges as required at connections to piping and valves as specified in Section 400531-Thermoplastic Process Pipe. Provide flexible connectors at tank discharge piping. Provide adequate support systems for the temporary piping and appurtenances. Provide insulation, jacketing and heat tracing (@minimum 5 W/ft) for exposed piping as specified. Piping shall be removed once the permanent system becomes operational. 6. Tank instruments and heating system shall be powered from 120V/ 240 V receptacles in the chemical feed room or exterior storage area. The Contractor shall provide wiring extensions to the tanks, and the wiring conduits for this purpose shall be cored through the walls per Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Temporary Facilities 1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as required to maintain plant operations and as directed by Plant Staff. 2. The delivery, unloading, and storage of treatment chemicals shall be coordinated by the Contractor with the City. 3. Payment for treatment chemicals will be provided by the City directly to their chemical suppliers. 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Temporary Facilities 1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work. 01 50 00 - 7 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 50 00 - 8 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 01 57 13 - 1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 57 13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.a 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 31 25 00 – Erosion and Sediment Control 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance a. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. b. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance a. Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with Section 31 25 00. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 1. Notice of Intent: NOI 2. Notice of Termination: NOT 3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 5. Notice of Change: NOC A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction Controls 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. General 01 57 13 - 2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. B. Construction Activities resulting in: 1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 00 and Drawings. 2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit TXR150000 a) Sign and post at job site b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392 -6088. 2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 31 25 00 b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee a) Sign and post at job site b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 31 25 00 b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. SWPPP 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, except as stated herein. a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City as follows: 1) 1 copy to the City Project Manager a) City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division for review B. Modified SWPPP 01 57 13 - 3 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 57 13 - 4 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 01 58 13 - 1 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 58 13 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 3. Modified 2.2.A.1 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 01 58 13 - 2 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS A. Design Criteria 1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign in accordance with City’s Standard Details for project signs for Water Department projects. B. Materials 1. Sign a. Constructed of ¾-inch fir plywood, grade A-C (exterior) or better 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project. 2. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City. B. Mounting options a. Skids b. Posts c. Barricade 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE A. General 01 58 13 - 3 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the City. 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 58 13 - 4 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 01 60 00 - 1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. References for Product Requirements and City Standard Products List B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.4.A. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED] 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. A list of City approved products for use is available through the City’s Trimble e-Builder site online at: https://app-us3.e-builder.net/public/PublicFolderView.aspx?FolderID={e769b65f- 55dd-4963-91e8-54c9f0774d09} B. Only products specifically included on City’s Standard Product List in these Contract Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project. 1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific approval by the City. C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar products included on the City’s Standard Product List. 1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even though the product is listed on the City’s Standard Product List. D. Although a specific product is included on City’s Standard Product List, not all products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that manufacturer’s standard product. E. See Section 01 33 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on City’s Standard Product List. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 01 60 00 - 2 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 10/12/12 D. Johnson Modified Location of City’s Standard Product List 01 66 00 - 1 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 66 00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Scheduling of product delivery 2. Packaging of products for delivery 3. Protection of products against damage from: a. Handling b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING A. Delivery Requirements 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation and to avoid prolonged storage. 2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. 01 66 00 - 2 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or environmental damage. 5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation location. 6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. B. Handling Requirements 1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions. C. Storage Requirements 1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements of these Specifications. 2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in vicinity of Work. 3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants and occupants. a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by City’s Project Representative. 5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by City’s Project Representative. 6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 7. Store in manufacturers’ unopened containers. 8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to satisfaction of City’s Project Representative. a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by City’s Project Representative. 01 66 00 - 3 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 ERECTION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. B. Non-Conforming Work 1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way unsatisfactory for use on the project. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in storage. C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by the manufacturer. 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 01 66 00 - 4 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 70 00 - 1 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 70 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Mobilization and Demobilization a. Mobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site 2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation at the Site 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 4) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to another location within the designated Site 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation from 1 location to another location on the Site. b. Demobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies away from the Site including disassembly 2) Site Clean-up 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this Contract c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 2. Remobilization a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract Documents or as required by City includes: 1) Demobilization a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract Documents necessary to suspend the Work. b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 2) Remobilization a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 3) No Payments will be made for: a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. b) Stand-by or idle time c) Lost profits 3. Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects a. Mobilization and Demobilization 01 70 00 - 2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1) Mobilization shall consist of the activities and cost on a Work Order basis necessary for: a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site for the issued Work Order. b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation at the Site for the issued Work Order 2) Demobilization shall consist of the activities and cost necessary for: a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies from the Site including disassembly for each issued Work Order b) Site Clean-up for each issued Work Order c) Removal of all buildings or other facilities assembled at the Site for each Work Oder b. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of work for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 4. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects a. A Mobilization for Miscellaneous Projects when directed by the City and the mobilization occurs within 24 hours of the issuance of the Work Order. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Mobilization and Demobilization a. Measurement and Payment 1) Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this item. 2. Remobilization for suspension of Work as specifically required in the Contract Documents a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each remobilization performed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price per each “Specified Remobilization” in accordance with Contract Documents. c. The price shall include: 1) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.1) 2) Remobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. 3. Remobilization for suspension of Work as required by City a. Measurement and Payment 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10 of Section 00 72 00 General Conditions. 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated with this Item. 4. Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects a. Measurement 01 70 00 - 3 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and Demobilization required by the Contract Documents b. Payment 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price per each “Work Order Mobilization” in accordance with Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. c. The price shall include: 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.1) 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. 5. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and Demobilization required by the Contract Documents b. Payment 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price per each “Work Order Emergency Mobilization” in accordance with Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. c. The price shall include 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.4.a) 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 01 70 00 - 4 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11/22/16 Michael Owen 1.2 Price and Payment Procedures - Revised specification, including blue text, to make specification flexible for either subsidiary or paid bid item for Mobilization. 01 74 23 - 1 CLEANING CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 74 23 CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed systems specified elsewhere B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 3. Modified 3.10.D.2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 32 92 13 – Hydro-Mulching, Seeding and Sodding 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final inspection. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 01 74 23 - 2 CLEANING CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for those materials. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 2. New and uncontaminated 3. For manufactured surfaces a. Material recommended by manufacturer 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING A. General 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of governing authorities. 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 01 74 23 - 3 CLEANING CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. 6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 7. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with this project. 8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent Work. 9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 10. Do not burn on-site. B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of personnel in existing facility operations. 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. C. Interior Final Cleaning 1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from sight-exposed surfaces. 2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 5. Ventilating systems a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction. b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. 6. Replace all burned out lamps. 7. Broom clean process area floors. 8. Mop office and control room floors. D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers in accordance with Section 32 92 13. 2. Sweep flatwork, paving, and roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, junction boxes and inlets. 01 74 23 - 4 CLEANING CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by City, remove erosion control from site. 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 3.11 -3.14 [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 76 00 - 1 ASSET MANAGEMENT CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 76 00 ASSET MANAGEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services necessary for all work as indicated in accordance with the provisions of the contract documents to provide asset attribute data and asset tags for the equipment being supplied under this Contract. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner or their agents and other project Contractors or their agents and shall allow reasonable provisions for the prosecution of any other work by the Owner, or others, to be done in connection with his work, or in connection with normal use of the facilities. B. Periodic coordinating conferences shall be held as required to coordinate the format, content and completeness of the asset management information. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT TAGS A. Equipment tags shall be constructed of stainless steel and engraved as specified below. 1. Stainless steel equipment tags shall be constructed of minimum 22-gauge 316 stainless steel. Lettering shall be engraved with black infill. The size of each tag shall be determined by the Owner and shall be one of the following sizes: 4” x 6”, 2” x 4”, 2” diameter, 1-1/2” diameter or 1” x 3”. Tags shall have rounded corners and 3/16” hole when attaching with wire or chain. Stainless steel tags shall be mounted by adhesion, anchored into wall/equipment using stainless steel anchors/screws or attached with six-ply wound 304 stainless steel wire meter seals or stainless-steel ball chain. When meter seals are utilized, provide Owner with minimum 10% extra meter seals and one sealing press. Contractor shall coordinate attachment method with the Owner. 2. For each asset, the tag shall include equipment description, equipment location, and Equipment Record Number (ERN) information as provided in the Equipment List. A Preliminary Equipment List shall be developed and submitted for Owner’s and/or Engineer’s review by Contractor using the template attached at the end of this specification within 3 months of the effective date of the Contract. Additionally, Contractor shall complete and submit the forms attached at the end of this specification for each applicable asset. The list will be updated by the Contractor periodically throughout the project. 3. Contractor shall also provide a physical sample of each size and material of tags that will be used to identify the assets for approval by the Owner. 4. These tags are for the Fort Worth Asset Management System and are in addition to the equipment required other specification sections and shall be coordinated with other tags required. 01 76 00 - 2 ASSET MANAGEMENT CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall perform and meet the following requirements for asset management: 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall submit the complete and updated Equipment List and will work with the Owner and/or Engineer to finalize the list. Contractor will provide the Final Equipment List to the Owner and Engineer in electronic format (Microsoft Excel). 2. The Owner will provide the Equipment Record Number (ERN) for each listed asset and the Contractor shall fill in the following data on the Equipment List and return it to the Owner: i. Manufacturer ii. Model iii. Serial Number iv. Equipment Cost (Purchase Price) v. Installation Date/Substantial Completion vi. Length of Warranty 3. For each asset, the Contractor shall engrave and install one tag. The tag shall include the equipment description, equipment location, and Equipment Record Number (ERN) information as provided in the Final Equipment List. 4. The Owner’s Inspector will confirm that the tags match the final Equipment List. Contractor shall correct any deviations and have all tags installed prior to substantial completion. END OF SECTION #*Equipment Description *Equipment Location *Spec. Section *Drawing Sheet # O&M Manuals (Y or N) Spare Parts (Y or N) PM Requirements? (Y or N) Installation Date Warranty Period Replacement Cost ($) Asset (Y or N) - Need Spec Sheets filled out for each Asset Location/Sub-location Code or ERN Tag Type (Metal or Plastic) Maximo Asset Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Sample Asset List 40% Construction and Substantial Completion 40% Construction Contractor Submission 90% Construction Conractor Submission Owner Respose to Contractor SAMPLE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Attribute Description Actuator Serial Number ACTUATOR_MFG Actuator Manufacturer ACTUATOR_MDL Actuator Model ACTUATOR_TYP Actuator Type ACTUATOR_HP Horsepower (HP) ACTUATOR_RPM Revolutions per Minute (RPM) ACTUATOR_VLT Voltage (V) ACTUATOR_PHS Phase LOC_NOTE Installed Location Notes Value Description Comments: AUMA AUMA Beck Beck Dezurik Dezurik EIM EIM Hydro Gate Hydro Gate Kentrol Kentrol Keystone Keystone Kinetrol Kinetrol REXA REXA ROTORK ROTORK Value Description Electrical Electrical Actuator Hydraulic Hydraulic Actuator Manual Manual Operation Mechanical Mechanical Actuator Pneumatic Pneumatic Value Description 1 Single 2 2 Phase 3 3 Phase Actuator Type Actuator Manufacturer Phase ACTUATOR SPECIFICATION SHEET SAMPLE SUMMARY FORM SAMPLE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Attribute Description Pump Serial Number PUMP_MFG Pump Manufacturer PUMP_MDL Pump Model PUMP_TYPE Pump Type PUMP_FUNCT Function PUMP_CONTENT Pump Contents PUMP_CAP Capacity PUMP_TDH Total Dynamic Head PUMP_SPEED Speed SUB_MOTOR_PH Phase SUB_MOTOR_HP Horsepower SUB_MOTOR_V Voltage PUMP_IMPSIZE Impeller Size PUMP_SUC_SZ Suction Size PUMP_DIS_SZ Discharge Size LOC_NOTE Installed Location Notes Value Description Centrifugal Centrifugal Diaphragm Diaphragm Disc-Flow Disc-Flow Drum Drum Grinder Grinder Hand Hand Hose Hose Jet Jet Peristaltic Peristaltic Progressive Cavity Progressive Cavity Propeller Propeller Rotary Rotary Submersible Submersible Vertical Turbine Vertical Turbine Value Description Backwash Backwash Booster Booster Metering Metering Recirculation Recirculation Sample Sample Shallow Well Shallow Well Siphon Siphon Skimmer Skimmer Sump Sump Transfer Transfer Pumps PUMP SPECIFICATION SHEET Pump Type Pump Function SAMPLE SUMMARY FORM Comments: SAMPLE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK *Project Name: Page No. of *Equip. Description *Equip. Location Asset Tag No. *Equip. Manufacturer Manuf. Address Local Vendor Vendor Address D W M Q S A Hours D W M Q S A Hours Part No. Part Name Quantity Quantity Asset Maintenance Information Rev 1/7/2020 Page 1 of 2 Equipment Maintenance Data Summary *Shop Dwg Trans No. *Spec Sec. *Date Installed *Date Started *Cost *Estimated Life *BREAK-IN MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT (INITIAL OIL CHANGES, ETC.) Phone Number Phone Number *PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS *RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS Cost Part No.Part Name Cost Electrical and Mechanical Nameplate Spec Data to be entered on Forms provided by Owner Lubrication information on the following page SAMPLE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 01 77 19 - 6 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 77 19 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. The procedure for closing out a contract, including but not limited to the following: a. Substantial Completion procedures b. Final Completion procedures c. Warranties B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.1.A.1 2. Modified 1.2.A.1 3. Added 1.2.A.2 4. Modified 1.3 5. Modified 1.5 6. Modified 1.7 7. Added 1.8 – 1.12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. List of Incomplete Items: Contractor-prepared list of items to be completed or corrected, prepared for the Engineer's use prior to Engineer's inspection, to determine if Work is substantially complete. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are satisfactorily filed with the City. B. Release of Liens or Claims 01 77 19 - 6 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has been submitted to the City. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Contractor’s List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. B. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items required by other Sections. 1.9 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's “punch list”), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection `for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction, permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, performance testing reports, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Owner’s signature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6. Submit sustainable design submittals not previously submitted. 7. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 01 77 19 - 6 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Complete performance testing of systems and equipment. 5. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 6. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. 7. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services. 8. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 9. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 10. Complete final cleaning requirements. 11. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Engineer, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. 1.10 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment in accordance with 00 72 00 “General Conditions". 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Engineer's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Engineer. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit Final Completion photographic documentation. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Engineer will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 01 77 19 - 6 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1.11 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listed by room or space number. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceilings, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Engineer. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. MS Excel Electronic File. Engineer will return annotated file. 1.12 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Engineer for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. 1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Engineer by uploading to web-based project software site. E. Warranties in Paper Form: 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. F. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 01 77 19 - 6 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39. 2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23. B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 01 74 23. C. Final Inspection 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City Project Representative that the Work is completed. a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. b. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in writing within 10 business days of any particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the City. 3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent Final Inspection of the project. 4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: a. Specified spare parts. b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment. c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks d. Light bulbs e. Fuses f. Vault keys g. Handwheels h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all equipment. D. Notice of Project Completion 1. Once the Engineer finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion (Green Sheet). E. Supporting Documentation 1. Coordinate with the Engineer to complete the following additional forms: a. Final Payment Request b. Statement of Contract Time c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens 01 77 19 - 6 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment e. Pipe Report (if required) f. Contractor’s Evaluation of City g. Performance Evaluation of Contractor F. Letter of Final Acceptance 1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 01 78 23 - 1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and operation of products furnished under Contract 2. Such products may include, but are not limited to: a. Traffic Controllers b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City) c. Butterfly Valves B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 3. Added 1.6.A.2.g C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule 1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product shipment to the project site. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 . All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Form 1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel. 2. Format a. Size: 8 ½ inches x 11 inches 01 78 23 - 2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 b. Paper 1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages 2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal c. Text: Manufacturer’s printed data, or neatly typewritten d. Drawings 1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text 2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages. e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. 1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment. 2) Provide indexed tabs. f. Cover 1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 2) List: a) Title of Project b) Identity of separate structure as applicable c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual g. Electronic File 1) Prepare and submit an electronic copy of each manual 2) Electronic file shall be in PDF format, created with optical character recognition technology (OCR) that allows text searching, and be bookmarked. 3. Binders a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual. B. Manual Content 1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume c. List, with each product: 1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer 2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume 3) Identify area of responsibility of each 4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. 2. Product Data a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. b. Annotate each sheet to: 1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed 2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation 3) Delete references to inapplicable information 3. Drawings a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems 2) Control and flow diagrams b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. 01 78 23 - 3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. 5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving: 1) Proper procedures in event of failure 2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds C. Manual for Materials and Finishes 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 1) Catalog number, size, composition 2) Color and texture designations 3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products b. Instructions for care and maintenance 1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods 2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to product 3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance 3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products: a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 1) Applicable standards 2) Chemical composition 3) Details of installation b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair D. Manual for Equipment and Systems 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: a. Description of unit and component parts 1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts b. Operating procedures 1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions 2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions 3) Summer and winter operating instructions 4) Special operating instructions c. Maintenance procedures 1) Routine operations 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 4) Alignment, adjusting and checking d. Servicing and lubrication schedule 1) List of lubricants required e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear 2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer 01 78 23 - 4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 h. Each contractor's coordination drawings 1) As installed color coded piping diagrams i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: a. Description of system and component parts 1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts b. Circuit directories of panelboards 1) Electrical service 2) Controls 3) Communications c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams d. Operating procedures 1) Routine and normal operating instructions 2) Sequences required 3) Special operating instructions e. Maintenance procedures 1) Routine operations 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 4) Adjustment and checking f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of City's personnel. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products 2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data 3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings 01 78 23 - 5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/31/2012 D. Johnson 1.5.A.1 – title of section removed 01 78 23 - 6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 01 78 39 - 1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project documents, including: a. Record Drawings b. Water Meter Service Reports c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports d. Large Water Meter Reports B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to City’s Project Representative. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accuracy of Records 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 01 78 39 - 2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project Record Documents. 3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final Project Record Documents. 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data to the City's approval. a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the Contract Documents. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Job set 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. B. Final Record Documents 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Job Set 01 78 39 - 3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". 2. Preservation a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job set. b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. 3. Coordination with Construction Survey a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23, clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with installation of the infrastructure. 4. Making entries on Drawings a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents. b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. c. Date all entries. d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping changes. 5. Conversion of schematic layouts a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to portray precise physical layout. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the Drawings. b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 inch, the centerline of each run of items. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to the Specifications. c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing by the City. B. Final Project Record Documents 1. Transfer of data to Drawings a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding final documents, coordinating the changes as required. b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. 01 78 39 - 4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure longevity and clear reproduction. 2. Transfer of data to other Documents a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final Record Documents. b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval of the City. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Tightness Testing Performance Requirements City of Fort Worth 018819 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 018819 - TIGHTNESS TESTING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Tightness testing of cast-in-place reinforced concrete liquid retaining structures. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 031500 "Concrete Joints and Accessories" for joints in concrete structures. 2. Section 033000 " Cast-In-Place Concrete" for concrete related construction. 3. Section 330110 - Disinfection of Potable Water Facilities 4. Section 331300 “Disinfection of Water Utility Distribution” for disinfection of potable water pipelines at High-Service Pump Station. 5. Section 400551 “Common Requirements for Process Valves” for valves and valve actuators. 1.3 PRETESTING MEETINGS A. Pretesting Conference: Conduct conference at Westside Water Treatment Plant. 1. Discuss: a. Testing methods to be used. b. Measurement of precipitation and evaporation. c. Pre-testing preparations. d. Water filling and disposal operations, including coordination with Owner. e. Cleanup activities. f. Emergency actions, in case they are required. g. Procedures necessary to obtain a specified special warranty. 2. Attendees: a. Owner. b. Resident Engineer. c. Contractor. d. Engineer. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Tightness Testing Performance Requirements City of Fort Worth 018819 - 2 Issued for Bid 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 013300: 1. Action Plan: Submit a detailed plan and schedule for each structure, which shows method of filling, testing and disposal of water. 2. Repair Procedures: Submit for acceptance the proposed repair methods, materials, and modifications needed, if structure does not meet tightness testing. 3. Test Reports: Submit a completed Tightness Test Report, Figure A, appended at the end of this Section of each test for each structure. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Coordinate timing and procedures for obtaining water for testing, structure testing, and water disposal with the Owner a minimum of 30 days in advance of actual testing. B. Water Source: 1. Provide potable water independent from Owner’s water source for potable water pipeline testing. 2. Use plant process water for testing of pipelines or basins within the treatment process from locations at the same level or downstream from the tested facility. Obtain water at a time, flow rate, and location approved by Owner. 3. At the Owner’s option, Contractor may use water for testing from Owner’s plant water system if allowed to do so. Obtain water at a time, flow rate, and location approved by Owner. 4. Provide labor, materials, equipment, incidentals, and power required to convey water to the structure. C. Water Disposal: 1. Dispose of test water in an approved manner. Do not dispose by discharging onto the ground surface of public or private land. 2. Coordinate disposal of test water by reintroduction into the Plant process at a time, flow rate, and location with Owner. 3. Water may be disposed of in the sanitary sewer in accordance with Owner’s instructions. If approved by Owner, water may also be disposed of at the Washwater Recovery Basins in accordance with Owner’s instructions. 4. Provide labor, materials, equipment, incidentals, and power required to convey water from the structure. D. Environmental Conditions: Do not schedule test measurements for a period when the weather forecast indicates a substantial change in weather patterns that would affect testing. Do not schedule test measurements when weather forecast indicates water surface would be frozen before test is completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS – (NOT USED) © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Tightness Testing Performance Requirements City of Fort Worth 018819 - 3 Issued for Bid PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform tightness testing of cast-in-place reinforced concrete liquid retaining structures conforming to ACI 350.1 and as specified herein. B. Perform tightness tests prior to waterproofing and dampproofing and prior to placing backfill around structures in order to permit observation and detection of leakage points. C. Individually test each cell of multi-cell tanks. D. Multi-cell tanks may be tested as a single unit where indicated. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove soil, mud, debris and all other contaminants from structures prior to initiating tightness tests. Flush floor and sumps with water to provide a clean surface that is ready for testing. B. Prior to testing, temporarily seal or bulkhead inlet and outlet pipes not required to be operational for testing procedures. C. Confirm that valves are completely closed. Repair and reset seals that do not completely close or leak. Test valves for leakage in accordance with requirements of respective Sections as part of the preparation for final tightness testing under this Section. 3.3 EXAMINATION A. Examine structures to be tested for potential leakage paths including cracks, voids, honeycombs, and unsealed joints. Repair such paths to prevent leakage prior to testing. B. Proceed with testing only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.4 TESTING PROCEDURES A. Testing Conditions: 1. Do not begin filling of reinforced concrete structure until concrete elements of the structure have attained specified design strength, but not less than 14 days after placement of all concrete elements. 2. Fill reinforced concrete structure not exceeding a rate of 4 feet per 1 hour. 3. To minimize water absorption by concrete during testing, fill reinforced concrete structure to maximum operating water surface level and maintain water at that level for at least 3 days, prior to beginning tightness tests. Observe the exterior surfaces of the structure in both the early mornings and late afternoons during 3 days prior to tightness testing. Note any water observed on the structure exterior surfaces. 4. Test only a single structure at a time. Concurrent testing of contiguous or adjacent structures will not be allowed. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Tightness Testing Performance Requirements City of Fort Worth 018819 - 4 Issued for Bid B. Testing Procedures: 1. Test Duration / Test Period: At least the time required to lower the water surface 3/8 inch (9.5 mm), assuming a loss of water at the maximum allowable rate, but not longer than 5 days . 2. Measure water surface elevations at 24-hour intervals. The vertical distance to the water surface shall be measured to within 1/16 inch from a fixed point on the structure above the water surface. Measure water surface elevations at the same four locations, 90 degrees apart. Record water temperature 18 inches below water surface when taking the first and last sets of measurements. a. Use methods to determine amount of precipitation or evaporation as approved by the Engineer. 3. Compute percentage of water volume loss based on measured change in water surface elevation, area of the horizontal water surface, initial water volume, and correction for precipitation or evaporation where applicable. Restart test when test measurements become unreliable due to unusual precipitation or other external factors. C. Reports: Prepare and submit as referenced in this Section. 3.5 ACCEPTANCE A. Estimates of valve leakage will not be allowed as adjustments to the measured structure leakage. B. Following conditions are considered as not meeting the criteria for acceptance, regardless of actual loss of water volume from the structure: 1. Groundwater seeping or flowing into the structure through floors, walls, or wall-floor joints. 2. Structures which exhibit seeping or flowing water from joints, cracks, voids, honeycombs, or from beneath the foundation. 3. Damp spots on concrete surfaces. 4. Moisture can be deposited on a dry hand-held paper towel against the exterior surface of the structure. C. Tightness of concrete tanks and structures will be considered acceptable when the conditions included in paragraph above are not present and when loss of water volume does not exceed 0.05 percent of the starting volume per day. 3.6 REPAIRS AND RETESTING A. Structures failing the tightness test and not exhibiting visible leakage may be retested after an additional stabilization period of 7 days. Structures failing this second test shall be repaired prior to further testing. Repairs shall be evaluated by Engineer and if they are necessary, they will be authorized by Owner as Extra Work through a Change Order in accordance with Article 10 of Section 00 72 00 General Conditions. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Tightness Testing Performance Requirements City of Fort Worth 018819 - 5 Issued for Bid B. Retest repaired structures until the structure meets all requirements. 3.7 SCHEDULE A. Test following structures for tightness: 1. Tank types include: a. Filter Box No. 6. END OF SECTION 018819 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Tightness Testing Performance Requirements City of Fort Worth 018819 - 6 Issued for Bid FIGURE A TIGHTNESS TEST REPORT PROJECT ______________________________________ SUBMITTED BY ____________________ STRUCTURE * _________________________________ TEST DATES _______________________ Allowable loss of water volume _________ percent in 24 hours Measured loss of water volume _________ percent in 24 hours TEST READINGS Water Temperature at Start ______ [_____] degrees F ([_____] degrees C) Water Temperature at End ______ [_____] degrees F ([_____] degrees C) Operating Water Surface Level ___________ Water Surface Elevation Entry Date** Time Location 1 Location 2 Location 3 Location 4 Initials** 0 1 2 3 4 5 Change in level (difference between entry 5 and entry 0) Average change in level (sum of change in level / 4) Correction for precipitation/evaporation Corrected change in level = CL = Measured percent water loss in 24 hrs. = (CL) x (surface area) x (100) (initial water volume) (number of test days) Notes and Field Observations ** _______________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ *Attach a sketch showing a plan of structure and measurement locations. ** Place date and initials at the beginning of each entry. END OF TIGHTNESS TEST REPORT FORM © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 019113 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. City's Project Requirements and Basis-of-Design Document are included by reference for information only. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General requirements for coordinating and scheduling commissioning activities. 2. Commissioning meetings. 3. Commissioning reports. 4. Use of commissioning process test equipment, instrumentation, and tools. 5. Construction checklists, including, but not limited to, installation checks, startup, performance tests, and performance test demonstration. 6. Commissioning tests and commissioning test demonstration. 7. Adjusting, verifying, and documenting identified systems and assemblies. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011100 "Summary of Work" 2. Section 013216 “Construction Progress Schedule” 3. Section 013300 "Submittals" 4. Section 013513.24 “Special Procedures for Maintenance of Plant Operation and Sequence of Construction” 5. Section 015000 “Temporary Facilities and Controls” 6. Section 017719 "Closeout Requirements" 7. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" 8. Section 3301 0.59 “Disinfection of Water Utility Storage Tanks” 9. Section 331300 “Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution” 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Acceptance Criteria: Threshold of acceptable work quality or performance specified for a commissioning activity, including, but not limited to, construction checklists, performance tests, performance test demonstrations, commissioning tests, and commissioning test demonstrations. B. Commissioning Authority: This role will be filled by the City’s construction manager. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 2 Issued for Bid C. Commissioning Plan: A document, prepared by the Contractor, that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and documentation of commissioning requirements. D. Commissioning: A quality-focused process for verifying and documenting that the facility and all its systems and assemblies are planned, designed, installed, and tested to comply with City's Project Requirements. The requirements specified here are limited to the construction phase commissioning activities. E. Construction-Phase Commissioning-Process Completion: The stage of completion and acceptance of commissioning process when resolution of deficient conditions and issues discovered during commissioning process and retesting until acceptable results are obtained has been accomplished. Construction Manager will establish in writing the date construction-phase commissioning-process completion is achieved. 1. Commissioning process is complete when the Work specified of this Section and related Sections has been completed and accepted, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Completion of tests and acceptance of test results. b. Resolution of issues, as verified by retests performed and documented with acceptance of retest results. c. Comply with requirements in Section 01 79 00 "Demonstration and Training." d. Completion and acceptance of submittals and reports. F. City's Witness: Commissioning Authority, City's Project Manager, or Engineer-designated witness authorized to authenticate test demonstration data and to sign completed test data forms. G. "Systems," "Assemblies," "Subsystems," "Equipment," and "Components": Where these terms are used together or separately, they shall mean "as-built" systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components. H. Test: Performance tests, performance test demonstrations, commissioning tests, and commissioning test demonstrations. 1.4 COMPENSATION A. If Engineer, Commissioning Authority, other City's witness, or City's staff perform additional services or incur additional expenses due to actions of Contractor listed below, compensate City for such additional services and expenses. 1. Failure to provide timely notice of commissioning activities schedule changes. 2. Failure to meet acceptance criteria for test demonstrations. B. Contractor shall compensate City for such additional services and expenses at the rate of $250 per labor hour, plus $1000 per round trip for personnel travelling more than 200 miles, plus per diem allowances for meals and lodging according to current U.S. General Services Administration (GSA) Per Diem Rates. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 3 Issued for Bid 1.5 COMMISSIONING TEAM A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s): 1. Commissioning Coordinator: A person or entity employed by Contractor to manage, schedule, and coordinate commissioning process. 2. Project superintendent and other employees that Contractor may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process. 3. Subcontractors, installers, suppliers, and specialists that Contractor may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process. 4. Appointed team members shall have the authority to act on behalf of the entity they represent. B. Members Appointed by City: 1. Commissioning Authority, plus consultants that Commissioning Authority may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process. 2. City representative(s), facility operations and maintenance personnel, plus other employees, separate contractors, and consultants that City may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process. 3. Engineer, plus employees and consultants that Engineer may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Section 01 33 00 "Submittals" for submittal procedure general requirements for commissioning process. B. Commissioning Plan Information: 1. List of Contractor-appointed commissioning team members to include specific personnel and subcontractors performing the various commissioning requirements. 2. Schedule of commissioning activities, integrated with the Construction Schedule. 3. Contractor personnel and subcontractors participating in each test. 4. List of instrumentation required for each test to include identification of parties that will provide instrumentation for each test. C. Commissioning schedule. D. Four-week look-ahead schedules. E. Commissioning Coordinator Qualification Data: For entity coordinating Contractor's commissioning activities to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. 1. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 4 Issued for Bid F. List test instrumentation, equipment, and monitoring devices. Include the following information: 1. Make, model, serial number, and application for each instrument, equipment, and monitoring device. 2. Brief description of intended use. 3. Calibration record showing the following: a. Calibration agency, including name and contact information. b. Last date of calibration. c. Range of values for which calibration is valid. d. Certification of accuracy. e. Certification for calibration equipment traceable to NIST. f. Due date of the next calibration. G. Test Reports: 1. Pre-Startup Report: Prior to startup of equipment or a system, submit signed, completed construction checklists. 2. Test Data Reports: At the end of each day in which tests are conducted, submit test data for tests performed. 3. Commissioning Issue Reports: Daily, at the end of each day in which tests are conducted, submit commissioning issue reports for tests for which acceptable results were not achieved. 4. Weekly Progress Report: Weekly, at the end of each week in which tests are conducted, submit a progress report. 5. Data Trend Logs: Submit data trend logs at the end of the trend log period. 6. System Alarm Logs: Daily, at the start of days following a day in which tests were performed, submit printout of log of alarms that occurred since the last log was printed. H. Construction Checklists: 1. Material checks. 2. Installation checks. 3. Startup procedures, where required. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Commissioning Report: 1. At Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion, include the following: a. Pre-startup reports. b. Approved test procedures. c. Test data forms, completed and signed. d. Progress reports. e. Commissioning issue report log. f. Commissioning issue reports showing resolution of issues. g. Correspondence or other documents related to resolution of issues. h. Other reports required by commissioning process. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 5 Issued for Bid i. List unresolved issues and reasons they remain unresolved and should be exempted from the requirements for Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion. j. Report shall include commissioning work of Contractor. B. Request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Commissioning Coordinator Qualifications: 1. Documented experience commissioning systems of similar complexity to those contained in these documents on at least three projects of similar scope and complexity over the last ten years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS A. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning process shall remain the property of Contractor unless otherwise indicated. B. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform commissioning process shall comply with the following criteria: 1. Be manufactured for the purpose of testing and measuring tests for which they are being used and have an accuracy to test and measure system performance within the tolerances required to determine acceptable performance. 2. Calibrated and certified. a. Calibration performed and documented by a qualified calibration agency according to national standards applicable to the tools and instrumentation being calibrated. Calibration shall be current according to national standards or within test equipment and instrumentation manufacturer's recommended intervals, whichever is more frequent, but not less than within six months of initial use on Project. Calibration tags shall be permanently affixed. b. Repair and recalibrate test equipment and instrumentation if dismantled, dropped, or damaged since last calibrated. 3. Maintain test equipment and instrumentation. 4. Use test equipment and instrumentation only for testing or monitoring Work for which they are designed. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 6 Issued for Bid 2.2 PROPRIETARY TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS A. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools are those manufactured or prescribed by tested equipment manufacturer and required for work on its equipment as a condition of equipment warranty, or as otherwise required to service, repair, adjust, calibrate, or perform work on its equipment. 1. Identify proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools required in the test equipment identification list submittal. 2. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools shall become the property of City at Substantial Completion. 2.3 CHEMICALS A. Treatment chemicals are defined as the following chemicals to be used in the production of potable water at the Westside Water Treatment Plant 24-MGD Expansion and shall be NSF 60 approved: Liquid Sodium Hypochlorite (NaOCl) and Liquid Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH). 1. The delivery, unloading and storage of treatment chemicals shall be coordinated by the Contractor with the City. 2. Payments for treatment chemicals will be provided by the City directly to the suppliers. B. Clean-in-place (CIP) chemicals are defined as the following chemicals to be used for the cleaning of the microfiltration membrane modules added under this Project and shall be NSF 60 approved: Liquid Sodium Hypochlorite (NaOCl); Liquid Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH); Liquid Sodium Bisulfite (NaHSO3); and Liquid Citric Acid (C6H8O7). 1. The delivery, unloading and storage of CIP chemicals shall be coordinated by the Membrane Filtration System Supplier (MFSS) with the City. 2. Payments for CIP chemicals will be provided by the City directly to the suppliers. C. Facilities disinfection chemicals are defined as the chemicals to be used for the disinfection, dichlorination, and neutralization of pH needed for pipelines, basins, and other wetted facilities and shall be NSF 60 approved. 1. The delivery, unloading, storage, use, cleanup, and disposal of facilities disinfection chemicals shall be provided by the Contractor. 2. Payments for facilities disinfection chemicals will be provided by the Contractor. 2.4 REPORT FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION A. General Format and Organization: 1. Bind report in three-ring binders. 2. Label the front cover and spine of each binder with the report title, volume number, project name, Contractor's name, and date of report. 3. Record report on compact disk. 4. Electronic Data: Portable document format (PDF); a single file with outline-organized bookmarks for major and minor tabs and tab contents itemized for specific reports. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 7 Issued for Bid B. Commissioning Report: 1. Include a table of contents and an index to each test. 2. Include major tabs for each Specification Section. 3. Include minor tabs for each test. 4. Within each minor tab, include the following: a. Test specification. b. Pre-startup reports. c. Approved test procedures. d. Test data forms, completed and signed. e. Commissioning issue reports, showing resolution of issues, and documentation related to resolution of issues pertaining to a single test. Group data forms, commissioning issue reports showing resolution of issues, and documentation related to resolution of issues for each test repetition together within the minor tab, in reverse chronological order (most recent on top). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Review preliminary construction checklists and preliminary test procedures and data forms. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS A. Construction checklists cannot modify or conflict with the Contract Documents. B. Create construction checklists based on actual systems and equipment to be included in Project. C. Material Checks: Compare specified characteristics and approved submittals with materials as received. Include factory tests and other evaluations, adjustments, and tests performed prior to shipment if applicable. 1. Service connection requirements, including configuration, size, location, and other pertinent characteristics. 2. Included optional features. 3. Delivery Receipt Check: Inspect and record physical condition of materials and equipment on delivery to Project site, including agreement with approved submittals, cleanliness, and lack of damage. 4. Installation Checks: a. Location according to Drawings and approved Shop Drawings. b. Configuration. c. Compliance with manufacturers' written installation instructions. d. Attachment to structure. e. Access clearance to allow for maintenance, service, repair, removal, and replacement without the need to disassemble or remove other equipment or building elements. Access coordinated with other building elements and © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 8 Issued for Bid equipment, including, but not limited to, ceiling and wall access panels, in a manner consistent with OSHA fall-protection regulations and safe work practices. f.Utility connections are of the correct characteristics, as applicable. g.Correct labeling and identification. h.Startup Checks: Verify readiness of equipment to be energized. Include manufacturer's standard startup procedures and forms. D.Startup: Perform and document initial operation of equipment to prove that it is installed properly and operates as intended according to manufacturer's standard startup procedures, at minimum. E.Performance Tests: 1.Static Tests: As specified elsewhere, including, but not limited to, duct and pipe leakage tests, insulation-resistance tests, and water-penetration tests. 2.Component Performance Tests: Tests evaluate the performance of an input or output of components under a full range of operating conditions. 3.Equipment and Assembly Performance Tests: Test and evaluate performance of equipment and assemblies under a full range of operating conditions and loads. 4.System Performance Tests: Test and evaluate performance of systems under a full range of operating conditions and loads. 5.Intersystem Performance Tests: Test and evaluate the interface of different systems under a full range of operating conditions and loads. F.Deferred Construction Checklists: Obtain City approval of proposed deferral of construction checklists, including proposed schedule of completion of each deferred construction checklist, before submitting request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion. When approved, deferred construction checklists may be completed after date of Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion. Include the following in a request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion: 1.Identify deferred construction checklists by number and title. 2.Provide a target schedule for completion of deferred construction checklists. 3.Written approval of proposed deferred construction checklists, including approved schedule of completion of each deferred construction checklist. G.Delayed Construction Checklists: Obtain City approval of proposed delayed construction checklists, including proposed schedule of completion of each delayed construction checklist, before submitting request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion. When approved, delayed construction checklists may be completed after date of Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion. Include the following in a request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion: 1.Identify delayed construction checklist by construction checklist number and title. 2.Provide a target schedule for completion of delayed construction checklists. 3.Written approval of proposed delayed construction checklists, including approved schedule of completion of each delayed construction checklist. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 9 Issued for Bid 3.3 GENERAL EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule and coordinate commissioning process with the Construction Schedule. B. Perform activities identified in construction checklists, including tests, and document results of actions as construction proceeds. C. Perform test demonstrations for City's witness. Unless otherwise indicated, demonstrate tests for 100 percent of work to which the test applies. In some instances, demonstration of a random sample of other than 100 percent of the results of a test is specified. 1. Include in the Commissioning Plan a detailed list of the test demonstrations with lot and sample quantities for each test. D. Report test data and commissioning issue resolutions. E. Schedule personnel to participate in and perform Commissioning-Process Work. F. Installing contractors' commissioning responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Operating the equipment and systems they install during tests. 2. In addition, installing contractors may be required to assist in tests of equipment and systems with which their work interfaces. 3.4 COMMISSIONING COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Management and Coordination: Manage, schedule, and coordinate commissioning process, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Coordinate with subcontractors on their commissioning responsibilities and activities. 2. Obtain, assemble, and submit commissioning documentation. 3. Conduct periodic on-site commissioning meetings. 4. Develop and maintain the commissioning schedule. Integrate commissioning schedule into the Construction Schedule. Update Construction Schedule at specified intervals. 5. Review and comment on preliminary test procedures and data forms. 6. Report inconsistencies and issues in system operations. 7. Verify that tests have been completed and results comply with acceptance criteria, and that equipment and systems are ready before scheduling test demonstrations. 8. Direct and coordinate test demonstrations. 9. Coordinate witnessing of test demonstrations by City's witness. 10. Coordinate and manage training. Be present during training sessions to direct video recording, present training, and direct the training presentations of others. Comply with requirements in Section 01 79 00 "Demonstration and Training." 11. Prepare and submit specified commissioning reports. 12. Track commissioning issues until resolution and retesting is successfully completed. 13. Retain original records of Commissioning-Process Work, organized as required for the commissioning report. Provide City's representative access to these records on request. 14. Assemble and submit commissioning report. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 10 Issued for Bid 3.5 COMMISSIONING TESTING A. Quality Control: Construction checklists, including tests, are quality-control tools designed to improve the functional quality of Project. Test demonstrations evaluate the effectiveness of Contractor's quality-control process. B. City's witness will be present to witness commissioning work requiring the signature of an City's witness, including, but not limited to, test demonstrations. City's project manager will coordinate attendance by City's witness with Contractor's published Commissioning Schedule. City's witness will provide no labor or materials in the commissioning work. The only function of City's witness will be to observe and comment on the progress and results of commissioning process. C. Construction Checklists: 1. Complete construction checklists as Work is completed. 2. Distribute construction checklists to installing contractors before they start work. 3. Installers: a. Verify installation using approved construction checklists as Work proceeds. b. Complete and sign construction checklists weekly for work performed during the preceding week. 4. Provide Commissioning Authority access to construction checklists. D. Installation Compliance Issues: Record as an installation compliance issue Work found to be incomplete, inaccessible, at variance with the Contract Documents, nonfunctional, or that does not comply with construction checklists. Record installation compliance issues on the construction checklist at the time they are identified. Record corrective action and how future Work should be modified before signing off the construction checklist. E. Pre-Startup Audit: Prior to executing startup procedures, review completed installation checks to determine readiness for startup and operation. Report conditions, which, if left uncorrected, adversely impact the ability of systems or equipment to operate satisfactorily or to comply with acceptance criteria. Prepare pre-startup report for each system. F. Test Procedures and Test Data Forms: 1. Test procedures shall define the step-by-step procedures to be used to execute tests and test demonstrations. 2. Test procedures shall be specific to the make, model, and application of the equipment and systems being tested. 3. Completed test data forms are the official records of the test results. 4. Contractor will obtain preliminary test procedures and test data forms for performance tests and commissioning tests from the equipment suppliers. 5. Review preliminary test procedures and test data forms and provide comments within 14 days of receipt from Commissioning Authority. Review shall address the following: a. Equipment protection and warranty issues, including, but not limited to, manufacturers' installation and startup recommendations, and operation and maintenance instructions. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 11 Issued for Bid b. Applicability of the procedure to the specific software, equipment, and systems approved for installation. 6. After Contractor has reviewed and commented on the preliminary test procedures and test data forms, Commissioning Authority will revise and reissue the approved revised test procedures and test data forms marked "Approved for Testing." 7. Use only approved test procedures and test data forms marked "Approved for Testing" to perform and document tests and test demonstrations. G. Performance of Tests: 1. The sampling rate for tests is 100 percent. The sampling rate for test demonstrations is 100 percent unless otherwise indicated. 2. Perform and complete each step of the approved test procedures in the order listed. 3. Record data observed during performance of tests on approved data forms at the time of test performance and when the results are observed. 4. Record test results that are not within the range of acceptable results on commissioning issue report forms in addition to recording the results on approved test procedures and data forms according to the "Commissioning Compliance Issues" Paragraph in this Article. 5. On completion of a test, sign the completed test procedure and data form. Tests for which test procedures and data forms are incomplete, not signed, or which indicate performance that does not comply with acceptance criteria will be rejected. Tests for which test procedures and data forms are rejected shall be repeated and results resubmitted. H. Performance of Test Demonstration: 1. Perform test demonstrations on a sample of tests after test data submittals are approved. The sampling rate for test demonstrations shall be 25-percent unless otherwise indicated in the individual test specification. 2. Notify City's witness at least three days in advance of each test demonstration. 3. Perform and complete each step of the approved test procedures in the order listed. 4. Record data observed during performance of test demonstrations on approved data forms at the time of demonstration and when the results are observed. 5. Provide full access to City's witness to directly observe the performance of all aspects of system response during the test demonstration. On completion of a test demonstration, sign the completed data form and obtain signature of City's witness at the time of the test to authenticate the reported results. 6. Test demonstration data forms not signed by Contractor and City's witness at the time of the completion of the procedure will be rejected. Test demonstrations for which data forms are rejected shall be repeated and results shall be resubmitted. a. Exception for Failure of City's Witness to Attend: Failure of City's witness to be present for agreed-on schedule of test demonstration shall not delay Contractor. If City's witness fails to attend a scheduled test, Contractor shall proceed with the scheduled test. On completion, Contractor shall sign the data form for Contractor and for City's witness, and shall note the absence of City's witness at the scheduled time and place. 7. False load test requirements are specified in related sections. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 12 Issued for Bid a. Where false load testing is specified, provide temporary equipment, power, controls, wiring, piping, valves, and other necessary equipment and connections required to apply the specified load to the system. False load system shall be capable of steady-state operation and modulation at the level of load specified. Equipment and systems permanently installed in this work shall not be used to create the false load without Engineer's written approval. I. Deferred Tests: 1. Deferred Test List: Identify, in the request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion, proposed deferred tests or other tests approved for deferral until specified seasonal or other conditions are available. When approved, deferred tests may be completed after the date of Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion. Identify proposed deferred tests in the request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion as follows: a. Identify deferred tests by number and title. b. Provide a target schedule for completion of deferred tests. 2. Schedule and coordinate deferred tests. Schedule deferred tests when specified conditions are available. Notify Engineer and Commissioning Authority at least three working days (minimum) in advance of tests. 3. Where deferred tests are specified, coordinate participation of necessary personnel and of Engineer, Commissioning Authority, and City's witness. Schedule deferred tests to minimize occupant and facility impact. Obtain Engineer's approval of the proposed schedule. J. Delayed Tests: 1. Delayed Test List: Identify, in the request for Certificate of Construction -Phase Commissioning Process Completion, proposed delayed tests. Obtain City approval of proposed delayed tests, including proposed schedule of completion of each delayed test, before submitting request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion. Include the following in the request for Certificate of Construction -Phase Commissioning Process Completion: a. Identify delayed tests by test number and title. b. Written approval of proposed delayed tests, including approved schedule of completion of delayed tests. 2. Schedule and coordinate delayed tests. Schedule delayed tests when conditions that caused the delay have been rectified. Notify Engineer and Commissioning Authority at least three working days (minimum) in advance of tests. 3. Where delayed tests are approved, coordinate participation of necessary personnel and of Engineer, Commissioning Authority, and City's witness. Schedule delayed tests to minimize occupant and facility impact. Obtain Engineer's approval of the proposed schedule. K. Commissioning Compliance Issues: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 13 Issued for Bid 1. Test results that are not within the range of acceptable results are commissioning compliance issues. 2. Track and report commissioning compliance issues until resolution and retesting are successfully completed. 3. If a test demonstration fails, determine the cause of failure. Direct timely resolution of issue and then repeat the demonstration. If a test demonstration must be repeated due to failure caused by Contractor work or materials, reimburse City for billed costs for the participation in the repeated demonstration. 4. Test Results: If a test demonstration fails to meet the acceptance criteria, perform the following: a. Complete a commissioning compliance issue report form promptly on discovery of test results that do not comply with acceptance criteria. b. Submit commissioning compliance issue report form within 24 hours of the test or next business day (should testing occur on a Friday). c. Determine the cause of the failure. d. Establish responsibility for corrective action if the failure is due to conditions found to be Contractor's responsibility. 5. Commissioning Compliance Issue Report: Provide a commissioning compliance issue report for each issue. Do not report multiple issues on the same commissioning compliance issue report. a. Exception: If an entire class of devices is determined to exhibit the identical issue, they may be reported on a single commissioning compliance issue report. (For example, if all return-air damper actuators that are specified to fail to the open position are found to fail to the closed position, they may be reported on a single commissioning issue report. If a single commissioning issue report is used for multiple commissioning compliance issues, each device shall be identified in the report, and the total number of devices at issue shall be identified. b. Complete and submit Part 1 of the commissioning compliance issue report immediately when the condition is observed. c. Record the commissioning compliance issue report number and describe the deficient condition on the data form. d. Resolve commissioning compliance issues promptly. Complete and submit Part 2 of the commissioning compliance issue report when issues are resolved. 6. Diagnose and correct failed test demonstrations as follows: a. Perform diagnostic tests and activities required to determine the fundamental cause of issues observed. b. Record each step of the diagnostic procedure prior to performing the procedure. Update written procedure as changes become necessary. c. Record the results of each step of the diagnostic procedure. d. Record the conclusion of the diagnostic procedure on the fundamental cause of the issue. e. Determine and record corrective measures. f. Include diagnosis of fundamental cause of issues in commissioning compliance issue report. 7. Retest: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 14 Issued for Bid a. Schedule and repeat the complete test procedure for each test demonstration for which acceptable results are not achieved. Obtain signature of City's witness on retest data forms. Repeat test demonstration until acceptable results are achieved. Except for issues that are determined to result from design errors or omissions, or other conditions beyond Contractor's responsibility, compensate City for direct costs incurred as the result of repeated test demonstrations to achieve acceptable results. b. For each repeated test demonstration, submit a new test data form, marked "Retest." 8. Do not correct commissioning compliance issues during test demonstrations. a. Exceptions will be allowed if the cause of the issue is obvious, and resolution can be completed in less than fifteen minutes. If corrections are made under this exception, note the deficient conditions on the test data form and issue a commissioning compliance issue report. A new test data form, marked "Retest," shall be initiated after the resolution has been completed. 3.6 COMMISSIONING MEETINGS A. Schedule and conduct commissioning meetings. 3.7 SEQUENCING A. Sequencing of Commissioning Verification Activities: For a particular material, item of equipment, assembly, or system, perform the following in the order listed unless otherwise indicated: 1. Construction Checklists: a. Material checks. b. Installation checks. c. Startup, as appropriate. Some startup may depend on component performance. Such startup may follow component performance tests on which the startup depends. d. Performance Tests: 1) Static tests, as appropriate. 2) Component performance tests. Some component performance tests may depend on completion of startup. Such component performance tests may follow startup. 3) Equipment and assembly performance tests. 4) System performance tests. 5) Intersystem performance tests. 2. Commissioning tests. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 15 Issued for Bid B. Before performing commissioning tests, verify that materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems are delivered, installed, started, and adjusted to perform according to construction checklists. C. Verify readiness of materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems by performing tests prior to performing test demonstrations. Notify Engineer if acceptable results cannot be achieved due to conditions beyond Contractor's control or responsibility. D. Commence tests as soon as installation checks for materials, equipment, assemblies, or systems are satisfactorily completed. Tests of a particular system may proceed prior to completion of other systems, provided the incomplete work does not interfere with successful execution of test. 3.8 SCHEDULING A. Commence commissioning process as early in the construction period as possible. B. Commissioning Schedule: Integrate commissioning activities into Construction Schedule. 1. Include detailed commissioning activities in monthly updated Construction Schedule and short-interval schedule submittals. 2. Schedule the start date and duration for the following commissioning activities: a. Submittals. b. Preliminary operation and maintenance manual submittals. c. Installation checks. d. Startup, where required. e. Performance tests. f. Performance test demonstrations. g. Commissioning tests. h. Commissioning test demonstrations. 3. Schedule shall include a line item for each installation check, startup, and test activity specific to the equipment or systems involved. 4. Determine milestones and prerequisites for commissioning process. Show commissioning milestones, prerequisites, and dependencies in monthly updated critical-path-method construction schedule and short-interval schedule submittals. C. Two-Week Look-Ahead Commissioning Schedule: 1. Two weeks prior to the beginning of tests, submit a detailed two -week look-ahead schedule. Thereafter, submit updated two-week look-ahead schedules weekly for the duration of commissioning process. 2. Two-week look-ahead schedules shall identify the date, time, beginning location, Contractor personnel required, and anticipated duration for each startup or test activity. 3. Use two-week look-ahead schedules to notify and coordinate participation of City's witnesses. D. City's Witness Coordination: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 16 Issued for Bid 1. Coordinate City's witness participation via Engineer. 2. Notify Engineer of commissioning schedule changes at least two workdays in advance for activities requiring the participation of City's witness. 3.9 COMMISSIONING REPORTS A. Test Reports: 1. Pre-startup reports include observations of the conditions of installation, organized into the following sections: a. Equipment Model Verification: Compare contract requirements, approved submittals, and provided equipment. Note inconsistencies. b. Preinstallation Physical Condition Checks: Observe physical condition of equipment prior to installation. Note conditions including, but not limited to, physical damage, corrosion, water damage, or other contamination or dirt. c. Preinstallation Component Verification Checks: Verify components supplied with the equipment, preinstalled or field installed, are correctly installed and functional. Verify external components required for proper operation of equipment correctly installed and functional. Note missing, improperly configured, improperly installed, or nonfunctional components. d. Summary of Installation Compliance Issues and Corrective Actions: Identify installation compliance issues and the corrective actions for each. Verify that issues noted have been corrected. e. Evaluation of System Readiness for Startup: For each item of equipment for each system for which startup is anticipated, document in summary form acceptable to City completion of equipment model verification, preinstallation physical condition checks, preinstallation component verification checks, and completion of corrective actions for installation compliance issues. 2. Test data reports include the following: a. "As-tested" system configuration. Complete record of conditions under which the test was performed, including, but not limited to, the status of equipment, systems, and assemblies; temporary adjustments and settings; and ambient conditions. b. Data and observations, including, but not limited to, data trend logs, recorded during the tests. c. Signatures of individuals performing and witnessing tests. d. Data trend logs accumulated overnight from the previous day of testing. 3. Commissioning Compliance Issue Reports: Report as commissioning compliance issues results of tests and test demonstrations that do not comply with acceptance criteria. Report only one issue per commissioning compliance issue report. Use sequentially numbered facsimiles of commissioning compliance issue report form included in this Section, or other form approved by City. Distribute commissioning compliance issue reports to parties responsible for taking corrective action. Identify the following: a. Commissioning compliance issue report number. Assign unique, sequential numbers to individual commissioning compliance issue reports when they are created, to be used for tracking. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 17 Issued for Bid b. Action distribution list. c. Report date. d. Test number and description. e. Equipment identification and location. f. Briefly describe observations about the performance associated with failure to achieve acceptable results. Identify the cause of failure if apparent. g. Diagnostic procedure or plan to determine the cause (include in initial submittal) h. Diagnosis of fundamental cause of issues as specified below (include in resubmittal). i. Fundamental cause of unacceptable performance as determined by diagnostic tests and activities. j. When issues have been resolved, update and resubmit the commissioning issue report forms by completing Part 2. Identify resolution taken and the dates and initials of the persons making the entries. k. Schedule for retesting. 4. Weekly progress reports include information for tests conducted since the preceding report and the following: a. Completed data forms. b. Equipment or system tested, including test number, system or equipment tag number and location, and notation about the apparent acceptability of results. c. Activities scheduled but not conducted per schedule. d. Commissioning compliance issue report log. e. Schedule changes for remaining Commissioning-Process Work, if any. 5. Data trend logs shall be initiated and running prior to the time scheduled for the test demonstration. a. Trend log data format shall be multiple data series graphs. Where multiple data series are trend logged concurrently, present the data on a common horizontal time axis. Individual data series may be presented on a segmented vertical axis to avoid interference of one data series with another, and to accommodate different axis scale values. Graphs shall be sufficiently clear to interpret data within the accuracy required by the acceptance criteria. b. Attach to the data form printed trend log data collected during the test or test demonstration. c. Record, print out, and attach to the data form operator activity during the time the trend log is running. During the time the trend log is running, operator intervention not directed by the test procedure invalidates the test results. 6. System Alarm Logs: Record and print out a log of alarms that occurred since the last log was printed. Evaluate alarms to determine if the previous day's work resulted in any conditions that are not considered "normal operation." a. Conditions that are not considered "normal operation" shall be reported on a commissioning issue report attached to the alarm log. Resolve as necessary. The intent of this requirement is to discover control system points or sequences left in manual or disabled conditions, equipment left disconnected, set points left with abnormal values, or similar conditions that may have resulted from failure to fully restore systems to normal, automatic control after test completion. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project General Commissioning Requirements City of Fort Worth 019113 - 18 Issued for Bid 3.10 CERTIFICATE OF CONSTRUCTION-PHASE COMMISSIONING PROCESS COMPLETION A. When Contractor considers that construction-phase commissioning process, or a portion thereof which City agrees to accept separately, is complete, Contractor shall prepare and submit to City and Commissioning Authority through Engineer a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter Contractor's responsibility to compete commissioning process. B. On receipt of Contractor's list, Commissioning Authority will make an inspection to determine whether the construction-phase commissioning process or designated portion thereof is complete. If Commissioning Authority's inspection discloses items, whether included on Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete as defined in "Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion" Paragraph in the "Definitions" Article, Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion, complete or correct such items on notification by Commissioning Authority. In such case, Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by Commissioning Authority to determine construction-phase commissioning process completion. C. Contractor shall promptly correct deficient conditions and issues discovered during commissioning process. Costs of correcting such deficient conditions and issues, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for Engineer's and Commissioning Authority's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at Contractor's expense. D. When construction-phase commissioning process or designated portion is complete, Commissioning Authority will prepare a Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion that shall establish the date of completion of construction-phase commissioning process. Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion shall be submitted prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 019113 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Modifications to Existing Concrete City of Fort Worth 030130.71 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 030130 - MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Cutting, removing, or modifying parts of existing concrete structures or appurtenances. 2. Addressing existing steel reinforcing bars encountered. 3. Bonding new concrete or grout to existing concrete. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 033010 “Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete” for concrete materials, and related work. 2. Section 036000 “Grouting” for grout and related accessories. 3. Section 055000 “Metals Fabrications” for various metals and related fabrications. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Submit manufacturer's technical literature and installation instructions that include: a. Current printed recommendations and product data sheets for products including performance criteria, product life, working time after mixing, surface preparation and application requirements and procedures, curing, volatile organic compound data, and safety requirements. b. Storage requirements including temperature, humidity, and ventilation. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Documentation of the qualifications for Contractor qualifications, Manufacturer's qualifications, and Contractor's supervisor as specified in Part 1 “Quality Assurance” Article. B. Material Certificates: For each material provided. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Modifications to Existing Concrete City of Fort Worth 030130.71 - 2 Issued for Bid A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Have a minimum of ten years’ experience within last 10 years in manufacture and use of specified products and have an ongoing program of training, certifying, and technically supporting Contractor's personnel. B. Contractor Qualifications: Complete a program of instruction in application of approved manufacturer's material and provide certification from manufacturer attesting to their training and status as an approved applicator. C. Contractor's Supervisor: Have attended a training program sponsored by manufacturer supplying materials approved for this project. D. Manufacturer’s Representative: A representative of product manufacturer who will visit the site for first three days of installation to give instructions to installation crew. Make periodic site visits to ensure products being installed are in accordance with published instructions. E. Be solely responsible for workmanship and quality of modification work. Inspections by the manufacturer, the Engineer, or others do not limit Contractor's responsibility for work quality. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials in original, new and unopened packages and containers clearly labeled with the following information: 1. Manufacturer's name. 2. Name or title of material, and other product identification. 3. Manufacturer's stock number and batch number. 4. Date of manufacture. 5. Instructions. 6. Expiration date. B. Storage: Store products in accordance with manufacturers' published recommendations and the following supplementary requirements: 1. Store only approved materials on site and in locations as directed. 2. Keep area clean and accessible. 3. Comply with health and fire regulations including those of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). C. Handling: Handle products carefully and in accordance with manufacturers' published recommendations and the following supplementary requirements: 1. Prevent inclusion of foreign materials. 2. Do not open containers or mix components until necessary preparatory work has been completed and application work will start immediately. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Modifications to Existing Concrete City of Fort Worth 030130.71 - 3 Issued for Bid A. General: Comply with this Section and applicable state and local regulations. B. Epoxy Bonding Agent: 1. Product: Two-component, solvent-free, asbestos-free moisture insensitive epoxy resin material used to bind plastic concrete to hardened concrete and complying with requirements of ASTM C 881, Type V, Grade 2, Class C. a. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ; Sikadur 32, Hi Mod. b. Euclid Chemical Company, Cleveland, OH; Dural 452 MV. c. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc., Pleasanton, CA; FX-762. d. Or approved equal. C. Repair Mortar (Polymer-Modified Portland Cement Mortar): 1. Horizontal Surfaces: a. Product: Two-component polymer-modified, portland cement based mortar used to repair horizontal surfaces with a migrating corrosion inhibitor and having a minimum compressive strength of 7,000 psi at 28 days tested in accordance with ASTM C 881 or ASTM C 109. 1) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ; SikaTop 122 Plus. 2) Euclid Chemical Company, Cleveland, OH; DuralTop Flowable Mortar. 3) BASF Corporation, Shakopee, MN; MasterEmaco T 310CI. 4) Or approved equal. 2. Vertical and Overhead Surfaces: a. Product: Two-component polymer-modified, portland cement based, fast setting, non-sag mortar used to repair vertical and overhead surfaces with a migrating corrosion inhibitor and having a minimum compressive strength of 5,000 psi at 28 days tested in accordance with ASTM C 881 or ASTM C 109. 1) Sika Corporation; SikaTop 123 Plus. 2) Euclid Chemical Company; DuralTop Gel. 3) Or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Do not shift, cut, remove, or otherwise alter existing structure or concrete until authorization is given by the Engineer. B. When removing materials from or making openings in existing structures, take precautions and erect necessary barriers, shoring and bracing, and other protective devices. Prevent damage to structures beyond limits necessary for new work, protect personnel, control dust, and to prevent damage to structures or contents by falling or flying debris. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Modifications to Existing Concrete City of Fort Worth 030130.71 - 4 Issued for Bid C. Unless otherwise permitted, shown, or specified, cut existing concrete by line drilling. D. Construction Tolerances: Comply with requirements specified elsewhere in Division 03, except as modified herein, and elsewhere in Contract Documents. E. Make locations and phases of the work available for access by the Engineer or other personnel designated by the Engineer. Provide ventilation and safe access to the work. F. Cut, remove, or otherwise modify parts of existing structures or appurtenances as indicated, specified, or as necessary to complete the work. Finishes, joints, reinforcements, sealants, and similar materials are specified in the Contract Documents. Install work complying with requirements of this Section and as indicated. G. Locations, details, and limits of modifications are indicated on Drawings. Comply with requirements of this Section and as indicated on Drawings. H. Examine areas and conditions under which modification work is to be installed, and notify Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Engineer. I. Store, mix, apply, and cure materials in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. J. Where concrete is to be modified near an expansion joint or control joint, preserve isolation between components on either side of the joint. K. When drilling holes for dowels and bolts or when coring holes for slab or wall penetrations, stop drilling if reinforcing is encountered. Do not cut reinforcing without prior approval by the Engineer. Relocate hole to avoid reinforcing as approved by the Engineer. All abandoned holes shall be filled with non-shrink cementitious grout. 1. Identify reinforcing locations prior to drilling using reinforcing bar locators so that drill hole locations may be adjusted to avoid reinforcing interference. L. Saw-cut edges for modification areas vertically and horizontally straight. Make intersecting cuts perpendicular to each other. M. Stop saw cutting if reinforcing is encountered. Do not cut reinforcing without prior approval by the Engineer. Identify reinforcing locations within 1 foot of saw cut locations in any direction prior to saw cutting using reinforcing bar locators. N. Clean concrete surfaces of efflorescence, deteriorated concrete, dirt, laitance, and existing repair materials such as liners, adhesives, and epoxies. Remove foreign matter and deleterious films by sandblasting, oil-free air-blasting, scarifying, or other mechanical means to sound original concrete. O. Consolidate modification materials, completely filling portions of the area to be filled. P. Bring finished surfaces into alignment with adjacent existing surfaces to provide a uniform, flush, and even surface. Match repair surfaces to adjacent existing surfaces in texture including any coatings or surface treatments that had been provided for the existing structure. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Modifications to Existing Concrete City of Fort Worth 030130.71 - 5 Issued for Bid Q. Repair or replace concrete indicated or specified to be left in place that is damaged because of the work by approved means without additional compensation. 3.2 CONCRETE REMOVAL A. When removing materials from or making openings in existing structures, take precautions and erect necessary barriers, shoring and bracing, and other protective devices. Prevent damage to structures beyond limits necessary for new work, protect personnel, control dust, and to prevent damage to structures or contents by falling or flying debris. B. Concrete designated to be removed to specific limits indicated or directed by the Engineer, perform saw cutting 1 inch deep at limits of removal followed by line drilling and chipping, sandblasting, or oil-free airblasting, as appropriate in the areas where concrete is to be taken out. Remove concrete such that surrounding concrete and existing reinforcing to be left in place and existing in place equipment are not damaged. 1. Perform full thickness saw-cutting at limits of concrete to be removed only if indicated, herein specified, or after obtaining written approval from the Engineer. C. Where joint between new concrete or grout and existing concrete will be exposed in finished work, remove concrete edge by making a 1 inch deep saw cut on each exposed surface of existing concrete or as indicated. 3.3 CONNECTION SURFACE PREPARATIONGOUT A. Concrete areas requiring patching, repairs, or modifications, prepare connection surfaces as specified, as indicated, or as directed by the Engineer. B. Remove loose and deteriorated materials, efflorescence, existing repair materials, dirt, oil, grease, and other bond inhibiting materials from concrete surface by dry mechanical means such as sandblasting, chipping, wire brushing, or other mechanical means as approved by the Engineer. 1. Uniformly roughen concrete surface to approximately 1/4 inch amplitude with pointed chipping tools. Thoroughly clean surface of loose or weakened material by sandblasting or air-blasting. 2. Irregular voids or surface stones need not be removed if they are sound, free of laitance, and firmly embedded into parent concrete. C. If reinforcing steel is exposed, mechanically clean to remove loose material, contaminants, and rust as approved by the Engineer. If half of reinforcing steel diameter is exposed, chip out behind the steel. Chip distance behind the steel to a minimum of 1 inch. Do not damage reinforcing to be incorporated in new concrete or repair mortar during removal operation. D. Clean reinforcing from existing removed or deteriorated concrete that is shown to be incorporated in new concrete or repair mortar by mechanical means to remove loose material and products of corrosion before proceeding. Cut, bend, or lap to new reinforcing as indicated and provide specified minimum clear cover. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Modifications to Existing Concrete City of Fort Worth 030130.71 - 6 Issued for Bid E. Use following specific concrete surface preparation Methods where indicated, specified, or as directed by the Engineer: 1. Method A: a. Roughen and clean existing concrete surface at connection. b. Thoroughly saturate surfaces with water; prevent standing water during application. c. Scrub cement paste (cement and water mixed to consistency of a thick paste) into substrate filling concrete pores and voids. d. Place new concrete against scrub coat of cement paste while cement paste is still plastic. 2. Method B: a. Roughen and clean existing concrete surface at connection. b. Apply epoxy bonding agent at connection surfaces. c. Place new concrete or grout mixture to limits indicated within time constraints recommended by manufacturer to ensure bond. 3. Method C: a. Use adhesive anchoring system, as specified in Structural Contract Drawings, for installation of reinforcing steel dowels into existing concrete where indicated. b. Perform installation complying strictly with manufacturer's recommendations, including drill bit diameter, surface preparation, injection, and installation of dowels. c. Drill concrete to embedded deformed bars to indicated depths. d. Use oil-free compressed air to blast out loose particles and dust from drilled holes. Clean dowels to be free of dirt, oil, grease, ice, or other deleterious material that would reduce bond. e. Concrete in existing structures is considered to have a strength of 4,000 psi. 4. Method D: a. Combination of Method B & Method C. 3.4 GROUTING A. Grout: Refer to Specification 036000 “Grouting”. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect completed installations. 1. Perform inspection with Contractor and material installer. Give minimum of 72 hours’ notice prior to time of inspection. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Modifications to Existing Concrete City of Fort Worth 030130.71 - 7 Issued for Bid 2. Repair modifications not in conformance with Contract Documents in accordance with manufacturer's instructions at no additional cost to Owner. 3. At completion of non-conforming repairs, Contractor and material installer shall reinspect the repaired problem areas. 4. Prepare inspection reports, identifying acceptable work, type and locations of unacceptable work, and actions taken to correct unacceptable work. 5. Complete field quality control work without additional compensation. END OF SECTION 030130 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Modifications to Existing Concrete City of Fort Worth 030130.71 - 8 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 033010 – MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, finishes, concrete joints and accessories, and construction of durable, watertight joints in concrete structures. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 030130 “Modifications to Existing Concrete” for alterations to existing concrete. 2. Various Sections in Division 26 for electrical work scope. 3. Various Sections in Divisions 40 - 46 for process mechanical work scope. 4. Section 033600 “Grouting” for grout related work. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement in combination with fly ash; materials subject to compliance with requirements. B. W/C Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Concrete Design Mixtures: Design Mixtures: For each formulation of concrete proposed for use, submit constituent quantities per cubic yard (cubic meter), water cementitious ratio, air content, concrete slump, type and manufacturer of cement and type and manufacturer of fly ash. Provide either: 1. Standard deviation data for each proposed concrete mix based on statistical records. 2. Water cementitious ratio curve for concrete mixes based on laboratory tests. C. Packaged Dry Combined Materials: Conformance to ASTM standards. D. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, spacing, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, and supports for © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 2 Issued for Bid concrete reinforcement. Reference bars to be the same identification marks shown on the bar bending details. E. Construction Joint Layout: As shown on the Drawings. F. Material Certificates: For each of the following: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Form materials and form-release agents. 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 5. Curing compounds. 6. Bonding agents. 7. Joint Materials. 8. Concrete Reinforcing Fibers G. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency: 1. Aggregates: Conformance to ASTM standards, including sieve analysis, mechanical properties, deleterious substance content, and proof that the aggregate non-reactive. 2. Mill Test Reports: Conformance to ASTM standards, including chemical analysis and physical tests. a. Cementitious materials. b. Steel Reinforcing. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. B. Certifications: 1. Certify that admixtures used in the same concrete mix are compatible with each other and the aggregates. 2. Certificate of conformance for concrete production facilities from the NRMCA. C. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer, detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. D. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 3 Issued for Bid B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field-Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician, Grade I. Testing agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician, Grade II. C. Sealant Manufacturer’s Field Representative Qualifications: 1. Experience: Performed at least five projects of similar size and complexity within last five years. Be present at work site prior to mixing to instruct on mixing, application, and inspection procedures. Inspect finish of prepared surfaces prior to sealant application. 2. Make at least one additional visit to site as the work progresses and report on each visit to Contractor and the Engineer. Advise whether the application is in accordance with this Section and manufacturer's printed installation instructions. D. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Provide reinforcement free from mill scale, rust, mud, dirt, grease, oil, ice, or other foreign matter that will reduce or destroy bond. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. Store reinforcement off the ground, protect from moisture, and keep out of standing water, and free from rust, mud, dirt, grease, oil, ice, or other contaminants and deleterious matter that will reduce or destroy bond. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. Limit total storage time from date of manufacture to date of installation to six months or the manufacturer’s recommended storage time, whichever is less. D. Remove immediately from the site material which becomes damp, contains lumps, or is hardened and replace with acceptable material. E. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 4 Issued for Bid 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average of the highest and lowest temperature from midnight to midnight is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators. B. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 305.1, and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301. 2. ACI 117. 2.2 CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Use materials in a given joint that are compatible with one another. Coordinate selection of suppliers and products to provide compatibility. B. Products that can come into contact with potable water shall be certified by NSF/ANSI Standard 61. C. Product Experience: Provide plastic waterstops, expansive waterstops, adhesive waterstop products specifically manufactured for intended purpose and have five years’ successfully experience in similar applications. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 5 Issued for Bid 2.3 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Form-facing panels that provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. a. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. B. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum. C. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that does not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and does not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. Form-release agent to comply with Federal, State and local VOC limitations. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. D. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or metal form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete, heavy high frequency vibration of the concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that leave no corrodible metal closer than 2 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to retaining walls. 2.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60, new deformed bars. B. Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A184/A184M, fabricated from ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60, deformed bars, assembled with clips. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A184, fabricated from ASTM A615, Grade 60 ksi. 2.5 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete of greater compressive strength than the specified concrete strength, according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. B. Tie wires for reinforcement: 16 gauge or heavier black annealed wire to tie uncoated reinforcing. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 6 Issued for Bid 2.6 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. B. Cementitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type II. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F. C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: As indicated by concrete mixtures specified herein. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M. E. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type A. 2. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type D. F. Water: ASTM C94/C94M and potable. G. Concrete Reinforcing Fibers 1. Synthetic Micro-Fiber: Fibrillated polypropylene micro-fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete, complying with ASTM C1116/C1116M, Type III. Fiber length and quantity for the concrete grout mix shall be in strict compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendation as approved by the Engineer. 2.7 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry. B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. C. Water: Potable. D. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1-D, Class B, dissipating. 2.8 SPECIAL WATERSTOPS A. PVC Retrofit Waterstops for Non-Expansion Joints: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 7 Issued for Bid 1. Conform to CRD C572 and fabricate by extruding elastomeric plastic compound with virgin polyvinylchloride as basic resins with compound containing no reprocessed materials. 2. Minimum Tensile Strength: 2,000 psi per ASTM D638. 3. Type: L profile. 4. Basis-of-Design: Provide products as manufactured by Greenstreak Plastic Products, or equal. a. Style 655 system complete with Type 304 stainless-steel batten bars and ¼ inch diameter stainless steel expansion anchor bolts, or per manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Expansive Waterstops for Construction Joints Where Indicated: 1. Preformed Hydrophilic Rubber Strips: a. Installation Adhesives: Use with expansive waterstops as recommended by waterstop manufacturer. b. Provide products manufactured by one of the following or equal: 1) Greenstreak Plastic Products: Hydrotite CJ-1020-2K. 2) Mitsubishi: Adeka Ultraseal MC-2010MN. C. Preformed Adhesive Waterstops for Construction Joints Where Indicated. 1. System: Rope type preformed plastic waterstop meeting requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-210A. 2. Cross-Sectional Area: Approximately one square inch, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Primer: As recommended by waterstop manufacturer. 4. Basis-of-Design: Provide products as manufactured by Henry Company, or equal: a. Synko-Flex Waterstop SF-302. D. Special Waterstop Product Data: In addition to requirements specified in this Section, provide the following for each type of waterstop: location of use, sample, catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, splicing methods, installation instructions, and conformity to CRD, ASTM or FS standards, as applicable. 2.9 JOINT MATERIAL ACCESSORIES A. Premolded Joint Filler - Structures: ASTM D 1752, Type III, self-expanding cork. 1. Premolded Joint Filler Product Data to include location of use, sample, catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, and conformity to ASTM standards. B. Bond Breaker: 1. Bond Breaker Tape: Adhesive-backed glazed butyl or polyethylene tape that adheres to premolded joint filler or concrete surface. Provide tape of same width as the joint. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 8 Issued for Bid 2. Bond breaker for concrete other than where tape is indicated or specified: Either bond breaker tape or a non-staining type bond prevention coating. a. Acceptable Coating Manufacturers: Provide products manufactured by one of the following or equal: 1) Cresset Chemical Company: Crete-Lease Bond Breaker for Tilt-Up. 2) Dayton Superior: Sure-Lift J-6 WB. 3) Nox-Crete: Silcoseal Select. 3. Backer Rod: Shall be compatible with joint sealant and in accordance with recommendations of sealant manufacturer. 4. Bond Breaker Product Data to include location of use, catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, and application instructions. C. Sealant: 1. Comply with ASTM C 920 for following conditions: a. Sealant for Joints in Horizontal Surfaces: Type S or M, Grade P or NS, Class 25. b. Sealant for Joints in Sloping and Vertical Surfaces: Type S or M, Grade NS, Class 25. c. Sealant in Pedestrian and Vehicular Traffic Areas: Use T2. d. Sealant in Non-Traffic Areas: Type S or M, Grade P, Use NT. 2. Sealant Product Data to include location of use, catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, mixing and application instructions, and conformity to ASTM standards. D. Preformed Expansion Joint Material: Non-extrudable watertight strip material used to fill expansion joints between structures meeting following criteria: 1. Compressibility: Capable of being compressed at least 40 percent for 70 hours at 68 degrees F and subsequently recovering at least 20 percent of its original thickness in first 30 minutes after unloading. 2. Basis-of-Design: Provide products as manufactured by Chase Construction Products, or equal: a. Phyzite 380. 2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials: limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials (Portland cement alone or in combination with fly ash or Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag) in concrete as follows: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 9 Issued for Bid 1. Fly Ash: 25 percent. C. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water-reducing admixture in concrete, for placement and workability. 2. ASTM C494 Type D admixture may be used in hot weather, if approved by Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax hot-weather placement requirements. 3. ASTM C494 Type E admixture may be used in cold weather, if approved by Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold-weather placement requirements. 4. Add air entrainment admixture to all concrete. 2.11 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Classification A: Concrete Fill and Electrical Raceway Encasement. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 2500 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.62. 3. Minimum Cementitious Material: 440 lbs. per cubic yard. 4. Slump Limit: 3 inches plus or minus 1 inch. 5. Air Content: 4 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 6. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33, size 57. 7. Fine Aggregate: Sand B. Classification: Concrete Grout: 1. Refer to Section 036000 “Grouting” for mix design requirements. C. Classification E: Structural Concrete (Typical): 1. Ready-Mixed Concrete: a. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4500 psi at 28 days. b. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.42. c. Minimum Cementitious Material: 610 lbs per cubic yard. d. Slump Limit: 4 inches plus or minus 1 inch. f. Air Content: 5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery. g. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33, size 67. h. Fine Aggregate: Sand. 2.12 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.13 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C94/C94M, and furnish batch ticket information. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 10 Issued for Bid 1.When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B.Project-Site Mixing of Packaged Dry Combined Materials: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. 1.For mixer capacity of 2 cu. yd. or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, until the is uniform distribution of materials in a mechanical mixer meeting the requirements of ASTM C387, before any part of batch is released. 2.Inspector to be present during mixing and placing packaged dry combined materials. 3.Packaged Dry Combined Materials: Use only in locations where placement from a concrete truck is not possible or the cubic yardage makes use of a concrete truck prohibitive (e.g., total cubic yardage is less than 8 yds). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION – CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A.Make construction joints only at locations indicated or as approved by the Engineer. Submit additional or relocation of construction joints proposed by Contractor to the Engineer for written approval. Do not eliminate construction joints. B.Locate additional or relocated joints where they least impair member strength. In general, locate joints within middle third of spans of slabs, beams, and girders. 1.If a beam intersects a girder at joint, offset joint a distance equal to twice the width of member being connected. 2.Locate joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, or girders and at tops of footings or floor slabs. 3.Do not locate joints between beams, girders, column capitals, or drop panels and the slabs above them. Do not locate joints between brackets or haunches and walls or columns supporting them. C.Unless otherwise indicated, provide joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcing steel through joint as indicated. D.Provide waterstops in wall and slab construction joints in liquid retaining structures and at other locations indicated. E.Roughened Construction Joints: 1.At construction joints and at concrete joints indicated, uniformly roughen concrete surface with chipping tools to expose a fresh face 1/4 inch of a full amplitude, distance between high and low points and side to side. 2.Thoroughly clean joint surfaces of loose or weakened materials by sandblasting and prepare for bonding. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 11 Issued for Bid 3. At least two hours before and again shortly before new concrete is deposited, saturate joints with water. 4. After glistening water disappears, coat joints with neat cement slurry mixed to consistency of very heavy paste. Apply a coating to surfaces at least 1/8 inch, scrubbed-in by means of stiff bristle brushes. Deposit new concrete before neat cement dries. 3.2 INSTALLATION – SPECIAL WATERSTOPS A. Install special waterstops at joints only where specifically indicated on Drawings. Provide waterstops continuous around corners and intersections to provide a continuous seal. B. Use waterstops of maximum practicable length to provide a minimum number of joints, connections, or splices. Make joints, connections, and splices conforming to manufacturer's recommended. C. Terminate waterstops 2 inches below exposed top of walls. D. Where applicable, plug bulbs in PVC retrofit waterstops with foam rubber, 1 inch deep, at termination points. E. PVC Retrofit Waterstops: Splice and secure projecting portion to reinforcing steel as specified for plastic waterstops. Clean existing concrete of foreign material and patch to form a smooth plane surface. Use adhesives, fastening devices, and fastener spacing conforming to manufacturer's recommendations. F. Expansive Type and Preformed Adhesive Waterstops: 1. Clean and prepare joint surfaces, install primers or adhesives, and install expansive and preformed adhesive waterstops on dry surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, including concrete cure, temperature conditions, and splices. 2. Use mechanical fasteners to secure expansive waterstops to previously placed vertical and overhead concrete surfaces and other locations, as recommended by manufacturer. Protect installed waterstops from moisture and keep dry until subsequent placement of concrete. 3.3 INSTALLATION – SEALANTS A. Install sealants in clean dry recesses free of frost, oil, grease, form release agent, loose material, laitance, dirt, dust, and other deleterious materials that will impair bond. B. Apply sealant conforming to manufacturer's recommendations including concrete cure, temperature, moisture, mixing, primer, primer cure time, joint and recess preparation, tooling, and curing. C. Apply masking tape to each side of joint prior to sealant installation. Remove masking tape afterwards, along with any spillage to leave a sealant installation with neat straight edges. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 12 Issued for Bid 3.4 INSTALLATION - PREFORMED EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL A. Install preformed expansion joint material in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations; including surface preparation, adhesive installation, heat welding, and set time. 3.5 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Erect, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Use form-facing materials as required to meet the surface finishes (SF) requirements of ACI 301. See “Finishing Schedule”. D. Construct forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast-concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. E. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. F. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where necessary. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. G. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. H. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. I. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, ice, snow and other debris just before placing concrete. J. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. K. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 13 Issued for Bid 3.6 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC 303. 3.7 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations, and curing and protection operations must be maintained. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing materials are not acceptable for exposed surfaces. Re-apply new form-release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Engineer. 3.8 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose mill scale, rust, mud, dirt, grease, oil, ice, and other foreign materials that reduce or destroy the bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum clear concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Splicing: 1. Lengths and locations of splices as indicated on the Drawings. 2. If not indicated on Drawings, locate reinforcement splices at point of minimum stress. 3.9 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections are completed. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 14 Issued for Bid B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Engineer. C. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid “cold” joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. 4. Consolidate concrete during placement operations, so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. D. Slabs and equipment foundations: 1. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 2. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 3. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 4. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. 3.10 FINISHING SURFACES A. Rough-form Finish: Surfaces for which rough finish is indicated or required shall have tie holes and defects larger than 1/4 inch in width or depth patched or repaired. Remove fins flush with the adjacent surface by rubbing or grinding and dress rough edges. Otherwise, leave surfaces with the texture imparted by the forms. B. Rubbed Finish: Apply a Grout-Cleaned Rubbed Finish per ACI 301 to exposed Rough-form Finish as-cast vertical concrete surfaces as specified. C. Float Finish: Apply float finish per ACI 301 prior to broom finish or trowel finish. D. Broom Finish: After concrete has received a float finish, apply to smooth-formed-finished as- cast concrete surfaces subject to pedestrian traffic. E. Trowel Finish: After concrete has received a float finish, apply to smooth-formed-finished horizontal interior as-cast concrete surfaces. F. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 15 Issued for Bid formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. G. Finish concrete surfaces according to 2009 Record Specification “Finishes Schedule”. Field verify existing concrete finishes. Match new concrete to the finishes of existing concrete and, therefore, take precedence over the Finishes Schedule. 3.11 FINISHES SCHEDULE A. Rough-form Finish: 1. Concrete to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. 2. Concrete not exposed to view and not scheduled to receive an additional applied finish or material. 3. Vertical concrete in water containment areas on exposed surfaces extending from the base to two feet below normal operating water level. B. Rubbed Finish: 1. Exterior vertical concrete above grade exposed to view. 2. Interior vertical concrete exposed to view except in water containment areas. 3. Interior and exterior underside of concrete exposed to view. C. Float Finish: 1. Interior or exterior horizontal concrete not requiring floor hardener or sealer. D. Broomed Finish: 1. Concrete for exterior walks, interior and exterior stairs: broomed finish perpendicular to direction of pedestrian traffic. E. Trowel Finish: 1. Concrete slabs on which process liquids flow or in contact with sludge. 3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEM INSTALLATION A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in- place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and chamfers. C. Equipment Pads: 1. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete pads with actual equipment provided. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 16 Issued for Bid 2. Install reinforcing dowels; to connect concrete pad to concrete floor, unless otherwise indicated. 3. For supported equipment, install anchor bolts that extend through concrete pad and anchor into structural concrete substrate. 4. Prior to placing concrete, place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Cast anchor-bolt insert into pads. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3.13 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 305.1 for hot- weather protection during curing. B. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period. C. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. D. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing (required for concrete to receive coatings): Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.14 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Engineer. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Engineer's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part Portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repair surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, voids, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, bug holes, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 17 Issued for Bid D. Limit sawcut at the perimeter of the area to a depth of 3/4 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Prepare surfaces per patching mortar manufacturer’s recommendations. E. Repairing Formed Surfaces: 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension to solid concrete. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects using patching mortar. On surfaces exposed to view repair by blending white Portland cement and standard Portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar matches surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Engineer. F. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: 1. Inspect unformed surfaces, such as tops of foundations or equipment pads, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Limit sawcut at the perimeter of the area to a depth of 3/4 inch. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Repair defective areas, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4- inch clearance all around. Mix patching mortar per manufacturer’s recommendations, including coarse aggregate when required. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 5. Correct crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. G. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Engineer's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. H. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Engineer's approval. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspection agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Notify the Owner when the reinforcing is complete and ready for inspection, at least six working hours prior to the proposed concrete placement. Do not cover reinforcing steel with concrete until the installation of the reinforcement, including the size, spacing and position of © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 18 Issued for Bid the reinforcement has been inspected by the Owner’s inspection agency and the Owner’s inspection agency release to proceed with the concreting has been obtained. Keep forms open until the Owner’s inspection agency has completed inspection of the reinforcement. C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C172/C172M shall be performed according to the following requirements by the Owner’s testing agency: 1. Testing Frequency: One composite sample for each day's placement of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. a. When frequency of testing provides fewer than five compressive-strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C143/C143M; one test at point of discharge for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's placement of each concrete mixture. Additional tests will be performed when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C231/C231M, pressure method, for concrete; one test for each composite sample at the point of placement, but not less than one test for each day's placement of each concrete mixture. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064/C1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below or 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31/C31M. a. Cast and cure one set of five 6 inch x 12 inch long standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C39/C39M; test one specimen at 7 days, test one specimen at 14 days, test two specimens at 28 days. The fifth may be used to verify strength after 28 days if the 28-day test results are low. 7. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three- consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 8. Test results shall be reported in writing to Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break. 9. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42/C42M or by other methods as directed by Engineer. 10. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 11. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 19 Issued for Bid 12. Concrete Tests for Packaged Dry Combined Materials: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C138/C138M shall be performed according to the following requirements by the Owner’s testing agency: 13. ing to ASTM C138/C138M shall be performed according to the following requirements by the Owner’s testing agency: 14. Testing Frequency: One composite sample for each concrete mixture placed each day. 15. Slump: ASTM C143/C143M; one test at point of discharge for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's placement of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests will be performed when concrete consistency appears to change. 16. Air Content: ASTM C231/C231M, pressure method, for concrete; one test for each composite sample at the point of placement, but not less than one test for each day's placement of each concrete mixture. 17. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064/C1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and below or 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each composite sample. 18. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31/C31M. 19. Cast and cure one set of six 6 inch x 12 inch long standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 20. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one cured specimen at 7 days, test one cured specimen at 14 days, test two cured specimens at 28 days. The fifth may be used to verify strength after 28 days if the 28-day test results are low. 3.16 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces removing excess spills. B. Protect installed products until subsequent work is installed. For exposed materials, protect from damage until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 033010 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete City of Fort Worth 033010 - 20 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Grouting City of Fort Worth 036000 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 036000 - GROUTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cement grout. 2. Concrete grout. 3. Nonshrink cementitious grout. 4. Nonshrink epoxy grout. 5. Rapid-curing epoxy grout. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 030130.71 “Modifications to Existing Concrete.” 2. Section 033010 “Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete.” 3. Section 055000 “Metal Fabrications” for grout related to miscellaneous metals. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information regarding grout and surface preparation, mixing and installation. 1. Commercially Manufactured Nonshrink Cementitious Grout: Include catalog cuts, technical data, storage requirements, product life, working time after mixing, temperature considerations, and conformity to specified ASTM standards. 2. Commercially Manufactured Nonshrink Epoxy Grout: Include catalog cuts, technical data, storage requirements, product life, working time after mixing, temperature considerations, and conformity to specified ASTM standards. 3. Concrete Grout Design Mixture. Include data as required for concrete as delineated in Section 033010 “Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete.” 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. B. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit instructions for mixing, handling, surface preparation, and placing epoxy-type and nonshrink grouts. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Grouting City of Fort Worth 036000 - 2 Issued for Bid C. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. D. Qualifications Statement: E. Submit qualifications for manufacturer. F. Product Certificates: Provide certification of the following: G. NSF 61 Certification. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to City of Fort Worth standards. B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum ten years' experience in production and use of provided grouts. C. Services of Manufacturer's Representative: Provide services of a field technician of nonshrink grout manufacturer and epoxy grout manufacturer who has performed at least five projects of similar size and complexity during last five years, to attend pre-installation meeting, to be present for initial installation of each type of nonshrink and epoxy grout, and to correct installation problems. D. Field Testing: 1. All field testing and inspection services will be provided by Owner. Assist in the sampling of materials, and cooperate by allowing free access to the work and permitting use of ladders, scaffolding, and such incidental equipment as may be required. Methods of testing will comply with applicable ASTM Standards. E. Field testing of concrete grout will be as specified for concrete in Section 033010 “Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete.” 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. B. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. Limit total storage time from date of manufacture to date of installation to six months or manufacturer’s recommended storage time, whichever is less. C. Remove immediately from the site material which becomes damp, contains lumps, or is hardened and replace with acceptable material. D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Grouting City of Fort Worth 036000 - 3 Issued for Bid 1.7 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Maximum Conditions: Do not perform grouting if temperatures exceed 90 degrees F. B. Minimum Conditions: Do not perform grouting if the minimum temperature of base plates, supporting concrete and grout are less than 40 degrees F. Maintain minimum temperature of 40 degrees F before, during, and after grouting, until grout has set. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CEMENT GROUT A. Cement: Portland cement complying with ASTM C150/C150M, Type I and II. B. Water: 1. Potable. 2. No impurities, suspended particles, algae, or dissolved natural salts in quantities capable of causing: a. Corrosion of steel. b. Volume change increasing shrinkage cracking. c. Efflorescence. d. Excess air entraining. C. Fine Aggregate: 1. Washed natural sand. 2. Gradation: a. Comply with ASTM C33/C33M. b. Represented by smooth granulometric curve within required limits. 3. Free from injurious amounts of organic impurities according to ASTM C40/C40M. D. Mix: 1. Portland cement, sand, and water. 2. Do not use ferrous aggregate or staining ingredients in grout mixes. 3. 28 day Strength: 4,500 psi. 2.2 CONCRETE GROUT A. Description: Conform to the requirements of Section 033010 “Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete”, except as follows. Proportion with Type II cement, coarse and fine aggregates, water, water reducing admixture, synthetic reinforcing fibers, and air entraining agent to produce specified mix performance: 1. Average Strength (ASTM C579): 4,000psi at 28-day nominal strength. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Grouting City of Fort Worth 036000 - 4 Issued for Bid 2. Maximum Coarse Aggregate Size: ½” inch 3. Minimum Cement Content: 560 lbs per cubic yard. 4. Maximum Water to Cement Ratio: 0.45. 5. Maximum Slump: 5 inches. B. Add synthetic reinforcing fibers as specified in Section 033010 “Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete” to the concrete grout mix at the rate of 1.5 lbs of fibers per cubic yard of grout. Add fibers from manufacturer's pre-measured bags and according to manufacturer's recommendations to ensure complete dispersion of fiber bundles as single monofilaments within the concrete grout. 2.3 NONSHRINK CEMENTITIOUS GROUT A. Description: 1. Pre-mixed and ready-for-use formulation requiring only addition of water. 2. Nonshrink, non-corrosive, nonmetallic, non-gas forming, not containing expansive cement and no chlorides. 3. No shrinkage when tested in conformity with ASTM C827/C827M. 4. For placements 3 inches and thicker, extend nonshrink cementitious grout with 3/8 inch aggregate in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Performance and Design Criteria: 1. Certified to maintain initial placement volume or expand after set, and to meet following minimum properties when tested according to ASTM C1107/C1107M for Grades B, C, D and CRD-C621 nonshrink grout: a. Setting Time: 1) Initial: Approximately two hours. 2) Final: Approximately three hours. 3) Comply with ASTM C191. b. Maximum Expansion: 0.10 to 0.40 percent. c. Minimum Compressive Strength: 1) One-Day: 4,000 psi. 2) Seven-Day: 7,000 psi. 3) 28-Day: 10,000 to 10,800 psi. 4) Comply with CRD-C621. C. Product: Provide one of the following or equal: 1. SikaGrout 212 by Sika Corp. 2. Five Star Grout by Five Star Products, Inc 3. Hi-Flow Grout by The Euclid Chemical Co. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Grouting City of Fort Worth 036000 - 5 Issued for Bid 2.4 NONSHRINK EPOXY GROUT A. Description: 1. Pre-proportioned, prepackaged, three-component, nonshrink epoxy grout, 100 percent solids system consisting of epoxy resin, hardener, and blended aggregate. B. Performance and Design Criteria: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: a. 10,000 psi at seven days. b. Comply with ASTM C579. 2. Coefficient of Expansion: a. 30x10-6 inch per degree F. b. Comply with ASTM C531. 3. Minimum Tensile Strength: a. 1,800 psi (12.4 MPa). b. Comply with ASTM C307. C. Product: Provide one of the following or equal: 1. E3-G Epoxy Grout; by Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Five Star HP Epoxy Grout; by Five Stars Products, Inc. 3. Sikadur 42 Grout-Pak; by Sika Corp. 4. Sikaflow 648; by Sika Corp. 2.5 FORMWORK A. As specified in this Section and in Section 033010 Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete. Provide forms that are liquid-tight, anchored in place, and shored to resist the forces imposed by the grout and its placement. B. Provide form release agent as recommended by the grout manufacturer. For concrete grout, provide water-based form release agent that is NSF/ANSI 61 certified for use with potable water. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify areas to receive grout. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Grouting City of Fort Worth 036000 - 6 Issued for Bid 3.2 PREPARATION A. Place grout where indicated or specified over existing concrete and cured concrete which has attained its specified design strength unless otherwise approved by Engineer. B. Remove defective concrete, ice, laitance, dirt, oil, grease, form release agents, paints, and other foreign material from concrete surfaces, which may affect the bond or performance of the grout by brushing, hammering, chipping, sand blasting or other similar dry mechanical means until sound and clean concrete surface is achieved. Irregular voids or projecting coarse aggregate need not be removed if they are sound, free of laitance and firmly embedded into the parent concrete. 1. Air compressors used to clean surfaces in contact with grout shall be the oil-less type or equipped with an oil trap in the airline to prevent oil from being blown onto the surface. C. Roughen concrete lightly, but not to interfere with placement of grout. D. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. E. Align, level, and maintain final positioning of components to be grouted. F. Wash concrete surfaces clean and then keep moist for at least 24 hours prior to the placement of nonshrink cementitious or cement grout. Saturation may be achieved by covering the concrete with saturated burlap bags, use of a soaker hose, or other method acceptable to Engineer. Upon completion of the 24 hour period, remove visible water from the surface prior to grouting. G. Nonshrink epoxy grouts do not require saturation of concrete substrate. Do not wet concrete surfaces to receive nonshrink epoxy grout. Completely dry surfaces in contact with epoxy grout before grouting. H. Support equipment during alignment and installation of grout by shims, wedges, blocks, or other approved means. Prevent bond of shims, wedges and blocking devices by bond breaking coatings and remove after grouting unless otherwise approved by Engineer. Grout voids created by the removal of shims, wedges, and blocks. I. Formwork: 1. Construct leakproof forms anchored and shored to withstand grout pressures. 2. Install formwork with clearances to permit proper placement of grout. 3. As specified in Section 033010 “Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete”. 3.3 INSTALLATION – GENERAL A. Mix, apply and cure products in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these Specifications. B. Provide staffing and equipment available for rapid and continuous mixing and placing. Keep all necessary tools and materials ready and close at hand. C. Maintain temperatures of base plate, supporting concrete, and grout between 40 and 90 degrees F during grouting and for at least 24 hours after placement, until grout compressive strength © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Grouting City of Fort Worth 036000 - 7 Issued for Bid reaches 1,000 psi or as recommended by grout manufacturer, whichever is longer. Do not allow differential heating or cooling of baseplates and grout during the curing period. D. Take special precautions for hot weather or cold weather grouting as recommended by manufacturer when ambient temperatures and/or temperature of materials in contact with the grout are outside of 40 to 90 degrees F range. E. Install grout to preserve the isolation between elements on either side of the joint where grout is placed in the vicinity of an expansion or partial contraction joint. F. Reflect all existing underlying expansion, partial contraction and construction joints through the grout. 3.4 INSTALLATION – CEMENT GROUT A. Mixing: 1. Use proportions of two parts sand and one part cement, measured by volume. 2. Prepare grout with water to obtain consistency to permit placing and packing. 3. Mix water and grout in two steps: a. Premix using approximately 2/3 of water. b. After partial mixing, add remaining water to bring mix to desired placement consistency and continue mixing two to three minutes. 4. Mix only quantities of grout capable of being placed within 30 minutes after mixing. 5. Do not add additional water after grout has been mixed. B. Placing: 1. Place grout material quickly and continuously. 2. Do not use pneumatic-pressure or dry-packing methods. 3. Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air. 4. Do not vibrate placed grout mixture or permit placement if area is being vibrated by nearby equipment. 5. Thoroughly compact final installation and eliminate air pockets. 6. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 48 hours after grout has been placed. C. Curing: 1. Prevent rapid loss of water from grout during first 48 hours by using wet burlap bags, soaker hoses or ponding. 2. Immediately after placement, protect grout from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. 3. After grout has attained its initial set, keep damp for minimum three days. D. Reflect existing underlying expansion joints, partial contraction joints, and construction joints through the grout. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Grouting City of Fort Worth 036000 - 8 Issued for Bid 3.5 INSTALLATION - CONCRETE GROUT A. Mix concrete grout with mechanical mixers only. B. Remove debris and clean surface by sweeping and vacuuming of dirt and other foreign materials. Pressure-wash the surface. Do not flush debris into tank drain lines. C. Saturate concrete surface for at least 24 hours prior to placement of concrete grout by use of saturated burlap bags, soaker hoses or ponding. Remove excess water just prior to placement of concrete grout. Place a cement slurry immediately ahead of concrete grout so that the slurry is moist when grout is placed. Work slurry over the surface with a broom until it is coated with approximately 1/16 to 1/8-in thick cement paste. D. Finish surface and cure concrete grout as specified in Section 033010 “Miscellaneous Cast-in- Place Concrete”. 3.6 INSTALLATION – NONSHRINK CEMENTITIOUS GROUTS A. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Do not add cement, sand, pea gravel or admixtures without prior approval by Engineer. B. Mix in a mortar mixer with moving blades. Pre-wet mixer and empty excess water. Add pre- measured amount of water for mixing, followed by the grout. Begin with minimum amount of water recommended by manufacturer and then add minimum additional water required to obtain workability. Do not exceed manufacturer's maximum recommended water content. Do not mix by hand. C. Provide forms as specified in “Preparation” Article. Place grout into the designated areas and prevent segregation and entrapment of air. Do not vibrate grout to release air or to consolidate the material. Fill all spaces and provide full contact between the grout and adjoining surfaces. Provide grout holes and vent holes as necessary. D. Place grout rapidly and continuously to avoid cold joints. Do not place grout in layers. Do not add additional water to the mix (retemper) after initial stiffening. E. Just before grout reaches its final set, cut back grout to the substrate at a 45 degree angle from lower edge of bearing plate unless otherwise ordered and approved by Engineer. Finish this surface with a wood float or brush finish. F. Begin curing immediately after form removal, cutback, and finishing. Keep grout moist and within its recommended placement temperature range for at least 24 hours after placement, until grout compressive strength reaches 1,000 psi or as recommended by manufacturer, whichever is longer. Saturate grout surface by use of saturated burlap bags, soaker hoses or ponding. Provide sunshades. If drying winds inhibit the ability of a given curing method to keep grout moist, erect wind breaks until wind is no longer a problem or curing is finished.] © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Grouting City of Fort Worth 036000 - 9 Issued for Bid 3.7 INSTALLATION - NONSHRINK EPOXY GROUTS A. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Mix full batches only, to maintain proper proportions of resin, hardener, and aggregate. Do not vary ratio of components or add solvent to change consistency of grout mix. Do not overmix. Do not entrain air bubbles by mixing too quickly. B. Monitor ambient weather conditions and contact grout manufacturer for special placement procedures to be used for temperatures below 60 degrees F or above 90 degrees F. C. Place grout rapidly and continuously to avoid cold joints. Place grout in lifts in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. D. Provide forms as specified in “Preparation” Article. Place grout into designated areas and prevent entrapment of air. Fill spaces and provide full contact between grout and adjoining surfaces. Provide grout holes and vent holes as necessary. E. Minimize ‘shoulder’ length (extension of grout horizontally beyond base plate). In no case shall shoulder length of grout be greater than grout thickness. F. Finish grout by puddling to cover all aggregate and provide a smooth finish. Break bubbles and smooth top surface of grout in conformity with manufacturer's recommendations. G. Epoxy grouts are self-curing and do not require the application of water. Maintain formed grout within its recommended placement temperature range for at least 24 hours after placement, until grout compressive strength reaches 1,000 psi or as recommended by manufacturer, whichever is longer. H. Provide grout control joints as indicated on Drawings. END OF SECTION 036000 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Grouting City of Fort Worth 036000 - 10 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 2. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 3. Steel beams. 4. Steel angles. 5. Steel support brackets. 6. Steel base plates for other than structural steel or equipment. 7. Miscellaneous items fabricated from steel, aluminum, or stainless steel. 8. Aluminum beams. 9. Aluminum angles. 10. Aluminum closure angles. 11. Aluminum stair nosings. 12. Aluminum stair treads. 13. Stainless steel beams. 14. Stainless steel angles. 15. Steel pipe pieces for sleeves. 16. Metal ladders. 17. Metal ship stairs. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 033010 "Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete" for installing anchor bolts and other items cast into concrete. 2. Section 036000 “Grouting” for non-shrink cementitious grout. 3. Various Sections in Division 26 for electrical work scope. 4. Various Sections in Divisions 40 - 46 for process mechanical work scope. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 2 Issued for Bid B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. C. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal stairs, railings, and guards. 1. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. 2. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Metal treads. 2. Gratings. 3. Paint products. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide Shop Drawings for the following: 1. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 2. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 3. Metal ladders, stairs and platforms, and railing systems. 4. Miscellaneous steel items. 5. Miscellaneous aluminum items. 6. Miscellaneous stainless steel items. 1.5 DELEGATED-DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. For metal ladders, stairs and platforms, railing systems: include analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation, see Contract Drawings for associated requirement. B. Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications for licensed professional. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Mill Certificates: Signed by aluminum, steel and stainless steel manufacturers, certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. B. Welding certificates. 1. Certify that welders have been qualified under AWS, within previous 12 months, to perform welds required under this Section. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 3 Issued for Bid C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless steel." C. Evaluation Reports: Post-installed concrete anchors, from ICC-ES for adhesive anchor system, for installation into cracked concrete, as applicable, indicating conformance with current ICC ES Acceptance Criteria. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. 1. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. 2. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 3. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. a. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Contract Drawings (S- Series). B. Structural Performance Specified Design Criteria: 1. See Contract Drawings for performance specified design criteria not specified herein for aluminum metal stairs and platforms, ladders, and railing systems. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 4 Issued for Bid C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2.2 METALS (Unless otherwise indicated in Contract Drawings) A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. B. Steel Wide Flange Shapes: ASTM A992. C. Steel Other Shapes, Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. A. Stainless steel Sheet, Strip, and Plate: ASTM A167, Type 316 and Type 316L for welded components. B. Stainless steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 316 and Type 316L for welded components. C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M, Grade C cold-formed steel tubing. D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type S Grade B Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated. E. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4. 1. Size of Channels: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches. 2. Material: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, Grade 33, with G90 coating; 0.108-inch nominal thickness. F. Aluminum Extruded Pipe: ASTM B429, Alloy 6063 T6 and Alloy 6061 T6 as indicated. G. Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 6061-T6. H. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6061 T6. I. Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632/B 632M, Alloy 6061-T6. J. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, Alloy 443.0-F. K. Aluminum Bars for Grating Treads: ASTM B221 extruded aluminum, alloys as follows: 1. 6061-T6 or 6063-T6, for bearing bars of gratings and shapes. 2. 6061-T1, for grating crossbars. L. Aluminum Railing System: provide a mechanically fastened, seamless, extruded aluminum pipe system. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 5 Issued for Bid 1. Rails: ASTM B 429 Alloy 6063-T6. 2. Posts: ASTM B 429 Alloy 6061-T6. 3. Splice and reinforcing sleeves, brackets, end caps, toeboards, and similar components: ASTM B 221 or ASTM B 209, Alloy 6063-T6 or 6061-T6. 4. Cast Fittings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, Alloy No. 214. 5. Railing System Fastening Hardware: ASTM A 276, Type 316 stainless-steel. M. Stainless steel Bolts: ASTM F593, Type 316. N. Stainless steel Nuts: ASTM F594, Type 316. O. Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs: ASTM A307, Grade A (hot dip galvanized nuts and washers where noted) P. High Strength Steel Bolts, Nuts and washers: ASTM F3125, Grade A325 (mechanically galvanized per ASTM B695, Class 50, where noted). 1. Elevated Temperature Exposure: Type I. 2. General Application: Type I or Type II. Q. Galvanizing: ASTM A123, Zn w/0.05 percent minimum Ni. R. Galvanizing, hardware: ASTM A153, Zn w/0.05 percent minimum Ni. S. Galvanizing, anchor bolts: ASTM F2329, Zn w/0.05 percent minimum Ni. T. Welding electrodes, steel: AWS A5.1 E70xx. 2.3 FASTENERS (Unless otherwise indicated in Contract Drawings) A. Unless otherwise noted, provide steel machine bolts for the connection of carbon steel or iron; galvanized steel or stainless-steel machine bolts for the connection of galvanized steel or iron; and stainless-steel machine bolts for the connection of aluminum or stainless-steel. B. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 316 stainless steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1. Provide stainless steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. 2. Provide stainless steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel. C. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers. D. Mechanically Galvanized Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM F 3125, Grade A325, Type 3; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563, Grade C3; and, where indicated, flat washers. E. Stainless steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless steel bolts, ASTM F 593; with hex nuts, ASTM F 594; and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy Group 2. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 6 Issued for Bid F. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers. 1. Provide standard headed bolts with heavy hex nuts and Grade A washers. 2. Where galvanized anchor bolts are indicated or specified, provide standard headed bolts with heavy hex nuts and Grade A washers, galvanize in accordance with ASTM F 2329. G. Machine bolts and nuts conforming to Federal Specification FF-B-575C. Bolts and nuts shall be hexagon type. Bolts, nuts, screws, washers and related appurtenances shall be Type 316 stainless steel. H. Adhesive Anchors: shall be Stainless Steel Type 316 with Hilti, RE-500-V3 or equal, unless noted otherwise. For hot-dipped galvanized adhesive anchors, see “Anchor Bolts” above for threaded anchor rod type to be used with Hilti, RE-500-V3 or equal. I. Anchors, General: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. J. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Threaded type unless otherwise indicated in Drawings. K. Fasteners for Anchoring Railings and Guards to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings and guards to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS ALUMINUM A. Miscellaneous Aluminum: Formed true to detail, with clean, straight, sharply defined profiles and smooth surfaces of uniform color and texture and free from defects impairing strength or durability. Drill or punch holes. Smooth edges without burrs. Fabricate supplementary pieces necessary to complete each item though such pieces are not definitely shown or specified. B. Connections and Accessories: Sufficient strength to safely withstand the stresses and strains to which they will be subjected. Close fitting exposed joints and jointed where least conspicuous. Conceal threads on threaded connections where practical. Provide continuous welds or intermittent welds on welded connections as specified or shown. Dress face of welds flush and smooth. Weld on unexposed side as much as possible in order to prevent pitting or discoloration of the aluminum exposed surface. Provide holes for temporary field connections and for attachment of the work of other trades. C. Miscellaneous Aluminum Items: Beams, angles, closure angles, grates, floor plates, stop plates, and other miscellaneous aluminum indicated and not otherwise specified. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 7 Issued for Bid D. Stair Treads for Aluminum Stairs: As specified for grating and having cast abrasive non-slip nosing as approved. E. Aluminum Finishes: 1. Mill finish with shop coat of Tnemec Series 61 or S-W Duraplate 8200 per manufacturer’s instructions. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL A. Miscellaneous Steel Work: Formed true to detail, with clean, straight, sharply defined profiles and smooth surfaces of uniform color and texture and free from defects impairing strength or durability. Drill or punch holes. Smooth edges without burrs. Fabricate supplementary pieces necessary to complete each item though such pieces are not definitely shown or specified. B. Connections and Accessories: Sufficient strength to safely withstand the stresses and strains to which they will be subjected. Close fitting exposed joints and jointed where least conspicuous. Conceal thread on threaded connections where practical. Provide continuous welds or intermittent welds on welded connections as specified or shown. Dress face of welds flush and smooth. Provide holes for temporary field connections and for attachment of the work of other trades. C. Miscellaneous Steel Items: Beams and angles detailed on the Drawings, support brackets, base plates for other than structural steel or equipment, closure angles, hold-down straps and lugs, and any other miscellaneous steel indicated and not otherwise specified. D. Steel pipe pieces for sleeves (SS-Type 316 at submerge locations), lifting attachments and other functions: Schedule 40 pipe unless otherwise indicated. Wall and floor sleeves, of steel pipe: Provide welded circumferential steel waterstops at mid-length. E. Steel Finish Work: Thoroughly cleaned, by effective means, of loose mill scale, rust and foreign matter. Provide one shop coat of primer compatible with finish coat after fabrication but before shipment. Omit paint within 3 inches of proposed field welds. Apply paint to dry surfaces and be thoroughly and evenly spread and well worked into joints and other open spaces. F. Galvanizing, where required: Use hot-dip zinc process after fabrication, coating not less than 2 oz./sq. Ft. of surface. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS STAINLESS-STEEL A. Miscellaneous Stainless-Steel Work: Formed true to detail, with clean, straight, sharply defined profiles and smooth surfaces of uniform color and texture and free from defects impairing strength or durability. Drill or punch holes. Smooth edges without burrs. Fabricate supplementary pieces necessary to complete each item though such pieces are not definitely shown or specified. B. Connections and accessories: Sufficient strength to safely withstand the stresses and strains to which they will be subjected. Close fitting exposed joints, jointed where least conspicuous. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 8 Issued for Bid Conceal threads on threaded connections where practical. Provide continuous welds or intermittent welds on welded connections as specified or shown. Dress face of welds flush and smooth. Provide holes for temporary field connections and for attachment of the work of other trades. C. Beams, angles, and other miscellaneous stainless steel. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer. B. Water-Based Primer (if required): Emulsion type, anticorrosive primer for mildly corrosive environments that is resistant to flash rusting when applied to cleaned steel, complying with MPI#107 and compatible with topcoat. C. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat. D. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc -coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated. E. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. F. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. 2.8 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 9 Issued for Bid 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support loads. 2.9 FABRICATION, METAL-FRAMED STAIRS A. Metal Bar-Grating Stairs: Form treads and platforms to configurations shown from metal bar grating; fabricate to comply with NAAMM MBG 531, "Metal Bar Grating Manual." 1. Fabricate treads and platforms from pressure-locked aluminum grating with 1-3/16” bearing bars o.c. and crossbars at 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. a. Surface: Plain. b. Mill finish with shop coat of Tnemec Series 61 or S-W Duraplate 8200 per manufacturer’s instructions. Fabricate grating treads with aluminum floor plate nosing and with aluminum angles at each end for stringer connections. c. Secure treads to stringers with bolts. 2. Fabricate grating platforms with nosing matching that on grating treads. a. Secure grating to platform framing with bolts. B. Provide complete stair assemblies, including metal framing, hangers, railings, guards, clips, brackets, bearing plates, and other components necessary to support and anchor stairs and platforms on supporting structure. 1. Join components by welding unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. C. Risers: Open D. Toe Plates: Provide toe plates around openings and at edge of open-sided floors and platforms, and at open ends and open back edges of treads. 1. Material and Finish: Aluminum plate to match finish of other aluminum items. 2. Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 10 Issued for Bid 2.10 FABRICATION OF STAIR RAILINGS AND GUARDS A. Fabricate railings and guards to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, details, finish, and member sizes, including wall thickness of member, post spacings, wall bracket spacing, and anchorage, but not less than that needed to withstand indicated loads. B. Welded Connections: Fabricate railings and guards with welded connections. 1. Fabricate connections that are exposed to weather in a manner that excludes water. a. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate internally. 2. Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. 3. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. 4. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 5. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 6. Remove flux immediately. 7. Finish welds to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Finish #3 - Partially dressed weld with spatter removed] as shown in NAAMM AMP 521. C. Form changes in direction of railings and guards as follows: 1. As detailed. 2. By bending or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings. 3. By flush bends or by inserting prefabricated flush-elbow fittings. 4. By radius bends of radius indicated or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings of radius indicated. 5. By inserting prefabricated elbow fittings. D. For changes in direction made by bending, use jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required. 1. Maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. E. Close exposed ends of railing and guard members with prefabricated end fittings. F. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. 1. Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch (6 mm) or less. G. Connect posts to stair framing by direct welding unless otherwise indicated. H. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, end closures, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnecting components and for attaching to other work. 1. Furnish inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting to concrete or masonry work. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 11 Issued for Bid 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A.General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B.Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. 1.Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed. 2.12 METAL LADDERS A.General: 1.Comply with ANSI A14.3. B.Aluminum Ladders: 1.Space siderails minimum 18 inches apart, unless otherwise indicated. 2.Siderails: Continuous aluminum bars 1/2-by-2-1/2-inch. 3.Rungs: Solid extruded-aluminum tubes, 3/4 inch diameter. 4.Fit rungs in centerline of siderails; fasten as indicated. 5.Wall Support Brackets (where required): Aluminum 6061-T6 Type 316 stainless steel spaced 4 feet on center with Type 316 stainless steel fasteners. Fasten side rails to floor with 1/2 inch diameter Type 316 stainless steel adhesive anchors. 6.Platforms: Fabricate from pressure-locked aluminum bar grating, supported by extruded- aluminum framing. Limit openings in gratings to no more than 1/2 inch in least dimension. 7.Support each ladder as indicated with welded or bolted aluminum brackets. 2.13 SHIP STAIRS A.Fabricate as follows: 1.Stair Assembly: Aluminum construction. 2.Stair Treads: As specified for grating and have approved nosing. 2.14 FINISHES, GENERAL A.Finish metal fabrications after assembly. B.Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 12 Issued for Bid 2.15 STEEL FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products. Limit maximum nickel (Ni) content of galvanizing zinc to 0.05%. 1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. B. Preparation for Shop Priming Galvanized Items: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process. C. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated. 1. Shop prime with universal shop primer recommended by coating manufacturer where indicated. 2.16 ALUMINUM FINISHES 1. As-Fabricated Finish: AA-M12, with shop coat of Tnemec Series 61 or S-W Duraplate 8200 per manufacturer’s instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install all items shall be installed under Contract drawings and Division 04 respectively. Install items to be attached to concrete after such work is completed in accordance with the details shown. B. Touch up abrasions in the shop primer immediately after erection. Paint areas left unprimed for welding after welding. C. Clean and repair, after installation, zinc coating which has been burned by welding, abraded, or otherwise damaged. Thoroughly clean damaged area and remove all traces of welding flux and loose or cracked zinc coating prior to painting. Paint the cleaned area per the requirements of ASTM A780. D. Install specialty products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. E. Weld headed anchor studs in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. F. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 13 Issued for Bid G. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. H. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. a. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. 4. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors. 5. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. I. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum and steel that come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with the following: 1. Aluminum Contacting a Dissimilar Metal: Apply a heavy brush coat of zinc-chromate primer followed by two coats of aluminum metal and masonry paint to the dissimilar metal. 2. Aluminum Contacting Concrete: Apply a heavy coat of approved alkali resistant paint to the masonry or concrete. 3. Steel Contacting Exposed Concrete or Masonry: Apply heavy bitumastic troweling mastic. 4. Between aluminum stair treads, and steel supports, insert 1/4 inch thick neoprene isolator pads, 85 plus or minus 5 Shore A durometer, sized for full width and length of bracket or support. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF METAL STAIRS A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing metal stairs to in-place construction. 1. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through-bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal stairs. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 14 Issued for Bid C. Install metal stairs by welding stair framing to steel structure or to weld plates cast into concrete unless otherwise indicated. 1. Grouted Baseplates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. a. Clean bottom surface of baseplates. b. Set steel-stair baseplates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. c. After stairs have been positioned and aligned, tighten anchor bolts. d. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout. e. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 1) Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. 2) Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage- resistant grouts. D. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. E. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. 1. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. 2. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. 3. Comply with requirements for welding in "Fabrication, General" Article. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF RAILINGS AND GUARDS A. Adjust railing and guard systems before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints with tight, hairline joints. 1. Space posts at spacing indicated or, if not indicated, as required by design loads. 2. Plumb posts in each direction, within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet (2 mm in 1 m). 3. Align rails and guards so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of stairs for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet. 4. Anchor railing to aluminum by bolting to aluminum supporting members. 3.4 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Install metal columns on concrete with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column baseplates as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 15 Issued for Bid 1. Grout baseplates of columns supporting steel girders after girders are installed and leveled. 3.5 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Clean concrete bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with nonshrink grout. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint shall be recommended by coating manufacturer. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M. END OF SECTION 055000 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Metal Fabrications City of Fort Worth 055000 - 16 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Cleaning Finishes and Surfaces City of Fort Worth 090110 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 090110 - CLEANING FINISHES AND SURFACES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cleaning the following finishes and surfaces: 1. Concrete. 2. Masonry. 3. Painted concrete and masonry. 4. Painted steel. 5. Other surfaces indicated. 6. The work does not include surface preparation for application of finishes include in other sections. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 099673.13 “Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings” for coating and preparation of water treatment systems. 2. Section 099676.33 “Water Treatment and Chemical Storage Coatings” for coating and preparation of surfaces related to chemical storage. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Very Low-Pressure Spray: Under 100 psi. B. Low-Pressure Spray: 100 to 400 psi. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to cleaning including, but not limited to, the following: a. Construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, Restoration Specialist's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Materials, material application, sequencing, tolerances, and required clearances. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Cleaning Finishes and Surfaces City of Fort Worth 090110 - 2 Issued for Bid 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Restoration Specialist, Restoration Workers, Manufacturers, Installer and Applicator. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Restoration Specialist Qualifications: Engage an experienced cleaning firm, specializing in cleaning the types of surfaces indicated on the drawings to perform work of this Section. Firm has completed work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Field Supervision: Restoration specialist firms maintain experienced full-time supervisors on Project site during times that concrete cleaning work is in progress. Supervisors not to be changed during Project except for causes beyond the control of restoration specialist firm. C. Restoration Worker Qualifications: Persons who are experienced in restoration work of types they will be performing. D. Cleaner Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm regularly engaged in producing cleaners that have been used for similar applications with successful results, and with factory-trained representatives who are available for consultation and Project-site inspection and assistance at no additional cost. E. Quality-Control Program: Prepare a written quality-control program for this Project to systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow methods and use materials and tools without damaging concrete. Include provisions for supervising performance and preventing damage due to worker fatigue. F. Cleaning Program: Prepare a written cleaning program that describes cleaning process in detail, including materials, methods, and equipment to be used, protection of surrounding materials, and control of runoff during operations. 1. If materials and methods other than those indicated are proposed for any phase of restoration work, add to the Quality-Control Program a written description of such materials and methods, including evidence of successful use on comparable projects, and demonstrations to show their effectiveness for this Project and worker's ability to use such materials and methods properly. G. Cleaning Appearance Standard: Cleaned and repaired surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 20 feet away by Engineer. Perform additional stain removal, general cleaning, and spot cleaning of small areas that are noticeably different, so that surface blends smoothly into surrounding areas. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Cleaning Finishes and Surfaces City of Fort Worth 090110 - 3 Issued for Bid H. Mockups: Prepare mockups of cleaning, for each type of surface indicated on the drawings to be cleaned, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution and for fabrication and installation. 1. Cleaning: Clean an area of 25 sq. ft for each type of surface condition. 2. Test cleaners and methods on samples of adjacent materials for possible adverse reactions. Do not use cleaners and methods known to have deleterious effect. 3. Allow a waiting period of not less than seven days after completion of sample cleaning to permit a study of sample panels for negative reactions. 4. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 5. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Clean concrete surfaces only when air temperature is 40 degrees F and above and will remain so for at least 7 days after completion of cleaning. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate concrete cleaning with circulation patterns within the building. Circulation patterns cannot be closed off entirely, and in places can be only temporarily redirected around small areas of work. Plan and execute the Work accordingly. B. Coordinate concrete cleaning operations with Owner to assure protection of water basins from cleaning materials and contaminants, including overspray. C. Materials are restricted to materials that will not contaminate the public wastewater systems operations in proximity to the surfaces being cleaned. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Water: Potable. B. Hot Water: Water heated to a temperature of 140 to 160 degrees F. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Cleaning Finishes and Surfaces City of Fort Worth 090110 - 4 Issued for Bid C. Provide any of the following cleaning materials, in accordance with the "Part 1 – Quality Assurance, Cleaning Program." 1. Detergent Concrete Cleaners: a. Products: Provide one of the following: 1) Chemical Product Industries, Inc.; iCleen SMD. 2) Eco-Wares, Inc.; Nu Look Concrete Cleaner. 3) PROSOCO; 600 Detergent. 4) Or equal. 2. Concrete Rust Stain Removers: a. Products: Provide one of the following: 1) Eco-Wares, Inc.; Rust / Stain Remover. 2) PROSOCO; Concrete Brick Cleaner. 3) EnviroSafe Manufacturing Corp.; Rust Stain Remover. 4) Or equal. 3. Painted, Masonry, Steel Surface Cleaners: Detergent based cleaners formulated for cleaning the indicated surfaces. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Liquid Strippable Masking Agent: Manufacturer's standard liquid, film-forming, strippable masking material for protecting glass, metal, and polished stone surfaces from damaging effects of concrete cleaners. 1. Products: Provide one of the following: a. ABR Products, Inc.; Rubber Mask. b. Price Research, Ltd.; Price Mask. c. PROSOCO; Sure Klean Strippable Masking. d. Or equal. B. Miscellaneous Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup: 1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved. 2. Little possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. C. Do not use products or tools that could do the following: 1. Remove, alter, or in any way harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in contract. 2. Leave a residue on surfaces. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Cleaning Finishes and Surfaces City of Fort Worth 090110 - 5 Issued for Bid 2.3 CLEANING SOLUTIONS A. Dilute cleaners with water to produce solutions not exceeding concentration recommended in writing by cleaner manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION A. Protect persons, machinery, electrical equipment, lighting, alarms, all other items and surrounding surfaces of building from harm resulting from concrete cleaning work. B. Erect temporary protective covers that must remain in service during course of cleaning work. C. Maintain covers in watertight condition for duration of cleaning operations. Remove covers when cleaning operations are completed. D. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for protecting building and other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products. Prevent solutions from coming into contact with people, motor vehicles, and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact. E. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist cleaners used unless they will not damage adjacent surfaces. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining. F. Keep wall wet below area being cleaned to prevent streaking from runoff. G. Neutralize and collect concrete cleaning wastes for disposal off Owner's property. Protect drains with filters to prevent harmful materials from entering drains. 3.3 CLEANING CONCRETE, GENERAL A. Proceed with cleaning in an orderly manner; work from top to bottom. Ensure that dirty residues and rinse water will not wash over cleaned, dry surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning methods indicated for each concrete material and location. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Cleaning Finishes and Surfaces City of Fort Worth 090110 - 6 Issued for Bid C. Do not use wire brushes or brushes that are not resistant to cleaner being used. Do not use plastic-bristle brushes if natural-fiber brushes will resist cleaner being used. D. Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at volume and pressure indicated, measured at spray tip. Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that cleaning methods do not damage concrete. E. Equip units with pressure gages. F. For spray application, use low-pressure tank or pump suitable for cleaner indicated, equipped with cone-shaped spray tip. G. For water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray tip that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees. H. For heated water-spray application, use equipment capable of maintaining temperature between 140 and 160 degrees F at flow rates indicated. I. For steam application, use steam generator capable of delivering live steam at nozzle. J. Perform each cleaning method indicated in a manner that results in uniform coverage of all surfaces, including corners, moldings, and interstices, and that produces an even effect without streaking or damaging concrete surfaces. K. Water Application Methods: 1. Water-Soak Application: Soak concrete surfaces by applying water continuously and uniformly to limited area for time indicated. Apply water at low pressures and low volumes in multiple fine sprays using perforated hoses or multiple spray nozzles. Erect a protective enclosure constructed of polyethylene sheeting to cover area being sprayed. 2. Water-Spray Applications: Unless otherwise indicated, hold spray nozzle at least 6 inches from surface of concrete and apply water in horizontal back and forth sweeping motion, overlapping previous strokes to produce uniform coverage. L. Steam Cleaning: Apply steam to concrete surfaces at the very low pressures indicated for each type of concrete material. Hold nozzle at least 6 inches from surface of concrete and apply steam in horizontal back and forth sweeping motion, overlapping previous strokes to produce uniform coverage. M. Cleaner Application Methods: Apply cleaners to concrete surfaces to comply with manufacturer's written instructions; use brush or spray application. Do not spray apply at pressures exceeding 50 psi. Do not allow cleaners to remain on surface for periods longer than those indicated or recommended by manufacturer. N. Rinse off cleaner residue and soil by working upward from bottom to top of each treated area. Periodically during each rinse, test pH of rinse water running off of cleaned area to determine that cleaner is completely removed. O. Apply neutralizing agent and repeat rinse if necessary, to produce tested pH of between 6.7 and 7.5. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Cleaning Finishes and Surfaces City of Fort Worth 090110 - 7 Issued for Bid P. After cleaning is complete, remove protection no longer required. Remove tape and adhesive marks. 3.4 CLEANING OTHER THAN CONCRETE, GENERAL A. Proceed with cleaning in an orderly manner; work from top to bottom. Ensure that dirty residues and rinse water will not wash over cleaned, dry surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning methods indicated for each material and location. C. Do not use brushes that are not resistant to cleaner being used. Do not use plastic-bristle brushes if natural-fiber brushes will resist cleaner being used. D. Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at volume and pressure indicated, measured at spray tip. Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that cleaning methods do not damage concrete. Use pressures that will not result in the removal of painted from painted surfaces. E. Equip units with pressure gages. F. For spray application, use low-pressure tank or pump suitable for cleaner indicated, equipped with cone-shaped spray tip. G. For water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray tip that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees. H. For heated water-spray application, use equipment capable of maintaining temperature between 140 and 160 degrees F at flow rates indicated. I. Perform each cleaning method indicated in a manner that results in uniform coverage of all surfaces, including corners, moldings, and interstices, and that produces an even effect without streaking or damaging concrete surfaces. J. Cleaner Application Methods: Apply cleaners to surfaces to comply with manufacturer's written instructions; use brush or spray application. Do not spray apply at pressures that will remove paint from surfaces. Do not allow cleaners to remain on surface for periods longer than those indicated or recommended by manufacturer. K. Rinse off cleaner residue and soil by working upward from bottom to top of each treated area. Periodically during each rinse, test pH of rinse water running off of cleaned area to determine that cleaner is completely removed. L. After cleaning is complete, remove protection no longer required. Remove tape and adhesive marks. 3.5 PRELIMINARY CLEANING, CONCRETE A. Preliminary Cleaning: Before beginning general cleaning, remove extraneous substances that are resistant to cleaning methods being used. Extraneous substances include paint, calking, asphalt, and tar. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Cleaning Finishes and Surfaces City of Fort Worth 090110 - 8 Issued for Bid B. Carefully remove heavy accumulations of material from surface of concrete with a sharp chisel. Do not scratch or chip concrete surface. 3.6 PRELIMINARY CLEANING, OTHER THAN CONCRETE A. Preliminary Cleaning: Before beginning general cleaning, remove extraneous substances that are resistant to cleaning methods being used. 3.7 CLEANING CONCRETE A. Cold-Water Soak: 1. Apply cold water by intermittent spraying to keep surface moist. 2. Use perforated hoses or other means that will apply a fine water mist to entire surface being cleaned. 3. Apply water in cycles with at least 30 minutes between cycles. 4. Continue spraying until surface encrustation has softened sufficiently to permit its removal by water wash, as indicated by cleaning tests. 5. Continue spraying for 72 hours. 6. Remove soil and softened surface encrustation from concrete with cold water applied by low-pressure spray. B. Cold-Water Wash: Use cold water applied by low-pressure spray. C. Hot-Water Wash: Use hot water applied by low-pressure spray. D. Steam Cleaning: Apply steam at very low pressures not exceeding 30 psi. Remove dirt softened by steam with wood scrapers, stiff-nylon or -fiber brushes, or cold-water wash, as indicated by cleaning tests. E. Detergent Cleaning: 1. Wet concrete with cold or hot water applied by low-pressure spray. 2. Scrub concrete with detergent solution using medium-soft brushes until soil is thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing. Use small brushes to remove soil from joints and crevices. Dip brush in solution often to ensure that adequate fresh detergent is used and that surface remains wet. 3. Rinse with cold or hot water applied by low pressure spray to remove detergent solution and soil. 4. Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect established by mockup. 3.8 CLEANING OTHER THAN CONCRETE A. Clean surface as recommended by the manufacturer in writing. END OF SECTION 090110 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.13 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 099673.13 – WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION SYSTEM COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and application of high-performance coating systems on the following substrates: 1. Steel. 2. Ductile or cast iron. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Levels: Following define gloss levels according to ASTM D523: 1. MPI Gloss Level 1 - Traditional Matte or Flat Finish: Maximum five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees. 2. MPI Gloss Level 2 - Velvet-Like Finish: Maximum 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees. 3. MPI Gloss Level 3 - Traditional Eggshell-Like Finish: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees. 4. MPI Gloss Level 4 - Satin-Like Finish: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and minimum 35 units at 85 degrees. 5. MPI Gloss Level 5 - Traditional Semi-Gloss Finish: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees. 6. MPI Gloss Level 6 - Traditional Gloss: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees. 7. MPI Gloss Level 7 - High Gloss: Minimum 85 units at 60 degrees. B. Moderate Exposure: An atmosphere that can be characterized as corrosive, within reasonable limits, is considered a moderate environment. In an industrial setting, a moderate environment indicates intermittent exposure to high humidity and condensation with occasional development of mold and mildew. Exposure to heavy concentrations of chemical fumes or mist and accidental chemical spills or splash occurs occasionally in a moderate environment. Regular use of strong chemicals rather than standard commercial cleaning agent also changes a mild environment into a moderate one. Metal corrosion is common in a moderate environment. C. Severe Exposure: An aggressively corrosive industrial or predominantly chemical environment with regular exposure to strong chemical fumes, mists, and dust is considered a severe environment. In an industrial setting, a severe environment is one with sustained exposure to high humidity and condensation that results in heavy development of mold and mildew. Frequent spilling and splashing of strong chemicals (acids, alkalis, oxidizers, and solvents) are also characteristic of a severe environment. Metal corrosion can be expected in a severe © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.13 - 2 Issued for Bid environment. Immersion conditions, marine environment with sustained exposure to saltwater spray, and arctic environment with long periods of extremely low temperature are considered severe environments. These are areas where if no high-performance coatings are applied on steel or concrete, very early failure and structural damage will be evident. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Indicate VOC content. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of coating system and each color and gloss of topcoat indicated. 1. Submit Samples on actual substrate material to be coated, 8 inches square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. D. Product List: Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in Water Treatment and Purification System Coating Schedule. Include color designations and product runs (batch numbers). 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same production run, (batch number) that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Coatings: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each coating system indicated to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Engineer will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each coating system. Engineer will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Engineer at no added cost to Owner. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.13 - 3 Issued for Bid 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 3. Deliver materials on site in factory sealed containers from the manufacturer. Do not use materials from previous jobs. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and ambient air temperatures are within the coatings manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Do not apply coatings when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point and rising; or to damp or wet surfaces. C. Lead Paint: It is not expected that lead paint will be encountered in the Work. D. Do not apply exterior coatings in snow, rain, fog, mist, and in conditions that do not meet the manufacturer’s recommendations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Carboline Company (CAR). 2. PPG Paints (PPG). 3. The Sherwin-Williams Company (SWC). 4. Tnemec Company, Inc. (TNE). 2.2 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS A. Material Compatibility: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.13 - 4 Issued for Bid 1. Each coating system within indicated substrates uses compatible material with one another, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. Topcoat manufacturer recommends products in writing for use in each coating system coat and on indicated substrate. 3. Use products from same manufacturer for each coat in coating system. B. Colors: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Coating Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure: 1. Owner will engage services of a qualified testing agency to sample coating materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If coating materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may provide direction to stop applying coatings if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Remove noncomplying coating materials from Project site, pay for testing, and recoat surfaces coated with rejected materials. Remove rejected materials from previously coated surfaces if, on recoating with complying materials, both coatings are incompatible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Concrete Substrates: 12 percent, when measured with electronic moisture meter. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions applicable to substrates and coating systems indicated. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.13 - 5 Issued for Bid B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be coated. 1. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and coating. 2. After completing coating operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. 3. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce coating systems indicated. D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by manufacturer but not less than the following: 1. SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning.” 2. SSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2, "Near White Blast Cleaning.” 3. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Power Tool Cleaning.” 4. SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4, "Brush-off Blast Cleaning.” 5. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal.” 6. NAPF 500-03, “Surface Preparation Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe and Cast Ductile Iron Fittings.” 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply high-performance coatings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for coating and substrate indicated. 2. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, coat surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Coat backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not apply coatings over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.13 - 6 Issued for Bid E. Film Thickness: Apply paint in wet film thickness (WFT) recommended by high-performance manufacturer to achieve manufacturer recommended dry film thickness (DFT) for each coat of paint. Since DFT varies among manufacturers, this reference is not included in Article “Water Treatment and Purification Coating Schedule.” 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL FOR STEEL AND DUCTILE OR CAST-IRON SUBSTRATES A. General: Field quality control referenced in this Article includes testing of both pre-application quality assurance and post-application quality control of high-performance coatings. Employ approved testing and inspecting agency to perform quality assurance and quality control. 1. Perform Quality Control Testing in the order identified in the following subparagraph. a. Testing Order: Dry Film Thickness Testing, Adhesion Testing, then Holiday Testing. 2. Repair substrate, touch up, and restore coated surfaces damaged by testing. 3. If test results show that dry film thickness, holiday, and pull -off strength of applied coating does not comply with coating manufacturer’s written instructions, pay for testing , and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness and pull-off strength that complies with coating manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Owner or Owner’s representative will conduct random independent inspections and tests for final acceptance or rejection of pipe coating. B. Quality Assurance Testing: 1. Surface Preparation Testing: a. Test surface profile of abrasive blasted surfaces with “Press-O-Film” tester tape or equivalent in accordance with NACE RP0287. b. Provide tester tape suitable for the intended profile height. c. Measure profile to a minimum tolerance of 0.1 mil, maximum. d. Use electronic surface profilometers necessary to verify tester tape measurements. C. Quality Control Testing: 1. Dry Film Thickness Testing: a. Inspect and test coatings for dry film thickness per ASTM D7091 or ASTM D6132. 2. Adhesion Testing: a. General: 1) Test a minimum of two pipes for adhesion from each lot of pipes to be coated up to 3,000 square feet of pipe. Conduct an additional adhesion test on every increment up to 2,000 square feet of pipe coated in excess of the first 3,000 square feet of pipe (i.e., if one workday of production is 7,000 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.13 - 7 Issued for Bid square feet of pipe, four adhesion tests will be conducted on the pipe lot.). Conduct adhesion testing on not less than 50 percent of each pipe produced within a lot. 2) A pipe lot is defined as quantity of pipe that is coated by a single crew within a work shift, but not exceeding 12 hours. 3) Perform adhesion tests not less than 24 hours after coating application. Tests conducted prior to 24 hours will be acceptable only if test meets or exceeds adhesion criteria specified, and the test was requested by Owner. 4) Randomly select pipe for adhesion testing. Owner reserves the right to perform adhesion testing at any time or location. b. Rejection of Coating: 1) If any coatings within a lot fails to meet test criteria specified for coating type, those coatings are considered rejected along with all other coatings within the lot. Each coating within the rejected pipe lot will then be individually tested and rejected on a pipe-by-pipe basis in conformance with test procedures and criteria specific for the coating type. 2) Remove rejected coatings from full pipe length, abrasive blast pipe, and recoat. 3. Holiday Testing: a. Conduct holiday tests on completed coatings after cure or 24-hours, whichever is less. Provide a high voltage testing equipment and test in accordance with NACE SP0274 and the Specifications. b. Use actual coating thickness for holiday testing. c. Provide holiday detector with an audible signal when contact is made between pipeline and electrode at coating holidays (defects). Provide a good ground and a low electrical resistance between pipeline and detector. Make only direct connections to uncoated areas or to pipe ends at holdback areas. d. Clean and dry pipe surface when testing. Always keep electrode in motion and in firm contact with coated surface while test voltage is being applied. Move electrode evenly over the surface at approximately 0.5 to 1 fps. Do not exceed 1 fps of travel time. e. Mark location of detected holidays for repair. Retest after making necessary repairs. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. B. Protect work of other trades against damage from coating operation. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Engineer, and leave in an undamaged condition. C. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.13 - 8 Issued for Bid 3.6 WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION COATING SCHEDULE A. Steel Substrates, All Surfaces: Protection from ambient conditions and humidity/splashing. 1. Moderate Exposure: a. Epoxy System, NSF/ANSI 61-600 Certified: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Carbozinc 621PW or Carboguard 635 VOC. b) PPG: Novaguard 810ER/840 or Aquatapoxy Series. c) SWC: Duraplate UHS Primer. d) TNE: Series 94-H2O. 2) Intermediate Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 635 VOC. b) PPG: Novaguard 810ER/840 or Aquatapoxy Series. c) SWC: Duraplate UHS. d) TNE: Series 20. 3) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 5). a) CAR: Carboguard 635 VOC. b) PPG: Novaguard 810ER/840 or Aquatapoxy Series. c) SWC: Duraplate UHS. d) TNE: Series 20. B. Ductile Iron or Cast-Iron Substrates, All Surfaces: 1. Moderate to Severe Exposure, Exterior of Pipe: a. 100 Percent Solids Amine Cured Epoxy System, NSF/ANSI 61-600 Certified: 1) Direct to Metal Coat: (MPI Gloss Level 5 or 6). a) CAR: Phenoline Tank Shield. b) PPG: Novaguard 810ER/840 or Aquatapoxy Series. c) SWC: Duraplate UHS. d) TNE: Series 22. b. 100 Percent Solids Amine Cured Edge Retentive Epoxy System, NSF/ANSI 61- 600 Certified: 1) Direct to Metal Coat: (MPI Gloss Level 5 or 6). a) CAR: Phenoline Tank Shield. b) PPG: Novaguard 810 ER. c) SWC: Sherplate PW Epoxy. d) TNE: Series FC22. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.13 - 9 Issued for Bid END OF SECTION 099673.13 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.13 - 10 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.33 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 099673.33 – WATER TREATMENT CHEMICAL STORAGE COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and application of high-performance chemical resistant coating containment systems on the following substrates: 1. Exterior Substrates: a. Concrete vertical and horizontal surfaces. b. Aluminum and miscellaneous metals related to access stairs, ladders and walkways. 2. Interior Substrates: a. Concrete vertical and horizontal surfaces. b. Aluminum and miscellaneous metals related to access stairs, ladders and walkways. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Levels: Following define gloss levels according to ASTM D 523: 1. MPI Gloss Level 1 - Traditional Matte or Flat Finish: Maximum five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees. 2. MPI Gloss Level 2 - Velvet-Like Finish: Maximum 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees. 3. MPI Gloss Level 3 - Traditional Eggshell-Like Finish: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees. 4. MPI Gloss Level 4 - Satin-Like Finish: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and minimum 35 units at 85 degrees. 5. MPI Gloss Level 5 - Traditional Semi-Gloss Finish: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees. 6. MPI Gloss Level 6 - Traditional Gloss: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees. 7. MPI Gloss Level 7 - High Gloss: Minimum 85 units at 60 degrees. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.33 - 2 Issued for Bid 1. Indicate VOC content. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of coating system and each color and gloss of topcoat indicated. 1. Submit Samples on actual substrate material to be coated, 8 inches square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. D. Product List: Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in Chemical Storage Coating Schedule. Include color designations and product runs (batch numbers). E. Affidavits for the following: 1. Certification that the applicator is coating-manufacturer certified to apply the specified special coating systems. 2. Materials proposed are certified to provide minimum 72 hour containment for the chemicals to be contained. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Coatings: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each coating system indicated to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Engineer will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each coating system. Engineer will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Engineer at no added cost to Owner. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.33 - 3 Issued for Bid 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 3. Deliver materials on site in factory sealed containers from the manufacturer. Do not use materials from previous jobs. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and ambient air temperatures are within the coatings manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Do not apply coatings when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point and rising; or to damp or wet surfaces. C. Lead Paint: It is not expected that lead paint will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected lead paint is encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Engineer and Owner. D. Do not apply exterior coatings in snow, rain, fog, mist, and in conditions that do not meet the manufacturer’s recommendations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. The Sherwin-Williams Company (SWC). 2. Tnemec Company, Inc. (TNE). 2.2 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS A. Material Compatibility: 1. Each coating system within indicated substrates uses compatible material with one another, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. Topcoat manufacturer recommends products in writing for use in each coating system coat and on indicated substrate. 3. Use products from same manufacturer for each coat in coating system. 4. Chemicals to be contained: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.33 - 4 Issued for Bid a. 25 – 50 % Sodium Hydroxide, and b. 10 – 15% Sodium Hypochlorite B. Colors: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. C. Coating materials shall comply with the coating systems in the Chemical Storage Coating Schedule attached in Paragraph 3.6. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Coating Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure: 1. Owner will engage services of a qualified testing agency to sample coating materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If coating materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may provide direction to stop applying coatings if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Remove noncomplying coating materials from Project site, pay for testing, and recoat surfaces coated with rejected materials. Remove rejected materials from previously coated surfaces if, on recoating with complying materials, both coatings are incompatible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Concrete Substrates: 12 percent, when measured with electronic moisture meter. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 2. Recoating of Previously Coated Surfaces: Verify conditions and compatibility between new and existing high-performance coating products. D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions applicable to substrates and coating systems indicated. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.33 - 5 Issued for Bid B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be coated. 1. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and coating. 2. After completing coating operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. 3. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce coating systems indicated. D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be coated exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Concrete Floors: Remove oil, dust, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials. Comply with SSPC-SP-13/NACE 6 or ICRI 310.2R. 2. Prior to coating application, fill all voids and bugholes with filler/putty in accordance with coating supplier’s recommendations. 3. Abrasive blast clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP-13/NACE 6. E. Steel Substrates: As recommended by the coating manufacturer. F. Aluminum Substrates: Preparation as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply high-performance coatings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. For concrete substrates, apply coating when the surface temperature is decreasing to avoid impacts from outgassing. 2. Use applicators and techniques suited for coating and substrate indicated. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks. E. Film Thickness: Apply paint in wet film thickness (WFT) recommended by high-performance manufacturer to achieve specified dry film thickness (DFT) for each coat of paint. Since DFT © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.33 - 6 Issued for Bid varies among manufacturers, this reference is not included in Article “Chemical Storage Coating Schedule.” 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL FOR CONCRETE SUBSTRATE A. General: Field quality control referenced in this Article includes testing of both pre-application quality assurance and post-application quality control of high-performance coatings. Employ approved testing and inspecting agency to perform quality assurance and quality control. 1. Perform Quality Control Testing in the order identified in the following subparagraph. a. Testing Order: pH Testing, Surface Profile Testing, and Moisture Testing, followed by Dry Film Thickness Testing, Adhesion Testing, and Holiday Testing. b. Repair substrate, touch up, and restore coated surfaces damaged by testing. c. If test results show that dry film thickness, holiday, and pull-off strength of applied coating does not comply with coating manufacturer’s written instructions, pay for testing, and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness, pull -off strength that complies with coating manufacturer's written instructions. B. Quality Assurance Testing: 1. Surface Preparation Testing: a. Inspect and test condition of substrate for compliance with coating manufacturer’s requirements. b. Measure surface profile using International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI) 310.2 Comparator Coupons. c. Test concrete cleanliness by measuring pH of moisture in concrete capillaries. 1) pH of New Concrete: 12 to 13. 2) pH of Existing Concrete Subjected to Acid Attack: 9.0 minimum. C. Quality Control Testing: 1. Dry Film Thickness Testing: a. Inspect and test coatings for dry film thickness per ASTM D6132. 2. Adhesion Testing: a. Field test pull-off strength of coatings on concrete using portable pull-off adhesion testers. Comply with ASTM D7234. Minimum adhesion of 200 psi with failure in the concrete substrate (concrete over 90 percent of the load fixture surface). 3. Holiday Testing: a. Field test continuity verification of coatings applied to concrete substrates. Discontinuities include pinholes, internal voids, holidays, cracks, and conductive inclusions. Comply with ASTM D4787. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.33 - 7 Issued for Bid 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. B. Protect work of other trades against damage from coating operation. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Engineer, and leave in an undamaged condition. C. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces. 3.6 CHEMICAL STORAGE COATING SCHEDULE A. Concrete Substrates, Exterior and Interior Secondary Containment, and Concrete Repair: 1. Chemical Storage Areas: New concrete slabs and surfaces shall be allowed to cure a minimum of 28 days at 75 F. Dryness shall be in accordance with ASTM F1869; moisture vapor shall not exceed 3 lbs/1000 sf in 24 hrs. Relative humidity shall not exceed 80%, when tested in accordance with ASTM F2170. a. High Performance Lining System: 1) Surface Filler/ patcher/ cover (1-2” radius): a) SWC: SteelSeam FT910 at 1/16th -1-inch thickness, trowel applied. b) TNE: Patcher and filler, per TNEMEC recommendations, similar to SWC system stated above. 2) Prime Coat: a) SWC: Corobond 100 Epoxy Primer, B58-5100 at 4.0-6.0 mils DFT. Resuprime 3830/3835 @ 8-20 mils DFT for use when potential high moisture contents over 5 lbs. Also, use polyurethane cement as base primer where slabs lack vapor barrier such as the chemical containments shown on Drawings. b) TNE: Series 201 Epoxoprime at 6.0-12.0 mils DFT. Also, use polyurethane cement as base primer where slabs lack vapor barrier such as the chemical containments shown on Drawings. 3) Intermediate Coat(s): a) SWC: Cor-Cote HCR Epoxy Clear @ 20-25 mils WFT, Lay/roll in 1 oz fiberglass mat while coating film is wet. Topcoat with 15-20 mils of Cor-Cote HCR Clear while film is wet. The 3 steps above are to be done consecutively. Applicator to visually inspect to ensure all air pockets under the fiberglass are removed during application. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings City of Fort Worth 099673.33 - 8 Issued for Bid b) TNE: Series 239SC MCK with fiberglass mat reinforcement. Mortar basecoat applied at 60.0-80.0 mils DFT and fiberglass mat is pressed into mortar. Lastly apply liquid saturant coat at 8.0-12.0 mils DFT to saturate mat. Applicator to visually inspect to ensure all air pockets under the fiberglass are removed during application. 4) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 5 or 6). a) SWC: Dura-Plate 8200 High Temperature Epoxy, B62-465 Series, 20-35 mils DFT. Broadcast 40/60 mesh sand/quartz to rejection while film is wet. Final Topcoat with 20-35 mils of Dura-Plate 8200. A sacrificial finish coat of Sher-Loxane 800 shall be applied for color and gloss stability. b) TNE: Series 280 Tneme-Glaze applied at 6.0-12.0 mils. For outdoor areas apply a sacrificial UV resistant coating Series V290 applied at 2.0-3.0 mils DFT. For slip resistance add Series 211-212 glass beads. The coating system shall adhere to the concrete and/or grout in the containment without any crickets or bubbling. The concrete slopes to the area drain/sumps shall be maintained without creating isolated low spots that can cause ponding. Any such issues found shall be corrected at no additional cost to Owner. B. Aluminum and other metal Substrates, Exterior and Interior Secondary Containment. 1. Ladders, Stairs, Walkways and miscellaneous metals. a. Topcoat: 1) SWC: Duraplate 8200. 2) TNE: Tnemec Series 61. END OF SECTION 099673.33 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 00 00 - ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment required to install, test, and provide an operational, electrical system as specified and as shown on the Drawings. B. Submit and furnish all equipment described herein as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications. C. Full compliance with the requirements of Division 26 is mandatory for all electrical work provided under any division. D. Electrical work includes furnishing, installing, and testing the equipment and materials detailed in each Section of Division 26. E. Electrical work includes furnishing and installing the following: 1. A complete and operational system that includes at a minimum the following: a. Complete raceway system, conductors and field connections and testing for all medium and low voltage power distribution equipment specified and/or shown on the drawings. b. Setting and testing all circuit protective devices including all relays whether built into a circuit breaker or separately mounted. 2. A complete and operational system for motors and controls that includes at a minimum the following: a. Complete raceway system, conductors and field connections for all motors, motor controllers, control devices, control panels and electrical equipment furnished under other Divisions. b. Coordinate construction schedule and electrical interface with the supplier of electrical equipment specified under other Divisions as required by the Contract Documents. 3. A complete and operational system for process instrumentation that includes at a minimum the following: a. Complete raceway system, conductors and field connections for all field-mounted instruments furnished and mounted under other Divisions, 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 2 Issued for Bid including process instrumentation primary elements, transmitters, local indicators, and control panels including. 1) Lightning and surge protection equipment 2) Wiring at process instrumentation transmitters. 3) Installation of vendor furnished cables specified under other Divisions as required by the Contract Documents. 4. A complete and operational system for process data communications that includes at a minimum the following: a. Complete raceway system, conductors and field connections for all for the Data Cables and specialty cable systems, including those furnished under other Divisions. b. Install the Data Cables and other specialty cable systems, in accordance with the system manufacturers' installation instructions. c. Review the raceway layout, prior to installation, with the Process Control System supplier and the cable manufacturer to ensure raceway compatibility with the systems and materials being furnished. d. Install redundant cables in separate raceways as required by the Contract Documents. 5. Provide through and complete field investigation to verify the extent of the work, prior to submitting a bid to accomplish, at a minimum, the following which are applicable to the contract requirements: a. Resolve any question relating to existing equipment, conditions, or construction. b. Failure to perform a field investigation sufficient to include all the work in the bid will not be cause for a change in the Contract Price or Schedule to be allowed. 6. Power monitoring for the Owner’s facilities shall be performed by an existing Electrical Power Monitoring and Control System (PMCS). Monitoring information from equipment specified in the individual Sections of Division 26, and as shown on the Drawings, shall be interfaced to the monitoring system. 7. Coordinate the sequence of demolition with the sequence of construction to maintain plant operation in each area. Remove and demolish equipment and materials in such a sequence that the existing and proposed plant will function properly with no disruption of treatment. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 3 Issued for Bid 8. Modify existing motor control centers, switchboards, panelboards, and motor controllers including installation of circuit breakers, etc., or disconnection of circuits as required to provide the power supplies to new and existing equipment to maintain the plant in operation. 9. New work includes but is not limited to the following: complete electrical system which include the following: a. Medium voltage power distribution switchgear b. Low voltage transformers c. Low voltage motor control equipment d. Low voltage motors e. Low voltage panelboards f. Power system short circuit and protective device coordination studies. 10. Provide all electrical relocation work associated with the relocation of equipment for the existing and new facilities, including disconnecting all existing wiring and conduits and providing new wiring and conduit to the relocated equipment as specified in Section 26 41 19. F. Maintain the Owner’s process operations during all construction including any required electrical or control system outages. 1. Verify any process related information which may be shown or specified. If the obtained information conflicts with information in the Contract Documents, notify the Engineer in writing prior to bidding. 2. As a minimum, include in the Contract Schedule and Bid Price the following items required to comply with operational requirements: a. Additional Time and/or Expense b. Additional Expense for after-hours work, c. Additional equipment, materials, and personnel. d. Standby generation with fuel. G. Provide the following: 1. Tools, equipment, supplies, and shall perform all labor required to install the equipment specified in the Contract Documents to install, test, and place into 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 4 Issued for Bid satisfactory operation in the time specified for completion in the Contract Documents. 2. Failure of any of the participants in executing the requirements of this Contract to perform the work as specified shall not constitute an acceptable reason for the Owner to grant any change in the Contract Price or additions to the Contract Time. H. The work includes the demolition of existing electrical equipment, associated conductors, and raceway. 1. Remove wiring from abandoned conduit. 2. Materials and equipment specified or shown as demolished become the property of the Contractor, except items specifically listed to be relocated or delivered to the Owner. a. Immediately remove demolished materials and equipment from the job site. b. Immediately deliver to the Owner designated equipment or materials. c. Relocate designated equipment or materials as soon as possible in accordance with the Construction Schedule. 3. Electrical services and controls to items being removed must be disconnected and removed as a requirement of this section. 4. Removal of any equipment must not interfere with existing operations. 5. Remove unused raceways to the extent necessary to accommodate new work and where raceways are visible above the floor line. Unused, concealed, or exposed raceways, which do not interfere with the work, may remain in place unless noted or required to be removed. Seal abandoned conduit that remain in place behind walls or in floor slabs. 6. The Owner reserves the First Right of Salvage. 1.02 REQUIRED ELECTRICAL WORK A. References made to other sections which may contain related work does not negate other related sections which may not be mentioned. The Contract Documents, is defined to include both the Drawings and the Specifications, shall be taken with every section related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. 1. The organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 5 Issued for Bid division of suppliers or labor which may be employed in the execution of the Contract. 2. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, provide such information or additional work as may be required in those references, and include such information or work as may be specified. 3. Examine all Sections of the Specifications and Drawings and determine the power and wiring requirements and provide external wiring and raceways, as required to provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If the equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment being supplied, provide the additional conductors, raceways and/or wiring, and include in the Contract Price and Schedule. B. Process Divisions 1. Examine all Process Equipment Specifications and Drawings, determining power and wiring requirements. Provide external wiring and raceways, as required to provide a fully functioning Process Control System. If the equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment being supplied, furnish the additional conductors, raceways and/or wiring, with no change in Contract Price or Schedule. C. Mechanical Divisions 1. Examine all Mechanical Equipment Specifications and Drawings, determining power and wiring requirements. Provide external wiring and raceways, as required to provide fully functioning Mechanical Equipment Control Systems. If the equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment being supplied, furnish the additional conductors, raceways and/or wiring with no change in Contract Price or Schedule. D. Electric Valve Operator Divisions 1. Examine all Electric Valve Operator Equipment Specifications and Drawings, determining power and wiring requirements. Provide external wiring and raceways, as required to provide a fully functioning Electric Valve Operator Control System. If the equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring due to different equipment being supplied, furnish the additional conductors, raceways and/or wiring with no change in Contract Price or Schedule. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings, in accordance with Division 1 requirements, for equipment, materials and all other items furnished under each Section of Division 26, except where specifically stated otherwise. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 6 Issued for Bid 1. An individually packaged submittal shall be made for each Section and shall contain all the information required by the Section. 2. Partial submittals will not be accepted and will be returned without review. B. Submittals will not be accepted for Section 26 00 00, will be rejected without review and returned to the Contractor. C. Each Section submittal shall be complete, contain all the items listed in the Specification Section, and shall be clearly marked to indicate which items are applicable on each cut sheet page. The Submittal shall list any exceptions to the Specifications and Drawings, and the reason for such deviation. Shop drawings, not so checked and noted, will be returned without review. 1. All items listed in the Specification Section may not be provided by the supplier, manufacturer or vendor of the equipment specified. 2. The additional items listed shall be added to the submittal regardless of who supplies them. 3. Excusing the omission by claiming the supplier, manufacturer or vendor does not manufacture or provide such items is not an acceptable excuse for the omission. 4. Submittals not containing all listed items will be returned for revision and resubmission. D. Check shop drawings for accuracy and contract requirements prior to submittal to the Owner/Engineer. 1. Errors and omissions on approved shop drawings shall not provide relief from the responsibility of providing materials and workmanship required by the Specifications and Drawings. 2. Shop drawings shall be stamped with the date checked and a statement indicating that the shop drawings conform to Specifications and Drawings. 3. Only one Specification Section may be made per transmittal. E. All approved shop drawings shall be maintained on site for the Owner’s Inspector and for the Owner’s Engineer to verify at the time of delivery of equipment to the job site. F. Up-to-date Record Drawings shall be promptly furnished when the equipment installation is complete. Payment will be withheld until Record Drawings have been furnished and approved. G. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in electronic format using PDF files including a Table of Contents which is indexed and hyperlinked to the various sections submitted on flash drives. Electronic submittals are mandatory 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 7 Issued for Bid and those which are received not hyperlink indexed as specified will be returned without review. Hard copy submittals may not be required if stipulated in the Contract Documents. No change in Contract Price or Contract Time will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. Electric equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC) and with the latest edition of the following codes, standards, and guidelines: 1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 2. NFPA 70E – Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 6. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 7. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 8. International Society of Automation (ISA) 9. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 10. Factory Mutual (FM) 11. City of Fort Worth Electrical Code B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. C. All material and equipment, for which a UL standard exists, shall bear a UL label. No such material or equipment shall be brought onsite without the UL label affixed. D. If the issue of priority is due to a conflict or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and any referenced standard, or code of any technical society, organization or association, the provisions of the Contract Documents will take precedence if they are more stringent. E. If there is any conflict or discrepancy between standard specifications, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or between Laws and Regulations, the higher performance requirement shall be binding, unless otherwise directed by the Owner/Engineer. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 8 Issued for Bid F. In accordance with the Contract Documents, compliance with the priority order specified shall not justify an increase in Contract Price or an extension in Contract Time nor limit in any way, full compliance with all Laws and Regulations is always required, 1.05 CODES, INSPECTION AND FEES A. Equipment, materials, and installation shall comply with the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction. B. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. C. The Owner will negotiate with the electric utility for the costs of new or revised services and make payment to the electric utility for such costs. Include in the Contract Price and Schedule the time and expense associated with coordinating with the electric utility during the installation of such services. 1.06 SIZE OF EQUIPMENT A. Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. B. Coordinate shipping splits with the manufacturer to permit safe handling and passage through restricted areas in the structure. C. The equipment shall be always kept upright during storage and handling. When equipment must be tilted for passage through restricted areas, brace the equipment to ensure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment. 1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS A. As the work progresses, legibly record all field changes on a set of Project Contract Drawings, hereinafter called the "Record Drawings". The Record Drawings and Specifications shall be kept up to date throughout the project. B. The Record Drawings shall be reviewed monthly in a monthly meeting with the Owner/Engineer. C. Record Drawings shall accurately show the installed condition of the following items: 1. One-line Diagram(s). 2. Raceways and pull boxes. 3. Conductor sizes and conduit fills. 4. Panel Schedule(s). 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 9 Issued for Bid 5. Control Wiring Diagram(s). 6. Lighting fixture, receptacle, and switch outlet locations. 7. The drawings shall include the following underground raceway and duct bank routing. : a. The measured width and height of the duct bank. b. Survey the centerline of the duct bank at intervals not to exceed 50 feet along the entire length of the duct bank with the coordinates tied to the project coordinates shown on the Civil Drawings. c. Survey the elevation of the top of the duct bank at intervals not to exceed 50 feet along the entire length with the coordinates tied to the project coordinates shown on the Civil Drawings. d. Changes in direction between termination points shall be surveyed and recorded on the record drawings. Changes in direction shall include the start of the radius, center of the radius and termination of the radius in addition to the 50ft interval requirements specified. 8. Provide plan view drawings that include the following: a. Measured dimensions and locations of switchgear, distribution transformers, substations, motor control centers and panelboards. b. Provide actual coordinates of each corner of the equipment pad to show the location of the pad and provide the actual equipment mounting base measurements to the corners of the equipment pad. 9. Provide drawings which show in detail modifications to controls systems or any piece of electrical equipment including field-verified existing controls and all changes clearly identified. 10. Provide a record of all protective device and electrical system monitoring device settings. Provide a hard copy of the settings and an electronic copy of the settings on an Excel spread sheet. D. As an alternate, submit a typical example of point-to-point connection diagrams in place of the schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers. The information shall include the following: 1. Circuit origin, destination, and wire numbers. 2. Field wiring terminal strip names and numbers 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 10 Issued for Bid E. Submit as a part of the record drawings and the schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers (or the point-to-point connection diagram) to the Owner/Engineer. F. The point-to-point connection diagrams are a required line item on the pay estimate will not be considered complete until all the documentation has been submitted to and approved by the Owner/Engineer. G. Review shop drawings of equipment furnished under other related Divisions and prepare coordinated wiring interconnection diagrams or wiring tables. Submit copies of wiring diagrams or tables with Record Drawings. 1.08 EQUIPMENT INTERCONNECTIONS A. Review shop drawings of equipment furnished under other related Divisions and prepare coordinated wiring interconnection diagrams or wiring tables. Submit copies of wiring diagrams or tables with Record Drawings. B. Furnish and install all equipment interconnections. 1.09 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide new materials and equipment, except where specifically identified on the Drawings to be re-used. B. Material or equipment from a manufacturer, not submitted and approved for this project shall not be brought on site. Use of any such material or equipment, will be rejected, and shall be removed and replaced, with the approved material and equipment, with no change allowed in the Contract Price or Schedule. C. Material and equipment shall be UL listed, where such listing exists. D. All material, products, equipment, and workmanship being furnished for the project shall be replaced if it does not meet the requirements of Contract Documents even if installed, with no change in Contract Price or Schedule. 1.10 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, successfully complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. B. Delivery of incompletely constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will be rejected, and shall be removed and replaced with no change in Contract Price or Schedule. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 11 Issued for Bid C. Equipment and materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and as specified in the individual Specification Sections. 1.11 WARRANTIES A. Provide warranties as specified in each of the Specification Sections. 1.12 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Identify all equipment (disconnect switches, separately mounted motor starters, control stations, etc.) furnished under Division 26 with the name of the equipment it serves. B. Motor control centers, control panels, panelboards, switchboards, switchgear, junction or terminal boxes, transfer switches, etc., shall have nameplate designations as shown on the Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS A. The Drawings do not show exact locations of conduit runs. Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied equipment. B. Install each three-phase circuit in a separate conduit unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. Unless otherwise approved by the Owner/Engineer, conduit shown exposed shall be installed exposed; conduit shown concealed shall be installed concealed. Submit a Request for Information for any conduit route which is not clearly identified as concealed or exposed in the Contract Documents prior to its installation. D. Circuits are shown as "home-runs" shall be field routed. The raceway system provided shall include all necessary fittings, supports and boxes for a complete code-compliant raceway installation. Field routed raceway shall avoid blocking access to equipment either existing or spaces planned for future equipment and shall avoid blocking personnel egress through doors or access hatches. E. Verify the exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches, and receptacles prior to installation. F. Except where dimensions are shown, the locations of equipment, fixtures, outlets, and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 12 Issued for Bid 1. Determine exact locations and obtain approval from the Owner/Engineer during construction. 2. Obtain information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Owner/Engineer and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. G. Circuit layouts are not intended to show the number of fittings, or other installation details. Furnish all labor and materials necessary to install and place in satisfactory operation all power, lighting and other electrical systems shown. H. Redesign of electrical or mechanical work, which is required due to the use of a pre- approved alternate item shall include the arrangement of equipment and/or layout other than that which is specified or shown herein. 1. All additional work and materials required shall be provided with no change in the contract price or schedule. 2. Redesign and detailed plans shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval. I. Raceways and conductors for lighting, switches, receptacles and other miscellaneous low voltage power and signal systems as specified are not shown on the Drawings. 1. Raceways and conductors shall be provided as required for a complete and operating system. Refer to riser diagrams for signal system wiring. 2. Homeruns, as shown on the Drawings, identify raceways to be run exposed and raceways to be run concealed. 3. Raceways installed exposed shall be near the ceiling or along walls of the areas through which they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts, cranes hoists, monorails, equipment hatches, doors, windows, etc. 4. Raceways installed concealed shall be run in the center of concrete floor slabs, above suspended ceilings, or in partitions as required. J. Provide all conduit and conductors or data highway cables to RTU and/or PLC termination cabinets, where designated on the Drawings or otherwise required by the Specifications, the manufacture of the equipment, or submitted and approved systems. The conduit and conductors or data highway cables as shown on the interface drawings may not necessarily be shown on the floor plan. K. Install conductors carrying low voltage signals (typically twisted shielded pair cables) in raceways totally separate from all other raceways containing power or 120-Volt control conductors. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 13 Issued for Bid 1. Do not combine conductors carrying low voltage signals in wireways without barriers or NEC code-compliant separation for their entire length in the wire way, and/or provide separate wireways to provide separation of the conductors. 2. Low voltage signal conductors routed through manholes or hand holes shall be bundled and separated from other conductors. 3.02 EQUIPMENT PADS AND SUPPORTS A. Electrical equipment pads and supports, of concrete or steel including structural reinforcing and lighting pole foundations, are shown on the Structural Drawings. B. Electrical equipment or raceways shall not be attached to or supported from, sheet metal walls. C. Electrical equipment pads shall be provided for all free-standing equipment. 1. Dimensions shall be 3¾ -inches high. 2. Provide a 3-inch extension from front of equipment for equipment mounted against the wall and 3-inch extension on front and rear sections when equipment is rear accessible. 3. Include a ¾-inch chamfered edge on all exposed sides. 3.03 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS A. Provide and place all sleeves for conduits penetrating floors, walls, partitions, etc. Install sleeves perpendicular to the finished surface. 1. Locate all necessary slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured. 2. Coordinate the location of sleeves to match the location of the slots so conductors enter without having to bend them. B. Unless measurements are shown on the drawings, the locations for stubbing up and terminating concealed conduits which are shown on the drawings are approximate. 1. Exact locations are required for stubbing-up and terminating concealed conduit. C. Obtain shop drawings and templates and locate the concealed conduit before the floor slab is poured. D. If shop drawings are not available in time to avoid delay in scheduled floor slab pours, the Owner/Engineer may allow the installations of such conduit to be exposed. Submit requests for this deviation in writing. No changes in the Contact Price for such change will be allowed. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 14 Issued for Bid E. Seal all openings, sleeves, penetration, and slots as specified in Section 26 05 33. 3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Coordinate with Divisions 2 and 3 for cutting and patching. B. Core drill holes in concrete floors and walls as required. Obtain written permission from the Owner/Engineer before core drilling any holes larger than two inches. C. Schedule the installation of work to provide the minimum amount of cutting and patching. D. Cutting or drilling holes for the installation of raceway through joists, beams, girders, columns, or any other structural members is strictly prohibited. 1. If a structural member is cut or drilled, restore the structural member to its previous condition in complete accordance with the instructions of the Structural Engineer 2. No change in contract price or schedule regardless of the extent of the repairs required to restore the member to its previous condition. E. Cut opening only large enough to allow easy installation of the conduit. F. Patching shall be of the same kind and quality of material as was removed. G. The completed patching work shall restore the surface to its original appearance or better. H. Patching of waterproofed surfaces shall render the area of the patching completely waterproofed. I. Remove rubble and excess patching materials from the premises. J. Fill existing conduits cut at the floor line of a wall with a suitable patching material approved by the Structural Engineer. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Any work not installed according to the Drawings and this Section shall be subject to change as directed by the Owner/Engineer. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for making these changes. B. Field verify all dimensions shall be field verified at the job site and coordinate with the work of all other trades. C. Always protect electrical equipment against mechanical or water damage. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 15 Issued for Bid 1. Storing electrical equipment outdoors is prohibited. 2. Store electrical equipment in dry permanent shelters as required by each Specification Section. 3. Do not install electrical equipment in its permanent location until structures are weather-tight. 4. If any apparatus has been subject to possible injury by water, it shall be thoroughly dried out and tested as directed by the Owner/Engineer or shall be replaced with no change in Contract Price or Schedule, at the Owner/Engineer's discretion. D. Equipment that has been damaged shall be replaced or repaired by the equipment manufacturer, at the Owner/Engineer's discretion. E. Repaint any damage to the factory applied paint finish using touch-up paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. If the metallic portion of the panel or section is damaged, the entire panel or section shall be replaced, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. NEMA 3R, 4 or 4X enclosures shall not have raceways entering from the top if the enclosure is installed in a damp or wet area. 2. Should raceways be installed entering the top, the enclosure shall be replaced, and raceways re-routed to enter the side or bottom. 3. Conductors, if installed, shall be removed, and replaced. 4. Correction of raceways entering the top and conductor replacement shall be provided with no change in Contract Price or Schedule. F. Conduits exiting tray in airconditioned indoor electrical rooms are permitted to enter the top of electrical enclosures. 1. The location of these conduits shall be coordinated with the HVAC duct vents such that cold air will not blow on the conduits causing condensation which will enter the electrical enclosures. 2. After installation, inspect the conduits while the HVAC system is running to ensure no condensation is forming and entering any electrical enclosure. Re- direct the air flow if possible or re-route the conduits to avoid condensation. 3. Conductors in re-routed conduits shall be replaced, re-terminated. Retested and the operation of the equipment retested with no change in the Contract Price or Schedule. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 16 Issued for Bid 3.06 PHASE BALANCING A. The Drawings do not attempt to balance the electrical loads across the phases. Circuits on motor control centers and panelboards shall be field connected to result in evenly balanced loads across all phases. B. Field balancing of circuits shall not alter the conductor color coding requirements as specified in Section 26 05 19. 3.07 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICE A. Provide manufacturer's services for testing and start-up of the equipment as specified in each individual Specification Section. B. All settings, including those settings required by the Power System Study, shall be made to the equipment, and approved by the Owner/Engineer prior to energizing of the equipment. C. Provide arc flash labels with the settings from the power system study on electrical equipment as specified. D. Testing and startup shall not be combined with training. Testing and start-up time shall not be used for manufacturer’s warranty repairs. 3.08 TESTS AND SETTINGS A. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 26 and repair or replace all defective work. Adjust the systems as specified and/or required. B. All tests required by the individual specification Sections shall be completed prior to energizing electrical equipment. Submit a sample test form or procedure. and submit the required test reports and data to the Owner/Engineer for approval at least two weeks prior to the startup of the tested equipment. Include names of all test personnel and initial each test. C. Check motor nameplates for correct phase and voltage. Check bearings for proper lubrication. D. Check wire and cable terminations for tightness. E. Check rotation of motors prior to energization. Disconnect driven equipment if damage could occur due to wrong rotation. If the motor rotates in the wrong direction, the rotation shall be immediately corrected, or tagged and locked out until rotation is corrected. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 17 Issued for Bid F. Verify all terminations at transformers, all power distribution and motor control equipment, capacitor connections, panels, and control enclosures by producing a 1 2 3 rotation on a phase sequenced meter when connected to "A", "B" and "C" phases. G. Provide mechanical inspection, testing and setting of circuit breakers, disconnect switches, motor starters, control equipment, etc. for proper operation. H. Check interlocking, control, and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a system to prove that the system will function properly as indicated by schematic and wiring diagrams. I. Check the ampere rating of thermal overloads for motors and submit a typed record to the Owner/Engineer of same, including MCC cubicle location and load designation, motor service factor, horsepower, full load current, temperature rise rating and starting code letter. If inconsistencies are found, new thermal elements shall be supplied and installed. J. Verify motor power factor capacitor ratings. K. Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at least two weeks in advance. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments, and test equipment. L. Refer to the individual equipment sections for additional specific testing requirements. M. Adjust the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation of the systems. 3.09 TRAINING A. Provide manufacturer’s training as specified in each individual section of the Specifications. END OF SECTION 26 00 00 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project General Provisions City of Fort Worth 26 00 00 - 18 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 05 13 - MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish, install, and test the medium voltage cables and accessories as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. This Section shall apply to all temporary and permanent feeders used on the project. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following: 1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. C. Submit for approval the Contractor’s certification of extended warranty in the shop drawing submitted to the Engineer for approval. D. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 2 Issued for Bid 2. Submit catalog data of all wire and cable and accessories specified under this Section with all selections, options and exceptions clearly indicated. a. The date of manufacture for each reel of cable shall be submitted. b. Cable manufactured 12 months or more prior to the date of this Contract will not be acceptable. 3. Submit the specified quality assurance documentation. 4. Submit marked cut sheets for each type and size lug that is used. 5. Submit the type of crimping tool required for use on each size and type of lug. Submit the instructions for the use of the tool. 6. Submit layouts to confirm the routing of conductors to include the following: a. Show all termination points identifying each termination as required and/or as shown on the Drawings b. Show the pulling lengths of each pull. c. Show the pulling directions of each pull. d. Submit requests for approval for any requested splice points. 7. Submit all the pulling tension reports as specified in Section 3 of this specification: a. Submit the manufacturer’s field services engineering cable pulling tension calculations for each pull calculated in each direction to the Engineer/Owner. b. Submit a report which indicates the pulling direction selected and report the pulling tension used. c. Submit a report indicating the recorded pulling tensions to install each cable for all cable installed with mechanical means. 1) Submit the handwritten record of pulling tension for each pull recorded in the field during each pull, signed by one of the specified witnesses to the Engineer. 2) Submit a type-written report also signed by the specified witness to the Engineer. d. Copies of the specified reports shall be available in the field for reference prior to each pull being done. 8. Submit all the required test reports indicating the results of all electrical tests specified in Section 3.0 of this specification. 9. Failure to submit any specified report or failure to comply with the requirements of this specification will result in the following: 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 3 Issued for Bid a. The cable to be rejected regardless of the stage of the installation up to and including termination and field testing. b. Remove replace, reinstall, re-terminate and retest rejected cables. c. No change in the Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for the cost of the replacement cables, shipping to the job site, cost of pulling machines, labor for installation, terminating and testing of the replacement cables. E. Certified Tests 1. Submit certified test reports of manufacturer’s standard production testing and inspection as specified. F. Cable Splicing and Termination Certifications 1. Submit a training certification for each electrician who will do cable splicing and termination, showing that the electrician has received cable splicing training, within the last five years, by one of the specified cable splice manufacturers listed herein. Failure to submit the training certificates will result in the rejection of the installation of the cable, any terminations or splices. 2. As an alternative, submit evidence that the electrician has successfully completed, within the last five years, a National Joint Apprenticeship Committee (NJATC) course on cable splicing. 3. Submit certification showing the separable connectors electrically and physically compatible with the bushings provided on all dead front equipment both new and existing including but not limited to switchgear, cable switching cabinets and transformers. G. Submit a letter of Compliance with manufacturer’s installation standards. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Medium voltage cables shall meet or exceed the specifications and requirements of the latest Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) and the Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC) publications, except as modified by this Section. B. Ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR) insulated cable shall meet or exceed ICEA S-93-639 (NEMA WC-74). C. Cables shall comply with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard 1072, IEEE 383 and 1202, #1/0 AWG and larger. D. Field testing and commissioning shall be done in accordance with the cable manufacturer’s recommendations, unless otherwise modified by this Section. E. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC) 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 4 Issued for Bid F. NFPA 70E – Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace G. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The general construction of the cable and the insulation material used shall be like that used for cable of the same size and rating in continuous production for at least five years and successfully operating in the field in substantial quantities. B. Upon request, the manufacturer shall submit a copy of his Quality Assurance Manual detailing the quality control and quality assurance measures in place at his facility. C. The manufacturer shall submit certification that they have available for audit detailed descriptions of the method by which his various manufacturing processes and production test are recorded, thus enabling the "traceability" of the completed cable. All steps in the manufacturing process, from receipt of raw material to the final tests, shall be included. Where multiple records are used, the method for cross-referencing shall be noted. D. Cable shall be UL listed as Type MV-105, and for cable tray use. E. Cable with a manufacture date of greater than 12 months previous will not be acceptable. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted., B. Reels not completely restrained, with interlocking flanges or broken flanges, damaged reel covering or any other indication of damage, will be rejected. C. Unload reels using a sling and spreader bar. Roll reels in the direction of the arrows shown on the reel and on surfaces free of obstructions that could damage the cable. D. Store cable on a solid, well drained location. Cover cable reels with plastic sheeting or tarpaulin. Do not lay reels flat. E. Cable ends shall be sealed with heat shrinkable end caps before shipping from the factory. Do not remove end caps until cables are ready to be installed and terminated. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 5 Issued for Bid 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty to be free from defects in material and workmanship from date of delivery, for the equipment specified. Provide additional warranty time to extend the manufacturer’s warranty from the date of delivery for the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a total time of two years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. B. Include the Contractor’s certification of extended warranty in the shop drawing submitted to the Engineer for approval. Omission of the Contractor’s certification will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. D. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The manufacturer's name, the voltage class, type of insulation, thickness of insulation, conductor size, UL listing and date of manufacture shall be printed on the jacket. B. Cables shall be suitable for use in partially submerged wet locations, in non-metallic or metallic conduits, underground duct systems and direct buried installation. C. Quality assurance requirements 1. The manufacturer shall submit documentation showing a minimum of five years successful field experience as well as demonstrating technical life assessment as requested. 2. The manufacturer shall submit documentation showing they have in place an established and documented Quality Assurance Program implementing suitable procedures and controls for all activities affecting quality. 3. Submit documentation that verifies the quality of production and traceability back to inspection records, raw material and the original designs and design proof tested cables. D. Furnish cables in reel lengths, each long enough to reach from connection point to connection point without splice, utilizing the manufacturer’s published maximum reel length capability for each type and size to be used on this Project. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 6 Issued for Bid 1. If any length capability is insufficient to provide without splice, clearly describe the insufficiency in the Shop Drawing submittal, and clearly identify the location required for such a splice. 2. Describe the exception in detail and approval by the Owner/Engineer is mandatory before the cable is ordered. 3. Remove and replace cables with splices installed without approval with another manufacturer’s cable meeting the requirements of the location. No change in the Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed. E. Provide cables rated as follows: 1. Operate continuously at 105°C conductor temperature. 2. Have an emergency rating of 140°C. 3. Have a short circuit rating of 250°C. 4. Provide emergency overloads for periods of up to 100 hours. Provide cables rated for five 100-hour emergency overload operations within the lifetime of the cable. F. Provide shielded medium voltage cable unless specifically shown otherwise on the Drawings. G. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Okonite Company, Inc. 2. General Cable 3. Southwire 4. Kerite 5. Approved equal H. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 2.2 CABLE RATINGS AND TYPE A. 5 kV Cable 1. Cable type: Single conductor. 2. Insulation level: 5 kV – 133% / 8 kV. – 100%. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 7 Issued for Bid 2.3 CABLE CONSTRUCTION A. Provide medium voltage cables with the following listings: 1. UL MV-105 listed in accordance with UL 1072. 2. UL CT Cable Tray Listed that meets UL vertical and horizontal flame tests. 3. IEEE 383 and UL 70,000 BTU/HR Ribbon Burner Flame Test. 4. IEEE 1202 flame test. 5. ICEA T-29-520 210,000 BTU/HR Ribbon Burner Flame Test. 6. Provide the following physical characteristics in accordance with ICEA, AEIC and UL standards: a. Conductor: Annealed uncoated copper, Class B concentric stranded per ASTM B-8 compact stranded per ASTM B-496. b. Strand Screen: Extruded semiconducting EPR strand screen meeting or exceeding the electrical and physical requirements of the following: 1) ICEA S -93-639/NEMA WC74 & S-97-682 2) AEIC S8 3) UL 1072. c. Insulation: 1) Ethylene propylene rubber (EPR) 2) 133% insulation level for the voltage required or specified meeting or exceeding the electrical and physical requirements of the following: a) ICEA S -93-639/NEMA WC74 & S-97-682 . b) AEIC S8 c) UL 1072. 3) Cross linked polyethylene (XLPE), tree-retardant cross-linked polyethylene (TRXLPE) or insulations other than EPR are not acceptable. d. The insulation thickness shall be as follows: 1) 5 kV – 0.115 inches e. Insulation Screen: 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 8 Issued for Bid 1) Extruded semiconducting EPR insulation screen 6 mils thick, applied directly over the insulation meeting or exceeding the electrical and physical requirements of the following: a) ICEA S -93-639/NEMA WC74 & S-97-682 b) AEIC S8 and UL 1072. 2) Overlaying with an extruded insulation shield of thermoset semi- conducting polymeric layer, free stripping. XLPE or TR-XLPE are not acceptable. f. Metallic Shield: 1) 5 mils annealed copper tape helically applied with a minimum overlap of 25%. 2) Round wire or flat ribbon wire shields longitudinally or helically applied or corrugated copper tapes are not acceptable. g. Jacket: 1) Moisture abrasion and flame-resistant insulation Thermoset Chlorinated Polyethylene (TS-CPE). 2) Meets or exceeds electrical and physical requirements of the following: a) ICEA S93-639\NEMA WC74 b) AEIC S8 and UL 1072 for polyvinyl chloride jackets c) UL Listed as MV-105 d) Sunlight resistant per UL 1072. 2.4 CABLE ACCESSORIES A. General 1. Cable termination and splicing material acceptable manufacturers: a. Raychem; 3M Corp. b. Elastimold c. Approved equal 2. Provide all material used in terminating and splicing medium voltage cables as recommended by the cable manufacturer. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 9 Issued for Bid 3. Terminate and splice cables in accordance with the kit supplier's drawings. 4. Provide cable terminations meeting or exceeding IEEE Standard 48, Class I requirements. 5. Provide EP insulated cable splices meeting or exceeding the requirements of ANSI C119.1 and IEEE 404. 6. Provide all cable accessories by one manufacturer to assure adequate installer training and application assistance. 7. The manufacturer shall document a minimum of five years successful field experience as well as demonstrating technical life assessment as requested. a. The manufacturer shall have an established and documented Quality Assurance Program implementing suitable procedures and controls for all activities affecting quality. b. Provide documentation that verifies the quality of production joint kits and traceability back to inspection records, raw material and the original designs and design proof tested joints. B. Indoor/Outdoor Cable Termination (5 to 35 kV) 1. Provide cold-applied pre-stretched body with molded skirts, solder-blocked ground braid and solderless ground clamp for single conductor shielded cable terminations for indoor applications. 2. Provide terminations with a current rating equal to, or greater than the cable ampacity. 3. Provide terminations that accommodate any form of cable shielding or construction without the need for special adapters. 4. Acceptable products: a. 3M Corp. b. Raychem c. Approved equal C. Tape Shielded Cable Splice 1. Provide cold-applied, pre-stretched body, shielding mesh, with spring clamp for single conductor shielded cable terminations for indoor, outdoor and buried applications. 2. Splice all shielded cables rated 35,000 volts or less with conductor sizes ranging from #4 AWG to 1,000 kcmil in accordance with the instructions provided with the splice. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 10 Issued for Bid 3. Provide shielded cable splices capable of normal continuous operations at the rated voltage and current on the cable it is to be used on (35 kV maximum). a. Include all the necessary materials required to make three splices including cold-applied, pre-stretched body, shielding mesh, with spring clamp in each splice kit. b. Include a comprehensive step-by-step instruction sheet shall be included with each kit. 4. Acceptable products: a. 3M Corp. b. Raychem c. Approved equal D. Heat Shrinkable Bus Connection Kits 1. Provide bus insulation kits capable of insulating bus bars two inches to six inches wide and for connection of one to four cables. 2. Kits shall electrically insulate and environmentally seal the connection and be easily re-enterable. 3. Provide cable-to-bus bar connection kits rated up to 35 kV class and tested in accordance with the following: a. ANSI C37.20c, Section 5.2.1.4 Test for Bus Bar Insulation and Section 5.2.9 Flame-Retardant Test for Applied Insulation. 4. Manufacturers a. Raychem Corp. b. Approved equal E. Lugs and Connectors 1. Provide tin plated copper lugs and connectors. 2. Provide long barrel type lugs and connectors, crimped with standard industry tooling, and made electrically and mechanically secure. 3. Provide lugs and connectors made for stranded wire that match the wire size used and clearly identified and color code on the connector. 4. Provide lugs with closed end construction to exclude moisture migration into the cable conductor. 5. Provide lugs and connectors with a current carrying capacity equal to the conductors for which they are rated and meet UL 486 requirements for 75°C. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 11 Issued for Bid 6. Provide long barrel two-hole lugs with NEMA spacing for installation on conductors larger than #8 AWG. Provide lugs and connectors rated for operation through 35 kV. F. Electrical Grounding Braid 1. Provide tinned copper conducting metal braid, woven from 240 strands of #30 AWG copper wires capable of carrying fault current comparable to that of #6 AWG copper wire. 2. Manufacturers a. 3M Corp. b. Scotchbrand 25 c. Approved equal G. Separable Connectors 1. Provide connectors as follows: a. Constructed from peroxide cured EDPM Rubber b. Tin-plated copper probe c. Jacket seal to prevent moisture ingress. 2. Provide connections electrically and physically compatible with the bushings provided on all dead front equipment both new and existing including but not limited to switchgear, cable switching cabinets and transformers. 3. Submit certification that the separable connectors provided on cables are compatible with the bushing to which they are connected. 4. Provide connectors meeting or exceeding the following standards: a. IEEE 386 Standard for Separable Connectors, b. IEEE 404 Standard for Cable Joints and Splices, c. IEEE 48 Standards for Cable Terminations, d. IEEE 592 Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields, e. ANSI C119.4 Standard for Copper and Aluminum Conductors, f. AEIC CS8 and ICEA S-94-469 g. S-92-684 Latest Standards for Cables Rated 5,000 – 46,000 Volts. 5. Ratings Parameter 15 kV Class BIL 95 kV AC withstand voltage (one 34 kV 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 12 Issued for Bid minute) DC withstand voltage (10 minutes) 53 kV 6. Operational temperature ratings: – 40°C to 65°C. 7. Manufacturers a. Cooper Power Systems b. Thomas and Betts c. Elastimold d. Raychem e. 3M f. No equal 8. 200 Amp Load Break Elbow Connector: a. Fully insulated shielded load break separable connector with stainless steel reinforced pulling eye b. Capacitive voltage test port c. Grounding tabs. d. Provide elbows capable of the following: 1) Ten full 200 ampere load break operations at 70% – 80% power factor 2) Withstand one fault close operation at 10 kA for 10 cycles (0.17 seconds) 1.3 max asymmetrical. 3) Withstand continuous 200 Amperes and momentary 10 kA for 10 cycles. 4) Temperature range for load break hot stick operations are from -20°C to 65°C at altitudes less than 6000 feet. 9. 600 Amp Separable (non-load break) Elbow Connectors: a. Provide fully insulated separable connectors. b. Stainless steel reinforced pulling eye. c. Capacitive voltage test port. d. Grounding tab. e. Provide elbows capable of the following: 1) Capable of continuously carrying 600 amperes. 2) 25 kA momentary withstand for 10 seconds. 3) Provide elbows with the same operational temperature and altitude ratings of the 200-ampere load break elbow connectors specified herein. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 13 Issued for Bid 10. Elbow Surge Arrestors: a. Provide elbow surge arrestors where elbows connect to dead front transformers or pad mounted switchgear. b. Arrestors shall be distribution class metal oxide varistor type which meets or exceeds IEEE C62.11 for MOVE arrestors. H. Cable Marking Systems 1. Provide a 7-mil, flame retardant, cold and weather-resistant vinyl plastic electrical tape phase identification, 3M Corp.; Scotch 35 Tape or equal. 2. Provide heat stamped nylon cable tags secured by polypropylene cable ties, Thomas & Betts No. TC228-9 or equal. 2.5 PULLING COMPOUNDS A. Provide nontoxic, nonflammable, noncombustible and noncorrosive pulling compounds that are UL listed and compatible with the cable insulation and jacket. B. Manufacturers 1. Ideal Company 2. Polywater, Inc. 3. Cable Grip Co. 4. Approved equal. 2.6 SHOP TESTING A. Perform manufacturers’ standard production testing and inspection in accordance with Section 9 of the referenced ICEA standards. The manufacturer shall submit certified proof of compliance with ICEA design and test standards. B. Provide certified test reports indicating that the cable has passed the following tests: 1. Partial Corona Discharge Test in accordance with ICEA S-93-639 Section 9.8.2. 2. Vertical tray flame test in accordance with IEEE 1202. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 14 Issued for Bid PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Determine the cutting lengths, reel arrangements and total lengths of cable required and furnish this data to the cable manufacturer as soon as possible to assure on-time delivery of cable. Provide a copy to the Owner/Engineer for record. B. Employ the services of the field services available from the cable manufacturer for installation, termination, and splicing training for the time required to perform the services specified herein. C. Provide the name and contact information of the manufacturer’s field service engineer. D. Submit pulling tension calculations for all pulls as specified below. E. Provide copies of the Certificate of Training to the Engineer which is issued within the last two years for each person involved in the installation, termination and splicing. F. Provide the services of the cable manufacturer’s field representative to fully inspect the installation setup prior to the start of cable installation. G. Provide a copy of their certified inspection report for the Engineer. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Cable Installation 1. Install all wire and cable with tension-monitoring equipment except for hand- pulled conductors into raceways. 2. Wire installed and cables shall not be installed using winches, vehicles or any other mechanical devices not intended for the installation of wire or cables. 3. The use of pulling tension monitoring equipment for the installation of wire or cable pulled in using mechanical means is mandatory. 4. Use the equipment and circuit tag names shown on the drawings in each report to identify each item of equipment and the associated circuit tested. 5. Submit pulling tension calculations to the Engineer for approval for every pull regardless of length prior to the start of the installation of any cables. a. The cable manufacturer’s field services engineering shall provide all pulling tensions for each pull. b. The calculations shall be done from both directions to determine the least amount of tension required. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 15 Issued for Bid c. All pulling tension calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer and their receipt acknowledged prior to installation. d. Provide copies of the calculations to be available in the field for reference during each pull. 6. Provide a third party to witnesses to all cable installations. Acceptable witnesses include the Engineer, Owner, or cable manufacturer’s field representative. 7. Submit pulling tension records for each wire or cable pull done using mechanical means monitored by pulling tension equipment. The records shall identify each pull by its circuit tag name, the starting and ending location of each pull to indicate the direction of each pull. a. Submit catalog cuts of the pulling tension measuring equipment and certification of its calibration. b. Submit the handwritten copies of the pulling tensions for each pull signed by the witness. c. Submit type written copies of the pulling tensions for each pull signed by the witness. 8. Conductors which have been installed using mechanical means without tension– monitoring shall be immediately removed from the raceways, permanently identified as rejected material, and removed from the jobsite. New conductors and cables shall be reinstalled, tagged, terminated, tested, and raceways resealed, with no change in the Contract Price or Schedule allowed. 9. Medium voltage cables pulling connections: a. The use of Kellems grip socks is prohibited. Cables pulled with Kellems grips will be rejected. b. All pulls shall be done using wire pulling grip kits attached to the cable copper conductor, Greenlee or approved equal. c. Seal the ends of the cables against the entry of moisture before pulling. d. Discard the amount of cable recommended by the manufacturer from the pulling end, but not less than three feet. e. Immediately install heat shrink caps over the ends of the cables when the pull is complete unless the cable terminations are being installed on the same day as the pull is complete. f. The heat shrink caps shall remain in place until the cable terminations are installed. 10. When temperature is below 20°F, cable reels shall be stored at 70°F for at least 24 hours before installation. 11. Pulling tensions: a. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 16 Issued for Bid b. Provide the manufacturer’s recommended maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii information to the Owner/Engineer c. Always have the information available at the project site during the installation process. 12. Pull cables from the direction that requires the least tension, and fewer bends in the last 25% of pull if the pulling directions are selectable. 13. Feed cables into raceway with zero tension and without cable crossover at raceway entrance. 14. Use only approves means of pulling the cable. a. Cable shall not be pulled using a vehicle or crane or any other mechanical means without pulling tension recording equipment. b. Cables pulled without using pulling tension recording equipment and making and keeping record of each pull will be rejected. 15. Manufacturer’s field services: a. Provide the services of the cable manufacturer whose representative is continuously present during the installation of the cable that includes pulling and termination. b. Observe the pulling of the cables and certify that at no point the cables were not bent sharper than the specified minimum bending radius. c. Observe the terminations and certify that the cable has not been bent sharper than the specified minimum bending radius at the termination point. d. Provide a report at the conclusion of the installation that certifies the installation of all sections of the cable has complied with the recommended installation procedures recommended by the manufacturer. e. Certify that the cable installation and termination has not voided the warranty. f. Provide the services of the cable manufacture’s field representative to witness all field cable testing. 16. Cable bending requirements: a. Cables shall not be bent sharper than the minimum bending radius allowed by the cable manufacturer but not less than 12 times the cable diameter. b. Care shall be taken during installation and training the cables to termination points such that the cables are not bent less than the minimum allowed radius at any time for any reason. c. Straightening a cable bent too sharply is not an acceptable solution. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 17 Issued for Bid d. Cables bent with a bending radius less than permitted at any time are rejected and shall be removed and replaced immediately with no increase in Contract Price or Contract Schedule allowed. 17. Pulling wheel requirements: a. Pulling wheels used in a cable pull where a change in the direction of the cable pull is required (such as the entry or exit point or through a manhole) shall have a diameter twice the minimum bending radius of the cable. b. Minimum bending radius of cables shall be at least 12 times the outside diameter of the cable or larger if required by the manufacturer. c. For example, a one-inch diameter cable shall have a minimum bending radius of 12 inches. Pulling wheels for this example shall be 24-inches in diameter, minimum. d. Pulling roller frames with multiple small diameter rollers shall be adjusted prior to the pull to provide a bending radius of more than 12 times the outside diameter of the cable. The adjustment of individual wheels in the frame shall not be out of alignment with the bending radius specified but shall provide a smooth curve over which the cable is pulled. B. Splicing: 1. Cables shall be installed with no splices unless approved by the Engineer/Owner on a case-by-case basis. 2. Proposed splice locations shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval prior to the start of installation. 3. Cables installed fully or partially which require splices without approval will be rejected and shall be removed and replaced without a change in Contract Price or Schedule. 4. Splicing work area shall be kept warm, dry and ventilated during splicing and terminating of the cables. 5. Splicing is not permitted unless previously approved by the Engineer. Approved splicing shall be performed by electricians having formal training and a minimum of five years’ field experience in this type of splicing work with 5 kV cable, as specified herein. 6. Prepare cables in accordance with splice kit manufacturers installation details. 7. Maintain shield continuity around splices. Bond cable shields at each splice location. 8. Install a neoprene tape wrap around each splice and bonding jumper to provide a watertight environmental seal. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 18 Issued for Bid 9. Insulate and seal each cable-to-bus termination with heat shrinkable bus connector kits. 10. Provide the services of the manufacturer to inspect the splicing and provide a letter to document his findings. Any deficiencies shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the manufacturer and Engineer with no change in the Contract Price or Schedule. C. Terminations: 1. Cable termination work area shall be kept warm, dry and ventilated during splicing and terminating of the cables. 2. Approved termination work shall be performed by electricians having formal training and a minimum of five years’ field experience in this type of terminating work with 5 kV cable, as specified herein. 3. Prepare cables in accordance with termination kit manufacturers installation details. 4. Maintain shield continuity. 5. Provide a watertight environmental seal. 6. Insulate and seal each cable-to-bus termination with heat shrinkable bus connector kits. 7. Provide the services of the manufacturer to inspect each termination and provide a letter to document his findings. Any deficiencies shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the manufacturer and Engineer with no change in the Contract Price or Schedule. D. Electric Arc and Fireproofing 1. Wrap medium voltage cables with a one half-lapped layer of Scotch Brand 77 Electrical Arc and Fireproofing tape in all manholes, cable trays and exposed locations. 2. Secure tape with a two-layer wrap of Scotch Brand 69 Glass Electrical Tape over the wrap of Scotch Brand 77 tape. E. Marking and Identification 1. Install plastic nameplates in each manhole, pull box and at splice and terminating points. 2. Show the phase and feeder designations and the date when the cable was installed, or splice or termination was made on each nameplate. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 19 Issued for Bid 3. Show the feeder designation on each name plate as indicated on the Drawings. 4. The nameplates to each cable with self-locking nylon tie. 3.03 FIELD TESTING A. Notify the Owner/Engineer at least two weeks prior to scheduling any testing. 1. Record all testing raw data by hand on paper even if the testing technician is using an electronic means to record the data. 2. Submit all raw data to the Engineer / Owner for their records. 3. Test all cables one phase conductor at a time. Connecting all three phases together to test is unacceptable. B. Witness field testing: 1. The presence of the cable manufacturer’s representative during all field cable testing is mandatory. 2. The witness shall sign the raw data forms on which he / she has witnessed being filled in. Any testing done which is not witnessed and the raw data documentation signed by the witness will not be accepted and shall be re-done with the witness present. 3. No increase in Contract Price nor Contract Time will be allowed for retesting. C. Equipment testing and inspection for all new cables shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations on a generic form, signed by the Contractor and the witness(es) and shall include the following: 1. Visual and mechanical inspection. 2. Shield continuity test. 3. Insulation resistance test. 4. Very Low Frequency (VLF) dielectric test in accordance with IEEE 400.2 D. Equipment testing and inspection for existing cables shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, and shall include the following: 1. Visual and mechanical inspection. 2. Shield continuity test. 3. Insulation resistance test. 0515-294565 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expansion Project Medium Voltage Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 13 - 20 Issued for Bid E. New cables connected to existing cables: 1. Perform tests 1, 2 and 3 listed above for all cables shown on the drawings or approved by the Engineer to be spliced into or otherwise connected to existing cables. 2. After test results are approved and the splice or connection is completed, perform an insulation resistance test and a shield continuity test on the length of new and existing cable including the splice or connection. F. Submit certified copies of the test results and leakage plots to the Owner/Engineer in accordance with Division 1 within five days of completion the of the tests. G. Immediately notify the Owner/Engineer and do not energize the cables if any of the following conditions occur: 1. Cable damage. 2. Improper installation or grounding. 3. Shield discontinuity or high resistance. 4. Dielectric absorption ratio and polarization index below 1.5. 5. Abnormal plot of leakage current versus voltage. H. Defective or Damaged Cables 1. The Owner/Engineer shall make sole determination of the acceptability of the cables based on the submitted test reports. 2. Do not energize cables until the test reports have been reviewed and approved by the Owner/Engineer. 3. If, in the opinion of the Owner/Engineer, the cables, terminations or splices are determined to be damaged or defective, provide the following remedial actions at no additional cost to the Owner: a. Remove splices and terminations as directed by the Engineer and completely re-test the cables to determine whether the cables are damaged or defective. b. Remove and replace damaged or defective cables as directed by the Owner/Engineer. c. Remake terminations and splices with new kits. d. Completely re-test cable, splices and terminations as previously tested above. END OF SECTION 26 05 13 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 05 19 - LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish, install, and test all wire, cable and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein submit the following: 1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. C. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review. 2. Submit catalog data of all wire and cable, connectors, lugs, and accessories, specified under this Section with all selections, options and exceptions clearly indicated. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. Catalog data shall show compliance with the referenced codes and standards. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 2 Issued for Bid 3. Submit all reports required in Section 3 of this specification. a. Identify cables whose installation requires a mechanical means to install. b. Submit pulling tension calculations as specified. for reach cable requiring mechanical means to install. c. Submit pulling tension measuring equipment cut sheet and calibration certification. d. Provide pulling tension installation reports as specified signed by specified witness. e. Provide conductor insulation Megger test reports as specified. 4. Provide a written description of the megger testing procedure that will be used for testing and the model and type of megger tester that will be used. Include this description in the wire and cable submittal. D. Certified Tests 1. Submit a report of pulling tensions for all wire and cable installed with mechanical means monitored by pulling tension equipment. 2. Submit a test report of all installed wire insulation tests. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. NEMA WC-5 – Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy 3. ANSI/TIA/EIA 606A – Standard for telecommunications Infrastructure 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The general construction of the wire, cables and the insulation material used shall be like that used for cable of the same size and rating in continuous production for at least 15 years and successfully operating in the field in substantial quantities. B. Wire and cable with a manufacture date of greater than 12 months previous will not be acceptable. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 3 Issued for Bid C. Wire and cable shall be in new condition, with the manufacturer’s packaging intact, stored indoors since manufacture, and shall not have been subjected to the weather. Date of manufacture shall be clearly visible on each reel. D. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials for a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted., B. Check for reels not completely restrained, reels with interlocking flanges or broken flanges, damaged reel covering or any other indication of damage. Do not drop reels from any height. C. Unload reels using a sling and spreader bar. Roll reels in the direction of the arrows shown on the reel and on surfaces free of obstructions that could damage the wire and cable. D. Store cable on a solid, well drained location. Cover cable reels with plastic sheeting or tarpaulin. Do not lay reels flat. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty, for the equipment specified and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. B. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The term wire and conductors are used interchangeably in this specification. The term cable is used to indicate two or more conductors enclosed in a common jacket. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 4 Issued for Bid B. Wires and cables shall be annealed, 98% conductivity, soft drawn copper. C. All conductors shall be Class B stranded. D. Except for control, signal, and instrumentation circuits, wire smaller than #12 AWG shall not be used. 2.02 POWER & BUILDING WIRE A. All building wire shall be stranded copper conductors, Type XHHW-2 2.03 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE CABLE A. Cable for use with VFDs shall be symmetrical design, three stranded Class D, bare copper, circuit conductors with XLPE insulation, three bare copper grounds, 100% shields with 50% overlap, and overall PVC jacket. Cable shall be 2000 volt, UL 1277 Type TC, XHHW-2 rated, 90°C., IEEE 1202/383. 2.04 TRAY CABLE A. Conductors or cables installed in tray for even part of their length shall be as follows: 1. Stranded copper conductors, Type XHHW-2 insulation, rated as UL Type TC cable. B. Conductors and cables shall be sunlight resistant and approved for direct burial. 2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR A. Grounding electrode conductor shall be stranded copper conductor, Type XHHW-2 with green insulation. 2.06 BONDING JUMPER A. Bonding Jumper shall be bare stranded copper conductor. 2.07 CONTROL WIRE AND CABLE A. Control wire shall be NEC Type XHHW-2. B. Multi-conductor control cable, shall be stranded copper, #14 AWG 600-volt, XHHW- 2, insulated, C. PVC outer jacket overall D. Type TC E. UL rated for underground wet location. 2.08 INSTRUMENTATION CABLE 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 5 Issued for Bid A. Cables for 4-20 mA, RTD, potentiometer and similar signals shall be PLTC rated and shall be: 1. Single pair cable: a. Conductors: Two #16 AWG stranded, copper and twisted on two-inch lay b. Insulation: PVC with 600-volt, 90°C rating c. Shield: 100% Mylar tape with copper drain wire d. Jacket: PVC with manufacturer’s identification e. UL1685 listed for underground wet location use 2. Three conductor (triad) cable: a. Conductors: Three #16 AWG stranded, copper and twisted on two-inch lay b. Insulation: PVC with 600-volt, 90°C rating c. Shield: 100% Mylar tape with copper drain wire d. Jacket: PVC with manufacturer’s identification e. UL1685 listed for underground wet location use 3. Multiple pair cables (where shown on the Drawings): a. Conductor: Multiple pairs, #16 AWG stranded, copper and twisted on a two- inch lay b. Insulation: PVC with 600-volt, 90°C rating c. Shield: Individual pairs shielded with 100% Mylar tape and copper drain wire d. Jacket: PVC with manufacturer’s identification e. UL1685 listed for underground wet location use 2.09 COMMUNICATION CABLES A. Cables for Ethernet and RS485 shall be rated and shall be: 1. Category 5e above Grade shielded Cable a. Conductors: Four bonded pair #24 AWG copper b. Insulation: Polyolefin c. Shield: 100% aluminum foil polyester tape with copper drain wire 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 6 Issued for Bid d. Jacket: PVC with 600-volt rated and manufacturer’s identification e. UL21047 and UL1666 listed for indoor and dry locations use 2. Category 5e above Grade un-shielded Cable a. Conductors: Four bonded pair #24 AWG copper b. Insulation: Polyolefin c. Jacket: PVC with 300-volt rated and manufacturer’s identification d. NEC CMR e. UL1666 listed for indoor and dry locations use 3. Category 6 above Grade shielded Cable a. Conductors: Four bonded pair #23 AWG copper b. Insulation: Polypropylene c. Shield: 100% aluminum foil polyester tape with copper drain wire d. Jacket: PVC with 600-volt rated and manufacturer’s identification e. Transmission Standards: Category 6 - TIA 568.C.2 f. NEC CMR g. Flame Test Method: UL1666 Vertical Riser listed for indoor and dry locations use 4. Category 6 above Grade un-shielded Cable a. Conductors: Four bonded pair #23 AWG copper b. Insulation: Polyolefin c. Jacket: PVC with 300-volt rated and manufacturer’s identification d. Transmission Standards: Category 6 - TIA 568.C.2 e. Nominal Velocity of Propagation: 72% f. Flame Test Method: UL1666 Vertical Riser listed for indoor and dry locations use 5. Category 5e below Grade shielded Cable a. Conductors: Four pair #24 AWG copper 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 7 Issued for Bid b. Insulation: Polyolefin c. Shield: 100% aluminum foil polyester tape with copper drain wire d. Jacket: LLPE (Linear Low-Density Polyethylene) with 300-volt rated and manufacturer’s identification e. Misc.: NEMA WC-63.1, listed for outdoor and wet locations use f. Water Blocking compound and listed for direct bury applications. 6. Category 5e below Grade unshielded Cable a. Conductors: Four pair #24 AWG copper b. Insulation: Polyolefin c. Jacket: LLPE (Linear Low-Density Polyethylene) with 300-volt rated and manufacturer’s identification d. Misc.: NEMA WC-63.1, listed for outdoor and wet locations use. e. TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e compliance f. Water Blocking compound and listed for direct bury applications. 7. Category 6 below Grade Cable a. Conductors: 4 pair 23AWG copper b. Insulation: Polyolefin c. Shield: 100 percent aluminum foil polyester tape with copper drain wire d. Jacket: Polyethylene with 300 volts rated and manufacturer’s identification e. Misc.: Gel filled and NEMA WC-63.1, listed for outdoor and wet locations use 8. RS-485 Communications Cable a. Conductors: One pair #24 AWG copper b. Insulation: Polyethylene c. Shield: 100% aluminum foil polyester tape with copper drain wire d. Jacket: PVC with 300-volt rated and manufacturer’s identification e. Misc.: UL2919 listed for indoor and dry locations use 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 8 Issued for Bid 9. RS-485 Communications Cable for Indoor/Outdoor/Sunlight resistant, Oil resistant a. Conductors: One pair #22 AWG tinned copper b. Insulation: Polyethylene c. Shield: 100% aluminum foil polyester tape with tinned copper drain wire d. Jacket: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE) with 300-volt rated and manufacturer’s identification e. Misc.: UL1685 flammability listed f. NEC / UL compliance g. Article 725, Article 800 Cm, PLTC h. Oil resistant per UL 1277 Table 10.17 B. Color code for Ethernet communications cables shall be as follows. 2.10 TERMINATION MATERIALS A. Power Conductors: Provide termination materials of conductors at equipment as specified in the relevant equipment Section. B. Control and Instrumentation Conductors (including graphic panel, alarm, low- and high-level signals): 1. Provide DIN-rail one-piece molded plastic blocks with tubular-clamp-screw type, with end barriers, dual side terminal block numbers and terminal group identifiers mounted terminal blocks for the termination of connectors. 2. Provide terminal blocks rated for a maximum of 2 #14 stranded conductors with the color of terminals in compliance with NFPA 79. C. Motor Conductors: 1. Provide ring type compression terminations on the motor leads and secured with bolt, nut and spring washer for motor connections with conductors #12 AWG up to #6 AWG. 2. Insulate connections with -30°C rubber insulated, half lap, and two layers minimum of Scotch 33 or equal vinyl tape. 3. Provide motor terminations for conductors #8 AWG and larger in accordance with paragraph “Lugs and Connectors” below. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 9 Issued for Bid 4. Provide motor terminals enclosures with bus and NEMA one-hole or two-hole pads to accommodate the conductor terminals specified herein for motors provided on this project per specification 26 05 50. D. Lugs and Connectors 1. Provide all lugs and connectors meeting the following requirements: a. Tin plated copper. b. Crimped type, installed with standard industry tooling. c. Provide lugs and connectors matching the wire size used and clearly identified and color coded on the connector. d. Provide all connections made for stranded wire and when installed made electrically and mechanically secure. e. Provide lugs and connectors with a current carrying capacity equal to the conductors for which they are rated and meeting UL 486 requirements for 75°C. f. Provide ring terminal lugs for #14 AWG up to #6 AWG. g. Terminate conductors #4 AWG and larger with two-hole long barrel lugs with NEMA spacing. h. Provide all lugs with closed end construction to exclude moisture migration into the cable conductor. 2.11 SPLICE MATERIALS A. Power Conductors 1. Install circuits from terminal to terminal, without splicing, except where splicing is shown on the Drawings. No other splicing is permitted. 2. Splicing is permitted in circuits from panelboards whose voltage to ground does not exceed 150 volts. For wires sizes #8 AWG and smaller, provide color coded wire nuts, with metal inserts, 3M or Ideal, rubber insulated with half lap and two layers minimum of Scotch 33 tape. 3. Splicing is permitted in circuits with voltages up to 300 volts to ground only as specifically shown or noted on the drawings. For wires greater than #8 AWG, provide a heat shrink insulated, color-coded, die-crimped splice lug, T&B 54XXX, or equal, rubber insulated, with half lap and two layers minimum of Scotch 33 tape. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 10 Issued for Bid B. Control and Instrumentation Conductors (including graphic panel, alarm, low- and high-level signals): 1. No splicing of control and instrumentation conductors is permitted. 2.12 WALL AND FLOOR SLAB OPENING SEALS A. Seal wall and floor slab openings with "FLAME-SAFE" as manufactured by the Thomas & Betts Corp. or equal. 2.13 WIRE AND CABLE TAGS A. Provide heat shrink type Raychem TMS-SCE or approved equal with the tag numbers typed with an indelible marking process, a minimum of 1/8-inch in height, for wire tags for wire sizes, #2 AWG and smaller. Handwritten tags shall not be acceptable. Where ends are not available, attach cable tags with nylon tie cord. B. Provide thermally printed polyethylene type tags, Brady TLS 2200 or approved equal, attached with nylon zip ties applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions for wires larger than #2 AWG and for all cables. C. Tags relying on adhesives or taped-on markers are not acceptable. D. Tagging shall be provided in accordance with the execution portion of these Specifications. E. All wire tags shall be solvent resistant. 2.14 WIRE COLOR CODE A. Color code all wire or code wire using electrical tape in sizes #8 or greater, where colored insulation is not available. Where tape is used as the identification system, apply color code tape in all junction boxes, manholes and other accessible intermediate locations as well as at each termination. . B. The following coding shall be used: System Wire Color 1-Phase, 3 Wire Phase A Phase B Neutral Black Red White 208Y/120, Volts 3-Phase, 4 Wire Phase A Phase B Black Red 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 11 Issued for Bid Phase C Neutral Blue White 480Y/277, Volts 3-Phase, 4 Wire Phase A Phase B Phase C Neutral Brown Orange Yellow Gray/White with one or more colored stripes 2.15 CABLE TAG COLOR CODE A.Provide white cable tags with black printing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A.Construction Sequence: 1.No conductor shall be installed between outlet points, junction points or splicing points, until raceway sections have been completed, and raceway covers are installed for protection of conductors from damage or exposure to the elements. 2.Any conductor installed in an incomplete raceway system shall be removed from the raceway system and from project site. 3.A complete inspection of such raceway sections shall be completed before new conductors are installed. 4.Completely swab raceway system before installing conductors. Do not use cleaning agents and lubricants which have a deleterious effect on the conductors or their insulation. 5.Install all conductors into a raceway at one time, using wire pulling lubricant as needed to protect the wire. 6.Pulling tension requirements a.Identify each pull requiring mechanical means and submit to the Engineer before starting the installation. b.Submit pulling tension calculations to the Engineer for all pulls which are identified as requiring mechanical means to install. c.Submit catalog cuts of the pulling tension measuring equipment and certification of its calibration. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 12 Issued for Bid B. Installation of wire and cable 1. Use tension-monitoring equipment for all installation into raceways except for hand-pulled wires or cables. 2. Using winches, vehicles or any other mechanical devices not intended for the installation of wire or cables wire and cables is prohibited. 3. The use of pulling tension monitoring equipment for the installation of wire or cable pulled in using mechanical means is mandatory. 4. Pulling tension records: a. Submit pulling tension records for each wire or cable pull done using mechanical means monitored by pulling tension equipment. b. Provide third party witnesses to all cable installations requiring installation using mechanical means. Acceptable witnesses include the Engineer, Owner, or cable manufacturer’s field representative. c. Witnessed reports are mandatory. 5. Conductors installed using mechanical means without tension–monitoring and record reporting: a. Immediately removed from the raceways b. Permanently identified as rejected material c. Removed from the jobsite. d. New conductors and cables shall be provided reinstalled, tagged, terminated, tested and raceways resealed. e. Retest associated power and/or control systems, if previously tested. f. No change in the Contract Price or Schedule allowed. 6. Do not exceed cable manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii. Cables 7. Use only UL listed compound compatible with the cable outer jacket and with the raceway involved. 8. Tighten all screws and terminal bolts using torque type wrenches and/or drivers to tighten to the inch-pound requirements of the NEC and UL. 9. Single conductors and cables in manholes, hand holes, vaults, cable trays, and other indicated locations: 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 13 Issued for Bid a. Wrapped together with arc and fireproofing tapes where specified. b. If not arc and fireproof wrapped, bundle throughout their exposed length with nylon, self-locking, releasable, cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding four inches on centers. C. Wire and cable installed in cable trays 1. Provide wire and cable UL Listed as Type TC, for cable tray use if any portion of their length is routed through a cable tray. 2. Install power conductors subject to shot circuit current with cleats as specified in Section 26 05 36 Cable Tray. D. Remove and replace installed wire if any of the following conditions exist: 1. Not been approved 2. Has not been stored in accordance with the specifications 3. Does not pass specified field tests 4. Has been damaged. 5. Was not installed using pulling tension monitoring equipment as specified. 6. No change in the Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed. 3.02 CONDUCTORS 1000 VOLTS AND BELOW A. Provide conductor sizes indicated on Drawings, as a minimum. B. Use crimp connectors on all stranded conductors. C. Soldered mechanical joints insulated with tape are not acceptable. D. Installation of VFD cables 1. Field tin the exposed ends of VFD cables. 2. Terminate all VFD cables with compression lugs. E. Installation of wires and cables in cabinets and panels: 1. Arrange wiring neatly cut to proper length 2. Remove surplus wire unless noted otherwise. 3. Bridle or bundle and secure conductors in a manner acceptable to the Engineer/Owner. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 14 Issued for Bid 4. Identify all circuits entering motor control centers and all other control enclosures in accordance with the conductor identification system specified herein. F. Terminate control and instrumentation wiring with methods consistent with terminals provided, and in accordance with terminal manufacturer's instructions. G. Attach compression lugs, larger than #6 AWG, with a tool specifically designed for that purpose which provides a complete, controlled crimp where the tool will not release until the crimp is complete. Use of plier type crimpers is not acceptable. H. Cap spare conductors and conductors not terminated with the UL listed end caps. I. Remove all burrs, chamfer all edges, and install bushings and protective strips of insulating material to protect the conductors passing through holes or over edges in sheet metal enclosures. J. Spare wires or cables terminated by others: 1. Provide at least 6 feet of slack for spare cables or wires in freestanding panels for all conductors which are to be terminated by others. 2. Provide at least two feet of slack for spare cables or wires in other assemblies for all conductors which are to be terminated by others. 3. Provide additional conductor length in any assembly where it is obvious that more conductor will be needed to reach the termination point. K. Conductor installation: 1. Do not combine power conductors in the same raceway unless shown on Drawings. 2. Do not install signal conductors carrying voltages less than 120 volts AC in the same raceway or junction box or wireway as conductors carrying higher voltages regardless of the insulation rating of the conductors. 3. Do not share neutrals on branch circuits. 3.03 GROUNDING A. Provide a green wire equipment grounding conductor in all raceways whether the raceway is metallic or not. B. A ground conductor is required to be provided in accordance with the NEC and specification 26 05 26 in all conduits, motors, cabinets, outlets, and other equipment enclosures congaing any electrical devices or equipment. C. Install ground wires exposed to mechanical damage in SCH 80 PVC conduit. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 15 Issued for Bid D. Provide connections to ground rods using exothermic welds equal to the Cadweld process in accordance with Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding System. 3.04 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES A. Splices of wire and cable are not permitted, except where specifically approved by the Owner/Engineer in writing, or as shown on the Drawings. B. Power conductors: 1. Provide terminations with connectors as specified. 2. Make splices, where specifically allowed as stated above, in a Termination Cabinet (TC). 3. Provide termination cabinets as follows: a. Provide terminal blocks mounted to a back panel inside the termination cabinet.to terminate ring terminal lugs for #14 AWG up to #6 AWG. Provide a terminal for each conductor. Double lugging is not permitted. b. Provide terminations for conductors #4 AWG and larger with two-hole long barrel lugs with NEMA spacing as specified. Provide tin-plated bus bars drilled to accept NEMA two-hole lugs installed with stand-off insulators mounted on a back panel inside the terminal cabinet. Provide pads drilled into the bus bars to accept each conductor entering the cabinet. C. Control Conductors: 1. Splices of control conductors will not be permitted between terminal points. 2. Make terminations with approved terminals as specified. D. Instrumentation Signal Conductors (including graphic panel, alarm, low- and high- level signals): 1. Splices of Instrumentation conductors will not be permitted between terminal points. 2. Make terminations with connectors as specified. 3. Terminate each shield of pair shielded, and triad shielded on terminal strips. 4. Provide dedicated terminal block to every conductor including shields. 5. Double lugging terminations is not acceptable. 6. Ground shields at the PLC/RTU. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 16 Issued for Bid 3.05 INSTRUMENTATION CABLES A. Installation: 1. Install instrumentation cables in raceways as specified. 2. Unless specifically shown on the Drawings, install all instrumentation circuits as single shielded twisted pair cables or single shielded twisted triads. 3. Circuits be made up using conductors from different pairs or triads is prohibited in all cases. Provide triads wherever three wire circuits are required. 4. Install shielded instrumentation wire, coaxial cable, data highway cable, discrete I/O, multiple conductor cable, and fiber optic cables without splices between instruments, terminal boxes, or panels. 5. Insure that the cable shield is electrically continuous for the entire length of the circuit. 6. Ground shields at the PLC/RTU. B. Terminations: 1. Provide terminal blocks at all instrument cable junction boxes. Identify and tag all circuits at each junction. 2. Provide terminal blocks for inter-connecting shield drain wires at all junction boxes. 3. Provide each signal conductor with its own terminal block. 4. Provide individual circuit shields with its own block. 5. Double lugging of field conductors is not acceptable. C. Shield wires: 1. Wrap and tape shield wires at the transmitter end of the signal run. 2. Before termination, peel back the outer sheath, leaving the shield intact. 3. Wrap the drain wire around the conductors, leaving approximately two inches exposed. 4. Wrap the drain wire with two layers of Scotch 33 tape. 3.06 WIRE TAGGING A. Tag all wiring at all termination points and at all major access points in the electrical raceways. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 17 Issued for Bid 1. A termination point is defined as any point or junction where a wire or cable is physically connected, including terminal blocks and device terminals. 2. A major access point to a raceway is defined as any enclosure box condulet or space designed for wire or cable pulling or inspection and includes pull boxes, manholes, and junction boxes. B. Provide wire tags showing both origination and destination information to allow for a wire or cable to be traced from point in the field. C. Show information regarding its origination in parenthesis. D. Tag both the individual conductors and the overall cable in multiconductor cables. E. Conductors that are part of a multiconductor cable shall reference the cable identification number that they are a part of, as well as a unique conductor number within the cable. 3.07 CABLE TAGGING A. Tag al cables at all termination points and at all major access points in the electrical raceways as defined in the wire tag section of this Specification. B. Install cable tags where the cable enters and leaves each access point (e.g., junction box, manhole, etc.). C. In cases of limited access space, a single tag may be used that shows both equipment tag origination and destination. D. In the case where the jacket is stripped for terminations, install the tag at the end of the jacket. 3.08 RACEWAY SEALING A. Seal raceways entering junction boxes or control panels containing electrical or instrumentation equipment with 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant or approved equal. B. The sealing requirement applies to all raceways in the conduit system. 3.09 FIELD TESTS A. Conductors under 600 volts 1. Perform insulation resistance testing of all power circuits below 1000 volts with a 1000-volt megger, in accordance with the recommendations of the wire manufacturer. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low-Voltage Wires and Cables City of Fort Worth 26 05 19 - 18 Issued for Bid a. Test all 480-volt incoming conductors to switchgear, MCCs, switchboards the high side of 480V distribution transformers and panelboards. Test the conductors connected to the 480-volt side of all transformers with a 480V secondary. b. Test all circuits energized at 277 volts or above serving all loads connected to switchgear, MCCs, switchboards, and panelboards. c. Circuits feeding loads at 208Y/120V or 120/240V are exempt from megger testing with the exception of circuits feeding critical loads such as ATS or UPS or other circuits requiring tests by the Engineer. d. Use the equipment and circuit tag names shown on the drawings in each report to identify each item of equipment and the associated circuit tested. 2. Test report: a. Prepare a written test report of the results and submit to the Owner/Engineer prior to final inspection. b. Provide a written description of the megger testing procedure that will be used for testing and the model and type of megger tester that will be used. Include this description in the wire and cable submittal. 3. Minimum acceptable value for insulation resistance is 100 megohms. Lower values shall be acceptable only by the Owner/Engineer's specific written approval. Megger reports shall contain actual recorded numbers. Infinity is not an acceptable number. 4. Test each phase independently. Test A to B, B to C, C to A, A to Ground, B to Ground and C to Ground. Connecting all three phases together for testing is unacceptable. Such tests will be rejected. 5. Disconnect equipment that might be damaged by this test. Perform tests with all other equipment connected to the circuit. B. Tests: 1. After instrumentation cable installation and conductor termination by the instrumentation and control supplier, perform tests to ensure that instrumentation cable shields are isolated from ground, except at the grounding point in the instrumentation control panel. 2. Remove all improper grounds. END OF SECTION 26 05 19 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Grounding and Bonding System City of Fort Worth 26 05 26 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to install a complete Grounding and Bonding System, in strict accordance with Article 250 of the National Electrical Code (NEC), and as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Include ground wires, ground rods, exothermic connections, mechanical connectors, structural steel connections, all as shown on the Drawings, and as specified herein, to provide a bonding to earth ground of all metallic materials likely to become energized. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following: 1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review. D. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Grounding electrodes and conductors 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Grounding and Bonding System City of Fort Worth 26 05 26 - 2 Issued for Bid 2. Grounding conduit hubs. 3. Waterpipe ground clamps. 4. Buried grounding connections. 5. Compression lugs. 6. Exothermic bonding system. 7. Testing a. Submit all testing equipment proposed for use. b. Provide soil resistivity measurements for each structure having a counterpoise grounding system and for each structure having a lighting protection system specified or shown to be installed prior to installing any grounding. c. Provide grounding system resistance to earth measurements of the completed grounding systems at each separate structure where grounding wells are present, at each structure if no grounding wells are present, and at each pad mounted equipment location remote from main structures. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. UL 467-2007 --Grounding and Bonding Equipment 3. NFPA 70E – Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Grounding and Bonding System City of Fort Worth 26 05 26 - 3 Issued for Bid submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted. B. Protect equipment during shipment, handling, and storage by suitable complete enclosures. Protect equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty, for the equipment specified and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. B. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAYS A. Provide raceway systems as specified under Section 26 05 33. B. Provide equipment grounding conductors in all raceways, conduits and ducts sized in accordance with the NEC. Minimum sizes shall be #12 AWG unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 2.02 CONDUCTORS A. Provide conductors as specified under Section 26 05 19 and 26 05 13. B. Provide copper XHHW-2 insulated grounding conductors with green insulation where available from the wire manufacturers or marked with green tape as specified under 26 05 19 and 26 05 13. C. Provide bare copper grounding electrode conductors where direct buried or encased in concrete. D. Provide bare copper grounding electrode conductors or lightning protection down lead conductors shown, specified or required installed in conduit per the NEC with no other conductors. E. Bond bare conductors installed in metallic conduits to the metallic conduit at both ends. 2.03 GROUNDING ELECTRODES 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Grounding and Bonding System City of Fort Worth 26 05 26 - 4 Issued for Bid A. Provide ground rods 3/4-inch in diameter and 10-foot in length (minimum) unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings. 1. Provide copper clad steel ground rods manufactured meeting the requirements of UL 467. 2. The minimum copper thickness shall be 10 mils. B. Manufacturers for ground rods 1. ERICO 2. Copperweld 3. Approved equal 2.04 CONNECTORS AND CONNECTIONS A. Provide waterpipe ground clamps, and other ground clamps where specified, made of cast bronze. B. Provide the correct size for the pipe. C. Manufacturers 1. Thomas & Betts Co. Cat. JPT 2. Burndy 3. O.Z. Gedney Co. 4. Cooper Power Systems 5. Erico 6. Harger 7. Approved equal D. Provide exothermic weld connections for all concealed grounding system or lightning protection system connections unless otherwise specified. 1. Use exothermic welded connections in exposed locations as specified herein. 2. Manufacturers a. T&B Furseweld SCR1 b. Burndy Thermoweld c. Cadweld 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Grounding and Bonding System City of Fort Worth 26 05 26 - 5 Issued for Bid d. Approved equal E. Provide a Burndy Hyground Irreversible Compression System or equal in areas where the Owner’s operations prevent the use of an exothermic welded connection. 1. The use of a compression system ground connection is otherwise prohibited without written approval on a case-by-case basis from the Owner or Engineer. 2. Permission shall be submitted through the RFI process. 3. Compression connectors installed without permission shall be removed and replaced with exothermic weld connections with no change in the Contract Price or change in the Contract Schedule allowed. F. Provide UL 467 listed channel bonding clamps to connect grounded conductors to support channels as manufactured by Hager or equal. G. All grounding connections which would require exothermic welding in a Class 1 Division 1 Area as determined by NFPA 820, or the Engineer, or the NEC Authority Having Jurisdiction shall use a Burndy Hyground Irreversible Compression System, or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install exposed grounding electrode conductors in SCH 80 PVC to protect the conductors from damage. B. Painting water pipe grounding connections is prohibited. Disassemble, replace, and reconnect painted connections. C. Install an equipment grounding conductor in raceways whether the raceway is metallic or not for the power, control, and instrumentation systems. 1. Provide independent grounding conductors separate from all shield drain wires. 2. Bond all conduits, motors, cabinets, outlets, and other equipment in accordance with NEC requirements. D. In new construction, bond each building column to the grounding electrode counterpoise system whether specifically shown on the Drawings using grounding electrode conductors. 1. Bond grounding electrode conductors rising from the counterpoise to bond to a column using an insulated conductor the same size as the conductors used to form the counterpoise. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Grounding and Bonding System City of Fort Worth 26 05 26 - 6 Issued for Bid 2. Install exposed grounding electrode conductors in rigid conduit as specified in Section 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Wires and Cables. 3. Bond metallic conduits as specified. 4. Make grounding electrode conductor connections to structural steel columns with long barrel type one-hole heavy duty copper compression lugs, bolted through 1/2-inch maximum diameter holes drilled in the column web, with stainless steel hex head cap screws and nuts. Connections to structural steel are permitted only as approved by the Structural Engineer. 5. Exothermic welds to structural steel are acceptable in non-classified areas if approved by the Structural Engineer. E. Installation of structure counterpoise grounding system. 1. Install counterpoise conductors a minimum of 30 inches below finished grade. 2. Install the counterpoise ground conductors 30 inches from the outside edge of the structure. 3. Install ground rods such that the top of the ground rod is at least 12 inches below the finished grade, except for ground rods installed in ground test wells. 4. Bond the ground conductor installed in duct banks to the counterpoise conductors where the duct bank crosses the counterpoise. 5. Where required or shown, bond the counterpoise conductor to the structure rebar. Bond to rebar at least 10 feet long. F. Terminate all metal conduits stubbed into any enclosure containing electrical equipment or devices with insulated grounding bushings and connected to the enclosure ground bus. 1. Bond boxes mounted below the electrical enclosure to the enclosure ground bus. 2. Size the grounding wire in accordance with NEC Table 250.122, except that a minimum #12 AWG shall be used. G. Provide bonding jumpers for liquid tight flexible metal conduit in sizes 1-1/2-inch and larger. Install bonding jumpers externally and parallel (not spiraled) to the liquid tight flexible conduit and fasten with plastic tie wraps. H. Ground transformer neutrals to the nearest available grounding electrode with a conductor sized as shown with a minimum size in accordance with NEC Article 250.66. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Grounding and Bonding System City of Fort Worth 26 05 26 - 7 Issued for Bid I. Provide power system grounding electrodes (ground rods) no closer than twice the length of the ground rod. 1. Where a lightning protection is specified to be provided, provide a dedicated lightning protection system grounding electrode (ground rod) at the end of every down lead if no counterpoise is present or shall connect directly to the power system counterpoise without driving a separate ground rod. 2. Refer to Section 26 41 00 for lightning protection system specifications. J. Provide a #1/0 AWG bare tinned grounding conductor the full length of each cable tray system. 1. Bond each section and tray fitting to the tray grounding conductor. 2. Route the tray grounding conductor along the outside of the cable tray. 3. Install no grounding clamps on the inside of the tray to avoid damage to tray conductors. 4. Bond the tray grounding conductor to the power system counterpoise grounding electrode system at the end of the tray, or for tray systems installed in a loop configuration, bond in at least two locations at opposite sides of the tray loop. 5. Bond every enclosure to which tray conductors are routed to the tray grounding conductor. 6. Bond every conduit or raceway routing tray conductors away from or to the tray system to the cable tray and to the cable tray grounding conductor. K. Ground and bond all equipment enclosures, motor and transformer frames, conduits systems, cable tray, cable armor, exposed structural steel and all other equipment and materials required to be grounded and bonded in accordance with the NEC. L. Seal exposed connections between different metals with no-oxide paint, Grade A or equal. M. Lay all underground grounding conductors’ slack and, where exposed to mechanical injury, protect by pipes or other substantial guards. 1. If guards are iron pipe, or other magnetic material, electrically connect conductors to both ends of the guard. 2. Make connections as specified herein. N. Ensure good ground continuity between the conduit system and equipment frames and enclosures. Where necessary or as required by the NEC, provide bonding jumper conductors. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Grounding and Bonding System City of Fort Worth 26 05 26 - 8 Issued for Bid O. Ground all grounding type receptacles to the outlet boxes with a minimum, #12 AWG XHHW-2 stranded green conductor, connected to the ground terminal of the receptacle, and bonded to the outlet box by means of a green colored grounding screw. 3.02 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Inspect the grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. B. Perform soil resistivity measurements prior to the installation of any grounding systems and submit the results to the Engineer. 1. Use Biddle DET4 contractor series instruments. 2. Submit the results to the Owner/Engineer for record. 3. No change in the Contract price or Schedule will be allowed for retesting. C. Use Biddle Direct Reading Earth Resistance Tester or equivalent test instrument to measure the earth-to-ground resistance of each system having a counterpoise grounding system, or a lightning protection system installed. 1. Perform testing in accordance with test instrument manufacturer's recommendations using the fall-of-potential method. 2. Submit the results of all tests to the Owner/Engineer. D. Provide all test equipment under this section only as approved by the Owner/Engineer. 1. Submit cut sheets for all proposed test instruments to the Engineer for approval prior to starting any testing. 2. Submit the calibration records for the test instruments used. E. Conduct resistance to ground testing only when tests are preceded by no precipitation for a minimum of five days. 1. Submit test results in the form of a graph showing the number of points measured (12 minimum) and the numerical resistance to ground. F. Complete testing shall before the electrical distribution system is energized. G. Provide a separate test shall for each building or system. H. Perform ground resistance tests after underground installation and connections to building steel and electrical raceways and equipment are complete. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Grounding and Bonding System City of Fort Worth 26 05 26 - 9 Issued for Bid 1. Test the resistance to ground test at each ground test well. 2. Acceptable ground tests do not exceed a maximum resistance of 5 ohms. 3. Where measured values exceed this figure, install additional ground rods as required to reduce the resistance to the specified limit. a. Provide tests at each ground test well using a "fall of potential" test method. b. Provide tests at each remotely pad mounted equipment location. c. Provide tests at each structure where no ground wells are present. I. Submit the results of the ground-to-earth tests to the Owner and the Engineer. 1. Testing shall be witnessed by Owner. 2. No change in the Contract price or Schedule will be allowed for retesting. J. Notify the Engineer immediately if the resistance to ground for any building or system is greater than five ohms. END OF SECTION 26 05 26 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Grounding and Bonding System City of Fort Worth 26 05 26 - 10 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Support Hardware City of Fort Worth 26 05 29 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 05 29 - ELECTRICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install electrical support hardware, as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Hardware shall include anchor systems, adhesive anchor systems, metal framing systems, and other electrical support systems, as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following: 1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review. D. Shop Drawings 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Support Hardware City of Fort Worth 26 05 29 - 2 Issued for Bid 1. Submit catalog data of all support hardware components specified under this Section. Catalog data shall show compliance with the referenced codes and standards. All selections, options and exceptions shall be clearly indicated. 2. The submittal information for anchor systems shall contain manufacturer's specifications and technical data as follows: a. Acceptable base material conditions (i.e. cracked, un-cracked concrete) b. Acceptable drilling methods c. Acceptable bore hole conditions (dry, water saturated, water filled, under water) d. Manufacturer's installation instructions including bore hole cleaning procedures and adhesive injection. e. Cure and gel timetables f. Temperature ranges (storage, installation, and in-service). 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace 3. ASTM E 488-96 (2003); Standard Test Method for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements, ASTM International. 4. ASTM E 1512-93, Standard Test Methods for Testing Bond Performance of Adhesive-Bonded Anchors, ASTM International 5. AC308; Acceptance Criteria for Post-Installed Anchors in Concrete Elements, Latest revision. 6. SAE 316 Stainless Steel Grades 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Support Hardware City of Fort Worth 26 05 29 - 3 Issued for Bid B. All equipment components and completed assemblies having a UL standard specified in this Section of the Specifications, shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, a list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of equipment not completely constructed, onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted. B. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Adhesive Anchor Systems. 1. Deliver materials undamaged in Manufacturer's clearly labeled, unopened containers, identified with brand, type, and ICC-ES Evaluation Report number. 2. Coordinate delivery of materials with scheduled installation date, minimizing storage time at job site. 3. Store materials under cover and protect from weather and damage in compliance with Manufacturer's requirements, including temperature restrictions. 4. Comply with recommended procedures, precautions or remedies described in material safety data sheets as applicable. 5. Do not use damaged or expired materials. 6. Storage restrictions (temperature range) and expiration date must be supplied with product D. Metal Framing Systems 1. Material shall be new and unused, with no signs of damage from handling. 1.07 WARRANTY 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Support Hardware City of Fort Worth 26 05 29 - 4 Issued for Bid A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty, for the equipment specified and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. B. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DRILLED-IN WEDGE ANCHORING SYSTEMS A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: a. HILTI b. Approved equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. B. Product Description 1. Provide torque-controlled expansion anchors consisting of anchor body, expansion element (wedges), washer and nut. Provide torque-controlled expansion anchors for anchor sizes less than 3/8 inch. 2. Provide all parts made of 316 stainless steel materials conforming to SAE 316 standards. 3. UL 203 Rated. 2.02 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEMS A. Acceptable Manufacturers 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Support Hardware City of Fort Worth 26 05 29 - 5 Issued for Bid 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: a. HILTI b. Approved equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. B. Product Description 1. Provide an anchor body with helical cone shaped thread on the embedded end and standard threads on the exposed end, with washer and nut, inserted into Injection adhesive. Provide adhesive anchors for anchor sizes 3/8 inch and larger. 2. Provide all parts made of 316 stainless steel materials conforming to SAE 316 standards. 2.03 STRUT SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: a. Tyco Unistrut b. B-Line c. Super-Strut d. Approved equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Support Hardware City of Fort Worth 26 05 29 - 6 Issued for Bid B. Product Description 1. Metal framing system for use in the mounting or support of electrical systems, panels and enclosures, and including lighting fixture supports, trapeze hangers and conduit supports. 2. Provide components shall consist of telescoping channels, slotted back-to-back channels, end clamps all threads and conduit clamps. 3. Minimum sizes shall be 13/16-inch through 3-1/4 inch. 4. Provide components assembled by means of flat plate fittings, 90-degree angle fittings, braces, clevis fittings, U-fittings, Z-fittings, Wing-fittings, Post Bases, channel nuts, washers, etc. 5. Field welding of components will not be permitted. 6. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, provide all parts made of 316 stainless steel material conforming to SAE 316. 7. Framing systems for chlorine and ammonia rooms shall be structural fiberglass. 8. Provide angle bracing using manufactured fittings at all connection points. 9. Provide UL 467 listed channel bonding clamps to connect grounded conductors to support channels as manufactured by Hager or equal. See Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding System for additional grounding and bonding requirements. 2.04 STAINLESS TIES A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: a. Panduit b. Phoenix Contact c. Gardner Bender d. Approved equal 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Support Hardware City of Fort Worth 26 05 29 - 7 Issued for Bid 1. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. B. Product Description 1. Cable Ties for securing and supporting of flexible raceway and conductors. 2. Self-locking mechanism. 3. Provide cable ties made of 304 Stainless Steel unless otherwise directed as shown on the drawings. C. Locations for Use 1. Provide stainless steel cable ties in any damp or wet environment, in all process areas whether indoors or outdoors, and in all outdoor locations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install all equipment strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the Contract Drawings. B. The locations of devices are shown as general on the Drawings and may be varied within reasonable limits as to avoid any piping or other obstruction without change in the Contract Price or Schedule, subject to the approval of the Owner and Engineer. Coordinate the installation of the devices for piping and equipment clearance. C. Attaching electrical equipment or raceways to or supporting from, sheet metal walls is prohibited in all cases. D. Install required safety labels. E. Electrical support channel shall be used to construct support assemblies as shown on the drawings. 1. Horizontal braces attached to concrete or CMU walls, or structural building steel are permitted if the space between the back of the support structures and the attachment points are too small to permit a walk space. 2. No attachments to sheet metal are permitted as specified above. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Support Hardware City of Fort Worth 26 05 29 - 8 Issued for Bid 3. Incorporate additional channel materials and/or provide assemblies of double channel with enough vertical and horizontal members to from a rigid structure whether such additional materials or the use of double channel materials are shown or specified. 4. Support structures shall be rigid without the use of channels to from angle supports between the back or front of the assembly and the ground. Angle supports are strictly prohibited because they provide tripping hazards. 5. Outdoor supports structures shall be able to support the equipment with the structural strength to withstand wind gusts up to 90 mph without damage. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are specified in manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 POST INSTALLED ANCHOR SYSTEMS A. Prior to installation of the anchor systems, the hole shall be clean and dry in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the installation. 1. Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes, vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. 2. Do not use compressed air. END OF SECTION 26 05 29 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 05 33 - RACEWAYS, BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1. A raceway system shall consist of materials designed expressly for containing wires and cables, including but not limited to, conduit, device bodies, conduit bodies, raceway boxes, enclosures containing electrical devices, controls, and related materials. 2. Install raceway systems and the conductors shown to be installed therein as indicated on the one-line diagrams, interface wiring diagrams, raiser diagrams, and panelboard schedules. 3. Not all circuits are shown on the plan view drawings, but all circuits required for a complete and operable system are required to be provided. 4. Raceway installation: a. Install raceways indicated by notes or details to be installed "exposed” near the ceilings or along the walls of the areas through which they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts, cranes and hoists, lighting fixtures, doors and hatches, etc. Install exposed raceways to avoid tripping hazards. b. Install raceways indicated by notes or details to be installed concealed in the center of concrete floor slabs, below concrete slabs if the slabs are too thin to accommodate the conduit sizes indicated. Install concealed raceways in partitions, or above hung ceilings, as required. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein submit the following: 1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 2 Issued for Bid 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. B. The submittal of multiple manufactures for conduit types or a cable tray system is acceptable. Only one manufacturer for each conduit type or cable tray system may be installed throughout the project. Mixing the components from multiple vendors in any conduit type or cable tray system prohibited. C. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, certification that the electricians installing the PVC coated conduit have a five-year minimum experience, in the installation of the product. D. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. E. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review. F. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Submit catalog data of all conduit, conduit fittings, boxes, enclosures, and accessories, specified under this Section. 2. Catalog data shall show compliance with the referenced codes and standards. 3. All selections, options and exceptions shall be clearly indicated. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. NFPA 70E – Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace 3. UL 6A – Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit 4. ANSI C80.5 – Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit 5. UL 514B – Outlet Bodies 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 3 Issued for Bid B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. C. The installer of materials specified herein, shall have a minimum of five years’ experience in the installation of each type of material. Proof of experience shall be submitted, upon request of the Owner/Engineer, prior to installation. D. Used materials are unacceptable, will be rejected and shall be removed from the job site. 1. Used materials, if installed, shall be removed and replaced with new materials. 2. If new materials are installed with used materials, and the removal of the used materials renders the new materials in an unacceptable condition, such as new conductors installed in used raceway components, (determined by the Engineer/Owner alone) then the new materials shall be removed along with the used materials and replaced. 3. No increase in the Contract Price nor in Contract Schedule will be allowed. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted. B. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Materials shall not be stored exposed to sunlight. Such materials shall be completely covered. D. Materials showing signs of previous use, jobsite storage at another location, or exposure to the elements or other damage will be rejected. 1.07 WARRANTY 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 4 Issued for Bid A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty, for the equipment specified and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. B. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide raceways and fittings as shown on the Drawings with a minimum 3/4-inch trade size. B. Provide device entries less than 3/4 inch with an adaptor to connect ¾-inch or larger conduit. The following adaptors are acceptable: 1. REA12SA, Cooper Crouse Hinds for aluminum 2. ADAPT ADU302930, REDAPT for 316 stainless. 3. Approved equal 2.02 CONDUIT RACEWAY A. PVC Coated Rigid Aluminum Conduit (CRMC) 1. Provide PVC coated rigid aluminum conduit system including but not limited only to all conduit fittings, condulet bodies, and covers. a. Provide the PVC coated conduit system with a minimum 0.040-inch thick, polyvinyl chloride coating permanently bonded to rigid aluminum conduit, b. Provide an internal chemically cured urethane or enamel coating with a minimum of 2 mil thickness on the interior. 2. Provide rigid aluminum conduit extruded from AA 6063 alloy in temper designation T-1 and conforming to FED Spec WW-C-540C, ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. 3. Provide couplings, fittings, etc. with a minimum of one pipe diameter in length of PVC overlap on the ends. 4. Provide elbows and couplings meeting the same specifications supplied by the same manufacturer for the PVC coating specified for the conduit system. Apply 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 5 Issued for Bid the PVC coating system specified to factory elbows and couplings provided by the same conduit manufacturer as the conduit. B. Liquid tight Aluminum Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC) 1. Provide liquid tight aluminum flexible metal conduit with an interlocked aluminum core, PVC jacket rated for 60 degrees C, and meeting NEC Article 351. 2. Provide copper free aluminum liquid tight conduit fittings conforming to FEDSPEC AA50552, and UL-514B. C. Aluminum Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC) 1. Provide aluminum flexible metal conduit with an interlocked aluminum core, meeting NEC Article 348, UL 1and Federal Specification WW-C-566C. 2. Provide copper free flexible metal conduit fittings conforming to FEDSPEC AA50552. D. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RMC) 1. Provide rigid Aluminum conduit extruded from AA 6063 alloy in temper designation T-1 and conforming to FED Spec WW-C-540C, ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. E. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 Conduit (RNC} 1. Provide schedule 40 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC) and fittings resistant to sunlight and designed for use underground as described in the NEC a. Manufacture conduit to meet NEMA TC-2, Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 651 specifications. 2. Provide fittings designed for use underground as described in the NEC. a. Manufacture fittings to meet NEMA TC-3, Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 514B. 3. Provide conduit and fittings with a UL Label. F. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 Conduit (RNC) 1. Provide schedule 80 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC) and fittings resistant to sunlight and designed for use underground as described in the NEC a. Manufacture conduit to meet NEMA TC-2, Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 651 specifications. 2. Provide fittings designed for use underground as described in the NEC. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 6 Issued for Bid a. Manufacture fittings to meet NEMA TC-3, Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 514B. G. Provide conduit and fittings with a UL Label. 2.03 WIREWAYS A. Provide NEMA 4X 316 rated stainless steel wireways, with gasketed hinged covers and stainless steel quick-release type latches. 1. Provide two breather/drains for each ten feet of wireway. 2. Install each breather/drain in the bottom, near the ends of the wireway. 3. Provide wireways with integral welded mounting lugs. 4. Bolted-on mounting lugs are unacceptable. 5. Provide stainless steel internal barriers to isolate signal cables from power conductors and multiconductor digital control cables. B. Manufacturers 1. Industrial Enclosure Corporation 2. Cooper B Line 3. Approved equal C. Breather/Drains 1. Crouse-Hinds 316 stainless steel 2. Approved equal D. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 2.04 RACEWAY BOXES AND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES A. The term box and enclosure are synonymous for this specification. 1. Boxes and enclosures specified herein, include terminal boxes, junction boxes pull boxes, and boxes for switch, receptacles, and lighting. 2. Provide enclosures used for electrical and instrumentation equipment, other than terminal boxes, as described in this section with references to this specification in other specification sections. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 7 Issued for Bid 3. Provide all raceway boxes and equipment enclosures with a common ground point, 4. Provide all boxes and enclosures with a UL listing. B. Provide 316 stainless steel NEMA Type 4X 316 stainless steel boxes and enclosures 1. Provide 316 stainless steel body, door, continuous hinges, latches and all internal mounting studs and mounting panel if specified or shown. 2. Provide single point quarter turn latches (20-inch X 24-inch and smaller). Provide all others with three-point handle operated latches. 3. Provide foam in place gasket 4. Use for all locations unless otherwise shown or specified 5. Provide aluminum body, door and internal mounting back panel only where specified or shown. 6. Provide integral welded-on mounting lugs or brackets welded on the box, suitable for wall mounting. 7. Provide welded on mounting feet for self-standing enclosures. 8. Boxes or enclosures manufactured with holes intended for mounting using bolted- on mounting lugs or feet are not acceptable. Drilling through the back of the box to mount is strictly prohibited and renders the box or enclosure unacceptable. 9. Provide boxes and enclosures with continuously welded seams ground smooth, and continuous hinged, foam in place gasketed doors. 10. Provide box and enclosure bodies with wall and door thickness not less than 16 gauge. 11. Provide three-point type latch with handle for boxes and enclosures larger than 24 inches X 20 inches. 12. Provide 316 stainless steel type quick release latches, or three-point latch system with all components 316 stainless steel for boxes or enclosures 24 inches X 20 inches or smaller. 13. Latch systems requiring tools to open or close are unacceptable. C. Manufacturers 1. The listing of specific manufacturers does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 8 Issued for Bid 2. Enclosures housing electrical equipment may be constructed by the manufacturer of that equipment but shall meet the all the physical requirements specified herein. a. Crouse Hinds b. Hoffman c. Appleton Electric d. EMF Company e. NEMA Enclosures Company f. Cooper B Line g. Rittal EMF Company h. NEMA Enclosures Company i. Approved equal D. Chemical Rooms and areas specified or shown to be corrosive: NEMA 4X nonmetallic boxes shall be constructed as follows: 1. PVC or Fiberglass reinforced polyester body and door. 2. UV inhibitors 3. UL Listed 4. RoHS compliant 5. Formed in place polyurethane gasket in continuous channel. 6. 316 Stainless steel quick release latches. 7. The following are non-metallic enclosure manufacturers: 1) Allied Molded Products, Inc. 2) Cantex 3) Hubbell-Wiegmann Non-Metallic 4) Approved equal E. Classified Areas, NEMA 7/4X boxes (Class 1, Division 1 and 2, Groups A, B, C, and D, or as defined in NFPA 70) shall be constructed as follows: 1. Copper free cast aluminum body and cover 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 9 Issued for Bid 2. Stainless steel hinges 3. Watertight neoprene gasket 4. Stainless steel quick release latches. F. NEMA 12 boxes where shown on the Drawings shall be constructed as follows: 1. Type 5052 aluminum, body, and door 2. Stainless steel continuous hinge 3. Foam in-place gasket 4. Single point quarter turn latches (20-inch X 24-inch and below). All others three- point latch G. NEMA 1 or NEMA 1A boxes shall not be used. H. Malleable iron boxes shall not be used. 2.05 DEVICE BOXES A. Device boxes installed in aluminum raceway systems for switches and receptacle, etc., shall be copper free cast aluminum, and shall have tapered, threaded, hubs, with integral bushings. Boxes shall have internal grounding screw, and a minimum of two mounting feet. Boxes shall be type FD. B. Manufacturers 1. Crouse-Hinds 2. Appleton 3. Approved equal 2.06 CONDUIT OUTLET BODIES A. Conduit outlet bodies and covers shall be Form 7, copper-free aluminum, with captive screw-clamp cover, neoprene gasket and stainless-steel screws and clamps for conduits up to and including 2-1/2 inches. B. Manufacturers 1. Crouse-Hinds Form 7 with Mark 7 wedge-nut cover 2. Appleton 3. Approved equal C. Provide junction boxes for conduits larger than 2-1/2 inches. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 10 Issued for Bid D. All outlet boxes and covers for Class 1 Division 2 areas shall be rated NEMA 4X aluminum or 316 stainless steel. 1. Manufacturers a. Crouse-Hinds b. Approved equal 2.07 CONDUIT HUBS A. Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight, threaded aluminum, insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw B. Manufacturers 1. T&B 2. Approved equal 2.08 GROUNDING BUSHINGS A. Provide grounding bushings as follows: 1. Insulated lay-in lug grounding bushings 2. Tin-plated copper grounding path. 3. Integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150°C. 4. Each bushing shall be furnished with a plastic insert cap. 5. Provide the lug sized to accommodate the maximum ground wire size required by the NEC for the application. B. Manufacturers 1. O-Z/Gedney 2. Approved equal 2.09 RACEWAY SEALANT A. Raceway sealant for use in the sealing of raceway hubs, entering or terminating in boxes or enclosures where such sealing is shown or specified. B. Manufacturer 1. 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant 2. Approved equal 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 11 Issued for Bid 2.10 CONDUIT PENETRATION SEALS A. Conduit wall and floor seals 1. O.Z./Gedney Co. Series CSM a. Type CSML-XXXP shall be used for all applications that do not require a recessed sealing bushing. b. Type CSMI-XXXP shall be used for all applications that require a recessed sealing bushing. 2. Approved equal 2.11 EXPANSION-DEFLECTION COUPLING A. Provide combination expansion-deflection fittings where shown or required as follows: 1. 3/4-inch axial expansion and contraction movement 2. 3/4-inch parallel misalignment movement 3. Up to 30 degrees of angular movement in any direction. 4. Copper-free aluminum 5. Exterior tinned copper braid bonding jumper 6. 316 stainless grounding straps B. Provide an aluminum cover over the fitting to protect the rubber portions from exposure to direct sun light where installed outdoors. 1. Secure the aluminum sun shield with a minim of two stainless steel tie wraps. 2. Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable. 3. See detail on the Drawings C. Manufacturers 1. Crouse-Hinds 2. Robroy 3. Approved equal 2.12 EXPANSION FITTINGS A. Provide expansion fittings as follows: 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 12 Issued for Bid 1. Eight-inch movement 2. Copper-free aluminum 3. Exterior tinned copper braid bonding jumper 4. 316 stainless grounding straps 5. Provide internal grounding B. Manufacturers 1. Crouse-Hinds Co. 2. Robroy 3. Approved equal 2.13 KELLEMS GRIPS A. Provide 316 stainless steel Kellems grips cables supports. 2.14 CONDUIT MOUNTING EQUIPMENT A. Provide mounting hardware in accordance with Section 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware B. Provide mounting equipment as follows: 1. 316 stainless steel for raceway system including but not limited to a. Conduits b. Pull and junction box mounting materials c. Spacers d. Conduit and tray support rods, e. Clamps f. Hangers g. Channel h. Nuts, bolts, washers, and etc. 2. Provide stainless steel tie wraps. 3. Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable. 2.15 CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION TAGGING 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 13 Issued for Bid A. Tag all underground conduits at all locations exiting and entering from underground, including manholes and handholes. B. Use the tagging formats for conduits as shown on the Drawings. C. Use the tagging formats for conduits as shown on the Drawings. Where modifications or additions are made to existing equipment replace existing tags with new modified tags. D. Provide embossed stainless conduit identification plates with stainless steel band, permanently secured to the conduit without screws. Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable. E. Identification plates shall be as manufactured by the Panduit Corp. or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATIONS A. Unless exact locations are shown on the Drawings, coordinate the placement of raceway systems and related components with other trades and existing installations. B. Raceway Systems for the installation of Fiber Optic Cables shall not contain conduit bodies, device boxes, or raceway boxes containing less than twelve inches of bend radius. C. Unless shown on the Drawings or specified otherwise, the raceway type installed with respect to the location shall be as follows, including all materials: Raceway System Location 1. Rigid Galvanized Steel (RSC) Type Not acceptable for use on this Project 2. PVC Coated Aluminum (CRMC) Type All embedded raceway bends, underground duct bank bends of more than 20 degrees, and all raceway stub-ups to a minimum of six inches above finished floor or grade and in Chlorine and Caustic rooms. 3. Liquid tight Flexible Aluminum (LFMC) Type Raceway connection to vibrating equipment, and as shown on the Drawings in all areas. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 14 Issued for Bid Raceway System Location 4. Rigid Non-metallic, Schedule 40 PVC (RNC) Type Underground encased in red dyed reinforced concrete. 5. Rigid Non-metallic, Schedule 80 PVC (RNC) Type For use only in chlorine and rooms where caustic or acidic chemicals are present. 6. Flexible Aluminum (FMC) Type Fixture whip connection to lighting fixtures in dry indoor air-conditioned areas (maximum 3- feet). BX or AC type prefabricated cables are not permitted. 7. Aluminum Rigid Metal (RMC) Type All above grade areas, except for concrete embedded and those areas described in Locations 2 through 6 above. 5. Rigid Non-metallic, Schedule 80 PVC (RNC) Type For use only in Chlorine and Caustic Rooms. D. All conduit of a given type shall be the product of one manufacturer. 3.02 BOX APPLICATIONS A. Provide all raceway junction, pull, and terminal boxes and electrical equipment enclosures with NEMA ratings for the location in which they are installed, and as specified herein. B. The distance between each raceway entry inside the box and the opposite wall of the box shall not be less than six times the metric designator (trade size) of the largest raceway in a row. 1. This distance shall be increased for additional entries by the amount of the sum of the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same wall of the box. 2. Each row shall be calculated individually, and the single row that provides the maximum distance shall be used. C. Provide cast aluminum conduit fittings for exposed switch, receptacle, and lighting outlet boxes. D. Provide all raceway boxes and wall – mounted electrical equipment with factory mounting integral welded mounting lugs. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 15 Issued for Bid 1. Bolt-on gasketed mounting lugs attached through factory-drilled holes are not acceptable for any raceway box or electrical equipment enclosure. 2. Drilling through the back of any box or enclosure is prohibited, and if so installed, shall be removed, and replaced, with no increase in the Contract Price or Construction Schedule. E. Top penetration of boxes or enclosures installed in wet or damp locations which contain electrical equipment (including but not limited to local control stations, manufacturer or contractor provided control panels, panelboards, MCCs switchgear, etc.) is prohibited and their installation is unacceptable. 1. Remove and replace boxes or enclosures found to be unacceptably installed. 2. Return electrical equipment enclosures containing controls to the supplier or manufacturer for replacement of the enclosure. 3. Remove all installed conductors from source to load. 4. Remove and re-route conduits to avoid top entry. 5. Replace, megger and re-terminate conductors and retest controls associated with those conductors where previously installed conductors are required to be replaced. 6. No change in the Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for materials, labor, or shipment to and from suppliers. F. Remove and replace unacceptable boxes or enclosures. 1. Provide the following work as a minimum to effect the replacement of unacceptable boxes or enclosures: a. Reconnect conduits b. Conductors if installed, may be required to be removed and replaced at the Owner/Engineers discretion c. If conductors are not required to be replaced, then re-terminate and re-test conductors and retest associated controls. 2. No change in the Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for box or enclosure replacement. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 16 Issued for Bid 3.03 DEVICE BOX APPLICATIONS A. Provide device boxes for mounting wiring devices such as receptacles, switches, thermostats, lighting, and other permanently mounted devices. . 1. Install all device boxes with a minimum of 1/4-inch air space between the back of the box and the wall or back panel on which it is installed. 2. The space may be created with enough 316 stainless steel washers to provide the required air space or may be mounted using 316 stainless steel slotted channel. 3.04 CONDUIT OUTLET BODIES APPLICATIONS A. Conduit outlet bodies may be used on conduits up to and including 2-1/2 inches, except where junction boxes are shown or otherwise specified. B. Provide junction boxes for conduits larger than 2-1/2 inches. 3.05 CONDUIT HUB APPLICATIONS A. Unless specifically stated herein or described on the Drawings, all raceways shall terminate at an outlet with a conduit hub. B. Locknut or double locknut terminations are not allowed. C. When conduits contain equipment grounding conductors the wire shall be grounded to the hub(s) associated with that grounding conductor. 3.06 INSULATED GROUNDING BUSHING APPLICATIONS A. Provide insulated grounding bushings to terminate raceways where the raceways enter pad-mounted electrical equipment or switchgear from the bottom where there is no wall or floor pan on which to anchor or terminate the raceway. B. All other raceways shall terminate on enclosures with a conduit hub, except for NEMA 7/4X areas. C. Grounding bushing caps shall remain on the bushing until the wire is ready to be pulled. 3.07 CONDUIT FITTINGS APPLICATIONS A. Expansion Fittings: 1. Provide an expansion fitting with a minimum of six inches available movement shall be installed on the exposed side of under to above grade conduit transitions. 2. Expansion-deflection fittings shall not be provided unless approved and protected as specified below. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 17 Issued for Bid B. Expansion-Deflection Fittings: 1. Install combination expansion-deflection fittings where conduits cross structure expansion joints, and where installed in exposed conduit runs such that the distance between expansion-deflection fittings does not exceed 150 feet of conduit run. 2. Expansion-deflection fittings are acceptable in indoor locations out of exposure to direct sunlight or other outdoor locations which are shaded. 3. Expansion-deflection fittings are not acceptable for use outdoors unless. a. Where combination expansion-deflection fittings with exposed non-metallic sections, are shown on the drawings for use where exposed to sunlight, an aluminum wrap shall be installed loosely over the non-metallic portion, extending at least two inches beyond the ends. b. The wrap shall be loosely secured, to permit movement, with at least two 316 SS fasteners. . c. Nylon tie-wraps are not acceptable. 3.08 CONDUIT PENETRATION SEALS APPLICATIONS A. Conduit wall seals shall be used where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other locations shown on the Drawings. B. Conduit sealing bushings shall be used to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at other locations shown on the Drawings. 3.09 CONDUIT TAG APPLICATIONS A. Tag all conduits within one foot of the entry of equipment, and wall and floor penetrations. B. Tag all underground conduits and ducts at all locations, exiting and entering from underground, including manholes and handholes. 3.10 RACEWAY SEALING A. All raceways entering junction boxes, terminal junction boxes, electrical equipment enclosures or control panels containing electrical, or instrumentation equipment shall be connected to the box, enclosure or panel using conduit hubs and shall be sealed with Raceway Sealant, as specified herein. 3.11 UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 18 Issued for Bid A. All raceways, installed underground, shall be installed in accordance with Section 26 05 43 Underground System, and be a minimum size of two-inch trade size unless otherwise shown in the plans. 1. Provide glued type conduit fittings on PVC conduit. 2. Provide PVC coated aluminum conduit for any change in direction exceeding 20 degrees, either horizontally or vertically. Do not bend PVC coated conduit less that the radius of a long radius elbow of the same size. B. Any field bends shall be made using equipment designed to prevent damage to the PVC coating. C. Make transitions from PVC raceway to PVC coated aluminum conduit in concrete encasements as follows: 1. Terminate the PVC conduit in a threaded PVC female adapter. 2. Terminate the PVC coated conduit in a threaded male adaptor. 3. Thread the male PVC-coated conduit adaptor into the female threaded PVC adapter. 4. Tighten the joint securely, then double layer wrap the joint with two-inch vinyl electrical tape for two inches each side of the threaded joint to prevent any contact between any exposed PVC coated conduit threads and concrete. 3.12 RACEWAY INSTALLATION A. Installation of wire or cable: 1. Do not install pull wires and conductors until the raceway system is in place. a. No wire or cables shall be installed until all raceway sections are complete, and all raceway covers are installed for protection of conductors from damage or exposure to the elements. b. The raceway system shall be completed and inspected by the Engineer/Owner before new conductors are installed. c. Conductors installed into incomplete raceway systems are considered improperly installed and are in violation of the NEC. 2. Wire or cables installed in an incomplete installation are unacceptable regardless of the stage of completion of the work. a. Remove the wires or cables from the raceway system. b. Remove the wires or cables from the project site immediately. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 19 Issued for Bid c. Complete the raceway system d. Schedule an inspection by the Owner/Engineer inspect and obtain approval for the raceway system before the installation of new wire or cable. e. Install new wires or cables, test, terminate, and retest the control or power system as specified. f. No increase in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed. B. Conduit installation: 1. No conduit smaller than 3/4-inch electrical trade size, shall be used 2. More than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any one run is not acceptable. 3. Install pull boxes as necessary. 4. All conduits on exposed work shall be run at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding wall and shall conform to the form of the ceiling. 5. No diagonal runs will be allowed. 6. Bends in parallel conduit runs shall be concentric. 7. Offsets in conduit runs shall all be done at the same point, and shall all be the same angle, so the entire installation appears to be parallel or concentric at every point. 8. All conduits shall be run perfectly straight and true. 9. Conduits shall be installed using threaded fittings. 10. The use of running threads is prohibited. Provide a three piece union where such threads are necessary. 11. Mandrels shall be pulled through all existing conduits that will be reused and through all new conduits two inches in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors. 12. 3/16-inch polypropylene pull lines shall be installed in all new conduits noted as spares or designated for future equipment. 13. Routing conduits to cross pipe shafts, access hatches or vent duct openings is prohibited. Route conduits to avoid present or future openings in floor or ceiling construction. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 20 Issued for Bid 14. Seal conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated spaces, cold air plenums, etc. with Watertight Sealant as specified herein. 15. Locate conduits a minimum of three inches from steam or hot water piping. Where crossings are unavoidable, install the conduit at least one inch from the covering of the pipe crossed. C. Conduits installed from tray 1. Conduits terminating at a cable tray shall be supported independently from the cable tray a. Provide a clamp to secure it to the cable tray in accordance with NEC requirements. b. Provide a conduit support within one foot of the cable tray. c. The weight of the conduit shall not bear on the cable tray. d. Terminate the end of the conduit within 6-inches of the cable tray. e. Ground conduits to the cable tray. 2. Conduits from tray in air-conditioned spaces a. Conduits entering the top of electrical equipment enclosures from cable tray or otherwise routed from above the equipment in airconditioned dry indoor spaces shall coordinate their placement with the HVAC duct vents such that cold air from the HVAC system will not blow directly on the vertical conduits causing condensation. b. Conduits which cannot be located away from direct exposure to cold air from the HVAC system shall be insulated to prevent condensation from forming inside the conduits or shall be re-routed. c. In all cases, condensation caused by cold air from the HVAC system shall be prevented from entering electrical enclosures. d. Equipment damaged by water from condensation shall be removed, replaced, conductors re-terminated, and its operation retested with no change in the Contract Price or Schedule. D. Conduit supports: 1. Space supports at intervals no further apart than as required by the NEC and closer together as required to obtain rigid construction. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 21 Issued for Bid 2. Support conduits near the entry into any enclosure in accordance with the NEC. 3. Conduits shall not be used to support other conduits 4. Conduits shall not be supported from cable tray. 5. Single conduits shall be supported by means of one-hole conduit clamps in combination with one-screw back plates, to raise conduits from the surface. 6. Multiple runs of conduits shall be supported on trapeze type hangers with horizontal members and threaded hanger rods. a. The rods shall be not less than 3/8-inch diameter. b. Multiple conduits mounted on walls shall be supported using strut and 316 stainless steel conduit clamps, screws, nuts, and washers. 7. Conduit hangers shall be attached to structural steel by means of beam or channel clamps. Where attached to concrete surfaces, anchors shall be as specified in Section 16045 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware. E. Conduit Reducers 1. Install conduit reducers which are the same type of the raceway where manufacturer-provided enclosures are not available with conduit hubs larger than 1/2-inch at the enclosure to terminate 3/4-inch conduit. 2. Adjust the raceway fill to accommodate the smaller opening in the manufacturer- provided enclosure. a. Notify the Engineer/Owner prior to the installation of the raceway into enclosures with openings smaller than the specified minimum. b. Raceways installed without notice are considered unacceptable and may be required to be removed at the Engineer’s/Owner’s discretion with no increase in the Contract Price or Schedule allowed. F. Seal tight conduits: 1. Conduits terminated into enclosures shall be perpendicular to the walls where flexible liquid tight or rigid conduits are required. 2. The use of short seal tight elbow fittings for such terminations will not be permitted, except for connections to instrumentation transmitters, where multiple penetrations are required. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 22 Issued for Bid 3. Liquid tight flexible metallic conduit shall be used for the primary and secondary of transformers, generator terminations and other equipment where vibration is present. 4. Use in other locations is not permitted, except for connections to instrumentation transmitters, where multiple penetrations are required. 5. Liquid tight flexible metallic conduit shall have a maximum length not greater than that of a factory manufactured elbow of the conduit size being used. 6. The maximum bending radius shall not be less than that shown in the NEC Chapter 9, Table 2, “Other Bends”. BX or AC type prefabricated cables will not be permitted. G. Conduit sealing: 1. Raceways entering or leaving the raceway system, which could be subjected to the entry of moisture, rain or liquid of any type, shall be tightly sealed, using 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal at any possible moisture entry point both before and after the installation of cables to prevent the entry of water or moisture to the Raceway System at any time. 2. Any damage to new or existing equipment, due to the entrance of moisture from unsealed raceways, shall be corrected by complete replacement of such equipment. 3. No increase in the Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed. Cleaning or drying of such damaged equipment will not be acceptable. 4. Seal the remaining openings or spaces of conduits passing through openings in walls or floor slabs to prevent the passage of flame or smoke where additional openings or space around the conduits are present. 5. Seal conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases with conduit sealing bushings. 6. Conduit sealing and drain fittings shall be installed in areas designated as NEMA 4X or 7 and all wet locations. a. All conduit that may under any circumstance contain liquids such as water, condensation, liquid chemicals, etc. shall be arranged to drain away from the equipment served. b. If conduit drainage is not possible, conduit seals shall be used to plug the conduits at the point of attachment to the equipment. H. Mounting of electrical enclosures: 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 23 Issued for Bid 1. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, conduit, etc. shall be supported as specified herein. 2. No electrical equipment enclosures, boxes, terminal junction boxes or raceways shall be attached to or supported from, sheet metal walls. I. Raceways terminating in control panels or enclosures: 1. All raceways entering the enclosures specified above shall be sealed with a watertight sealant as specified herein. 2. All conduits from external sources entering or leaving a multiple compartment enclosure shall be stubbed up into the bottom horizontal wire way or other manufacturer designated area, directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to be terminated. 3. Conduits entering from cable tray shall be stubbed into the upper section. 4. Conduits entering enclosures which contain electrical equipment or terminal blocks, shall only enter from the side or bottom and not enter from the top of the enclosure in the following locations: a. Outdoors b. Any wet or damp location c. Any location where plant process equipment is located; indoors or outdoors. d. Any location not otherwise specifically designated as a dry electrical room, control room or office space. 5. Enclosures entered from the top where top entry is prohibited, will be rejected and shall be removed and replaced regardless of the Division which contains the specification for the enclosure. 6. The use of UL Listed conduit closures to restore the NEMA rating of the enclosure will not be accepted. 7. Conduit entering the top of the enclosures shall be removed and re-routed to enter the enclosure from the side or bottom. a. Conductors installed in top entering conduits shall be pulled back to the nearest conduit body or junction box and re-routed with the conduit, provided the conductors are long enough to be re-terminated. b. Conductors found to be insufficient in length to be re-terminated shall be completely removed and replaced, re-tested, re-tagged, re-tested and the control function of the panel shall be re-tested. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings City of Fort Worth 26 05 33 - 24 Issued for Bid 8. If the enclosure is provided by an OEM, the enclosure and its contents shall be returned to the OEM for a new enclosure. 9. No increase in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for making these corrections. J. Grounding 1. Conduits containing equipment grounding conductors and terminating in boxes shall have insulated throat grounding bushings. 2. The grounding conductor shall be grounded to the box and conduit hub. K. Conduit identification: 1. A conduit identification plate shall be installed on all power, instrumentation, alarm and control conduits at each end of the run and at intermediate junction boxes, manholes, etc. 2. Conduit plates shall be installed before conductors are pulled into conduits. 3. Exact identification plate location shall be coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at the time of installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading. 4. Conduit numbers shall be exactly as shown on the Drawings. L. Rejected conduits or conduit installation 1. Conduits installed which are not in compliance with these requirements shall be removed and reinstalled at the Engineer’s/Owner’s discretion. 2. If conductors are installed when the improper installation is discovered, the conductors shall be removed from the raceway, discarded and removed them from the job site, replaced, re-terminated, retagged, and retested in accordance with the specifications. 3. The function of the system shall be retested in its entirety. 4. No increase in Contract Time or Schedule will be allowed. END OF SECTION 26 05 33 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 05 50 - NEMA FRAME INDUCTION MOTORS, 600 VOLTS AND BELOW PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide electric motors, accessories, and appurtenances complete and operable, in conformance with the individual driven equipment specifications and other sections of the Contract Documents. B. Unless otherwise shown or specified, the motors shall be single speed, single winding, in strict compliance with the requirements specified herein. The driven equipment manufacturer shall select the exact motor speed. C. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all low voltage NEMA Frame AC squirrel cage induction motors, except as indicated otherwise. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will not be accepted and will be returned without review. B. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following: 1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. C. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 2 Issued for Bid D. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review. E. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the process equipment division of these Specifications, and as specified herein. F. Submit for approval, a manufacturer’s conducted training agenda for all training specified herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and Maintenance Manual. G. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Name of Drive 2. Horsepower of Motor 3. Phase 4. Efficiency at 1/2, 3/4 and full load 5. Voltage 6. Power Factor at 1/2, 3/4, and full load 7. Speed 8. NEMA Design Starting Torque 9. NEMA Frame and Dimensions 10. Full Load Current 11. Locked Rotor Current 12. Insulation Class 13. Temperature Rise at 1.0 Service Factor 14. Enclosure 15. Bearing design life 16. Special features (i.e., space heaters, RTDs, oversize conduit box and corrosion resistant features). 17. Nameplate Drawing with Information as listed herein. 18. Maximum power factor correction capacitor kVAR that can be switched with the motor. Assembly drawings 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 3 Issued for Bid 19. Anchor bolt location drawings 20. Equipment weights 21. Catalog data Nondestructive test procedures 22. Acceptance test procedure 23. Surface preparation and painting procedure 24. Shipping, handling, and storage procedures 25. Installation/erection procedure Electrical equipment heat run test records 26. Nameplate data 27. Performance/acceptance test report H. Suppliers of fractional horsepower motors below frame 143T will not be required to submit operational characteristics. I. Factory Tests. Submittals shall be made for factory tests as specified above. J. Field Test Reports. Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein. K. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information: a. Manufacturer’s contact address and telephone number for parts and service. b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Documents for the information required by the submitted motor information above. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Motors shall be designed, built, and tested in accordance with the latest revision of the following standards: 1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association Inc. (NEMA) a. NEMA MG-1 - Motors and Generators. b. NEMA MG-1 Part 9 – Sound Power Limits and Measurement Procedures. c. NEMA MG-2 - Safety Standard for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation and Use of Electric Motors and Generators. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 4 Issued for Bid 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a. NFPA-70 - National Electrical Code. 3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) a. UL-1004 - Electric Motors. UL547 - Thermal Protectors for Motors b. UL674 - Electric Motors and Generators for Use in Hazardous Locations, Class I Groups C and D, Class II Groups E, F and G 4. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE) a. IEEE Std. 1 - General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electric Equipment. b. IEEE Std 43 - Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery. c. IEEE Std. 112 – Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. d. IEEE Std. 275 - Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-wound Pre-insulated Stator Coils, Machines Rated 6,900 V and Below. e. IEEE Std. 429 - Standard Test Procedure for the Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-wound Stator Coils. f. IEEE Std. 1349 – Guide for the Application of Electric Motors in Class 1, Div 2 Hazardous Locations. 5. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association Inc. (AFBMA): a. AFBMA-9 & 11 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Motors specified herein are three-phase, squirrel cage induction type for 1/2 HP and above, and single phase for less than 1/2 HP, except as specifically specified elsewhere in these Specifications. B. The word "Drive" shall be construed to mean the driven equipment, i.e., pump, hoist, fan, compressor, or adjustable frequency drive connected with the motor. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 5 Issued for Bid C. If there is inconsistency of size on different Drawing sheets or between Drawings and other sections of Specifications, relating to the horsepower designation, then the larger size shall be required. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Motor Compatibility: 1. Verify that the motor included with the drive is compatible with driven equipment and complies with these Specifications. 2. If the motors described in these Specifications cannot be applied to the application or equipment offered, an exception may be submitted, clearly stating the deviations and the reasons for such deviations. 3. Required modifications: a. If equipment submitted and approved by the Engineer/Owner has dimensional, power or mechanical differences from that specified or shown on the Drawings provide the following: 1) Pay for engineering costs to make modifications to structural, mechanical, or electrical design drawings. 2) Provide all additional costs for labor and materials to make the modifications to the project. 3) No change in the Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed. b. The acceptance or rejection of such deviations shall be at the sole discretion of the Owner/Engineer. B. Motors provided with driven equipment: 1. Mount motors with driven equipment as a complete unit by the driven equipment manufacturer. 2. Include correct alignment, couplings or sheave as specified for the driven equipment. 3. Provide for the design of vibration including special or unbalanced forces resulting from equipment operation. C. Motors manufactured date: 1. Motors manufactured more than 24 months prior to the date of this Contract are not acceptable. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 6 Issued for Bid 2. Include the date of manufacture of each motor on the motor nameplate. 3. Remove unacceptable motors, replace, reinstall and retest as required. No change in the Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed. D. Motors driven by reduced voltage solid state starters (RVSS) or variable frequency drives (VFD): 1. Provide motors designed for use with RVSS or VFD. 2. Submit a Certification by the motor manufacturer, stating such compliance with the motor submittals. 1.07 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted., B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at the time of shipment and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner. C. The instructions shall include the following: 1. Detailed assembly instructions including but not limited to wiring interconnection diagrams. 2. Rigging for lifting, skidding, jacking, and moving using rolling equipment to place the equipment. 3. Bolt torquing requirements for bus and all other components which require the installation of bolted connections. 4. Instructions for storing the equipment prior to energizing. D. Protect equipment during shipment, handling, and storage by suitable complete enclosures. Protect equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry. E. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Repaint damaged painted surfaces to the satisfaction of the Owner/Engineer. F. Motor delivery and Storage 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 7 Issued for Bid 1. If motors are shipped as an integral part of the associated mechanical equipment, the motors shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 2. If the motors are shipped separately, the motor shall be installed in its permanent, finished location shown on the Drawings within 14 calendar days of arriving onsite. 3. If the equipment cannot be installed within 14 calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite, until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment. 4. Motors stored off site shall not be included in any pay applications. 5. Payment for motors will not be allowed until delivered to the job site. No change in the Contract Price will be allowed for storage or transportation from or to the storage location. 6. Provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters, during storage and after motors are installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service. 7. Unless stored in a heated air-conditioned space, space heaters shall be energized within 24 hours of arrival. 8. Failure to energize space heaters as required shall constitute improper storage and the motors are subject to rejection and are subject to be returned to the Factory for inspection and re-testing. 9. Improperly stored motors may be inspected and tested in the field. The choice to return equipment or conduct an inspection and test in the field lie solely with the Engineer / Owner. 10. No pay applications for improperly stored motors will be accepted prior to receiving the manufacturer’s report of inspection, testing and certification that the motors are acceptable for installation with full warrantee still in force. 11. All expenses to return and re-ship to the job site or inspect and test in the field shall be provided with no change in Contract Price or Contract Time allowed. 12. Rotated motors monthly as recommended or required by the motor manufacturer. a. Record the date motor is rotated and provide copies of the record to the Owner/Engineer and the manufacturer. b. The manufacturer shall confirm receipt of the rotation record. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 8 Issued for Bid 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty to be free from defects in material and workmanship from date of delivery, for the equipment specified. Provide additional warranty time to extend the manufacturer’s warranty from the date of delivery for the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a total time of two years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. B. Include the Contractor’s certification of extended warranty in the shop drawing submitted to the Engineer for approval. Omission of the Contractor’s certification will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. E. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: 1. ABB 2. TECO – Westinghouse 3. Baldor Reliant 4. US Motors 5. Approved equal. B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Each motor provided shall have an Identification Tag Number, conforming to the numbering system and equipment name shown on the Drawings. B. Specific motor data such as horsepower, speed, enclosure type, etc., is specified under the detailed specification for the mechanical equipment with which the motor is supplied. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 9 Issued for Bid C. Where frequent starting occurs, the design for frequent starting duty shall be equal to the duty service required by the driven equipment. D. Motor nameplates: 1. Manufacturer’s nameplates shall be engraved or embossed on stainless steel and fastened to the motor frame with stainless steel screws or drive pins. 2. Nameplates shall clearly indicate all the items of information enumerated in NEMA Standard MG-1, as applicable, including but not limited to the following information: a. Horsepower (output). b. RPM at full load. c. Time rating. d. Frequency. e. Number of phases. f. Model number. g. Rated voltage. h. Service factor. i. Full load amps. j. Insulation class. k. NEMA design Letter. l. NEMA code Letter. m. Temperature Rise at 1.0 Service Factor. n. NEMA Frame size. o. Motor Weight p. Date of manufacture. q. Thermal protection (if supplied). r. Nominal Efficiency s. Enclosure E. Altitude: 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 10 Issued for Bid 1. Under 3300 feet above sea level. F. Motors horsepower 1. Provide all motors with a service factor of 1.15 at rated voltage and frequency. 2. Provide motors with sufficient horsepower and torque capacity to drive the equipment without overloading under all operating conditions. 3. Exceeding the 1.0 nameplate service factor rating of the motor is not acceptable. 4. Using the service factor rating of the motor under any operating condition is not acceptable. G. Breather drain: 1. Provide a breather drain in each end bracket of TEFC motor enclosures. 2. Locate breather drains in the lowest part of both end brackets to allow drainage of condensation. 3. Provide stainless steel automatic breather drains. H. Provide side rail mounting for all belt or chain-driven applications. I. Air inlets and outlets 1. Provide vermin-proof, corrosion resistant louvers. 2. Locate the air inlets on end or side as required by the application. J. Motor power termination enclosure: 1. Provide an oversized, gasketed, cast iron conduit box, field adjustable in 90- degree increments. 2. Provide a diagonally split conduit box with tapped NPT threaded conduit entrance hole or holes. 3. Provide a conduit box that exceeds the minimum volumes defined in IEEE 841- Latest Edition. 4. Provide a neoprene conduit box cover gasket and neoprene lead seal gasket with flexible nipples to ensure the seal is maintained as the leads are moved. 5. Provide mounted clamp type lug in the conduit box sized to accept the number and size of grounding conductors shown on the drawings. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 11 Issued for Bid 6. Provide the size and number of threaded conduit openings or integral conduit hubs for the conduits containing the motor power conductors shown on the drawings. 7. Provide lugs to terminate power conductors as follows: a. Provide one-hole lugs for connection to conductors #12 AWG through #8 AWG. b. Provide termination pads to terminate NEMA two-hole long barrel lugs for conductors #6 AWG and larger. c. Meet the applicable requirements of Section 26 05 19 for 600 Volt conductors. K. Motor frames: 1. Provide cast iron end brackets conduit box. 2. Provide lifting lugs on the motor frame. L. Motor requirements: 1. NEMA Design B standard, unless otherwise specified in the process equipment division of these Specifications. 2. The service factor shall be 1.15 for all motors. 3. No portion of a motor’s service factor above 1.0 shall be used in normal continuous operation of the motor. 4. Energy Efficient type meeting or exceeding efficiencies as listed in the Table at the end of this Specification. (Part 4) 5. Continuous time rated suitable for operation in a 40°C ambient temperature, unless specified otherwise in the process equipment division of these Specifications. 6. Provide all motors bi-directional. 7. Provide motors with the required direction of rotation for fans or other unidirectional driven equipment as required by the driven equipment manufacturer. M. Requirements for TEFC Motors: 1. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, motors shall be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC), for all applications. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 12 Issued for Bid a. Corrosion resistant enclosures, fan, cover, epoxy paint, corrosion resistant fittings and stainless steel or aluminum nameplates similar to “Mill and Chemical”, “Corro-Duty”, “Chemical Processing” motors b. See the process equipment division of these Specifications for pumps and other equipment that require additional enclosure requirements. N. Guards 1. Provide guards for all exposed moving parts in accordance with OSHA requirements of. 2. Provide guards fabricated from flattened expanded metal screen, 3/4-inch No. 10, to provide visual inspection of moving parts without removal of the guard. 3. Provide guards galvanized after fabrication designed to be readily removable to facilitate maintenance of moving parts. 4. Provide openings in the guards for access to the lubricating fittings. 2.03 FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS – LESS THAN 1/2 HORSEPOWER A. Voltage, phase and size: 1. Single phase 2. 115 volts, 60 Hertz 3. Sized as shown on the Drawings. 4. Provide motors as otherwise shown on the Drawings or as specified in other Divisions. B. Enclosures shall be TEFC or TENV. C. Winding and insulation: 1. Random wound 2. Non-hygroscopic encapsulated copper windings 3. NEMA standard Class "F" insulation 4. Class F rated motor leads, with permanent identification. 5. Maximum temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG-1, Section 12 for Class B insulation. D. Integral motor protection: 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 13 Issued for Bid 1. Provide one of the following: a. Built-in manual or automatic reset thermal protector b. Integrally mounted, enclosed manual reset motor overload switch. 2.04 MOTORS 1/2 HORSEPOWER AND LARGER A. Voltage and phase: 1. Three-phase 2. Single voltage 3. In compliance with IEEE 841 (Mill & Chemical). B. Motor power factor: 1. Motors 100 HP and larger, except for those controlled by a VFD, shall have 0.85 lagging power factor without power factor correction equipment. C. Winding and insulation 1. Random wound sized as shown on the Drawings. 2. Non-hygroscopic encapsulated copper windings 3. NEMA standard Class F insulation 4. Class F rated motor leads, with permanent identification. 5. Maximum temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG-1, Section 12 for Class B insulation. D. Motor rotors: 1. Dynamically balanced. 2. Motors less than 15 HP shall have a locked rotor inrush not exceeding MG-1. 3. Motors 15 HP and larger shall have a locked rotor inrush kVA` not exceeding Code G (6.29 kVA/HP). 4. The critical speed of the shaft and rotor assembly shall exceed the operating speed by a minimum of 10%. E. Variable Frequency Drive Motors: 1. Provide insulation system with the full capability to handle the common mode voltage conditions imposed by the VFD. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 14 Issued for Bid 2. Conform to all the requirements of the latest version of NEMA MG1, Part 31, including temperature rise. F. Requirements for solid state starters or VFD controlled motors: 1. Opposite drive end bearing insulated. 2. Shaft grounding brush installed at the drive end of the motor. 3. Provide grounding bond from the motor foot to system ground with a high- frequency ground strap made of flat braided, tinned copper with terminations to accommodate motor foot and system ground connection. 4. Provide a minimum1600 volt insulation system for motors controlled with VFDs, or soft starters. G. Sound rating: 1. The no-load sound pressure level, based on the A-weighted scale at three feet, when measured in accordance with NEMA MG1 Section 1 Part 9, shall not exceed the values listed in Table 9-1. H. Vibration limits: 1. Not exceed 0.2-inches/second at any frequency. I. Grounding: 1. Provide a minimum of one grounding pad on each motor frame. 2. Motors larger than 75 HP shall have a minimum of two brass grounding pads on each motor frame. 3. Provide internal grounding inside the motor terminal box as specified above J. Bearings 1. Motors 1/2 through 5 HP shall have permanently lubricated sealed antifriction ball-bearings with L10 lifetime of 50,000 hours. 2. Motors larger than 5 HP shall have oil or grease-lubricated antifriction ball- bearings with L10 lifetime of 50,000 hours. 3. Anti-friction motor bearings: a. Designed to be regreaseable and initially shall be filled with grease suitable for the motor ambient temperature specified. b. Provide bearings fitted with easily accessible grease supply, flush, drain and relief fittings. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 15 Issued for Bid c. Provide extension tubes when necessary. d. Provide standard hydraulic grease supply fittings type as manufactured by the Alemite Division of the Stewart Warner Corporation or equal. 4. Sealed bearings (when provided): a. Contact seal (lip) or non-contact labyrinth type. 5. Vertical motor bearings: a. Thrust and guide bearings shall conform to AFBMA standards and shall have L10 lifetime ratings as specified for ball-bearings of the same horsepower range. b. Down thrust information shall be provided to the motor manufacturer by the equipment supplier. K. Space Heaters 1. Provide space heaters with all three-phase motors conforming to the following: a. Heaters shall be cartridge or flexible wrap around type installed within the motor enclosure adjacent to core iron. b. Heaters shall be rated for 120 volts, single phase with wattage as required. c. The heater wattage and voltage shall be embossed on the motor nameplate. d. Power leads for heaters shall be brought out at the motor accessory lead junction box. e. Provide integral conduit hubs or threaded openings 3/4-inch minimum. L. Switch type stator Temperature Detection 1. Provide bi-metallic switch type winding temperature detectors (thermostats) for all NEMA Frame motors 100 HP and up, and for all NEMA Frame motors controlled by variable frequency drives. 2. Provide the detectors factory installed, embedded, with leads terminating in the main conduit box. 3. Device shall protect the motor against damage from overheating caused by single phasing, overload, high ambient temperature, abnormal voltage, locked rotor, frequent starts, or ventilation failure. 4. Provide the switch with normally closed contacts. 5. Provide not less than three detectors internally connected in series. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 16 Issued for Bid 6. Wire all temperature detectors to a separate terminal box on the motor. Terminal box shall be weatherproof NEMA 4 with barrier-type screw-post terminals. M. RTD Type Stator Temperature Detection 1. Provide resistance-type winding temperature detectors as follows: a. Provide for motors as shown on the drawings or as specified b. Provide for motors larger than 300 Hp. c. Each detector shall be the 100-ohm platinum type. d. Each phase winding shall have two detectors for a total of six. Install the detectors between stator coils where the highest temperature will occur. e. Connect all six RTDs where motor protective relays are shown or specified. f. Where other protective devices are shown or used, connect the number of pairs as shown on the Drawings or specified. g. Connect all temperature detectors to terminal blocks in a separate terminal box on the motor. Terminal box shall be weatherproof NEMA 4 with barrier- type screw-post terminals. N. Bearing Temperature Detection 1. Where specified elsewhere or shown in the Drawings, resistance temperature detector (RTD) type bearing temperature detectors shall be provided in motor bearing for all motors larger than 200 HP. 2. For vertical motors, provide a detector in each thrust bearing and lower radial guide bearing. Each detector shall be 100-ohm platinum. 3. Connect the bearing RTDs to terminal blocks in the terminal box containing the stator RTDs where stator RTDs are specified. 4. Where no stator RTDs are specified, provide a separate terminal box with terminal blocks for the bearing RTDs. O. RTD Terminal Box: 1. Provide a separate terminal box on the motor for termination of motor, bearing and ambient RTD leads, for termination of the wires on tubular screw clamp terminal blocks. 2. Size the RTD terminal box to accommodate a 2-1/2” C minimum. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 17 Issued for Bid P. Provide strap screw clamp terminal blocks for the termination of field wires. Provide a terminal for each conductor, including ground or shield conductors. Double lugging of field conductors is not acceptable. Q. Radial Vibration Detection 1. Where specified elsewhere or shown on the Drawings, provide analog vibration sensors mounted at the motor bearing to monitor radial vibration. 2. The analog vibration sensor shall be piezoelectric type vibration sensor with a loop powered 4-20mA output as manufactured by PMC/Beta or acceptable equal. 3. The analog signal shall be proportional to the vibration velocity with a range of 0 to 1.6 inches per second and an accuracy of +/- 10%. 4. The analog vibration sensor shall be appropriate for pump operation from about 300 to 600 RPM and shall be mounted according to the instructions of both sensor and pump manufacturers. 5. The analog vibration sensor shall have a stainless steel NEMA 4X housing with terminal blocks to connect external wiring shown on the drawings or as specified. 6. The analog vibration sensors shall be compatible with the motor protection relay and have adequate output for the cable lengths required. 7. The velocity levels between 0.05 to 0.2 inches per second shall be monitored and be field-adjustable. R. Axial Vibration Detection 1. Where specified elsewhere or shown on the Drawings, provide analog vibration sensors mounted at the motor bearing to monitor axial vibration. 2. The analog vibration sensor shall be piezoelectric type vibration sensor with a loop powered 4-20mA output as manufactured by Industrial Monitoring Instrumentation IMI or acceptable equal. 3. The analog signal shall be proportional to the vibration acceleration with a range of 0 to 5 g and an accuracy of +/- 10%. 4. The analog vibration sensor shall be appropriate for pump operation from about 300 to 600 rpm and shall be mounted according to the instructions of both sensor and pump manufacturers. 5. The analog vibration sensor shall have a stainless steel, NEMA 4X housing with terminal blocks to connect external wiring shown on the drawings or as specified. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 18 Issued for Bid 6. The analog vibration sensors shall be compatible with the motor protection relay and have adequate output for the cable lengths required. 7. The acceleration levels monitored shall be field adjustable. S. Accessory Equipment Termination Box: 1. Provide a separate terminal box on the motor for termination of motor and pump vibration sensor leads and other specified accessories. 2. Provide strap screw clamp terminal blocks for the termination of field wires. 3. Provide a terminal for each conductor, including ground or shield conductors. Double lugging of field conductors is not acceptable. 2.05 FACTORY TESTING A. Motors rated 100 HP and larger shall be standard motor tested as follows: 1. Except where specific testing or witnessed shop tests are required by the specifications for driven equipment, factory test reports may be copies of routine test reports of electrically duplicate motors. 2. Test report shall indicate test procedure and instrumentation used to measure and record data. Test report shall be certified by the motor manufacturer's test personnel and be submitted to the Engineer for approval. B. As specified herein, provide a complete test per NEMA MG1 and IEEE Standard 112, consisting of the following: 1. Full Load Heat Run 2. Temperature Test (Actual loading method) 3. Performance Test 4. Locked Rotor Test 5. No Load Saturation 6. Speed Torque 7. Winding Resistance (A 118 and 43) 8. High Potential 9. Noise Test (A 85) C. Balance and vibration shall meet NEMA standards MG1-12.05 and MG1-12.06. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 19 Issued for Bid D. Motors rated 100 HP and larger shall receive Polarization Index Test: 1. Perform a polarization index test on each phase individually, with the other two phases grounded to the same ground as the stator core. 2. Test voltage to be as per IEEE-43, Table 1. 3. The test duration shall be for ten minutes with resistances tabulated every 15 seconds for the first minute and then every minute for the next ten minutes. 4. Results to be provided in both tabular and graphical format. Results to be as per IEEE-43, Table 3. The minimum insulation resistance after one minute to be as per IEEE-43. E. The following motors shall receive a complete motor test as specified above: 1. Equipment Motor I.D. __________ 2. Equipment Motor I.D. __________ 3. Equipment Motor I.D. __________ F. The motors shall be tested at the factory of manufacture, and in the operating position of operation. 2.06 WITNESS TESTING A. The Owner/Engineer will witness the Factory Tests for each of the following Equipment items: 1. Equipment I.D. __________ 2. Equipment I.D. __________ 3. Equipment I.D. __________ B. The number of Owner/Engineer persons witnessing the tests will be two persons. C. Refer to Section 26 00 00 for specific requirements for witnessed testing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install motors in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. B. Make a visual and mechanical inspection. C. Check for physical damage. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 20 Issued for Bid D. Compare equipment nameplate information with single line diagram and report any discrepancies. E. Inspect for proper mounting, grounding, connection, and lubrication. F. Inspect each motor for the proper installation, rated voltage, phase, and speed. G. Check for proper phase and ground connections. Check to see that multi-voltage motors are connected for the proper voltage. H. Continuously energize space heaters as specified. I. Motor connections: 1. Provide ring type compression terminations on the motor leads and secured with bolt, nut, and spring washer. 2. Insulate connections with rubber Scotch 33 tape, half lapped with a minimum of two layers of tape, minimum. 3. Provide crimp type copper lugs and connectors a. Install lugs and connectors with standard industry tooling that will not release until the crip is complete. Plier type tools are not acceptable. b. Provide lugs and connectors matching the wire size shown on the Drawings. c. Clearly identify and color code each connector. d. Make all connections for stranded wire. e. Make all connections electrically and mechanically secure. f. Provide lugs and connectors that has a current carrying capacity equal to the conductors for which they are rated. g. Provide lugs and connectors that meet UL 486 requirements for 75 degrees C. h. Provide two-hole lugs with NEMA spacing for wire larger than 4/0 AWG. i. Provide lugs with closed end construction to exclude moisture migration into the cable conductor. 3.02 TESTS A. Test for proper rotation prior to connection to the driven equipment. B. Test the insulation (megger test) of all new motors, 10 HP and above, in accordance with NEMA MG-1. The test voltage shall be 1000 volts AC plus twice the rated voltage of the motor. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 21 Issued for Bid C. Testing for motors 100 HP and larger: 1. Test duration: ten minutes 2. Record resistances 15 seconds for the first minute 3. Record resistances every minute for the next nine minutes. 4. Acceptable megohm rating at the end of the ten minutes shall be at least twice as high as the 1-minute reading. 5. Calculate dielectric absorption ratio and polarization index. 6. Testing shall be in accordance with IEEE Standard 43. 7. A polarization index of 3.0 or greater is required for acceptance. D. Perform a rotation test to ensure proper shaft direction. E. Where a motor is inverter fed, the direction of rotation shall be checked by momentary application of voltage to the motor, to confirm that the phase sequence is the same as the incoming power to the inverter. F. Measure running current and evaluate relative to load conditions and nameplate full load amperes. G. Inspect for unusual mechanical or electrical noise or signs of overheating during initial test run. H. Monitor motors during startup and commissioning to record operating amps, voltage and operating vibration levels. I. Test reports: 1. Submit test report and all recorded field data. 2. Submit copies of the raw data recorded in the field, signed by the person recording the data, and typewritten certified reports. 3. The motors will not be accepted until the reports are submitted and approved. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below City of Fort Worth 26 05 50 - 22 Issued for Bid PART 4 - TABLE OF MOTOR EFFICIENCIES MOTOR FULL-LOAD EFFICIENCIES 2-POLE (3600 RPM) 4-POLE (1800 RPM) 6 POLE (1200 RPM) 8 POLE (900 RPM) HP Min. Efficiency Min. Efficiency Min. Efficiency Min. Efficiency 1.0 72.0 80.0 77.0 70.0 1.5 80.0 81.5 82.5 74.0 2.0 81.5 81.5 84.0 80.0 3.0 82.5 85.5 85.5 81.5 5.0 85.5 85.5 85.5 82.5 7.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 82.5 10.0 88.5 87.5 87.5 86.5 15.0 89.5 89.5 88.5 87.5 20.0 88.5 89.5 88.5 87.5 25.0 89.5 91.0 90.2 87.5 30.0 89.5 91.0 90.2 89.5 40.0 90.2 91.7 91.7 89.5 50.0 91.0 91.7 91.7 90.2 60.0 91.7 92.4 92.4 90.2 75.0 91.7 93.0 92.4 91.7 100.0 92.4 93.6 93.0 91.7 125.0 93.6 93.6 93.0 92.4 150.0 93.6 94.1 94.1 92.4 200.0 94.1 94.1 94.1 93.0 500.0 94.5 95.0 -- END OF SECTION 26 05 50 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 05 51 - LARGE INDUCTION MOTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section specifies the requirements for custom-built, premium electric motors as specified. Unless otherwise shown or specified, the motors shall be single speed, single winding, in strict compliance with the requirements specified herein. The driven equipment manufacturer shall select the exact motor speed. B. Medium Voltage Induction Motors 1. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all medium voltage AC squirrel cage induction motors. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will not be accepted and will be returned without review. B. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following: 1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 2 Issued for Bid 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. C. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. D. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the process equipment division of these Specifications, and as specified herein. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. Submittals with unmarked sheets will be rejected and returned for revision. E. Submit for approval the Contractor’s certification of extended warranty in the shop drawing submitted to the Engineer for approval. F. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review. G. Submit for approval, a manufacturer’s conducted training agenda for all training specified herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and Maintenance Manual. H. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Manufacturer. 2. Rated full load horsepower. 3. Rated volts. 4. the number of phases. 5. Frequency in hertz. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 3 Issued for Bid 6. Full load amperes (FLA). 7. No load amperes. 8. Locked rotor amperes (LRA) at rated voltage or NEMA code letter. 9. Synchronous speed (srpm). 10. NEMA insulation system classification and description of manufacturer's method of application. 11. The temperature rise at rated full load, by resistance temperature detector. 12. Maximum ambient temperature for which motor is designed. 13. Service factor. 14. Frame size, outline dimensions, net weight and weight of rotating element. Include surge protection dimensions and weight. 15. NEMA machine type (ODP, WP-1, TEFC, etc.). 16. Bearing size and calculation, based on L10 life. 17. Lubrication (compatible with pump manufacture). 18. Safe stall time. 19. Maximum acceleration time with NEMA standard Wk2 value, at rated voltage and at 90% of rated voltage. 20. The number of safe starts in succession when starting from a 40°C ambient, intermediate waiting periods and other conditions for driving equipment with a NEMA standard wk2 value. 21. Efficiency at 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, full load, and service factor. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 4 Issued for Bid 22. Power factor at ¾ and full load. 23. Space heater voltage and wattage. 24. Surge protection information, including mounting details. 25. Platinum resistance temperature detector (RTD) literature with wiring diagram, wiring type, terminal blocks, enclosure type and location. 26. Vibration detectors (if specified). Include cut sheets, data sheets, installation and mounting, wiring, terminal blocks and enclosure size type and location. 27. Current transformers (if specified) ) including cut sheets, data sheets, installation and mounting, wiring, shorting type terminal blocks and enclosure size type and location. 28. Motor Damage Curve and safe stall time at 100% and 80% of motor rated terminal voltage. 29. Data to be included on nameplate. 30. Dimensions and internal arrangements of terminal boxes. 31. Locations and sizes of lubrication connections, vents, drains, etc. 32. Speed-torque curve at 100% and 80% of rated voltage. 33. Speed-current curve at 100% and 80% of rated voltage. 34. Acceleration time at 100% and 80% of rated voltage. 35. Locked rotor withstand time. 36. Schematic and interconnection diagrams. 37. Instruction manual. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 5 Issued for Bid 38. Maximum sound power per NEMA MG-1 Part 9. 39. Date of Manufacture 40. Cable terminations 41. Maximum power factor correction capacitor kVAR that can be switched with the motor. 42. Assembly drawings 43. Anchor bolt location drawings 44. Equipment weights 45. Catalog data Nondestructive test procedures 46. Acceptance test procedure 47. Surface preparation and painting procedure 48. Shipping, handling, and storage procedures 49. Installation/erection procedure Electrical equipment heat run test records 50. Nameplate data 51. Performance/acceptance test report I. Factory Tests. Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein. J. Field Test Reports. Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein. K. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Manufacturer’s contact address and telephone number for parts and service. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 6 Issued for Bid 2. Project record drawings clearly indicating operating features and including as- built shop drawings, outline drawings, and schematic and wiring diagrams. 3. Instructions for erection, alignment (including tolerances), and preparation for use. 4. Complete description of safety equipment, safety procedures, and safety precautions. 5. Normal starting, running and shutdown procedures, as well as emergency shutdown procedures. 6. Recommended number of starts in any 24-hour period. 7. Normal maintenance, inspection and lubrication procedures. 8. Recommended spare parts list. 9. Recommended renewal parts list 10. Record Documents for all the information required by the Submittals paragraph above. 11. Include the following: a. Component list / bill of material including part numbers. b. Marked product data and catalog cut sheets. c. Performance specifications / equipment ratings. d. Factory drawings and schematics. e. Trip curves for breakers and fuses f. Specified certifications. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 7 Issued for Bid g. Factory test reports h. Field test reports. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Motors shall be designed, built, and tested in accordance with the latest revision of the following standards: 1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association Inc. (NEMA) a. NEMA MG1 Part 20 – Large Machines. b. NEMA MG1 Part 9 Sound Power Limits and Measurement Procedures. c. NEMA MG2 - Safety Standard for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation and Use of Electric Motors and Generators. 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC) b. NFPA 70E – Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace 3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 4. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE) a. IEEE Std 1 - General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electric Equipment. b. IEEE Std 43 - Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery. c. IEEE Std 85 - Test Procedures for Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating Electric Machinery. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 8 Issued for Bid d. IEEE Std 112 – Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. e. IEEE Std 275 - Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-wound Pre-insulated Stator Coils, Machines Rated 6,900 V and Below. f. IEEE Std 429 - Standard Test Procedure for the Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-wound Stator Coils. 5. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association Inc. (AFBMA): B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Motors specified herein are three-phase, squirrel cage induction type, except as specifically specified elsewhere in these Specifications. B. The word "Drive" shall be construed to mean the driven equipment, i.e. pump, hoist, fan, compressor, or variable frequency drive connected with the motor. C. If there is inconsistency of size on different Drawing sheets or between Drawings and other sections of Specifications, relating to the horsepower designation, then the larger size shall be required. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Motor Compatibility: 1. Verify that the motor included with the drive is compatible with the driven equipment and complies with these Specifications. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 9 Issued for Bid 2. If the motors described in these Specifications cannot be applied to the application or equipment offered, an exception may be submitted, clearly stating the deviations and the reasons for such deviations. 3. Required modifications: a. If equipment submitted and approved by the Engineer/Owner has dimensional, power or mechanical differences from that specified or shown on the Drawings provide the following: 1) Pay for engineering costs to make modifications to structural, mechanical, or electrical design drawings. 2) Provide all additional costs for labor and materials to make the modifications to the project. 3) No change in the Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed. b. The acceptance or rejection of such deviations shall be at the sole discretion of the Owner/Engineer. B. Motors provided with driven equipment: 1. Mount motors with driven equipment as a complete unit by the driven equipment manufacturer. 2. Include correct alignment, couplings or sheave as specified for the driven equipment. 3. Provide for the design of vibration including special or unbalanced forces resulting from equipment operation. C. Motors manufactured date: 1. Motors manufactured more than 24 months prior to the date of this Contract are not acceptable. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 10 Issued for Bid 2. Include the date of manufacture of each motor on the motor nameplate. 3. Remove unacceptable motors, replace, reinstall and retest as required. No change in the Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed. D. Motors driven by reduced voltage solid state starters (RVSS) or variable frequency drives (VFD): 1. Provide motors designed for use with RVSS or VFD. 2. Submit a Certification by the motor manufacturer, stating such compliance with the motor submittals. 1.07 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted. B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at the time of shipment and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner. C. The instructions shall include the following: 1. Detailed assembly instructions including but not limited to wiring interconnection diagrams. 2. Rigging for lifting, skidding, jacking, and moving using rolling equipment to place the equipment. 3. Bolt torquing requirements for bus and all other components which require the installation of bolted connections. 4. Instructions for storing the equipment prior to energizing. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 11 Issued for Bid D. Protect equipment during shipment, handling, and storage by suitable complete enclosures. Protect equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry. E. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Repaint damaged painted surfaces to the satisfaction of the Owner/Engineer. F. Motor delivery and Storage 1. If motors are shipped as an integral part of the associated mechanical equipment, the motors shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 2. If the motors are shipped separately, the motor shall be installed in its permanent, finished location shown on the Drawings within 14 calendar days of arriving onsite. 3. If the equipment cannot be installed within 14 calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite, until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment. 4. Motors stored off site shall not be included in any pay applications. 5. Payment for motors will not be allowed until delivered to the job site. No change in the Contract Price will be allowed for storage or transportation from or to the storage location. 6. Provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters, during storage and after motors are installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service. 7. Unless stored in a heated air-conditioned space, space heaters shall be energized within 24 hours of arrival. 8. Failure to energize space heaters as required shall constitute improper storage and the motors are subject to rejection and are subject to be returned to the Factory for inspection and re-testing. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 12 Issued for Bid 9. Improperly stored motors may be inspected and tested in the field. The choice to return equipment or conduct an inspection and test in the field lie solely with the Engineer / Owner. 10. No pay applications for improperly stored motors will be accepted prior to receiving the manufacturer’s report of inspection, testing and certification that the motors are acceptable for installation with full warrantee still in force. 11. All expenses to return and re-ship to the job site or inspect and test in the field shall be provided with no change in Contract Price or Contract Time allowed. 12. Rotated motors monthly as recommended or required by the motor manufacturer. a. Record the date motor is rotated and provide copies of the record to the Owner/Engineer and the manufacturer. b. The manufacturer shall confirm receipt of the rotation record. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide warranties for the same warranty period as specified for the associated mechanical equipment. B. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable. 1. General Electric. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 13 Issued for Bid 2. Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc., Motors and Drives Division. 3. ABB/Baldor. 4. U.S. Electrical Motors. 5. TECO-Westinghouse Motor Co. 6. Toshiba International Corp., Industrial Division. 7. Approved equal. B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Each motor provided shall have an Identification Tag Number, conforming to the numbering system and equipment name shown on the Drawings. B. Specific motor data such as HP, RPM, enclosure type, etc., is specified under the detailed specification for the mechanical equipment with which the motor is supplied. C. Provide lifting lugs on the motor frame. D. Motors horsepower 1. Provide motors with sufficient horsepower and torque capacity to drive the equipment without overloading under all operating conditions. 2. Exceeding the 1.0 nameplate service factor rating of the motor is not acceptable. 3. Using the service factor rating of the motor under any operating condition is not acceptable. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 14 Issued for Bid E. Motor requirements: 1. NEMA Design B standard, unless otherwise specified in the process equipment division of these Specifications. 2. The service factor shall be 1.15 for all motors. 3. No portion of a motor’s service factor above 1.0 shall be used in normal continuous operation of the motor. 4. Continuous time rated suitable for operation in a 40°C ambient temperature, unless specified otherwise in the process equipment division of these Specifications. 5. Provide all motors bi-directional. 6. Provide motors with the required direction of rotation for fans or other unidirectional driven equipment as required by the driven equipment manufacturer. 7. Each motor shall have couplings keyed to shafts. Coordinate with the driven equipment manufacturer. 8. Where frequent starting occurs, the design for frequent starting duty shall be equal to the duty service required by the driven equipment. F. Altitude: 1. Under 3300 feet above sea level. G. Motor nameplates: 1. Manufacturer’s nameplates shall be engraved or embossed on stainless steel and fastened to the motor frame with stainless steel screws or drive pins. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 15 Issued for Bid 2. Nameplates shall clearly indicate all the items of information enumerated in NEMA Standard MG-1, as applicable, including but not limited to the following information: 3. Main Nameplate a. Horsepower (output). b. RPM at full load. c. Time rating. d. Frequency. e. Number of phases. f. Model number. g. Rated voltage. h. Service factor. i. Full load amps. j. Insulation class. k. NEMA design letter. l. NEMA code letter. m. Temperature Rise at 1.0 SF. n. Manufacturer’s Frame size o. Date of manufacture. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 16 Issued for Bid p. Direction of rotation (if uni-directional). q. Thermal protection. r. Motor Weight 4. Heater Nameplate. a. Voltage and wattage. b. UL Listing 5. RTD Nameplate a. UL Listing 6. Bearings Nameplate. a. Bearing manufacturer’s name, identification, and recommended lubricant. H. Breather drain: 1. Provide a breather drain in each end bracket of TEFC motor enclosures. 2. Locate breather drains in the lowest part of both end brackets to allow drainage of condensation. 3. Provide stainless steel automatic breather drains. I. Motor power termination enclosure: 1. Provide an oversized, gasketed, cast iron conduit box, field adjustable in 90- degree increments. 2. Provide a conduit box with tapped NPT threaded conduit entrance hole or holes. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 17 Issued for Bid 3. Provide a conduit box that exceeds the minimum volumes defined in IEEE 841- Latest Edition. 4. Provide a neoprene conduit box cover gasket and neoprene lead seal gasket with flexible nipples to ensure the seal is maintained as the leads are moved. 5. Provide mounted clamp type lug in the conduit box sized to accept the number and size of grounding conductors shown on the drawings. 6. Provide the size and number of threaded conduit openings or integral conduit hubs for the conduits containing the motor power conductors shown on the drawings. 7. Provide lugs to terminate power conductors as follows: a. Provide termination pads to terminate NEMA two-hole long barrel lugs. b. Meet the applicable requirements of Section 26 05 13 Medium Voltage Cables. J. Motor accessory conduit box 1. Provide separate accessory lead conduit boxes. 2. The minimum size entrance hub shall be 3/4 inch. 3. Resistance temperature detector leads shall not occupy the same box with any other type of power or monitoring leads. 2.03 RATING A. Description. 1. Unless otherwise specified to be required by the driven mechanical equipment, the motors shall be induction motors, single speed. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 18 Issued for Bid 2. The driven equipment manufacturer shall determine the speeds. 3. Nameplate horsepower of the motor shall not be less than that shown on the Drawings, and as specified herein. B. Motors horsepower 1. Provide all motors with a service factor of 1.15 at rated voltage and frequency. 2. Provide motors with sufficient horsepower and torque capacity to drive the equipment without overloading under all operating conditions. 3. Exceeding the 1.0 nameplate service factor rating of the motor is not acceptable. 4. In sizing motors, no portion of a motor’s service factor above 1.0 shall be used in normal continuous operation of the motor driving the mechanical equipment. 5. Service factor for motors when controlled by VFD shall be 1.0. C. All motors shall have Class F insulation and shall comply with the temperature rise as listed in NEMA MG-1 Part 20 for Class B insulation.be rated at the following temperature rises: 1. The ambient air temperature shall be defined as air immediately surrounding the motor. D. Voltage: Motor voltage, phase and frequency shall be as shown on the Drawings and as specified with the driven equipment. E. Power Factor: Minimum Power Factor at Full Load: 12-pole, at least 0.8; 10-pole or less, greater than 0.85. F. Starting Voltage: 1. Each motor shall produce the required starting torque, as required by the driven equipment manufacturer, utilizing the starting voltage as shown on the Drawings and as specified for the associated motor controller. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 19 Issued for Bid 2. Motors shall accelerate the driven equipment up to speed, without motor overload, under the conditions specified in the driven equipment specification. G. Locked Rotor Current: 1. The locked rotor current of the motor shall be limited in accordance with the National Electrical Code and NEMA MG-1 standards, to a maximum of Code Letter G, (6.29 kVA per horsepower). 2. The code letter shall be clearly shown on the nameplate. H. Acceleration Time: Provide calculated acceleration time of the combined motor and driven load and rated voltage and at 90% of rated voltage, as specified in the Submittal paragraphs. I. Safe Stall Time: 1. Safe stall time shall not be less than four seconds more than the acceleration time when hot, unless approved by the Owner/Engineer. 2. The motor manufacturer shall coordinate with the supplier of the driven equipment to obtain inertia data and shall calculate the acceleration times when starting across the line. 3. Include calculations with 100 % of the rated name plate motor voltage, (I.E., 4000 volts for a motor on a 4160-volt system), 90% and 80% present at the motor terminals. 4. Submit acceleration curves plotting time vs speed, and calculations to the Owner/Engineer for approval, as specified in the Submittal requirements of this Section. J. Noise Measurement: The noise level as measured by NEMA MG1 Part 9 Sound Power Limits and Measurement Procedures. K. Slip: The full load RPM shall match or exceed the pump design RPM. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 20 Issued for Bid L. Coordinate with the motor control manufacturer, to provide the correct capacitor kVAR to correct the power factor as specified. The capacitors shall be mounted in each individual motor controller. M. Efficiency: 1. Motor efficiency shall be evaluated and determined by the pump manufacturer to achieve and guarantee the overall wire-to-water efficiency of the pumping unit, for pumping applications. All motors shall have the efficiency evaluated with pump. 2. Motor efficiency shall not be less than 95% and power factor not less than 85% when operating at maximum speed, service factor load and rated voltage and frequency. 2.04 STATOR A. Stator Core Construction: 1. The stator core shall be built up with high grade, non-aging laminated silicon steel, C5 or better. 2. Each lamination core shall be plated to minimize eddy current losses. 3. The laminations shall be adequately secured to the stator frame and securely held in place at each end. 4. There shall be no perceptible buzzing of laminations during operation. Provide slot wedges for rigidity. B. Motor Stator Windings: 1. The motor stator winding shall be provided with premium grade full Class F insulation or better. 2. Silicone rubber insulation is not acceptable. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 21 Issued for Bid 3. Provide a vacuum-pressure impregnation (VPI) insulation system designed to give a high resistance to moisture and other contaminates. 4. Provide form windings using copper. 5. Provide stator construction as follows: a. Provide the same size and shape for each form wound coils. b. The stator construction method shall accommodate VPI treatment. c. Aluminum wound coils are not acceptable. d. Random wound windings are not acceptable. e. Cover the coils with strand insulation consisting of Dacron polyester glass fiber film or other high temperature insulating film. f. Provide full length slot liners rated 5000 volts minimum which extend beyond the stator core iron to reduce the possibility of tracking to ground. g. Coil insulation shall be tightly applied to eliminate all air voids. h. Tightly insert coils into the stator slots without damage. i. Secure the coils to surge ring or treated rope and securely lace them to one another as necessary to prevent distortion and expansion. j. Block the end turns on their tops, sides and bottoms. k. Design and install the surge ring to prevent movement during starting and short circuit conditions. l. Oven cure the entire stator to provide a completely sealed insulation system. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 22 Issued for Bid 2.05 RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTORS (RTDs) A. Type: Platinum, 100-ohm at 0°C B. Quantity 1. Six: Two per phase for the motor windings. 2. One: Ambient RTD, adjacent to, or in the inlet air path, for WP1 and WP2 motors. 3. Horizontal motors: a. Two: Provide one for each Motor Bearing. Each bearing shall have a 100- ohm platinum RTD installed for sensing bearing temperature. 4. Vertical motors: a. Two: One for each Motor Bearing. Each thrust bearing and lower radial guide bearing shall have a 100-ohm platinum RTD installed for sensing bearing temperature. 2.06 ROTOR A. Shaft: 1. Provide the rotor shaft as follows: a. Provide a steel shaft, accurately machined, smoothly finished, with enough strength to withstand all stresses resulting from normal operation at any speed up to and including a 25% over-speed condition. b. Provide shaft end details coordinated with pump and shafting as specified. B. Rotor Core: 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 23 Issued for Bid 1. Provide a core built up with high-grade non-aging silicon steel, with each single piece lamination core plated to minimize eddy current losses. 2. Core mechanical integrity shall not rely on any electrically active component. C. Rotor bars and end ring: 1. Provide copper alloy bars and end ring with uniform resistance characteristics to equalize thermal stresses. 2. Provide rectangular or shaped bars to meet motor starting and running torque requirements. 3. Install rotor bar in tension. 4. Mechanically lock or secure each copper rotor bar in the rotor pole slots to minimize movement and vibration. 5. Circumferential joints in the rotor end rings are not acceptable. 6. Provide end rings which are 100% swaged to the rotor bars by an induction or torch brazing process. 7. Fabricated aluminum rotors are unacceptable. 8. ALUMINUM ROTOR BARS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. D. Rotor Balancing 1. Statically and dynamically balance rotors prior to assembly. 2. Check balancing after assembly with the motor running at rated speed. 3. Check run out on the shaft. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 24 Issued for Bid 4. Runout exceeding 0.001 inch measured with a precision indicator with the reading taken at the end of the shaft is not acceptable. 2.07 BEARINGS A. Horizontal Motors 1. Provide anti-friction open or single-shield, vacuum-degassed steel ball or roller bearings, electric motor quality, with extended pipe Zerk fitting and 1/2-lb relief fitting for external lubrication while machine is in operation. 2. Provide insulated bearings on the non-drive end and a shaft grounding ring on the drive end of the motor. 3. Insulate bearing temperature detectors. 4. Install the bearing shield on the motor winding side of the bearing. No bearing shield is required for a flow through system. 5. Unless otherwise specified, bearings for motors 2000 HP 900 RPM and larger shall have oil-lubricated sleeve bearings of the spherically seated type. 6. Support the bearing housings with heavy brackets mounted on the motor frame. 7. Provide bearings with a minimum rated fatigue life of L10 100,000 hours for direct coupled applications. 8. Supplemental thrust bearings: a. Provide a supplemental thrust bearings or two anti-friction bearings when a continuous axial thrust condition exists. b. Provide bearings adequate to handle momentary and continuous thrust conditions. 9. Bearing seal: 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 25 Issued for Bid a. Provide a bearing seal in addition to tight mechanical bearing housing fits to prevent moisture and contaminants from entering the shaft end into the bearing. b. Provide the seal with means of flushing old lubricant and introducing new lubricant. 10. Rotor end play: a. Scribe the rotor end play limits and the shaft position, when magnetically centered on the shaft. b. Provide a suitable reference point indicated on the sleeve bearing housing. c. Provide a limited end float coupling. d. Provide a minimum of 1/2-inch total shaft end float. 11. Oil lubricated bearings on water cooled systems: a. Provide internal cooling coils or external heat exchangers for external circulated water cooling of top bearings for oil lubricated bearings. b. Supply external water directly from the pump discharge and returned the water to the pump suction or sump c. Provide cooling coils rated for the shutoff head of the pump. d. Provide standard NPS threads for piping connections for the external water piping. e. Provide replaceable heat exchangers that can be replaced without disassembling the motor. f. The motor manufacturer shall provide design of the cooling system. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 26 Issued for Bid g. Furnish and install field piping and isolation valves as required by the motor manufacturer. B. Vertical Motor bearings: 1. General: a. Provide motor bearings designed for the maximum load imposed by the driven equipment and motor. b. Select bearings to provide a minimum L10 life of 100,000 hours. c. Provide an insulated bearing on the non-drive end and a shaft grounding ring on the drive end of the motor. d. Provide insulation for oil-supply connections and monitoring equipment. 2. Guide bearing: a. Provide anti-friction or sleeve type bearing oil-lubricated lower radial guide bearings, with oil reservoir. 3. Thrust bearing: a. Provide an anti-friction bearing with oil reservoir and other necessary accessories. b. Provide air-cooled or water-cooled thrust bearing as required. 2.08 VIBRATION SENSORS A. Radial Vibration Detection 1. Where specified elsewhere or shown on the Drawings, provide analog vibration sensors mounted at the motor bearing to monitor radial vibration. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 27 Issued for Bid 2. The analog vibration sensor shall be piezoelectric type vibration sensor with a loop powered 4-20mA output as manufactured by PMC/Beta acceptable equal. 3. The analog signal shall be proportional to the vibration velocity with a range of 0 to 1.6 inches per second and an accuracy of +/- 10%. 4. The analog vibration sensor shall be appropriate for pump operation from about 300 to 600 RPM and shall be mounted according to the instructions of both sensor and pump manufacturers. 5. The analog vibration sensor shall have a stainless steel NEMA 4X housing with terminal blocks to connect external wiring shown on the drawings or as specified. 6. The analog vibration sensors shall be compatible with the motor protection relay and have adequate output for the cable lengths required. 7. The velocity levels between 0.05 to 0.2 inches per second shall be monitored and be field-adjustable. 8. Provide signal conversions required to convert the vibration detector outputs to 4- 20ma signals for input to the motor protective relay. B. Axial Vibration Detection 1. Where specified elsewhere or shown on the Drawings, provide analog vibration sensors mounted at the motor bearing to monitor axial vibration. 2. The analog vibration sensor shall be piezoelectric type vibration sensor with a loop powered 4-20mA output as manufactured by Industrial Monitoring Instrumentation IMI or acceptable equal. 3. The analog signal shall be proportional to the vibration acceleration with a range of 0 to 5 g and an accuracy of +/- 10%. 4. The analog vibration sensor shall be appropriate for pump operation from about 300 to 600 rpm and shall be mounted according to the instructions of both sensor and pump manufacturers. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 28 Issued for Bid 5. The analog vibration sensor shall have a stainless steel, NEMA 4X housing with terminal blocks to connect external wiring shown on the drawings or as specified. 6. The analog vibration sensors shall be compatible with the motor protection relay and have adequate output for the cable lengths required. 7. The acceleration levels monitored shall be field adjustable. 8. Provide signal conversions required to convert the vibration detector outputs to 4- 20ma signals for input to the motor protective relay. C. Provide a separate terminal junction box with terminal blocks to terminate the field conductor connections to the vibration detection sensor system. D. Pump or driven equipment bearing detection is specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 2.09 LEADS AND TERMINATIONS A. Motor Leads. Use ASTM B 173, Class G, stranded copper. B. Provide permanent identification numbers on leads according to NEMA MG 1-2.02. Provide each lead with additional identification within six inches of the stator frame. Use crimp-on, solderless copper terminals on leads and place heat-shrink insulation sleeves or covers between leads and terminals. C. The motor leads shall have the same class of insulation as the motor stator windings. Leads shall be numbered for clockwise rotation when facing the end opposite the shaft end. D. Cable termination and splicing material shall be as manufactured by Raychem; 3M Corp.; Elastimold or acceptable equal. All material used in terminating and splicing medium voltage cables shall be as recommended by the cable manufacturer. Cables shall be terminated and spliced in accordance with the kit supplier's drawings. E. Lugs, terminators, etc., shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 19 for 600 Volt conductors and Section 26 05 13 for medium voltage conductors. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 29 Issued for Bid F. Cable terminations shall meet or exceed IEEE Standard 48, Class I requirements. Motor power conductors shall be terminated on NEMA 2-hole pads which accommodates NEMA 2-hole lugs. Provide one pad for each cable feeding each phase of the motor. The number and size of motor cables required for each phase are shown on the drawings. Provide a NEMA 2-hole pad to terminate each grounding cable installed with each of the three-phase cables feeding the motor. Double lugging of any of the pads is not acceptable. G. EP insulated cable splices shall meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI C119.1 and IEEE 404. H. Cable accessories shall be by one manufacturer to assure adequate installer training and application assistance. 2.10 ENCLOSURE A. Unless otherwise specified, motor enclosure shall be WP1, WPII, TEAAC or TEWAC as specified herein and comply with NEMA MG-1. B. The manufacturer shall arrange the intake and discharge air outlets such as to minimize the intake of air from the discharge of an adjacent motor. C. Air inlets and outlets shall be protected by vermin-proof, corrosion resistant louvers. The air inlets shall be located on end or side as required by the application. 2.11 SPACE HEATERS A. Type. Electric resistance, 120 volts, silicon rubber clad or rubber epoxy or equivalent non-oxidizing exterior, with maximum surface temperature of 130°C (266°F). B. Alternatively, provide two stainless-steel-sheathed conventional space heaters, each with rated watts at the specified voltage equal to twice the required value, and connect in series. C. Space heaters shall maintain the internal temperature above dew point when the motor is not operating. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 30 Issued for Bid D. Heaters shall not be located directly in access opening where they may pose a danger of burn or shock to servicemen. E. Space heater wiring shall be routed to prevent wire being between the frame and space heater. 2.12 HARDWARE A. Use structural bolts, washers, nuts, pins, and similar items manufactured of high- strength stainless steel. Use only hexagon-head bolts and hexagon nuts. 2.13 TERMINAL BOXES A. Description. 1. Provide custom built, gasketed, oversized conduit boxes and terminal housing cabinets for all wiring connections to motor. 2. The cable entrance to the boxes shall be from the bottom side. 3. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, all terminal boxes shall be located on the same side of the motor. 4. Verify exact location of cable entry, before design, from the Contract Drawings. B. Main Terminal Housing. The main terminal box shall be custom designed to accommodate all conductors and specified accessories located in the Terminal Housing. 1. Provide NEMA multiple-hole pads with standoff insulators, as defined in NEMA MG 1 Table 20.3 to terminate the incoming motor leads. 2. The motor terminal box shall be sized to accommodate prefabricated shrink-on cable terminators as manufactured by 3-M or RayChem. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 31 Issued for Bid 3. Provide terminal boxes with enough room inside the box to allow for the minimum bending radius of medium voltage cable between the entry point of the cable and the termination lugs. 4. Larger horsepower motors will require multiple conductors per phase; therefore, the terminal box shall be enlarged enough to accommodate the minimum bending radius of the cables when more than one conductor per phase is required. 5. The location and size of the conduits entering the motor terminal box and the number and size of the cables per phase are shown on the drawings and shall be consulted to provide the information required to design the size of the terminal enclosure. 6. The motor shop drawings shall show the location of the conduit entries and shall illustrate the bending radii which is at least 12 times its outside diameter, minimum, (or larger if recommended by the cable manufacturer) between the entry point and the termination lug. 7. Coordinate with the cable manufacturer providing the medium voltage cables feeding the motor for their recommended minimum bending radius and provide a terminal box which meets or exceeds the required minimum bending radius. 8. Submit the design of the box for the Owner/Engineer’s review. 9. If the enclosure provided is found to not be large enough to accommodate the bending radii of the power conductors, remove the terminal box, provide a new larger terminal box which will accommodate the cable minimum bending radii required. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed. 10. Mark the motor leads for permanent identification. 11. Provide grounding lug(s) in box for incoming equipment grounding conductor(s). 12. Install the main terminal box integral with the motor. 13. Install lightning arrestors, and/or surge capacitors in the terminal housing where specified or shown. Increase the size of the terminal housing to accommodate the additional equipment. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 32 Issued for Bid C. Space Heater Terminal Box: 1. Provide a separate terminal box on the motor for termination of the wires on strap screw or tubular clamp terminal blocks. 2. Provide a terminal for each conductor, including ground. Double lugging of field conductors is not acceptable. D. RTD Terminal Box: 1. Provide a separate terminal box on the motor for termination of motor, bearing and ambient RTD leads, for termination of the wires on tubular screw clamp terminal blocks. 2. Size the RTD terminal box to accommodate a 2-1/2” C minimum. 3. Provide strap screw clamp terminal blocks for the termination of field wires. Provide a terminal for each conductor, including ground or shield conductors. Double lugging of field conductors is not acceptable. E. Accessory Equipment Termination Box: 1. Provide a separate terminal box on the motor for termination of motor and pump vibration sensor leads and other specified accessories. 2. Provide strap screw clamp terminal blocks for the termination of field wires. 3. Provide a terminal for each conductor, including ground or shield conductors. Double lugging of field conductors is not acceptable. F. Signal leads using low voltage or current shall not be housed in the same connection box as leads carrying 120 volts AC or currents more than 1/2 ampere. G. Leads shall be suitably marked and identified with heat shrink markers. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 33 Issued for Bid H. Accessories boxes shall have stainless steel nameplates, attached with stainless steel screws. The nameplates shall say “SPACE HEATER”, VIBRATION SENSOR, BEARING RTDs”, “WINDING RTDs”, etc. I. Accessories boxes shall be bottom entry. J. Use only corrosion-resistant materials. K. Permanently identify all leads and terminals. L. All wires and electrical connections shall be copper. M. All wiring penetrating the motor frame shall be protected against chaffing with grommets. 2.14 MOTOR GROUNDING A. Provide two NEMA 2-hole ground pads located near the base of the motor, threaded into the motor frame mounted 180º apart. B. Provide a grounding lug inside the motor power terminal box C. Provide a grounding lug inside all auxiliary terminal boxes including but not limited to the RTD, vibration sensor and space heater terminal boxes. D. Provide Burndy KC Servit lugs or acceptable equal. 2.15 SPARE PARTS A. One spare fuse of each type and size for the power factor correction capacitors. B. Manufacturer's standard shop paints for prime and finish coats are acceptable. Include one pint of finish paint for each motor. If environmental regulations prohibit paint shipment, supply of the same paint type and color from a local source is acceptable. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 34 Issued for Bid 2.16 SPECIAL TOOLS A. Furnish with the equipment, one set of any special tools or devices required for the assembly, operation, and maintenance of all equipment furnished. B. Furnish one Altek RTD calibrator model 211, or equal, to check the proper installation of RTDs prior to final acceptance. 2.17 LUBRICANT A. Furnish with the equipment, oil of the recommended type and grade, in enough quantity for initial filling and for operation during acceptance tests and installation. B. The Manufacturer shall provide a list of lubricants available sources. In addition, provide the Owner with enough quantity of lubricant for required service during the first 12 months after start-up. 2.18 FACTORY TESTS A. Perform Routine Factory Tests for Polyphase Medium Induction Motors and the tests specified herein: The method of testing shall be in accordance with IEEE Std 112 and shall be in accordance with MG1-12.55. The following routine tests shall be done at the factory of manufacture, in the position of operation, on the motors provided, and certified test reports shall be submitted. 1. Measurement of winding resistance. 2. No-load readings of current and speed at normal voltage and frequency. 3. Current input at rated frequency and voltage, with rotor at standstill for squirrel- cage motors. 4. High-potential test per MG1-20.18 and IEEE Std 43. B. Polarization Test: 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 35 Issued for Bid 1. Perform a polarization index test on each phase individually, with the other two phases grounded to the same ground as the stator core. 2. Test voltage to be as per IEEE-43, Table 1. 3. The test duration shall be for ten minutes with resistances tabulated every 15 seconds for the first minute and then every minute for the next ten minutes. 4. Results to be provided in both tabular and graphical format. Results to be as per IEEE-43, Table 3. The minimum insulation resistance after one minute to be as per IEEE-43. C. Additional tests 1. Provide a complete test in accordance with IEEE 112 as specified below 2. Submit certified copies of the test data recorded on appropriate forms of IEEE 112, together with a certified statement of compliance with minimum specified power factor and efficiencies to the Owner/Engineer. 3. The recorded data on the forms shall be in enough clarity and detail to permit third-party longhand validation and verification of any computer-generated results. D. Required factory tests to be performed on each motor, at the factory of manufacture, in the position of operation, shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Reference Resistance per IEEE Std. 112, latest version. 2. Reference Ambient of 25°C. 3. Efficiency per either of the following: 4. Efficiency at rated voltage and frequency, by dynamometer (IEEE Method B), 6 points minimum. Dynamometer correction shall be applied. Alternatively, efficiency calculated using an equivalent circuit with direct measurement of stray load loss per IEEE Method F. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 36 Issued for Bid 5. Bearing Loss Stabilization. 6. Locked Rotor Test (two-line method). 7. Core Losses and Friction and Windage Losses. 8. Power Factor (*see note below). 9. Load test at rated temperature rise (Stable to 1°C within 30 minutes). 10. Speed-Torque and Speed Current Curves. 11. Stator Temperature Rise Measurements by embedded detector and resistance at rated load per IEEE Std. 112, latest version. 12. High Potential Tests per NEMA MG-1 Part 20.18 and IEEE Std 43. 13. Winding Resistance Measurements. 14. Bearing Insulation Tests. 15. Noise Measurements per NEMA MG1 Part 9 latest Version. 16. Vibration Measurements. *Note: Test the motor with power factor correction capacitors, if capacitors are permitted, to correct the power factor to 95%. E. Substitutions for or waivers of the tests and methods listed above will not be permitted. 2.19 WITNESS TESTING A. The Owner/Engineer will witness the Factory Tests for each of the following Equipment items: 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 37 Issued for Bid 1. Equipment I.D. __________ 2. Equipment I.D. __________ 3. Equipment I.D. __________ B. The number of Owner/Engineer persons witnessing the tests will be 2 persons. C. Refer to Section 26 00 00 for specific requirements for witnessed testing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER’S REPRESENTATIVE A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's field representative to perform the services specified under this section for the time required. B. The manufacturer's representative shall provide technical direction and assistance in the general assembly of the equipment, connections, and adjustments, and testing of the assembly and components contained therein. C. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's field start-up report. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install motors in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. B. Make a visual and mechanical inspection. C. Check for physical damage. D. Compare equipment nameplate information with single line diagram and report any discrepancies. E. Inspect for proper mounting, grounding, connection, and lubrication. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 38 Issued for Bid F. Inspect each motor for the proper installation, rated voltage, phase and speed. G. Check for proper phase and ground connections. Check to see that multi-voltage motors are connected for the proper voltage. H. Space heaters shall be continuously energized as specified. I. Entry to motor power or instrumentation terminal boxes shall be from below for motors installed outdoors. 3.03 MOTOR MANUFACTURER SERVICE ENGINEER: FIELD TESTING A. Factory service technician qualifications: 1. Provide the services of a competent factory trained service technician, who shall have had a minimum of five years’ experience in the installation, adjustment, and operation of the equipment that is being furnished under this contract. 2. Ensure proper installation and adjustment of the motor, instruct personnel in proper operation, maintenance, and care of the equipment, for making operation tests of equipment, and recommendations for obtaining the most efficient use thereof. 3. Submit the experience documentation for the service technician to the Engineer/Owner for approval prior to beginning work on this project. B. Service technician duties: 1. Arrive at the site after the motor installation but prior to testing and start-up. 2. Verify the proper installation, alignment, wiring, lubrication, and connection of all appurtenances prior to start-up. 3. Be present during testing, and start-up 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 39 Issued for Bid 4. Certify to the Engineer/Owner in writing that the motors have been properly installed and operate satisfactorily. C. Provide the services of the manufacturer’s representative for time required to be on-site, (including travel time) for each motor, to perform the services specified as follows: 1. Check motor installation. 2. Pump start-up and testing. 3. Troubleshooting 4. Personnel training D. Field-Testing: Provide the services of the manufacturer’s representative for the time required to perform the following tests on each motor after installation in the field. 1. Polarization Index Test: a. Measure and record the motor’s insulation resistance polarization index (10 minute / 1-minute ratio), at 2500 VDC, per IEEE Standard 43. b. The minimum acceptable polarization index ration shall be greater than 3.0. 2. Inverter controlled motors: a. Verify the direction of rotation by momentary application of voltage to the motor b. Confirm that the phase sequence is the same as the incoming power to the inverter. 3. Motor uncoupled run test: a. Perform a one-hour run-in while uncoupled from the driven load. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 40 Issued for Bid b. The motor temperatures shall be monitored and recorded, every five minutes from just before start to the end of the hour test.3 c. Inspect for unusual mechanical or electrical noise or signs of overheating during initial test run. d. Record operating current, voltage, and vibration levels. 4. Motor run test under load a. Monitor motors as specified above during startup and commissioning and record operating current, voltage and operating vibration levels. b. Inspect for unusual mechanical or electrical noise or signs of overheating during test run. 5. Test reports: a. Submit test report and all recorded field data. b. Submit copies of the raw data recorded in the field, signed by the person recording the data, and typewritten certified reports. c. Submit the results of all specified tests to the Engineer/Owner within five business days for approval and for their permanent records. d. The motors will not be accepted until the reports are submitted and approved. 3.04 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the surface shall be replaced. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 41 Issued for Bid 3.05 MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATION A. Provide a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's technician who shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's service technician’s certification. 3.06 TRAINING A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and maintenance of the equipment furnished under this Section. B. The training shall be for a period of not less than one, eight-hour day. C. The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included in the Contract Price. The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly related to the equipment being supplied. D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course. The manuals shall include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project. E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative. F. The Owner shall have the right to videotape the training for the Owner’s use. END OF SECTION 26 05 51 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Large Induction Motors City of Fort Worth 26 05 51 - 42 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 05 73 - POWER SYSTEM STUDY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide a Power System Study for the electrical power system, including a Short Circuit Study, Coordination Study, Arc Flash Hazard Study, Load Flow Study, and additional studies as listed below. B. The electrical power system shall include the following: 1. Utility company’s transformer(s) 2. All new system components, including any on-site standby generation. 3. Include as a minimum, the following in the short circuit and coordination study reports a. Evaluation of the electrical power systems for all new equipment. b. The model numbers and settings of the following: 1) Protective relays or devices 2) Metering devices 3) Motor monitoring devices 4) All settings required for power distribution and motor protective relays and electric system monitoring devices for all new equipment. C. Required data 1. Obtain and provide all pertinent data necessary for the successful completion of the Power System Studies including but not limited to the following a. Information on all new equipment and wiring pertinent to the Study including as a minimum the following: 1) All cable and raceway data for new equipment 2) Data for new motors 3) Data from all new switchgear, motor control centers, panel boards, and separately mounted fuses, starters, and circuit breakers. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 2 Issued for Bid 4) Obtain all new protective device information. 5) Obtain any needed data or information from Contract Documents, various suppliers, the Electric Utility and from conducting field investigations. D. Model all new electrical equipment down to and including 480-Volt utilization equipment. 1. Model all new motors and constant loads individually, including disconnect switches, if present. 2. Motors and constant loads 240V and below may be combined as a lump load. E. The Power System Study shall be performed using SKM Power*Tools. F. The studies shall be performed using the latest version of the computer software used for the power system study. G. Additional Studies 1. Power factor correction capacitor sizing 2. Back-to-back capacitor switching study 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. B. Provide all the information required, to the Study Engineer in a timely manner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, and Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein. B. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. C. All submittals must be sent through the contractor. Submittals presented to the Engineer/Owner directly from the study engineer will be rejected and returned without review. D. The following submittals shall be submitted in the order shown. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 3 Issued for Bid 1. Qualifications: No more than four weeks after the contract has been awarded, provide a submittal of the engineering firm, name, and qualifications of the Study Engineer, for approval. a. No submittals required under this section will be accepted until this requirement is met, and if submitted will be returned without review. b. Submitting the qualifications along with the preliminary study is not acceptable and will cause the preliminary study to be rejected and returned without review. 2. Preliminary Study: The second submittal shall consist only of the Short Circuit Study results and equipment evaluation, based upon sound engineering reasonable assumptions, where known values are not available. a. This submittal shall be used by the Study Engineer to ascertain the short circuit current rating of the related equipment. b. This submittal shall be made and approved prior to any shop drawing submittal being reviewed for electrical equipment for which the results of this preliminary study are required. c. The submittal and approval of the Preliminary Study is a critical milestone in the Construction Schedule. Failure to submit an acceptable study in a timely manner may delay the Project Schedule. d. No exceptions will be made for the specified sequence of the submittal of the Study prior to the submittal of shop drawings, and any delays caused by a late submittal of the Study will not be a cause for the Engineer / Owner to allow any extension of the Contract Time or change in the Contract Price. 3. Final Study: The final submittal shall be the Final Study and shall include all items listed under “Scope of Work” in this Section. a. No electrical equipment for which the results of the final study are required is permitted to be energized until the following has been certified as complete: 1) Final study results have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer / Owner 2) Relay and breaker settings are applied to electrical equipment requiring adjustable settings. 3) Settings are required to be certified as complete by the manufacturer’s field representative. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 4 Issued for Bid b. This submittal is required to include a PDF of the study report and coordination curves and an electronic copy of the computer model raw data input files. E. Upon completion of the studies, submit the studies for approval to the Owner/Engineer. 1. The study submittal shall include all the input and output data files in electronic format for use directly with the specified study software. 2. The Study shall include an actual size sample of an Arc Flash and Shock Hazard label with typical information shown. 3. Allow not less than three calendar weeks for review of the both the Preliminary and Final Studies by the Owner/Engineer. 4. The submittal shall not contain unresolved questions, conflicts, or selective device coordination conflicts. A submittal containing such questions or conflicts will be returned unreviewed and shall not be resubmitted until such questions or conflicts have been resolved. 5. Delays in the Construction Schedule due to the submittal of unacceptable Power System Studies will not be a cause for the Engineer / Owner to approve any changes in the Contract Time or Contract Price. 6. The completed, sealed, and signed studies, with all known issues resolved, shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval, not less than 30 days prior to site delivery of any equipment containing protective devices requiring selections and settings for certification by the manufacturer. 7. Final copies shall be in electronic form (Adobe PDF formatted files). model data files, including any custom forms, labels, formats, and libraries, shall be provided at the same time in electronic format as specified herein. 8. All individual arc flash labels, ready for installation, shall be provided with this submittal. F. Submit for approval, a manufacturer’s conducted training agenda for all training specified herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and Maintenance Manual. G. Owner/ Engineer reserves the right to request a copy of the computer model of the study during construction for review. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 5 Issued for Bid A. The specified studies shall be in accordance with the latest versions of the following codes and standards. 1. IEEE Standard 1584 – IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations, Including Amendment 1584a. 2. NFPA-70E - Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces. 3. ANSI/NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The studies shall be performed by an Electrical Engineering Services firm, who is regularly engaged in power system studies. 1. The studies shall be performed by a Licensed Professional Electrical Engineer (PE) in the regular employment of the firm with proficiency in electrical power systems engineering and shall seal and sign the final completed power system studies. 2. The Study Engineer shall be licensed to practice Electrical Engineering in the State of Texas. B. The PE shall comply with the State PE Law in the submittal of the Preliminary and Final Studies. 1. The Preliminary Study shall bear the name and registration number of the PE who will be sealing the work along with the statement acceptable to the State PE Board which indicates the work is “Preliminary, Not for Construction” and is “Issued for Review”. 2. The final report shall bear the Engineer’s Seal, Registration Number, Original Signature and Date in accordance with the State PE Laws. 1.06 SCHEDULE OF WORK A. The selection of the Study Engineer shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval in a timely manner, in accordance with the time specified. The Study shall be completed and submitted in the phases as specified above. B. The completed studies, with all known issues resolved, shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval, as specified above. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 6 Issued for Bid 1. Submit this information to the Engineer prior to submitting equipment required under this specification. PART 2 - STUDIES 2.01 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES FIRMS A. The work experience resume of the Study Engineers who will be doing the work and the Professional Engineer who will be sealing the Final Study shall be submitted along with his / her PE registration number in the State where the equipment is to be installed. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following services firms are acceptable: 1. Cutler Hammer Engineering Services 2. ABB Industrial Engineering Services 3. Schneider Electric Engineering Services 4. Allen Bradley Co. Engineering Services 5. Strategic Engineering, Jeffery Wilbanks 6. Approved Equal 2.02 SHORT CIRCUIT STUDY A. Provide a complete short circuit study. 1. Include three phase, phase-to-ground calculations, and X/R ratios. 2. Provide equipment interrupting or withstand evaluation based on the actual equipment and model numbers provided on this project including any existing equipment modified in any way under this project. 3. Field verify the name plate data of all existing transformers, protective device equipment and the size and length of any existing conductors in series with the new or modified equipment in the Contract. 4. Estimate the conductor lengths in concealed conduit from field observations and any available existing conformed to construction record drawings. 5. Assuming generic devices or values are not acceptable. 6. Include the following electrical system operating configurations: a. Normal electrical system operating configuration 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 7 Issued for Bid b. Alternate electrical system operation 7. Electrical system operations that could result in maximum fault conditions, shall be thoroughly addressed in the study. a. Provide single phase to ground and three phase to ground fault information. b. The study shall assume all motors are operating at rated voltage with the exception that motors, clearly identified as "standby," shall not be included. Electrical equipment bus impedances shall be assumed as zero. c. Short circuit momentary duties and interrupting duties shall be calculated based on maximum available fault current at the switchgear busses, switchboard busses, motor control centers and panelboards. d. Provide the short circuit results using the worst-case scenario of the model. e. The study shall be performed using actual available short circuit currents as obtained from the Electric Utility. An assumption of infinite bus for the purposes of the Preliminary or Final study is not acceptable. B. Provide an equipment evaluation study to determine the adequacy of the fault bracing of all bus from the panel board level up to the main switchgear or protective device. 1. Include circuit breakers, controllers, surge arresters, busway, switches, and fuses by tabulating and comparing the short circuit ratings of these devices with the available fault currents. C. As a minimum, each short circuit study shall include the following: 1. One-Line Diagram: The presentation of the One Line Diagram shall be on one or more 22 x 34-inch drawings with match lines if on multiple sheets, using font sizes which are easily readable. Include the following information and activities listed below: a. Location and function of each protective device in the system, such as relays, direct-acting trips, fuses, etc. b. Type designation, current rating, range or adjustment, manufacturer's style and catalog number for all protective devices. c. Power and voltage ratings, impedance, primary and secondary connections (Delta, Wye, Grounded Wye, Zig-Zag, etc.) of all transformers. 1) Use the ratings of the actual transformers being provided where available. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 8 Issued for Bid 2) The Final Study shall use the name plate information on the transformers provided. 3) Use the actual name plate information on all existing transformers. Generic transformer data on new or existing transformers are not acceptable. d. The type, manufacturer, and ratio of all instrument transformers energizing each relay shall be included. Field verify this information on all existing protective devices which are in series with the new equipment provided under this Contract. e. Nameplate ratings of all motors and generators with their sub transient reactance. 1) Field verify the name plate information of all existing generator providing power to the new equipment 2) Field verify the name plate motor information on all motors connected to the bus of existing equipment which is in series with the new equipment. f. Sources of short circuit currents such as utility ties, generators, synchronous motors, and induction motors. 1) Provide short circuit studies using each source of power separately. 2) The study shall determine if there is sufficient short circuit current to adequately cause interruption of a protective device using the weaker power source (typically local generation) and shall determine if the equipment can safely interrupt the fault if the greater power source is connected. 3) Additional short circuit calculations shall include emergency as well as normal switching conditions as well as normal and emergency power sources described here in. g. All significant circuit elements such as transformers, cables, breakers, fuses, reactors, disconnect switches etc. shall be included. h. Arrange for the shutdown of the equipment requiring field verification with the Owner, Investigations shall be done at a time, including after hours, if necessary, which do not significantly interrupt the Owner’s process operations. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 9 Issued for Bid 2. Impedance Diagram: The presentation of the Impedance Diagram shall be on one or more 22 x 34-inch drawings with match lines if on multiple sheets, using font sizes which are easily readable. Include the following: a. Available fault current or impedance from the utility company. b. Local generated capacity impedance. c. Transformer and/or reactor impedances. d. Cable impedances. e. System voltages. f. Grounding scheme (resistance grounding, solid grounding, or no grounding). 3. Calculations: Include the following: a. Determine the paths and situations where short circuit currents are the greatest. Assume bolted faults and calculate the three-phase and line-to- ground short circuits of each case. b. Calculate the maximum and minimum fault currents. 2.03 PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY A. Provide a protective device coordination study. 1. Include all electrical equipment provided under this Contract including Control Panels containing power and protection equipment, power panels and lighting panels. 2. Include any upstream or downstream equipment that has an impact on the Coordination Study. 3. Show transformer damage curves, cable short circuit-withstand curves and motor starting curves. 4. Include the phase overcurrent and ground fault protection, as well as settings for all other adjustable protective devices. 5. Include all motor monitoring relays and protective or monitoring devices that are a part of a supplier’s equipment, such as soft starters or adjustable frequency drives. 6. Include the last protective device in the Electric Utilities’ system feeding each facility being considered. Include all medium voltage switchgear, medium voltage motor control centers, 480V distribution switchgear and switchboards, 480V 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 10 Issued for Bid motor control centers and 480 Volt panelboard main circuit breakers. Include the phase overcurrent and ground-fault protection, as well as settings for all other adjustable protective devices. B. Selective device coordination: 1. Coordination is required between protective devices in equipment specified in each Section of the Electrical Specifications, and between each piece of electrical equipment supplied for this project. 2. Include settings for the protective devices in existing equipment feeding any piece of new equipment and provide recommended settings for the existing protective device. 3. If the Study Engineer, during his work, determines that selective coordination cannot be obtained in or between pieces of existing and new equipment as specified, the Owner/Engineer shall immediately be notified, Provide the supporting information to the Owner/Engineer for resolution of the problem. C. Provide Time-Current Curves (TCC) on 8-1/2 x 11 log-log paper. 1. The Time Current Curves shall be presented in series only. Parallel branches shall not appear on the same TCC presentation. 2. Do not put more than one branch of protective devices on any one coordination curve. 3. Show a maximum of seven devices in series on one TCC. Include a one-line diagram and the names of each protective device in the branch on the coordination curve drawing. Use the same color for the same protective device appearing on different TCC presentations. 4. Provide separate drawings for ground fault coordination curves. 5. Use the names designated in the Contract Documents. 6. Include motor starting curves and transformer inrush and damage curves, generator decrement curves, and cable short circuit withstand curves. 7. Provide TCCs for any energy-reducing systems being utilized such as RELT switches or Zone-Interlocking systems. 2.04 ARC FLASH HAZARD STUDY A. The Power System Study shall include an Arc Flash Hazard Study that shall present the level of arc flash hazard for each item of electrical equipment, and the appropriate level of protection required per OSHA standards. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 11 Issued for Bid B. The analysis shall be performed with the aid of computer software intended for the purpose, to calculate Arc-Flash Incident Energy (AFIE) levels and flash protection boundary distances. C. The analysis shall be performed under each possible condition and shall identify the worst-case Arc-Flash condition. The preliminary report shall describe, when applicable, how these conditions differ from worst-case bolted fault conditions. D. The calculations shall be performed in accordance with IEEE 1584 and safe approach requirements determined in accordance with NFPA-70E. (Latest versions) E. Results of the Analysis shall be submitted in tabular form, and shall include, device or bus name, bolted fault and arcing fault current levels, flash protection boundary distances, personal-protective equipment and AFIE levels. The analysis shall be presented on paper and included with the specified electronic format files. F. After approval of the Study, provide the Arc Flash Hazard Warning Labels. 1. The Study Engineer shall oversee the installation of the required labels for each item of electrical equipment furnished on the project and for each item of existing equipment for which the arc flash hazard has changed. 2. A typical warning label shall be submitted with the Study for approval, and shall include the information listed below, at minimum. a. Flash Hazard Protection Boundary. b. Limited Approach Boundary. c. Restricted Boundary. d. Incident Energy Level. e. Required Personal Protective Equipment Rating. f. Type of Fire Rated Clothing. g. Glove Class h. Fault Current at the bus i. Date that the study was performed G. Labels shall be affixed to the enclosures, in a readily visible location, for all power- handling equipment as follows. 1. Switchgear 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 12 Issued for Bid a. One label for the line side of the main breaker b. One label on each vertical section, indicating the data for the switchgear bus 2. MCCs a. One label for the line side of the main breaker b. One label on each vertical section, indicating the data for the MCC bus 3. Switchboards a. One label for the line side of the main breaker b. One label for the load side of the main breaker showing line-side value c. One label on each vertical section, indicating the line-side value of the main- breaker 4. 480V Panelboards a. Single label for the line side of the main breaker of the panelboard b. Label to indicate data for line side of the main breaker 5. Panelboards (240V and below) a. Single label for the line side of the main breaker of the panelboard b. Label to indicate data for line side of the main breaker 6. Control panels, including combination starters a. Single label at each unit operated at 480 Volts or above. b. Label to indicate data for the line side of the disconnect device. 7. Disconnect switches a. Single label at each disconnect switch operated at 480 Volts or above. b. Label to indicate data for the line side of the switch H. Size of each label shall be not less than 4 inches wide and 3 inches tall. I. Coordinate the final locations of the labels with the Owner/Inspector 2.05 LOAD FLOW ANALYSIS 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 13 Issued for Bid A. Perform a load flow analysis of the new distribution system installed under this contract. B. The load flow shall include all motor loads, HVAC loads, Dry-Type Transformers loaded at 75%, constant loads, lighting loads, and all other pertinent electrical equipment. C. Provide a summary of findings and include in the report. 2.06 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITOR SIZING STUDY A. The study shall include the appropriate sizing of the power factor correction capacitors for new motors. 1. Obtain the maximum capacitor size from the new motor manufacturers and present the data in the study. 2. The settings for the protective motor relays shall consider the correction in both starting and running current and power factor where the capacitors are located near the motors and downstream from the protective relay. 2.07 BACK-TO-BACK CAPACITOR SWITCHING STUDY A. The study shall include a back-to-back capacitor switching study as follows: 1. Determine the inductance required to be installed in series with the power factor correction capacitors, to decrease the level of capacitor charging inrush current and lowering the frequency of those currents. 2. Where the power factor correction capacitors are shown to be connected near the motor, the study shall be done to include the inductance of the motor feeder cables. 3. Examine the cases that are representative of the various combinations of motors running and starting (if no two motors will ever start at once). 4. Provide detailed calculations that show all input data, formula, calculation results and recommendations. The calculations shall include each case studied without inductors present and with the recommended inductor present in the circuit. 5. Unless the study clearly shows that the inductance provided by the motor cables or other items of electrical equipment is sufficient to prevent capacitor damage or nuisance blowing of the capacitor fuses due to high frequency and high amperage charging current, inductors shall be provided in the PFCC enclosures. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 14 Issued for Bid 6. Provide the calculations in tabular format on both paper and electronic files with the data files as specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD SERVICES A. Label Installation Certification 1. When the label installation is complete, the Contractor, the Contractor’s Study Engineer and the Owner/Engineer shall jointly inspect each location and show to the Owner/Engineer’s satisfaction that labels are installed in all the specified locations, and in any additional recommended locations indicated in the Study. B. Training 1. Provide the services of the Arc-Flash Training Engineer to conduct a training program for the Owner’s personnel. The class shall include the following: a. The class shall be held for not less than one eight-hour day for each shift of maintenance and operational personnel. b. The care, application and use of protective personal equipment described by the warning signs installed on the project. c. Conduct training at a location onsite to be designated d by the Owner. Include class sessions in the field at equipment locations as may be required for instruction. d. Applicable information from the Power System Study shall be provided to the attendees. e. Submit a detailed class syllabus to the Engineer/Owner for review and approval prior to holding the training class. 2. Provide the services of the Power System Study Engineer to conduct power system operation training for the Owner’s personnel. The class shall include the following: a. The class shall be held for not less than one eight-hour day for each shift of maintenance and operational personnel. b. Instruction in the safe operation of the power system for both new electrical power distribution equipment included in the study and existing power distribution equipment which is in series with the new equipment. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 15 Issued for Bid c. The safe operation of electrical equipment Kirk Key interlocks. d. Power system switching which avoids configurations that may exceed equipment short circuit ratings, or that may cause other undesirable or danger if certain circuits are paralleled. e. Provide handout materials including one-line diagrams and O&M information for each person in attendance. f. Submit a detailed class syllabus to the Engineer/Owner for review and approval prior to holding the training class. 3. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training for the Owner’s use. C. The cost of Field Services shall be included in the Contract Price and the schedule for training shall be included in the Contract Schedule. END OF SECTION 25 05 73 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power System Study City of Fort Worth 26 05 73 - 16 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 18 39 - MEDIUM VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install assemblies of Class E2 medium voltage motor control centers (MVMCCs), together with appurtenances, complete and operable, as specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Motor control centers shall be sized to include all equipment, spares and spaces shown on the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following: 1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review D. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the process equipment division of these Specifications, and as specified herein. E. The original equipment manufacturer, (OEM) shall create all equipment shop drawings, including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer’s Engineering department. All equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer’s logo, drawing file numbers, and 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 2 Issued for Bid shall be maintained on file in the OEM’s archive file system. Photocopies of the Engineer’s ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings. F. Submittals for equipment and materials, furnished under this Section of the Specifications, will not be accepted prior to approval of the Qualifications of the Study Engineer followed by the submission and approval of the Preliminary Short Circuit Study required in the Power System Study as specified in Section 26 05 73. Submittals for this equipment made prior to the Engineer’s approvals will be returned unreviewed. G. Provide field investigation to obtain the following information of existing equipment connected to new equipment either as a feeder or a load: 1. Short circuit ratings of existing equipment 2. Time-current curves and the current settings for existing relays including CT ratios. 3. Time-current curves and amperage for non-adjustable breakers, 4. Time-current curves and the current settings for circuit breakers 5. Time-current curves and amperage for existing fuses 6. Submit this information to the Engineer prior to submitting equipment required under this specification. H. Time-current coordination curves for protective device relays, circuit breakers, and fuses submitted shall be included as a part of these submittals. I. Submit for approval the Contractor’s certification of extended warranty in the shop drawing submitted to the Engineer for approval. J. Submit for approval, a manufacturer’s conducted training agenda for all training specified herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Shop Drawings and Product Data. K. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Equipment outline drawings showing elevation and plan views, dimensions, weight, shipping splits and metering layouts. Indicate all options, special features, ratings and deviations from the Specifications. 2. Conduit entrance drawings, including floor penetrations. 3. Bus arrangement drawings. 4. Unit summary tables showing detailed equipment description and nameplate data for each compartment. 5. Product data sheets and catalog numbers for overcurrent protective devices, motor starters, control relays, control stations, meters, pilot lights, etc. a. The manufacturer’s name shall be clearly visible on each cut sheet submitted. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 3 Issued for Bid b. List all options, trip adjustments and accessories furnished specifically for this project. c. Clearly mark each sheet to indicate which items apply and/or those items that do not apply. d. Missing cut sheets or unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to not receive approval and will be returned for revision and resubmittal. 6. Provide control systems engineering to produce custom elementary drawings showing interwiring and interlocking internally and to remotely mounted devices. Show wire and terminal numbers. Indicate special identifications for electrical devices per the Drawings. 7. Master drawing index 8. Front view elevation 9. Floor plan 10. Top view 11. Single line 12. Schematic diagram, including manufacturer’s selections of component ratings, and CT and PT ratios. 13. Nameplate schedule 14. UL Listing of the completed assembly. 15. Component list with detailed component information, including original manufacturer’s part number. 16. Number and size of cables per phase, neutral if present, ground and all cable terminal sizes. 17. Assembly ratings including: a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage c. Continuous current d. Basic impulse level 18. Major component ratings including: a. Voltage b. Continuous current 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 4 Issued for Bid c. Interrupting ratings 19. Descriptive bulletins 20. Product data sheets. 21. Number and size of cables per phase, neutral if present, ground and all cable terminal sizes. 22. Busway connections 23. Instruction and renewal parts books. 24. Itemized list of spare parts furnished specifically for this project, including quantities, description, and part numbers. L. Factory Tests. Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein. M. Field Test Reports. N. Experience documentation shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning work on this project. O. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information: a. Manufacturer’s contact address and telephone number for parts and service. b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Documents for all the information required by the Submittals paragraph above. e. Include the following: 1) Component list / bill of material including part numbers. 2) Marked product data and catalog cut sheets. 3) Performance specifications / equipment ratings. 4) Factory drawings and schematics. 5) Trip curves for breakers and fuses 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 5 Issued for Bid 6) Specified certifications. 7) Factory test reports 8) Field test reports. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. The medium voltage motor control centers and all components in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. ANSI/IEEE C57.13, Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers. 2. IEEE C37.90, Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus 3. NEMA SG 2, High Voltage Fuses 4. ANSI/NEMA ICS 6 – Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems 5. NEMA ICS 1 – General Standard for Industrial Control Systems 6. NEMA ICS 3, Medium Voltage Motor Controllers 7. UL 347 – High Voltage Industrial Control Equipment 8. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC) 9. NFPA 70E – Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a minimum period of ten years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. Equipment that is manufactured by a third party and “brand labeled” shall not be acceptable. C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate discontinuation shall not be used. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 6 Issued for Bid D. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable. E. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. F. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted. B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Two (2) copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at the time of shipment and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer. C. The instructions shall include the following: 1. Detailed assembly instructions including but not limited to wiring interconnection diagrams. 2. Rigging for lifting, skidding, jacking, and moving using rolling equipment to place the equipment. 3. Bolt torquing requirements for bus and all other components which require the installation of bolted connections. 4. Instructions for storing the equipment prior to energizing. D. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. E. Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane. Where cranes are not available, equipment shall be suitable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and lower the groups. F. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings within seven calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within seven calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite, until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment with no change in the Contract Price or Schedule. Payment will not be approved for equipment stored off site. G. Space heaters provided in equipment shall be provided with temporary electrical power to operate during jobsite storage and after equipment is installed in permanent location. Space heater operation shall be continuous until equipment is powered and placed in service. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 7 Issued for Bid 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty to be free from defects in material and workmanship from date of delivery, for the equipment specified. Provide additional warranty time to extend the manufacturer’s warranty from the date of delivery for the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a total time of five years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. B. Include the Contractor’s certification of extended warranty in the shop drawing submitted to the Engineer for approval. Omission of the Contractor’s certification will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. C. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: 1. ABB 2. No equal B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 2.02 RATINGS A. The voltage, current and short circuit current ratings of the motor control centers shall be as shown on the Drawings. B. Motor controller ratings, NEMA 1A, with current limiting fuses, shall be as follows: Hp Max (for each voltage class) Starter Size 4160V 200 A 1250 400 A 2750 600 A 4500 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 8 Issued for Bid 800 A 6000 C. The vacuum contactor (NEMA 1A) shall be as follows: 7200V Max. 400 Amperes 800 Amperes Maximum Interrupting Current (3 Operations) 8,500 Amps 12,500 Amps Rated Current – Enclosed 400 Amps 720 Amps Rated Current – Open 400 Amps 800 Amps Short Time Current: 30 Seconds 1 Second 8.7 Micro Sec (0.5 Cycle) 2.400 A 6.000 A 83 kA Peak 4.320 A 10,800 A 86 kA Peak Impulse Withstand 60kV (1.2 X 50 Micro Sec.) 60kV (1.2 X 50 Micro Sec.) Electrical life @ rated current 300,000 200,000 D. Reduced Voltage Solid-State Starters (5kV Maximum voltage) shall have the following ratings: Description Specification Horsepower Hp as shown on the drawings Power Ratings 600% FLA for 30 Sec. 125% Continuous PIV Ratings 2300 Vac: 6500 V 3300-4160 Vac: 13000 V Starting Torque 5 to 85% Ramp Time 1 to 120 Seconds Maximum Voltage Rating 5000 Vac BIL Rating 60 Kv Rated Short Circuit Amperes 50 kA rms Sym. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 9 Issued for Bid SCR Voltage Drop or 3.5 V without bypass/<1 V with bypass Voltage Drop “L” to “T” Overall Efficiency 99.7% without bypass/99.94 with bypass Transient Protection DV/DT Circuits/Phase E. Feeder and Main load break switch NEMA 1A ratings shall be as follows: Maximum Voltage (Kv) BIL Rating (Kv) Continuous Current (Amperes) Interrupting Capacity (Amperes) Momentary Current Fault Closing Current At 0.8 PF At 1.0 PF 10 Cycles Asym. Amps 4 Seconds Sym. Amps Asym. Amps. 5.5 60 600 600 80 40,000 25,000 40,000 5.5 60 1200 1600 300 61,000 38,000 61,000 7.2 60 600 1600 300 40,000 25,000 40,000 7.2 60 1200 1600 300 61,000 38,000 61,000 F. Motor control centers, including devices, shall be designed for continuous operation at rated current in a 40°C ambient temperature. For additional ratings and construction notes, refer to the Drawings. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION A. General 1. Refer to Drawings for: actual layout and location of equipment and components; current ratings of devices, bus bars, components; protective relays, voltage ratings of devices, components, and assemblies; and other required details. 2. The motor control center shall be arranged as shown on the Drawings. 3. Where the equipment contains a programmable logic controller (PLC) or a uninterruptible power supply (UPS), the equipment manufacturer shall furnish factory installed, a dedicated Point of Utilization Device (SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13, Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection (Type 3). 4. Nameplates a. External 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 10 Issued for Bid 1) Furnish nameplates for each device as specified herein and as indicated on the Drawings. 2) All nameplates shall be laminated plastic, black lettering on a white background, attached with stainless steel screws. 3) Provide a master nameplate that indicates equipment ratings, manufacturer's name, shop order number and general information. 4) Mount cubicle nameplates on the front face, on the rear panel and inside the assembly, visible when the rear panel is removed. b. Internal 1) Mark control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, switches, etc., for identification, corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams. 2) Removal of, reuse of, alteration of, or replacement of original equipment nameplates or equipment tags associated with equipment or components supplied by the manufacturer’s suppliers and sub-suppliers is prohibited. c. Special 1) Provide identification nameplates with white background engraved with black letters. 2) Provide caution nameplates with a yellow background engraved with black letters. 3) Provide warning nameplates with a red background engraved with white letters. 5. Control Devices a. All operating control devices, indicators, and instruments shall be securely mounted on the panel door. b. All controls and indicators shall be 30mm, corrosion resistant, NEMA 4X/13, anodized aluminum, or reinforced plastic. c. Booted control devices are not acceptable. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 11 Issued for Bid d. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm condition. e. Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements. 6. Indicators a. Indicator lamps shall be LED type. For all control applications, indicator lamps shall incorporate a push-to-test feature. Lens colors shall be as follows: 1) Red for ON, Valve OPEN, and Breaker CLOSED. 2) Green for OFF, Valve CLOSED and Breaker OPEN. 3) Amber for FAIL. 4) Blue for READY 5) White for POWER ON. 7. Selector switches a. Provide HAND-OFF-AUTO, LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE, etc. switches 1) Provide switches as shown on the Drawings. 2) Switches shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements, as required. 3) Each switch shall have an extra dry contact for remote monitoring. 8. Pushbuttons a. Provide pushbuttons as shown on the Drawings 1) Red for STOP, Valve OPEN, Breaker OPEN and mushroom Red for EMERGENCY STOP. 2) Green for START, Valve CLOSE and Breaker CLOSE. 3) Black for RESET. 9. Control and Instrument Power Transformers 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 12 Issued for Bid a. Control power transformers shall be provided where shown on the Drawings. b. Transformer shall be sized for the entire load, including space heaters, plus 25% spare capacity, and shall be not less than 100VA. c. Control power transformers shall be 120-Volt grounded secondary. d. Primary side of the transformer shall be fused in both legs. e. One leg of the transformer secondary shall be solidly grounded, and the other leg shall be fused. B. Enclosures 1. Provide NEMA 1A Gasketed enclosures for indoor applications as shown on the contract drawings. 2. Outdoor enclosures shall be provided with space heaters and thermostats. 3. Control power shall be obtained from an internal control power transformer. 4. Enclosures for the medium voltage starters shall meet NEMA ICS 6 standards. Enclosure shall be NEMA 1, unless otherwise noted, completely front accessible, allowing for free- standing, against a wall, or back-to-back mounting. 5. Provide a dedicated incoming line enclosure section to accommodate the number and size of incoming cables for top and or bottom as shown on the drawings entry. 6. Structures shall be welded steel frame, formed steel doors and side sheets, flat steel top and rear covers. 7. Standard hardware shall be grade 5, plated zinc-dichromate. 8. Enclosures shall be 90 inches high, 22 to 48 inches wide and 30 inches deep, completely front connected. 9. Controllers shall be mounted not more than one high. The upper section shall be reserved for low voltage components, relays, and controls. The lower section shall contain the medium voltage components. 10. The MVMCC shall be supported on a heavy gauge, bolted, or welded steel channel base extending around all four sides, constructed to exclude rodents, vermin, and dust. 11. Interlocks shall be furnished to prevent operation of the isolating mechanism under load, operating of the high voltage compartment before the controller is isolated, and closing of the line contactors while the door is opened. 12. All non-current carrying metal parts of the control center assembly shall be cleaned of all weld spatter and other foreign material and given a heat cured, phosphatized chemical pre-treatment to inhibit rust. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 13 Issued for Bid 13. Indoor equipment shall be finish painted with one coat of the manufacturer’s standard electrocoated heat cured enamel. 14. Each vertical section shall have heavy duty, 240 VAC, space heaters, thermostat controlled, with enough capacity to prevent condensation with the equipment de-energized, while operating at half their rated voltage. Heaters shall be provided with perforated metal guards and a circuit breaker disconnect. 120 VAC control power shall be provided from the MCC. 15. Each cubicle shall have an exhaust fan, thermostatically controlled, for heat dissipation. 16. Each starter shall have a print pocket containing a laminated copy of all schematics related to the starter. 17. All cables shall enter and exit underground from the bottom of the cubicle, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. Isolation switches 1. Isolating switch and contactor assemblies, including current limiting fuses, shall be the component-to-component design with a minimum number of interconnecting cables. 2. Provide isolating switch to be easily removable from the enclosure. Line and load cable terminations shall be completely accessible from the front. 3. The isolating switch shall be an externally operated manual three-pole draw-out type, such that in the open position it grounds and isolates the starter from the line connectors with an isolating shutter leaving no exposed high-voltage components. 4. Integral mechanical interlocks shall prevent entry into the high-voltage areas while the starter is energized and shall block accidental opening or closing of the isolating switch when the door is open, or the contactor is closed. 5. The isolating switch handle shall have provisions for padlocking in the open position. The isolating switch shall have a mechanical blown fuse indicating device. D. Current limiting power fuses 1. Provide current limiting power fuses with special fatigue proof elements that allow the elements to absorb the expansions and contractions created by the heating and cooling associated with severe cycling as is typical with motor starting. 2. The fuses shall include visible fuse condition indicators. 3. The fuses shall incorporate special time/current characteristics for motor service allowing proper coordination with the contactor and overload relay for maximum motor protection. 4. This coordination shall be such that under a low fault condition the interrupting rating and dropout time of the contactor shall be properly coordinated with all possible fuse sizes to eliminate contactor racing. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 14 Issued for Bid 5. The power fuses shall be mounted to permit easy inspection and replacement without starter disassembly. E. Vacuum Contactors 1. Provide vacuum contactors rated for the load it serves. 2. Provide roll-out vacuum contactor, bolted connection, and magnetically held design, rated 400 amperes with single-break high-pressure type main contacts with weld- resistant alloy contact faces. 3. Provide a go/no-go feeler gauge to check the vacuum contactor gap between the lower bottle nut and the pivot plate for contact wear. 4. Provide a built-in test circuit to permit checking of the starter control and pilot circuit, with the high voltage de-energized and isolated, and the contactor in its normal position or in the draw-out position. 5. The control circuit shall be capable of being energized through a polarized plug connector from an external 120-Volt supply while in the test mode. 6. The low voltage control compartment shall be isolated and barriered from the high voltage area and mounted on a panel with a separate low voltage access door to permit the low voltage control components to be accessible. 7. Provide each starter cell with both a vertical and horizontal low voltage wireway. 8. Provide infrared (IR) ports on each cubicle, constructed, located and sized to allow viewing of all cable terminations. F. Busses 1. When starters are grouped together in a lineup, the horizontal main bus shall be in its own separate, 12-inch-high enclosure and isolated from the starters. Each phase shall be insulated. To allow for ease of maintenance or extension of lineups without disassembling starters, the main bus shall be front, top, and side accessible. 2. Starters shall be connected by an insulated vertical bus. 3. All bus bars shall be tin-plated copper, rated as shown on the Drawings 4. Provide a 1/4 x 2-inch ground bus throughout the entire lineup. Ground bus shall also be supplied in upper compartments of 2-high starters and be bus connected to the ground bus supplied in the lower compartments. G. External Wiring Connections 1. Preparation for and connections to the incoming and outgoing cables, to be connected to the switchgear including all lugs, terminators, etc., shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 19 for 600 Volt conductors and Section 26 05 13 for medium voltage conductors. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 15 Issued for Bid 2. All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the Drawings. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end showing origination and destination of each wire. The marking shall be permanent, non-smearing, solvent-resistant type, Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal. 3. Provide incoming line and feeder cable lugs of the type and size as required. H. Internal Wiring 1. All control wire shall be UL approved. 2. Standard control wire shall be #14 AWG, stranded, tin-plated, red, dual-rated type XLPE (3173) 125°C, SIS 90°C. 3. Current transformer circuits shall utilize #12 AWG wire with the same characteristics as above. Provide shorting blocks for all current transformers. 4. Provide “plug-in” terminal blocks, rated 600 V, 50 A with “clamping collar.” 5. Wire markers shall be a molded plastic “clip-sleeve” type. 6. “Clamping-collar” type terminals shall be used to terminate control wiring. Current transformer circuits shall be provided with ring-type terminals where applicable. 7. Terminations shall be completely accessible from the front. I. Control Logic 1. The control logic as shown shall be implemented in a PLC. The PLC shall be of the same manufacturer and configured with the same software as the controls specified in the Instrumentation Division. 2. Provide an Ethernet interface with Modbus TCP protocol capability. The PLC shall be connected to the network switch as shown on the Drawings. The I/O requirements shall be as shown on the Drawings. Power to the PLC shall be by UPS, capable of 30 minutes power. 3. Where indicated on the Control Schematic title, the logic shall be contained in a PLC with Modbus TCP Ethernet Communications. The PLC shall not be affected by VFD frequency interference. The PLC shall be programmed by the manufacturer using the control schematics shown on the Drawings. 2.04 MAIN SECTION A. General 1. The MVMCC main sections are existing, provide bus extension for new sections. a. Provide bus extensions and compression lugs for number and size of incoming cables as shown on the Drawings. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 16 Issued for Bid b. Allow adequate clearance for bending and terminating of cable size and type specified. Lugs shall be provided for incoming cables in accordance with Section (26 05 13) Medium Voltage Cables. c. Provide metering and protective relays in the incoming line sections as shown on the Drawings. Meters and protective relays shall be provided in accordance with Section (26 27 13) Power Metering and Protective Relays. 2.05 MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. General 1. The starters shall be designed to accommodate motors of the size and type as shown on the Drawings. 2. The starters shall accommodate the following motor types: a. Induction Motor Full-Voltage Start b. All induction motor controllers shall have integral three-phase power factor correction capacitors with inductors connected on the load side of the run contactor. B. Assemblies 1. The following equipment shall be provided for the starter types shown on the Drawings. a. Each induction motor full voltage starter shall include: 1) Medium Voltage Section a) One – Fixed portion isolating switch with shutter mechanism b) One – Removable portion isolating switch with blown fuse indication c) Three –Clip-in Current-limiting power fuses d) One –Stab-in three-pole main vacuum contactor assembly e) One – Control circuit transformer 750 VA @ 4.16 kV f) Two – Control circuit primary current limiting fuses g) One – Control circuit secondary fuse 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 17 Issued for Bid h) One – Run-test circuit i) Four – Electrical interlocks j) Three – Metering accuracy current transformers for use with a power quality meter with secondary leads connected do shorting type terminal blocks. k) One – Zero sequence ground fault current transformer 2) Low Voltage Compartment and Door a) One – Motor Protection Relay as specified MPR specified in Section 26 27 13 b) One – Interposing control relay c) One – Set of control circuit terminal blocks d) Two – PTs, Open Delta, e) Isolation switch viewing window to verify switch position f) CT shorting terminal blocks for all secondary leads for all current transformers 3) Where motor reversing is shown on the drawings, provide an additional vacuum contactor for reversing. Both contactors shall be mechanically and electrically interlocked. a) Provide a solid-state reduced-voltage controller, Eaton type MV4S or approved equal. b) The starter shall be UL listed. c) The SCR-based power section shall consist of back-to-back SCRs and shall be rated for a minimum peak inverse voltage rating as shown in the ratings section. Units using triacs or SCR/diode combinations shall not be acceptable. Resistor/capacitor snubber networks shall be used to prevent false firing of SCRs due to dv/dt effects. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 18 Issued for Bid d) The control board shall be mounted for ease of testing, service, and replacement. It shall have quick disconnect plug-in connectors for all connections. The logic board shall be identical for all ampere ratings and voltage classes and shall be conformal coated to protect environmental concerns e) The integral paralleling run bypass contactor shall energize when the motor reaches 90% of full speed and close/open under one (1) times motor current. f) The solid-state power stack assembly shall be mounted on a roll-out truck for ease of maintenance. When the truck is removed, the load cables shall be easily moved to the line side stabs to allow full voltage starting in emergency situations. g) Supply a bypass truck to allow full voltage starting when the soft start truck is removed from the cell. h) Starter shall be provided with electronic overload protection as standard and shall be based on inverse time-current algorithm. Overload protection shall be capable of being disabled during ramp start for long acceleration loads via the device keypad. Units using bimetal overload relays are not acceptable. i) Overload protection shall be adjusted via the device keypad and shall have a motor full load ampere adjustment from 50 to 100% of the maximum continuous ampere rating of the starter. j) The starter shall have selectable overload class setting of 5, 10, 20 or 30 via the device keypad. k) The starter shall be capable of either an electronic or mechanical reset after a fault. l) Over-temperature protection (on heat sink) shall be standard. m) The starter shall provide protection against improper line-side phase rotation as standard. Starter will shut down if a line-side phase rotation other than A-B-C exists. Provide a means to disable phase rotation protection via the device keypad. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 19 Issued for Bid n) The starter shall provide protection against a phase loss or unbalance condition as standard. Starter will shut down if a current differential (adjustable 5-30%) between any two phases is encountered. Provide a means to disable phase loss/unbalance protection via the device keypad. o) The starter shall provide protection against a motor stall condition as standard. Provide a means to disable stall protection via the device keypad. p) The starter shall provide protection against a motor jam condition as standard. Provide a means to disable jam protection via the device keypad. q) The starter shall be provided with a Form C normally open (NO), normally closed (NC) contact that shall change state when a fault condition exists. Contacts shall be rated 60 VA (resistive load) and 20 VA (inductive load). In addition, an LED display on the device keypad shall indicate type of fault (Overtemperature, Phase Loss, Jam, Stall, Phase Reversal, and Overload). r) The following control function adjustments on the device keypad are required: s) Selectable Torque Ramp Start or Current Limit Start t) Adjustable Kick Start Time, 0 – 10 seconds u) Adjustable Kick Start Current, 0 – 300% v) Adjustable Ramp Start Time, 0.5 – 120 seconds w) Adjustable Initial Starting Ramp Current, 0 – 300% x) Adjustable Smooth Stop Ramp Time, 0 – 60 seconds y) Maximum continuous operation shall be at 125% of continuous ampere rating. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 20 Issued for Bid 2.06 MECHANICALLY LATCHED CONTACTOR A. Mechanically latched contactor, where shown on the drawings, shall be provided. The contactor shall remain closed if there is a loss of voltage or a reduced-voltage condition. B. Mechanically latched contactor shall be closed electrically from a local or remote CLOSE pushbutton and tripped by a mechanical linkage to an externally operated manual trip device. C. An electrically operated solenoid shall be supplied to trip the contactor as indicated on the Drawings. 2.07 METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS A. Furnish where shown on the Drawings, a Remote RTD Metering and Protection (RRTD), as shown on the Drawings, and as specified in Section 26 27 13 Power Metering and Protective Relays. B. Furnish where shown on the Drawings, a Motor Protection System (MP4), as shown on the Drawings, and as specified in Section26 27 13 Power Metering and Protective Relays. 2.08 SPARE PARTS A. Provide the following spare parts: 1. Three – Control fuses of type used. 2. One dozen each of cover bolts, spring nuts and door fasteners. 3. One quart of touch-up paint. B. Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage and clearly identified on the exterior of package. Identify each item with manufacturers name, description and part number 2.09 FACTORY TESTING A. The Motor Control Center shall be completely assembled, wired, and adjusted at the factory and shall be given the manufacturer’s routine shop tests and any other additional operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment. B. Prior to factory testing, the manufacturer shall check to see that all selections and settings required by the Power System Study Engineer have been performed. C. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform to the latest applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards. D. The operational test shall include the proper connection of supply and control voltage and, as far as practical, a mockup of simulated control signals and control devices shall be fed into the boards to check for proper operation. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 21 Issued for Bid E. The manufacturer shall provide three certified copies of factory test reports as specified in Paragraph 1.03D. 2.10 WITNESS TESTING A. The Owner/Engineer will witness the Factory Tests for each of the following Equipment Items: 1. Equipment I.D. __________ 2. Equipment I.D. __________ 3. Equipment I.D. __________ B. The number of Owner/Engineer persons witnessing the tests will be persons. C. Refer to Section 26 00 00 for specific requirements for witnessed testing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER’S REPRESENTATIVE A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's field representative to perform the tasks specified under this section for the time required. B. The manufacturer's field representative shall provide technical direction and assistance in general assembly of the equipment, connections, and adjustments, and testing of the assembly and components contained therein. C. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's field-testing report. 3.02 INSTALLER’S QUALIFICATIONS A. Provide an installer who shall be specialized in installing medium voltage motor control centers with minimum five years documented experience. Experience documentation shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning work on this project. 3.03 EXAMINATION A. Examine installation area to ensure there is enough clearance to install the equipment. B. Housekeeping pads shall be included for the motor control centers as detailed on the Drawings except for motor control centers which are to be installed adjacent to an existing equipment. Housekeeping pads for these (if used) should match the existing installation. C. Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface. D. Verify that the equipment is ready to install. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 22 Issued for Bid E. Verify field measurements are as submitted by the manufacturer. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings. B. Install required safety labels. C. Install floor mat as specified in Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are specified in manufacturer's instructions. 3.06 FIELD ADJUSTING A. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches, access doors, operating handles for free mechanical and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions. B. The Power Monitoring and Protective Relays shall be set in the field by a qualified representative of the manufacturer, in accordance with settings designated in a coordinated study of the system as required in Section 26 05 73 Power System Study. C. All such settings, including the application of arc flash labels, shall have been Approved by the Owner/Engineer, printed and attached to the equipment prior to energizing of the equipment. 3.07 FIELD TESTING A. The manufacturer’s field representative shall make all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer and including the following tests: 1. Verify tightness of all bolted connections by calibrated torque-wrench in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. 2. Confirm the correct application of manufacturer’s recommended lubricants. 3. Perform a contact resistance test. 4. Perform an insulation-resistance test on all control wiring at 1000 volts dc. Disconnect all connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing. 5. Perform an insulation-resistance test on all other wiring and current carrying parts at a minimum dc test voltage of 2500 volts dc, pole-to-pole, pole-to-ground, and across open poles. Minimum values shall not be less than 5,000 Megohms. In no case shall the manufacturer’s maximum test voltages be exceeded. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 23 Issued for Bid B. The tests shall adhere to manufacturer’s testing recommendations for the proper testing methods and test voltage levels for each piece of equipment. 1. Readings that fall below the manufacturer’s recommended values will not be acceptable. 2. Perform any necessary remedial action before the busing is energized. A data sheet shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for the MVMCC. 3. The test report shall include the following equipment information: a. MVMCC Name and Number: b. MVMCC Manufacturer: c. MVMCC Nameplate Data: 1) Volts: 2) Horizontal Bus Amps: 3) Main Switch Amps: d. Insulation Test (measured): 1) Phase A-B: 2) Phase B-C: 3) Phase C-A: 4) Phase A-G: 5) Phase B-G: 6) Phase C-G: e. Equipment disconnect during test: f. Date of Test: g. Tested by: C. Test reports showing unsatisfactory results may require the removal of all defective or suspected materials, equipment and/or apparatus, and their replacement with new items as determined by the Owner/Engineer with no change in the Contract Price or Schedule allowed. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 24 Issued for Bid Retesting, if required by the Owner/Engineer shall be done with no change in Contract Price or Schedule. D. Submit the results of all specified tests to the Engineer/Owner within 5 business days for approval and for their permanent records. 3.08 CLEANING A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes, vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air. 3.09 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the surface shall be replaced. 3.10 MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATION A. Provide a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative who shall provide the following: 1. Personally inspect the equipment after installation at the job site. 2. Certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted, including all settings designated in the Power System Study, and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification. 3.11 TRAINING A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and maintenance of the equipment furnished under this Section. B. The training shall be for a period of not less than one eight-hour day. C. The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included in the Contract Price. The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly related to the system being supplied. D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course. The manuals shall include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project. E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative. Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, motor starters, protective devices, metering, and other major components. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 25 Issued for Bid F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner’s use. END OF SECTION 26 18 39 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers City of Fort Worth 261839 - 26 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK, 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Distribution Dry-Type Transformers City of Fort Worth 26 22 13 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 22 13 - DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install single-phase and three-phase general purpose individually mounted dry- type transformers of the two-windings type, self-cooled as specified herein, and as shown on the Drawings. B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all dry-type distribution transformers, except as indicated otherwise. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following: 1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review D. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the process equipment division of these Specifications, and as specified herein. E. The original equipment manufacturer, (OEM) shall create all equipment shop drawings, including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer’s Engineering department. All equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer’s logo, drawing file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the OEM’s archive file system. Photocopies of the Engineer’s ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings. F. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Distribution Dry-Type Transformers City of Fort Worth 26 22 13 - 2 Issued for Bid 1. Outline dimensions and weights 2. Typical/Design test data 3. Transformer ratings including: a. kVA b. Primary and secondary voltage c. Taps d. Basic impulse level (BIL) for equipment over 600 volts e. Design impedance f. Insulation class and temperature rise g. Sound level. 4. Product data sheets 5. Connection diagrams 6. Installation information 7. Date of manufacture for each transformer G. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall include the following information: a. Manufacturer’s contact address and telephone number for parts and service. b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Drawings of information required by the Submittals part of this Section. e. Project record drawings clearly indicating operating features and including as-built shop drawings, outline drawings, and schematic and wiring diagrams. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The dry-type transformer(s) and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable NEMA and ANSI standards as follows; 1. DOE 2016 Energy Efficiency Standards, 10 CFR Part 431 2. ANSI C57.96 2004 Guide for Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers 3. ASTM D635 – Standard Test Method for Insulation Materials 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Distribution Dry-Type Transformers City of Fort Worth 26 22 13 - 3 Issued for Bid 4. NEMA ST20 5. UL 1561 6. IEEE-519 7. IEEE-597 8. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a minimum period of ten years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. Equipment that is manufactured by a third party and “brand labeled” shall not be acceptable. C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate discontinuation shall not be used. D. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable. E. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. F. Transformers manufactured more than 24 months prior to the date of this Contract will not be acceptable. G. Transformers shall meet the US Department of Energy (DOE) 2016 Energy Efficiency Standards 10 CFR Part 421. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted., B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer C. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. D. Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane. Where cranes are not available, equipment shall be suitable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and lower the groups. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Distribution Dry-Type Transformers City of Fort Worth 26 22 13 - 4 Issued for Bid E. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings within seven calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within seven calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite, until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment. No change in the Contract Price will be allowed for storage or transportation. F. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters during jobsite storage, and after equipment is installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty, for the equipment specified and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. B. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: 1. ABB 2. Eaton 3. Schneider Electric Company 4. Hammond Power Solutions 5. No equal B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 2.02 RATINGS A. Provide transformers with the following insulation system ratings: 1. kVA Rating: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Winding configuration As shown on the Drawings 3. Impedance: ANSI Standard Tolerance 4. HV: As shown on the Drawings. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Distribution Dry-Type Transformers City of Fort Worth 26 22 13 - 5 Issued for Bid 5. LV: As shown on the Drawings. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Insulation Systems 1. Transformer insulation system shall be as follows: a. Up to 15 kVA, three-phase and single-phase: UL recognized 180°C rated insulation system, encapsulated with 115°C rise. b. 15 kVA, and above, three-phase and single-phase: UL recognized 200°C rated insulation system, ventilated, with 115°C rise. 2. Full rated performance without exceeding the above indicated temperature rise in a 40°C maximum ambient, and a 24-hour average ambient of 30°C 3. Flame-retardant insulation materials that will not support combustion as defined in ASTM Standard Test Method D635. 4. Minimum BIL: 10kV. B. Core and Coil Assemblies 1. Transformer core: a. Constructed with high-grade, non-aging, silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. b. Maximum magnetic flux densities shall be substantially below the saturation point. c. Transformer core volume shall allow efficient transformer operation at 10% above the nominal tap voltage. d. Tightly clamped and compressed core laminations. e. Continuously wound coils using electrical grade copper. 2. Transformer coil assembly: a. Impregnated with non-hydroscopic, thermosetting varnish and cured to reduce hot spots and seal out moisture a. Coat the core with HAPs (Hazardous Air Pollutants) free water reducible electrical varnish to give good corrosion resistance. b. Weld terminals to the leads of the coils to provide better conductivity, less maintenance and lower risk of hot spots. c. Terminals shall not be spot welded or bolted to the coil leads. d. Provide transformers rated K-4. Provide the neutral bus configured to carry 200% of the rated nominal current.. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Distribution Dry-Type Transformers City of Fort Worth 26 22 13 - 6 Issued for Bid 3. Isolation Pad a. Install the core and coil assembly on vibration-absorbing pads. Provide double deflecting neoprene mounting vibration isolators as manufactured by Mason Industries Type ND sized according to transformer rating. C. Enclosures: 1. Enclosures for single and three-phase units rated 15 kVA and below a. Core and coil assembly shall encapsulation system shall minimize the sound level. b. Enclosure construction shall be encapsulated, non-ventilated painted steel enclosure, with lifting eyes. 2. Enclosures for single and three-phase units rated above 15 kVA a. Core and coil assembly shall be ventilated, weatherproof painted steel enclosure. b. All ventilation openings shall be protected against falling dirt. D. Taps 1. Provide manufacturer’s standard taps on single-phase and three-phase transformers rated 15 kVA and below. 2. Six 2-1/2% full capacity taps, two above and four below rated primary voltage for three- phase transformers rated 15 through 500 kVA. E. Finish 1. Finish enclosures with ANSI Gray color, weather-resistant enamel. F. Accessories 1. Provide weather shields over ventilation openings on ventilated transformers installed outdoor. 2. Provide manufacturer’s lug kits. 2.04 FACTORY TESTING B. Provide the following standard factory tests in accordance with the latest applicable ANSI and NEMA standards. 1. Ratio tests at the rated voltage connection and at all tap connections 2. Polarity and phase relation tests on the rated voltage connection 3. Applied potential tests 4. Induced potential test 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Distribution Dry-Type Transformers City of Fort Worth 26 22 13 - 7 Issued for Bid 5. No-load and excitation current at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection PART 2 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION B. Install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and the contract drawings. C. Securely connect all neutrals and transformer enclosures to ground. 3.02 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS B. Adjust taps to deliver appropriate secondary voltage. 3.03 FIELD TESTING B. Measure primary and secondary voltages for proper tap settings. END OF SECTION 26 22 13 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Distribution Dry-Type Transformers City of Fort Worth 26 22 13 - 8 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Panelboards City of Fort Worth 26 24 16 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 24 16 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install panelboard(s) as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all panelboards, except as indicated otherwise. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following: 1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review D. The original equipment manufacturer, (OEM) shall create all equipment shop drawings, including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer’s Engineering department. All equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer’s logo, drawing file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the OEM’s archive file system. Photocopies of the Engineer’s ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings. E. Submittals for equipment and materials, furnished under this Section of the Specifications, will not be accepted prior to approval of the Qualifications and Preliminary Study submittals required in the Power System Study specified under Section 26 05 73. Submittals made prior to such approval will be returned unreviewed. F. Time-current coordination curves for protective device relays, circuit breakers, and fuses submitted shall be included as a part of these submittals. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Panelboards City of Fort Worth 26 24 16 - 2 Issued for Bid G. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Master drawing index 2. Front view elevation 3. Top view 4. Nameplate schedule 5. UL Listing of the completed assembly 6. Conduit entry/exit locations 7. Assembly ratings including: a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage c. Continuous current 8. Major component ratings including: a. Voltage b. Continuous current c. Interrupting ratings 9. Descriptive bulletins 10. Product data sheets. 11. Cable terminal sizes. H. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information: a. Manufacturer’s contact address and telephone number for parts and service. b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph above. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Panelboards City of Fort Worth 26 24 16 - 3 Issued for Bid 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. The low voltage panelboard assembly and all components in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. UL 67 - Panelboards 2. UL 50 - Cabinets and Boxes 3. NEMA PB-1 2006 - Panelboards 4. Fed. Spec. W-P-115C 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a minimum period of ten years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. Equipment that is manufactured by a third party and “brand labeled” shall not be acceptable. C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate discontinuation shall not be used. D. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. E. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted. B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner. The instructions shall include detailed assembly instructions including but not limited to wiring interconnection diagrams, rigging for lifting, skidding, jacking, and moving using rolling equipment to place the equipment, bolt torqueing requirements for bus and all other components which require the installation of bolted connections, and instructions for storing the equipment prior to energizing. C. Equipment shall be stored indoors and protected from moisture, dust and other contaminants. D. Equipment shall not be installed until the location is finished and protected from the elements. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Panelboards City of Fort Worth 26 24 16 - 4 Issued for Bid 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty, for the equipment specified and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. B. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable. 1. ABB 2. Eaton 3. Schneider Electric Company 4. No equal B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 2.02 RATINGS A. Provide the service voltage, overall short circuit withstand, and interrupting rating of the equipment and components as shown on the Drawings. 1. The minimum interrupting rating shall be 22,000 amperes RMS symmetrical for 240/120 volt single- phase or 208Y/120 volt three-phase. 2. The minimum interrupting for 480Y/277 volt three-phase shall be 65,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. 3. Panelboards employing series connected ratings for main, feeder and branch devices are not acceptable and will be rejected. B. Provide UL Listed and Labeled panelboards suitable for use as service equipment. C. Provide UL 67 Listed panelboards that are shown or specified to contain SPDs. Provide SPDs as specified below. D. Provide panelboards designed for continuous operation at rated current, in a 40°C ambient. E. Refer to the Drawings for additional ratings and construction notes. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Panelboards City of Fort Worth 26 24 16 - 5 Issued for Bid 2.03 CONSTRUCTION A. General 1. Refer to the Drawings for actual layout and location of equipment and components, and other required details. 2. Nameplates a. Provide nameplates listing manufacturer's name, panel type and rating. b. Nameplate construction: engraved, laminated impact acrylic, matte finish, not less than 1/16-inch thick by 3/4-inch by 2-1/2-inch, Rowmark 322402, or equal. c. Attach nameplates using 316 SS screws to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4X. d. Attach nameplates on NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures with double faced adhesive strips, TESA TUFF TAPE 4970, .009 X 1/2 inch, or equal. 1) Thoroughly cleaned the metal surface prior to mounting with 70% alcohol until all residues has been removed. 2) Epoxy adhesive or foam tape are not acceptable. B. Enclosures 1. General a. Provide enclosures meeting the requirements of Section 26 05 33 Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures and Fittings. b. Each enclosure shall be provided with a legend pocket on the inner door. c. Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts. 2. NON-METALLIC a. Chemical Rooms. NEMA 4X constructed as follows: 1) PVC or Fiberglass reinforced polyester body and door. 2) UV inhibitors 3) Luggage type quick release latches 4) Foam-in-place gasketed doors 3. ALUMINUM a. NEMA 4X Aluminum 1) Type 5052 aluminum, body and door 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Panelboards City of Fort Worth 26 24 16 - 6 Issued for Bid 2) Stainless steel hinge pins 3) Foam in-place gasket 4. NEMA 12 a. NEMA 12 Steel 1) Mild Steel body and door 2) Stainless steel hinge Pins 5. Not otherwise Defined a. Where an enclosure is not otherwise defined or shown on the Drawings, provide the following: 1) NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 2) Type 316 stainless steel, body and door 3) Stainless steel hinges 4) Foam in-place gasket 6. NEMA 1 or NEMA 1A boxes shall not be used. C. Exteriors 1. Unless otherwise noted, provide panelboards designed for surface mounting. 2. Factory drilled holes or knockouts are not acceptable. 3. Provide integral welded on mounting lugs on non-metallic enclosures and on NEMA 4 or 4X enclosures. 4. Bolt-on mounting lugs or drilling holes through the back of enclosures are unacceptable and will be rejected. D. Doors 1. Provide hinged doors covering all circuit breaker handles. 2. Provide doors with semi-flush type cylinder lock and catch 3. Door hinges shall be concealed. 4. Provide a vault handle and three-point latch, complete with lock, arranged to fasten door at top, bottom and center on doors which are over 48 inches in height. 5. Furnish two keys for each lock. All locks shall be keyed alike. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Panelboards City of Fort Worth 26 24 16 - 7 Issued for Bid 6. Provide a directory frame and card having a transparent cover on each door. E. Interiors 1. Provide least four studs for mounting the panelboard interior. 2. Provide interiors designed to allow circuit breakers to be replaced without disturbing adjacent units and without removing the main bus connectors 3. Provide interiors designed that circuits may be changed without machining, drilling or tapping. 4. Provide factory assembled interiors with circuit breakers, wire connectors, etc. installed. Field installation is not acceptable. 5. Except for screw terminals, provide wire anti-turn solderless type connectors. 6. Provide all terminals suitable for copper wire sized to terminate the sizes indicated. F. Busses 1. Phase busses: a. Tin plated copper phase busses, full height without reduction. b. Tin plated copper bus cross connectors. c. Size bus spaces for future circuit breakers for the maximum device that can be accommodated. d. Arrange branch circuits using double row construction except when narrow column panels are indicated. e. Branch circuits numbering by the manufacturer. 2. Neutral busses: a. Full size. b. Individual lug for each neutral conductor. c. Tin plated copper. 3. Ground busses: a. Individual lug for each ground conductor. b. Tin plated copper. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Panelboards City of Fort Worth 26 24 16 - 8 Issued for Bid G. Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) 1. Provide a factory installed internal Type 2 SPD on panelboards shown or specified to include an SPD. a. Provide SPDs meeting the requirements of Section 26 43 13 for specifications of the SPDs. b. The required submittals for the SPD shall be included under this Section. c. Submittals not containing the required information in Section 26 43 13 will be returned un-reviewed. 2. SPD installation a. Install the SPD immediately following the load side of the main breaker. b. Install the SPD in main lug only panelboards immediately following the incoming main lugs. c. Install SPDs inside the panelboard via a direct bus bar connection. d. SPD installation limiting or interfering with the use of through-feed lugs, sub-feed lugs and sub-feed breakers is not acceptable. 2.04 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Provide frame size and trip settings as shown on the Drawings. B. Molded case, bolt-on type. Plug-on breakers are not acceptable. C. Minimum 22,000 amps RMS symmetrical interrupting rating for 208Y/120-volt, three phase, or 120/240-volt single phase. D. Minimum 65,000 amperes RMS symmetrical interrupting rating for 480Y/277 volt and 480- volt. E. Provide ground fault interrupters (GFI) with trip rating as shown on the Drawings. 1. 5-milliamp ground fault trip for GFI breakers connected to receptacles. 2. 30-milliamp ground fault trip for GFI breakers connected to equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mount boxes for surface mounted panelboards so there is at least 1/2-inch air space between the box and the wall. B. Connect panelboard branch circuit loads so that the load is distributed as equally as possible between the phase busses. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Panelboards City of Fort Worth 26 24 16 - 9 Issued for Bid C. Type circuit directories giving location and nature of load served. Install circuit directories in each panelboard. END OF SECTION 26 24 16 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Panelboards City of Fort Worth 26 24 16 - 10 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power Metering and Protective Relays City of Fort Worth 26 27 13 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 27 13 - POWER METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section of the Specifications describes the requirements for power metering and protective relays which shall be factory installed as an integral part of equipment specified under other Sections. B. All equipment described herein shall be submitted along with the submittals for the equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will not be accepted and will be returned without review. B. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following: 1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. C. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. D. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will not be accepted and will be returned without review. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power Metering and Protective Relays City of Fort Worth 26 27 13 - 2 Issued for Bid E. Submit for approval the Contractor’s certification of extended warranty in the shop drawing submitted to the Engineer for approval. F. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable. Submittal shall include catalog data, functions, ratings, inputs, outputs, displays, etc., enough to confirm that the meter or relay provides every specified requirement. Any options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated. 2. Submit a load calculation showing the sizing of the control power transformer. G. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include the following information: a. Manufacturer’s contact address and telephone number for parts and service. b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Documents for all the information required by the Submittals paragraph above. e. Include the following: 1) Component list / bill of material including part numbers. 2) Marked product data and catalog cut sheets. 3) Performance specifications / equipment ratings. 4) Factory drawings and schematics. 5) Trip curves for breakers and fuses 6) Specified certifications. 7) Factory test reports 8) Field test reports. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power Metering and Protective Relays City of Fort Worth 26 27 13 - 3 Issued for Bid 1. NEMA/ISCI – 109 Transient Overvoltage Withstand Test 2. IEEE Std. 472/ANSI C37.90A Surge Withstand Capability Tests 3. IEC 255.4 Surge Withstand Capability Tests B. All meters, relays and associated equipment shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable. C. Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the individual device paragraphs. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings. Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable. C. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide warrantees, including the manufacturer’s warranty from date of delivery, for the equipment specified. Provide warrantees, including the manufacturer’s warranty from date of delivery, for the equipment specified and provide additional warranty time for the proper installation and installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship. The additional warranty time is required to extend the warranty for a total of three years from the date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. B. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty from date of delivery of the variable frequency drives in which the metering and power relays are installed. Provide additional warranty time from the manufacturer’s date of delivery to extend the warranty to the date of final acceptance to be free from defects in material and workmanship and its proper installation for a total of three . C. Include the Contractor’s certification of extended warranty in the shop drawing submitted to the Engineer for approval. Omission of the Contractor’s certification will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power Metering and Protective Relays City of Fort Worth 26 27 13 - 4 Issued for Bid D. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide meters, protective relays and associated equipment specified herein installed as an integral part of equipment specified in other sections. B. Provide monitoring interface compatible with the plant control system. Provide a communications protocol converter as specified herein as required. C. Control and Instrument Power Transformers 1. Furnish control power transformers as shown or specified as follows: a. Ratings equal to the voltage and BIL of the equipment to which they are connected. b. Size for the connected load plus 25% spare capacity with the minimum acceptable size 100 VA. Submit a load calculation that confirms compliance. c. Vacuum cast primary and secondary coils using epoxy resin. d. Provide fuses in all legs on the primary side. e. 120 V secondary with one leg fused and the other leg solidly grounded. f. Mount in draw out drawers in an enclosed auxiliary compartment. g. Make primary connections to epoxy insulated bus bar. h. Equip each drawer with rails to permit easy inspection, testing and fuse replacement. i. Provide shutters to isolate primary bus stabs when drawers are withdrawn. j. Provide a mechanical interlock to require the secondary breaker to be open before the CPT drawer or CPT primary fuse drawer can be withdrawn. D. Current Transformers 1. Provide current transformers as shown on drawings. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power Metering and Protective Relays City of Fort Worth 26 27 13 - 5 Issued for Bid a. Meet meeting ANSI/IEEE C57.13 standards b. Ratings equal to the voltage and BIL of the equipment to which they are connected. c. Protection class accuracy rating for CTs connected to relays. d. Metering accuracy Class 0.2 (B-0.2 designation) for CTs connected to power quality meters. e. Front accessible to permit adding or changing current transformers without removing high-voltage insulation connections. f. Provide separate current transformers for relays and for meters. Meters and relays shall not be placed on the same current transformer circuit. g. Provide separate current transformers for differential relays shown on the drawings. h. Provide shorting terminal blocks on the secondary of all the current transformers. E. Settings 1. Refer to Section 26 05 73 Power System Study for relay settings. 2.02 MOTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (MP4) A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Multilin 869 2. No equal B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. C. Minimum ANSI Functions ANSI Function Description Setting 14 Speed Switch Not Used 19 Reduced Voltage Start Not Used 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power Metering and Protective Relays City of Fort Worth 26 27 13 - 6 Issued for Bid ANSI Function Description Setting 27 Under voltage <85% 32 Jam/Acceleration Enabled 37 Undercurrent/Under voltage Per motor vendor recommendation 38 Bearing Temperature Enabled 46 Current Unbalance Enabled 47 Voltage Unbalance / Phase Reversal / Phase Failure Enabled 49 Stator Temperature Enabled 50 Instantaneous Current According to protective device coordination study 50G Instantaneous Ground Current According to protective device coordination study 51 Overcurrent According to protective device coordination study 51G Ground Overcurrent According to protective device coordination study 55 Power Factor Enabled 59 Overvoltage >115% 66 Starts per Hour Set in field per manufacturer requirements 81 Frequency <59.5 Hz 86 Overcurrent Lockout Enabled 87 Differential Protection Enabled D. General 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power Metering and Protective Relays City of Fort Worth 26 27 13 - 7 Issued for Bid 1. All circuit boards shall have a harsh environment conformal coating to resist H2S gas and other corrosive agents, including humidity. E. Protection and Control 1. Thermal model biased with RTD and negative sequence current feedback 2. Start supervision and inhibit 3. Locked rotor / mechanical jam a. The relay shall protect the rotor during stall and acceleration. b. The stall/acceleration curve shall be voltage compensated and a speed switch input shall be available. c. The stator protective thermal model shall combine inputs from positive and negative sequence currents and RTD winding feedback. d. The model shall be dynamic in nature to follow the loading and temperature of the motor. 4. Voltage compensated acceleration 5. Under voltage, overvoltage 6. Under frequency 7. Stator differential protection a. Differential protection: 1) Protection using CT inputs (6) from both sides of the machine winding 8. Voltage transformer inputs shall be used to provide over voltage, under voltage, voltage phase reversal, over frequency and under frequency functions. 9. Thermal overload 10. Over temperature 12 RTDs. 11. Phase and ground overcurrent 12. Current unbalance 13. Power Elements a. Power factor 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power Metering and Protective Relays City of Fort Worth 26 27 13 - 8 Issued for Bid b. Reactive power c. Under power d. Reverse active power e. Over torque 14. Torque protection 15. Reduced voltage starting control F. Monitoring and Metering 1. Metering Functions a. A, V, W, Var, VA, PF, Hz, kWh, VARh, and kW demand b. Power metering: 1) Include complete power metering. 2) Store the last 40 events in an event recorder. 3) Store sixteen cycles of waveform data each time a trip occurs. 4) Provide a simulation feature for testing the function. 2. Torque, temperature 3. Event recorder 4. Oscillography and data logger 5. Statistical information and learned motor data 6. Motor starting reports G. Inputs and Outputs 1. 12 RTDs, programmable 2. Five predefined and four assignable digital inputs 3. Six output relays 4. Four analog inputs 5. Four programmable analog outputs 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power Metering and Protective Relays City of Fort Worth 26 27 13 - 9 Issued for Bid H. Memory 1. Memory shall be non-volatile, and programming shall remain intact upon power failure. 2. Interface software shall be provided in a Windows® format. I. User Interface 1. A 40-character LCD display and associated keypad to provide access to actual values and set points. J. Control Power: 1. Range of available control power: DC: 90-300 VDC; AC: 70-265 VAC, 48 to 62 Hz. 2. LO Range: DC: 20-60 VDC; AC: 20-48 VAC, 48 to 62 Hz. K. Communication 1. For remote monitoring, the following communication ports shall be provided: a. One Industry Standard port for meter and relay programming using a laptop computer. b. One RS-485 port. c. One integral 10/100BaseT Ethernet port. 1) The connection shall support Modbus TCP, Ethernet IP and SNMP. 2) Where an integral port is not available, provide a media protocol converter as specified herein. d. IP Address 1) The manufacturer shall factory enter the proper IP Address for such connection. 2) Upon request, the Owner/Engineer will provide the proper Internet Protocol Address (IP Address), to be configured by the equipment manufacturer. 2. The protocol interface shall implement Ethernet/IP. 3. Where a protocol converter is required for this project, see paragraph PROTOCOL CONVERTER specified herein. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power Metering and Protective Relays City of Fort Worth 26 27 13 - 10 Issued for Bid 4. Provide protocol with the following as minimum capabilities: a. Transfer of basic I/O data via User Datagram Protocol (UDP)-based implicit messaging b. Uploading and downloading of parameters, set points, programs and recipes via TCP (i.e., explicit messaging.) c. Polled, cyclic and change-of-state monitoring via UDP, such as RPI and COS in Allen Bradley's Control Logix control systems. d. One-to-one (unicast), one-to-many (multicast), and one-to-all (broadcast) communication via TCP e. Use of well-known TCP port number 44818 for explicit messaging and UDP port number 2222 for implicit messaging. 5. The media protocol converter shall meet the following criteria: a. The converter shall support 10/100Base-T Ethernet. 1) The serial port speed (baud rate) shall support 230kbps. 2) The protocol shall support Modbus TCP, Ethernet IP, DF1, and Modbus RTU/ASCII. 3) Protocol shall be Web Browser configurable. b. Operating limits 1) 0-60°C, with humidity range minimum of 5-90%. 2) Shock capability on the serial port shall be ESD +15 kV air GAP meeting IEC 1000-4-2. 3) Power requirements shall be 9-30VDC at 0.5A minimum. c. The converter shall have LED status for serial, signals, power, and Ethernet. d. The converter housing 1) UL 1604, Class 1 Div. 2, DIN Rail mountable. 2) The converter shall have DB-9M port connection, with screw terminals, to the input. e. Converter shall be Digi One IAP or approved equal. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power Metering and Protective Relays City of Fort Worth 26 27 13 - 11 Issued for Bid 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Furnish nameplates for each device as indicated on drawings. Color schemes shall be as indicated on Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All equipment specified herein shall be factory installed, field adjusted, tested and cleaned as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 3.02 FIELD ADJUSTING A. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches, access doors, operating handles for free mechanical and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions. B. The Power Monitoring and Protective Relays shall be set in the field by a qualified representative of the manufacturer, in accordance with settings designated in a coordinated study of the system. 1. Provide settings as required in Section 26 05 73 Power System Study 2. All settings, including the application of arc flash labels, shall have been made and Approved by the Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the equipment. END OF SECTION 26 27 13 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Power Metering and Protective Relays City of Fort Worth 26 27 13 - 12 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Light Switches and Receptacles City of Fort Worth 26 27 26 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 27 26 - LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and install wiring devices as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Provide all interconnecting conduit and branch circuit wiring for receptacle circuits in accordance with the NEC. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following: 1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. C. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Light Switches and Receptacles City of Fort Worth 26 27 26 - 2 Issued for Bid 2. Submit catalog data of all switches, receptacles, and other specified items under this Section, with all options, application locations and exceptions clearly indicated. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Wiring devices shall comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) labeled. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted., B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Equipment shall be stored indoors and protected from moisture, dust and other contaminants. D. Equipment shall not be installed until the location is finished and protected from the elements. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty, for the equipment specified and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. B. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Light Switches and Receptacles City of Fort Worth 26 27 26 - 3 Issued for Bid PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the Manufacturers listed in each product category are acceptable. B. The listing of specific manufacturers does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 2.02 RATINGS A. Provide devices specified here in with the service voltage shown on the Drawings. B. Provide the devices specified herein with the following ratings: 1. Short circuit withstand rating equal to or greater than the overall short circuit withstand rating of the feeder device immediately upstream of the equipment. 2. Short circuit interrupting rating equal to or greater than the overall short interrupting rating of the feeder device immediately upstream of the equipment. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Wall switches: 1. Heavy duty 2. Industrial specification grade 3. Toggle action 4. Flush mounting 5. Quiet type 6. Compliant with Federal Specification WS 896. 7. Single pole, 20 Amp, 120/277 Volt 8. Double pole, 20 Amp, 120/277 Volt 9. Three-way, 20 Amp, 120/277 Volt 10. Four-way, 20 Amp, 120/277 Volt 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Light Switches and Receptacles City of Fort Worth 26 27 26 - 4 Issued for Bid 11. Single pole, 20 Amp, 120/277 Volt - key operated 12. Single pole, 20 Amp, 120 Volt - red pilot-lighted handle 13. Single pole, 20 Amp, 120 Volt, clear lighted handle 14. Momentary contact, three position, 2 circuit, center off 15. Manufacturer a. Cooper b. Hubbell, Inc. c. Pass & Seymour, Inc. d. No equal B. Fluorescent wall box dimmer switch 1. 120/277 Volt control of rapid start fluorescent lamps 2. Dimming range a. 100% to 0.5% light for 120-volt b. 100% to 1% light for 277-volt. 3. Manufacturers a. Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. b. Lithonia Control Systems c. Valmont Electric, Inc. d. No equal C. Explosion-proof single pole factory sealed switches: 1. 20 Amps 2. 120/277 volts 3. Mount in copper free aluminum boxes. 4. Manufacturers a. Crouse-Hinds 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Light Switches and Receptacles City of Fort Worth 26 27 26 - 5 Issued for Bid b. Appleton Electric Co. c. Killark d. No equal D. Receptacles: 1. Heavy duty 2. Corrosion resistant 3. Specification grade. 4. Conforming to Fed Spec WC596. 5. Duplex a. 20 Amp b. 125 Volt c. 2 Pole, 3 Wire Grounding d. High impact e. Arc and moisture resistant f. Yellow nylon construction g. Heavy nickel plating on metal parts 6. Single a. 20 Amp b. 250 Volt c. 2 Pole, 3 Wire 7. GFI or GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) receptacles: a. Provide feed-through type with test and reset button. b. Self-testing per NEC. c. 5 milliamp ground fault trip for personnel protection. d. 30 milliamp ground fault trip for equipment protection 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Light Switches and Receptacles City of Fort Worth 26 27 26 - 6 Issued for Bid 8. Manufacturers a. Cooper b. Hubbell, Inc. c. Pass & Seymour, Inc. d. No equal E. Weatherproof covers 1. Die cast aluminum. Plastic or other non-metallic in-use covers are not acceptable. 2. Weatherproof while-in-use rating 3. Manufacturers a. Thomas & Betts b. Approved equal F. Special purpose 1. Clock hanger single a. 15 Amp, 125 Volt b. 2 Pole, 3 Wire c. Hanging hook on device plate. 2. Single, corrosion resistant locking plug and receptacle a. 20 Amp, 125 Volt b. 2 pole, 3 wire 3. Single twist-lock a. 30 Amp, 125 Volt b. 1 pole, 3 wire 4. Single twist-lock a. 20 Amp, 250 Volt b. 1 Phase, 3 Wire 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Light Switches and Receptacles City of Fort Worth 26 27 26 - 7 Issued for Bid 5. Single twist-lock, 30 Amp, 250 Volt 6. 1 Phase, 3 Wire 7. Manufacturers a. Cooper (catalog number as listed) b. Hubbell c. Pass & Seymour d. No equal G. Explosion-proof receptacles and plugs 1. Single, 20 Amp, 125 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire. 2. Duplex, 20 Amp, 125 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire. 3. Single, 20 Amp, 250 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire. 4. Duplex, 20 Amp, 250 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire. 5. Manufacturers a. Appleton Electric (Catalog number as listed) b. Crouse-Hinds c. Hubbell Inc. d. No equal H. Device Plates 1. Plates for indoor flush mounted devices a. Provide the required number of gangs for the application b. Administration type buildings: Smooth, high impact nylon of the same manufacturer and color as the device. Final color to be as selected by the Architect. c. Where approved for use in other areas of the plant, provide flush mounted devices in cement block walls 1) Type 302 high nickel (18-8) stainless steel 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Light Switches and Receptacles City of Fort Worth 26 27 26 - 8 Issued for Bid 2) Provide from the same manufacturer as the devices. 2. Plates for indoor surface mounted device boxes: a. Cast metal of the same material as the box 3. Oversized plates are permitted to be installed where standard plates do not fully cover the wall opening. 4. Device plates for switches mounted outdoors or indicated as weatherproof a. Gasketed b. Cast aluminum c. Capable of being padlocked "On" and "Off" 5. Mount multiple surface mounted devices: a. Ganged in a single common box b. Provided with an adapter, if necessary, to allow mounting of single gang device plates on multi-gang cast boxes. 6. Provide engraved device plates where specified or shown. 7. Provide weatherproof, in use gasketed cover for GFI receptacle mounted in a FS/FD box a. Manufacturers 1) Cooper 2) Hubbell, Inc. 3) Pass & Seymour, Inc. 4) No equal I. 30 Amp, 480-volt Receptacles 1. 3 Pole, 4 WireG 2. Grounding pin and sleeve type 3. Circuit load breaking capability. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Light Switches and Receptacles City of Fort Worth 26 27 26 - 9 Issued for Bid 4. Comply with the requirements of Power Receptacles specified herein. 5. Manufacturers a. Crouse Hinds Arktite style 2, Catalog No. ARE 3423 b. Approved equal 6. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 7. Conductor clamping screws shall be stainless steel. 8. Furnish and install one matching plug for each receptacle shown on the Drawings. J. Welding Receptacles and Disconnect Switches 1. Provide in accordance with Section 26 28 16 Low Voltage Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Safety Switches 2. Welding receptacles and disconnect switches a. 600 Volts, 100 Amp b. 3-pole, 4-wire, 60 Hz. c. Mechanically interlocked with its disconnect switch to prevent breaking the circuit with the receptacle and plug. d. Ground wire bonded to the plug and receptacle housings. e. NEMA 4 enclosure f. Meet the requirements of Power Receptacles specified herein. g. Conductor clamping screws shall be stainless steel. h. Furnish and install one matching plug for the welder. K. Portable Generator Input Receptacle 1. Weatherproof, 2. 600 Volts, 100 Amp 3. 3 Phase, 4 Wire 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Light Switches and Receptacles City of Fort Worth 26 27 26 - 10 Issued for Bid 4. Grounding pin and sleeve type with a 15 degree mounting adapter 5. Spring door cover. 6. Manufacturers a. Crouse Hinds b. Approved equal 7. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 8. Conductor clamping screws shall be stainless steel. 9. Provide reversed contacts in both the receptacle and plug. L. Poke-Through Service Fittings 1. Poke-through service fittings a. Install in a two-inch core drilled hole b. Fit floor thicknesses of 2-1/2 inches to 7 inches c. Fire rated. d. Provide with barriers to handle both high and low voltage services e. Designed for both new construction and building retrofit. 2. Service fitting heads a. Contain a 20 Amp, 125-volt, 2-pole, 3-wire duplex receptacle on one side and provisions for up to two-25 pair telephone cables on the remaining side. 3. Manufacturers a. Raceway Components b. Walker c. Square D d. No equal 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Light Switches and Receptacles City of Fort Worth 26 27 26 - 11 Issued for Bid PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Switches and receptacles shall be installed flush with the finished wall surfaces in areas with stud frame and gypsum board construction, in dry areas with cement block construction or when raceways are shown as concealed on the Drawings. B. Do not install flush mounted devices in areas designated DAMP, WET or WET/CORROSIVE on the Drawings. Provide surface mounted devices in these areas. C. Provide weatherproof devices covers in areas designated WET or WET/CORROSIVE on the Drawings. D. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, wall switches and other wall mounted controls shall be installed at 54 inches AFF. E. Convenience receptacles shall be 36 inches above the floor unless otherwise shown. F. Convenience receptacles installed outdoors and in rooms where equipment may be hosed down shall be 36 inches above floor or grade. Switches shall be ganged together under one cover plate. G. The location of all devices is shown, in general, on the Drawings and may be varied within reasonable limits so as to avoid any piping or other obstruction without extra cost, subject to the approval of the Owner. Coordinate the installation of the devices for piping and equipment clearance. H. Convenience receptacles and light switches shall be connected using stranded pig tails and spring fork insulated lugs. Feed-through wiring of receptacles is prohibited. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test wiring devices to ensure electrical continuity of grounding. Energize the circuit to demonstrate compliance with the requirements. END OF SECTION 26 27 26 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Light Switches and Receptacles City of Fort Worth 26 27 26 - 12 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 29 87 - ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANELS (ECPs) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install functional control panels to operate control systems manually or automatically as specified in the detailed requirements of this Section, and logic and schematics as shown on the Electrical Drawings. B. Submittals for Electrical Control Panels, not clearly specified as Control Panels furnished under Division 26, shall be submitted under the Section of the Specifications specified in the Mechanical Equipment Division. 1. Control Panels for Mechanical Equipment Division shall meet the requirements of Section 26 29 86 Mechanical Equipment Control Panels and shall be submitted as a part of the Mechanical Equipment manufacturer’s submittals. 2. Control panels specified within the Instrumentation Sections of Division 40 shall be submitted as a part of the Instrumentation submittals. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following: 1. The manufacturers’ names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 2 Issued for Bid B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review D. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the process equipment division of these Specifications, and as specified herein. E. The original equipment manufacturer, (OEM) shall create all equipment shop drawings, including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer’s Engineering department. All equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturers’ logo, drawing file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the OEM’s archive file system. Photocopies of the Engineer’s ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings. F. Submittals for equipment and materials, furnished under this Section of the Specifications, will not be accepted prior to approval of the Qualifications and Preliminary Study submittals required in the Power System Study specified under Section 26 05 73. Submittals made prior to such approval will be returned unreviewed. G. Time-current coordination curves for protective device relays, circuit breakers, and fuses submitted shall be included as a part of these submittals. H. Submit for approval the Contractor’s certification of extended warranty in the shop drawing submitted to the Engineer for approval. I. Submit for approval, a manufacturer’s conducted training agenda for all training specified herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Shop Drawings and Product Data. J. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Product data sheets and catalog numbers for overcurrent protective devices, motor starters, control relays, control stations, meters, pilot lights, etc. The manufacturer’s name shall be clearly visible on each cut sheet submitted. List all options, trip adjustments and accessories furnished specifically for this project. Clearly mark each sheet to indicate which items apply and/or those items that do not apply. 2. Provide control systems engineering to produce custom unit elementary drawings showing inter-wiring and interlocking between components and to remotely mounted devices. Include and identify all connecting equipment and remote devices on the schematics. The notation “Remote Device” will not be acceptable. Show wire and terminal numbers. Indicate special identifications for electrical devices per the Drawings. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 3 Issued for Bid 3. Equipment outline drawings showing elevation, plan and interior views, front panel arrangement, dimensions, weight, shipping splits, conduit entrances and anchor bolt pattern. Indicate all options, special features, ratings, and deviations from this Section. 4. Schematic diagram, including manufacturer’s selections of component ratings, and CT and PT ratios. 5. Power and control schematics including external connections. Show wire and terminal numbers, and color-coding. 6. Instruction and replacement parts books. 7. As-built final drawings. 8. Documentation that the panel assembly facility is a UL-508 certified panel shop. 9. Facsimile of the UL label that is to be applied to the completed panel. 10. Furnish complete Bill of Materials indicating manufacturer's name and part numbers. 11. Manufacturer’s cut sheets for every component used in the panel assembly adequately marked to show the items being included. The manufacturer’s name shall be clearly visible on each cut sheet submitted. 12. Assembly ratings including: a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage c. Continuous current 13. Major component ratings including: a. Voltage b. Continuous current c. Interrupting ratings 14. Cable terminal sizes. 15. Instruction and renewal parts books. K. Factory Tests. Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein. L. Field Test Reports. Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 4 Issued for Bid M. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information: a. Manufacturer’s contact address and telephone number for parts and service. b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph above. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NEMA Standard ICS 2 – 2000 Industrial Control and Systems 2. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC) 3. NFPA 70E – Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace 4. NFPA 79 – Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 5. UL 508/508A – Industrial Control Enclosures B. All equipment specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The control panels shall be assembled in a UL-508 certified facility. A submittal of documentation certifying that the panel fabrication facility is a UL-508 certified facility, is required. A UL label shall be affixed to the inside of the external door by the panel fabrication assembly. Submit a facsimile of the UL label in the submittal information. C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate discontinuation shall not be used. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 5 Issued for Bid D. Control Panels submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable. E. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. F. Equipment components and devices shall be UL labeled wherever UL standards exist for such equipment. The completed control panel shall be UL Labeled in accordance with UL 508 and 508A and other applicable UL standards. The panel shall also be UL labeled for the environment in which it is to be placed. A UL label shall be affixed to the inside of the external door by the panel fabrication assembly. Submit a facsimile of the UL label in the submittal information. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted. B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer. C. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings within seven calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within seven calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored off site until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment. No change in the Contract Price will be allowed for storage or transportation. E. Provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters during storage, and after equipment is installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty to be free from defects in material and workmanship from date of delivery, for the equipment specified. Provide additional warranty time to extend the manufacturer’s warranty from the date of delivery for the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a total time of two years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 6 Issued for Bid B. Include the Contractor’s certification of extended warranty in the shop drawing submitted to the Engineer for approval. Omission of the Contractor’s certification will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. C. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following material Manufacturers are acceptable for items not specifically specified else ware: 1. ABB. 2. Eaton 3. Schneider Electric Company 4. Rockwell Automation 5. No equal B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Materials listed above are not relieved from meeting these Specifications in their entirety. 2.02 RATINGS A. Voltage Rating: 1. Provide the control panel with the service voltage as specified and/or as shown on the Drawings. B. Short Circuit Rating: 1. The overall short circuit withstand, and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be not less than 22,000 amperes RMS symmetrical at 480Y/277 Volts, and equal to or greater than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder device immediately upstream of the Control Panel. 2. Provide a disconnect with current limiting fuses to reduce the available fault current at the control panel if required to meet the short circuit withstand and 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 7 Issued for Bid interrupting rating of the feeder device immediately upstream of the control panel. The fused disconnect shall be provided and installed at no additional cost. This includes all circuit breakers and combination motor starters. 3. Systems of motor controllers employing series connected ratings for main and feeder devices shall not be used and are not acceptable. Motor starter units shall be tested and UL 508A labeled for the specified short circuit duty in combination with the motor branch circuit protective device. 4. Provide selective device coordination between the Main Breaker, Feeder Breakers, and control circuit protective devices. a. When using a circuit breaker or fuses as a main protective device, the instantaneous trip levels of the main protective device shall be higher than the available fault current to the control panel. b. If fuses are utilized in the control panel design, the protective devices for three-phase loads shall contain single phase protection of such equipment. c. If a fault occurs in the circuit of one load of a design with a backup load, the feeder protective device shall not remove both loads from the control system. C. Provide ground fault sensing on grounded wye systems. D. The Manufacturer shall produce and install on each panel, an Arc Flash Warning Label listing the various Flash Hazard Protection Boundaries, calculated from NFPA 70E, Annexes, as listed below: 1. Flash Hazard Protection Boundary. 2. Limited Approach Boundary. 3. Restricted Boundary. 4. Incident Energy Level. 5. Required Personal Protective Equipment Class. 6. Type of Fire Rated Clothing. E. Provide an Arc Flash Warning Label printed in color and affixed to the front of each panel provided. Secure the required information from the Engineering Firm providing the study. 1. Provide labels with the information printed as required in Section 26 05 73 Power System Study 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 8 Issued for Bid F. Shown below is a typical label. Size of each label shall be not less than 6 inches wide and 4 inches tall. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION A. General 1. Submit actual layout and location of equipment and components; current ratings of devices, bus bars, components; protective relays, voltage ratings of devices, components and assemblies; and other required details. NEMA ratings of all devices shall meet or exceed the rating of each panel. 2. Control units shall be arranged as shown on the Drawings. 3. The complete control panel assembly shall be UL certified and carry a UL listing for “Industrial Control Panels”. 4. The control panel shall meet all applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code. 5. The control panel enclosure shall be NEMA rated as specified herein. 6. Provide motor controllers, including associated devices, rated for continuous operation at rated current in a 40°C ambient temperature. 7. For additional ratings and construction notes, refer to the mechanical equipment specifications and the Drawings. 8. Provide a factory installed dedicated Point of Utilization Device (SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13, Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection (Type 3) for control panels which contain a programmable logic controller (PLC) or an uninterruptible power supply (UPS). 9. Provide a failure alarm with horn and beacon light when required or specified. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 9 Issued for Bid a. Provide NEMA 4X enclosures for all areas except for NEMA 7 areas where cast aluminum NEMA 7 enclosures are required. b. Provide Silence and Reset buttons. c. Acceptable manufacturers: 1) Alarm horn and beacon: Federal Signal 2) Crouse-Hinds 3) Or equal B. Nameplates 1. General a. Furnish nameplates for each device. b. Provide engraved laminated impact acrylic nameplates with a matte finish, not less than 1/16-inch thick by 3/4-inch by 2-1/2-inch, Rowmark 322402 l or acceptable equal. c. Provide nameplates with the lamination white on the outside with a black internal layer. Engrave the letting through the white outer layer so the letters appear black. d. Attach nameplates with stainless steel screws unless otherwise specified. e. Device mounted nameplates are not acceptable. f. Reuse, alteration, or replacement of original equipment nameplates tags associated with equipment or components supplied by the manufacturer’s suppliers and sub-suppliers is prohibited. 2. Exterior a. Furnish nameplates for each device as specified herein and as indicated on the Drawings. b. Provide black lettering on a white background c. Attach nameplates with stainless steel screws on NEMA 1, 1A or 12 rated enclosures. d. Attach nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures as follows: 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 10 Issued for Bid 1) Provide double faced adhesive strips, TESA TUFF TAPE 4970, 0.009 X 1/2 inch, or acceptable equal. 2) Prior to installing the nameplates, thoroughly clean the metal surface with 70% alcohol until all residue has been removed. 3) Epoxy adhesive or foam tape means of attachment are not acceptable. e. Provide a master nameplate that indicates equipment ratings, manufacturer's name, shop order number and general information. 1) Mount cubicle nameplates on the front face of each cubicle. 2) Provide permanent warning signs as follows: a) “Danger- High Voltage- Keep Out” on all doors. b) “Warning- Hazard of Electric Shock – Disconnect Power Before Opening or Working on This Unit” on Main Power Disconnect or Disconnects. 2. Internal a. Mark for identification control components mounted within the assembly as follows: 1) Provide nameplates corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams including but not limited to fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, switches, etc. 2) Provide identification nameplates with a white background and black letters. 3) Attach with stainless steel screws. 4. Special nameplates a. Provide caution nameplates as follows: 1) Laminated plastic nameplates, yellow background and black letters 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 11 Issued for Bid b. Provide red warning nameplates as follows: C. Control Devices and Indicators 1. Securely mount all operating control devices, indicators, and instruments on the panel door. 2. Provide 30mm, corrosion resistant, NEMA 4X/13, anodized aluminum or reinforced plastic controls and indicators. 3. Booted control devices are not acceptable. 4. Provide auxiliary contacts for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm condition. 5. Provide additional controls as specified herein and as required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements. 6. Provide LED type push-to-test Indicator lamps. a. Provide lens colors follows: 1) Red for ON, Valve OPEN, and Breaker CLOSED. 2) Green for OFF, Valve CLOSED and Breaker OPEN. 3) Amber for FAIL. 4) Blue for READY 5) White for POWER ON. 7. Selector Switches a. Provide mode selector switches (HAND-OFF-AUTO, LOCAL-OFF- REMOTE, etc.) as shown on the Drawings. b. Switches shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements, as required. Each switch shall have an extra dry contact for remote monitoring. 8. Pushbuttons a. Provide pushbuttons as follows: 1) Red for STOP, Valve OPEN, Breaker OPEN 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 12 Issued for Bid 2) Red with mushroom head operator for EMERGENCY STOP. 3) START-STOP control station with MAINTAINED LOCKOUT-STOP: Red for STOP and black for reset 4) Green for START, Valve CLOSE and Breaker CLOSE. 5) Black for RESET. D. Potential voltage transformers (PT) and control power transformers (CPT) 1. Provide primary and secondary voltage ratings as shown on the Drawings. 2. Provide BIL rating equal to the short circuit rating of the main disconnecting device 3. Rated for the full voltage of the control panel 4. Provide current-limiting fuses 5. Provide metering accuracy instrument transformers for power quality meters. 6. Provide vacuum cast transformers using polyurethane resin. 7. Secondary conductors a. #14 AWG minimum, extra flexible, stranded, copper control wire, Type MTW, rated 600 volts, except for specific circuits requiring larger wire. b. Crimp-type, uninsulated spade terminals shall be furnished on all control wire ends. c. Provide non-insulated ring terminals to connect to fuse blocks, and instrument transformer studs. d. Provide secondary control wires with armor where they pass through internal barriers separating compartments if present. e. Provide control wiring UL listed with a VW-1 flame retardant rating. f. Conductor supports: 1) Provide spot welded cable support studs or other support means from which nylon cable ties and conductors are supported. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 13 Issued for Bid 2) Adhesive type conductor supports are unacceptable. 8. Additional CPT requirements: a. Size CPTs providing power to motor space heaters to accommodate the full load of the motor space heater. b. Field verify the motor space heater rating on existing motors c. Coordinate with the motor manufacturer for new motors to provide sufficient capacity in the CPT to power the space heater and all other internal motor control center auxiliary loads. d. Increase CPT secondary conductors to accommodate the full load output current of the CPT if its full load current exceeds the capacity of the #14 AWG conductors specified herein. 9. Current Transformers a. Provide as indicated on the contract drawings. b. Provide with the thermal and mechanical ratings of the CTs coordinated with the circuit breakers’ current rating. c. Provide multi-ratio CTs unless specified otherwise. d. CT used with protective devices for fixed loads or to meter fixed loads (such as a single motor, transformer, or a generator) shall have a ratio which is no more than 150% of the rated full load current of the load. e. CTs on circuits for variable frequency drives (VFD) shall be rated for 150% of the rated full load input current to the VFD regardless of the size of the motor controlled by the VFD. f. Provide CTs connected to protective relays with an accuracy rating equal to or higher than ANSI standard requirements. g. Provide instrument accuracy current transformers used for metering. h. Provide separate CTs for meters. Do not series meters on the same CT circuit with protective relays. i. Provide a separate, independent set of CTs for differential protection where shown or specified. j. Locate current transformers on the bus side and/or line side of the breaker units. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 14 Issued for Bid k. Terminal blocks: 1) Provide shorting terminal blocks (SHTB) on the secondary of all the current transformers. 2) Locate SHTB as close to the CT as possible. 3) Connect the secondary leads from the CT to the SHTB before connecting to any other device. l. Secondary Conductors 1) Provide #12 AWG, extra flexible, stranded, copper control wire, Type MTW, rated 600 volts, minimum. 2) Provide larger conductors for circuits requiring larger wire. 3) Provide crimp-type, uninsulated spade terminals on all wire ends except as noted below. 4) Provide non-insulated ring terminals to connect to current transformer studs. 5) Provide armor for secondary control wires where they pass through primary compartments. 6) Provide control wiring UL listed with a VW-1 flame retardant rating. 7) Conductor supports: a) Provide spot welded cable support studs or other support means from which nylon cable ties and conductors are supported. b) Adhesive type conductor supports are unacceptable. F. Enclosures 1. General 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 15 Issued for Bid a. Enclosures shall meet the requirements specified in Section 26 05 33 Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures and Fittings. b. Provide enclosures with a removable back and side panels. Secure the removable panels to the enclosure with collar studs with 316 SS hardware. c. Mount controls components on the front panel. for free standing enclosures. d. Provide wall mounted enclosures with welded mounting lugs and free- standing enclosures with welded mounting feet. Bolted on lugs or feet are unacceptable. e. The enclosure door shall be interlocked with the main circuit breaker by a panel mounted cable driven operating mechanism. f. Provide an internal back panel for mounting components tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping screws shall not be used to mount any components. Provided welded studs inside the enclosure to mount the back panel. Drilling holes in the exterior of the enclosure is prohibited. g. Provide all enclosure doors with ground bonding studs. Provide a ground bonding stud inside the enclosure. h. Provide each enclosure with a documentation pocket on the inner door. i. Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts. j. Provide manufacturer’s window kits where specified, required or shown on the Drawings. k. All panels installed outdoors shall have a factory applied, suitable primer and final coat of weatherproof white paint. l. All enclosures shall be pad lockable. 2. NEMA 7/4X a. Class 1, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D, or as defined in NFPA 70). Boxes shall be constructed as follows: 1) Copper free cast aluminum body and cover 2) Stainless steel hinges 3) Watertight neoprene gasket 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 16 Issued for Bid 4) Stainless steel cover bolts 5) All penetrations shall be factory drilled and tapped. 3. NON-METALLIC a. Chemical Rooms. NEMA 4X constructed as follows: 1) PVC or Fiberglass reinforced polyester body and door. 2) UV inhibitors 3) Luggage type quick release latches 4) Foam-in-place gasketed doors 4. ALUMINUM a. NEMA 4X Aluminum 1) Type 5052 aluminum, body and door 2) Stainless steel continuous hinge 3) Foam in-place gasket 4) Single point quarter turn latches (20”x24” and below). All others 3- point latch 5. NEMA 12 a. NEMA 12 Aluminum 1) Type 5052 aluminum, body and door 2) Stainless steel continuous hinge 3) Foam in-place gasket 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 17 Issued for Bid 4) Single point quarter turn latches (20”x24” and below). All others three-point latch 6. Otherwise Not Defined NEMA 4X Stainless Steel a. Where an enclosure is not otherwise defined or shown on the Drawing 1) NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel 2) Type 316 stainless steel, body and door 3) Stainless steel continuous hinge 4) Foam in-place gasket 5) Single point quarter turn latches (20”x24” and below). All others 3- point latch 7. NEMA 1 or NEMA 1A boxes shall not be used. 8. Malleable iron boxes shall not be used. G. Environmental Conditioning 1. Condensation Control a. A self-contained enclosure condensation heater with thermostat and fan shall be mounted inside the control panel, if panel is mounted outdoors or in a non-air-conditioned space. 1) Enclosure heaters shall be energized from 120-volt, single-phase power supply and sized to prevent condensation within the enclosure. 2) Locate enclosure heaters to avoid overheating electronic hardware or producing large temperature fluctuations on the hardware. 3) Enclosure heaters shall have an internal fan for heat distribution and shall be controlled with adjustable thermostats. The thermostat shall have an adjustment range of 40°F to 90°F. Provide a circuit breaker or fused disconnect switch within the enclosure. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 18 Issued for Bid 4) Enclosure heaters shall be Hoffman type DAH or equal. b. Strip heaters may be provided if they are 240-volt rated, powered at 120 volts AC and do not have a surface temperature higher than 60°C. Strip heaters and thermostats shall be as manufactured by Chromalox or equal. 1) Strip heaters shall be Chromalox, Type OT, 1.5-inches wide, 240 volts, single phase, 150 watts, energized at 120 volts, with rust resisting iron sheath, Catalog No. OT-715, Product Code No. 129314, or equal. Provide sufficient wattage in heaters to prevent condensation should the interior temperature of the enclosure drop below the dew point. 2) A control thermostat mounted inside the control Panel shall be Chromalox, Type WR, single stage, Catalog No. WR-80, Product Code No.263177, or equal. 3) The strip heater terminals shall be guarded by a protective terminal cover. 4) High temperature connecting lead wire shall be used between the thermostat and the heater terminals. Wire shall be #12 AWG stranded, nickel-plated copper with Teflon glass insulation and shall be the product of Chromalox, Catalog No. 6-CFI-12, Product Code No. 263783, or equal. c. Each panel shall have a 1/2-inch stainless steel condensate drain, installed on a stainless-steel conduit hub, HGTZ Series, T&B or equal, in the bottom of the enclosure. Drain shall be O-Z GedneyDBB-50SS, or equal. 2. Corrosion Control a. Provide corrosion protection in each control panel with a corrosion- inhibiting vapor capsule b. Manufacturers 1) Northern Instruments; Model Zerust VC 2) Hoffman Engineering; Model A-HCI 3) Approved equal. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 19 Issued for Bid 3. Panel Interior Ambient Control a. Provide ambient temperature control within the panel to maintain internal temperatures below the maximum operating temperatures of the panel components. An ambient temperature range of -20°C to 40°C. b. Provide panel internal heat rise calculations to show that the panel internal temperatures will be maintained below the maximum operating temperatures of the panel components. c. Provide calculations to show all the internal and external heat gain loads, the expected internal rise in temperature in degrees C above the specified ambient. d. Panels for which the calculated heat rise exceeds 40°C. shall have an air conditioning system, sized as required to reduce the heat rise to 40°C. or less, without violating the NEMA rating of the enclosure. e. The air conditioner shall have the following features: 1) Use CFC-free R134a refrigerant. 2) Have fully gasketed flanges on all four mounting edges for a watertight seal that maintains NEMA 4X rating of the panel. 3) Thermostatic low temperature control to provide energy efficient operation and prevents over-cooling. 4) EMI/RFI suppressor to minimize transient spikes during compressor on/off cycling. 5) Separated blower-driven evaporator and condenser air systems for closed loop cooling. 6) UL listed. 7) Stainless steel enclosure. 8) Internal corrosion resistant coating. 9) Low ambient kit. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 20 Issued for Bid 10) Short cycle protector. 11) Manufacturers a) Hoffman b) Thermo Electric c) Approved equal. 4. Enclosure Fans a. Provide fans for soft start starters and VFDs, as required by the manufacturer, to provide air circulation and cooling. 1) Fans shall be controlled by a temperature switch. 2) The fan shall operate only when the drive is “ON” and for a cool-down period after the drive has stopped. 3) The fan shall not run when the drive is “OFF”. 4) Louvers, if provided, shall have externally removable filters. The filter shall be metallic and washable. The NEMA rating of the enclosure shall not be violated in any case. b. Fan motors shall be protected by an input circuit breaker. c. Provide metal squirrel cage ball bearing, three phase fan motors with 10- year design life. d. Plastic muffin fans are not acceptable. e. Fan power shall be obtained from a tap on the main control power transformer. f. Provide a “loss of cooling” fault alarm that identifies clogged filters or fan failure. g. Provide a high temperature shutdown after an adjustable time to safely shut down the control panel without causing electronic component. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 21 Issued for Bid h. Provide redundant fans in the control panel design as backup in the event of fan failure. H. Internal Wiring 1. Power and control wiring shall be stranded copper, minimum size #14 AWG, with 600-volt, 90°C, flame retardant, Type MTW thermoplastic insulation. 2. Line side power wiring shall be sized for the full rating or frame size of the connected device, and as shown on the Drawings. 3. Analog signal wires shall be 600 Volt Class, insulated stranded tinned copper, twisted shielded #16 AWG pair. 4. All interconnecting wires between panel mounted equipment and external equipment shall be terminated at numbered terminal blocks. Field wiring shall not be terminated directly on any panel-mounted device. 5. All wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the Drawings. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end showing origination and destination of each wire. The marking shall be permanent, non-smearing, solvent-resistant type similar to Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal. I. Field Installed Internal Wiring 1. Field installed interior wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by plastic tie wraps. 2. Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are not stressed. 3. Low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle separately from the rest of the control wiring. 4. All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end of the wire. The marking shall be a permanent, non-smearing, solvent-resistant type like Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal 5. Conduit entry: a. All conduit entering or leaving equipment shall be stubbed up into the bottom of the enclosure directly below the area in which the conductors are to be terminated. b. Conduits shall not enter the side unless approved in writing by the Owner/Engineer. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 22 Issued for Bid 6. Top entry of conduits is prohibited unless approved by the Owner/Engineer on a case-by-case basis. J. Terminal Blocks 1. Terminal blocks shall be DIN-rail-mounted one-piece molded plastic blocks with tubular-clamp-screw type and end barriers. 2. Provide terminal blocks shall be rated for 600 volts to terminate all conductors rated 600 volts. Provide 600-volt rated terminal blocks for any conductor carrying any voltage over 120 volts to ground. 3. Provide terminal blocks rated for 300 volts to terminate low voltage control and instrumentation circuits or 4-20 mA analog signal conductors if the conductors are rated 300 volts. 4. Provide individual conductor terminals for twisted shielded pair or triad cables including separate terminals for shield drain wires. 5. Use the manufacturer’s provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating the shield drain wire conductors on the panel side of the terminal blocks. 6. Terminate control circuits, 120-volts and below, and 4-20 mA analog signal conductors with manufacturer’s recommended insulated connectors. 7. Provide 600-volt rated strap screw terminal blocks for any power conductors carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage. Terminals shall be double sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. 8. Terminate power conductors carrying over 20 amperes, at any voltage, to strap- screw type terminal blocks with crimp type, pre-insulated, ring-tongue lugs sized for the conductors that they terminate. 9. Provide lugs appropriately sized for the conductors and the terminal block screws. Do not terminate more than one conductor in any lug, and do not land more than two conductors under any strap-screw terminal point. 10. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the protective cover removed. Each terminal block shall have 20% spare terminals, but not less than two spare terminals. 11. Provide an AC ground bar bonded to the panel enclosure (if metal) with 20% spare terminals. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 23 Issued for Bid 2.04 SERVICE ENTRANCE DEVICE A. Where the Control Panel is rated and used as a service entrance panel, the manufacturer shall furnish factory installed in the Control Panel, a dedicated (SPD) (Type 2), permanently connected, Surge Protective Device on the load side of the service entrance panel, as specified in Section 26 43 13 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs). 2.05 MAIN CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICE A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the main circuit protective device shall be a molded case (MCCB), three Pole, 600-volt, fixed type, manually operated with stored energy closing mechanism. Trip device shall be solid state with adjustable long time pickup, and delay; adjustable short time pickup and delay; short time i2t switch; adjustable ground fault pickup and delay, and ground fault delay and pickup trips for selective tripping. B. Provide a flange mounted main power disconnect operating handle with mechanical interlock having a bypass that will allow the panel door to open only when the switch is in the OFF position. Where panels are shown or specified with inner and outer doors, disconnecting handles and controls shall be located on the inner door. 2.06 MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: a. Eaton b. ABB c. Rockwell Automation d. Schneider Electric Company e. No equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. B. General 1. Magnetic Motor Starter 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 24 Issued for Bid a. Provide the NEMA size starter, circuit breaker trip ratings, control power transformers and thermal overload heater element ratings matched to the motors and control equipment supplied, in compliance with the NEC and the manufacturer’s heater selection tables. b. A NEMA rated magnetic motor starter shall be furnished for each motor. Motor starters shall be two or three-pole, single or three-phase as required, 60 Hertz, 600-volt, magnetically operated, full voltage reversing, or non- reversing as required by the mechanical process design. c. Overload relays shall be adjustable, ambient compensated and manually reset. d. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. A minimum of one N.O. and one N.C. auxiliary contacts shall be provided in addition to the contacts required connected as specified above. e. Each motor starter shall have a 120-volt operating coil unless otherwise noted. f. Provide each motor starter with a motor circuit protector (MCP), or circuit breaker, and equipped to provide undervoltage release and overload protection on all three phases. g. The short circuit protective device shall have an adjustable magnetic trip range up to 1400 percent of rated continuous current and a trip test feature. h. MCPs shall be labeled in accordance with UL489. i. NEMA starter sizes and breaker trip ratings shall be as required for the horsepower indicated but shall be in no case less than NEMA Size 1. j. A mechanical disconnect mechanism, with bypass, shall be installed on each motor circuit protector, capable of being locked in the "OFF" position to provide a means of disconnecting power to each motor. Disconnects mechanisms shall be located inside the enclosure such that the main circuit breaker handle is the only device interlocked with the panel door. k. Overload relays shall be standard Class 20, ambient compensated, manually reset by pushbutton located on front of the starter door. A normally closed contact shall be directly connected in series with the starter circuit to shut off the starter and a normally open contact from the overload relay shall be wired to a terminal block for an overload alarm. l. If the manufacturer of the equipment utilizing the motor, supplies a motor horsepower larger than that shown on the Drawings, provide a motor starter sized to control the motor supplied. No change in the Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for such changes. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 25 Issued for Bid m. All variations necessary to accommodate the motors and controls as actually furnished shall be made without extra cost to the Owner. n. IEC rated starters are not acceptable. 2. All incoming power and control wiring leaving or entering the control panel shall be terminated with the lugs specified for the size and type of wire required. Furnish terminals appropriately sized to terminate the specified wire lugs. Allow adequate clearance for bending and terminating of wire and cables which are the size and type specified, shown or required. 3. All interfaces between control panel and remote devices shall be isolated via an interposing relay. Interposing relays shall have contacts rated for 250 VAC and 10 Amperes continuous. Relays shall be Control Relays as specified herein. 4. Built in control stations and indicating lights shall be furnished where shown on the Drawings. 5. Provide as-built wiring diagrams mounted in a protective cover inside the panel. C. Contactors 1. Contactors shall be a circuit breaker and contactor, 600-Volt, three-pole, 60 Hz, magnetically operated. NEMA size shall be as required for the kilowatt ratings required for the equipment provided but shall be not less than NEMA size 1. 2. Contactors shall have a 120-Volt operating coil and control power transformer. Furnish the control power transformer with extra capacity for the unit heater fan. D. Control Relays 1. Control relays shall be 300-volt, industrial rated, plug-in socket type, housed in a transparent polycarbonate dust cover, designed in accordance with UL Standard 508 for motor controller duty. 2. Continuous contact rating shall be 10 amperes resistive, 1/4 HP at 120 VAC, operating temperature minus 10°C to plus 55°C. 3. Provide spare N.O. & N.C. contacts. Relays shall be Potter & Brumfield KRP Series or equal with neon coil indicator light. 4. Timing relays shall be 300-Volt, solid state type, with rotary switch to select the timing range. E. Elapsed Time Meter 1. A six-digit, non-resettable elapsed time meter shall be installed on the face of each motor starter. Meter shall be as specified in Section 26 27 13. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 26 Issued for Bid 2.07 OPERATION INTERFACE TERMINAL (OIT) A. Where the control panel contains an Operation Interface Terminal as shown on the Drawings, for interfacing to the control logic, the manufacturer shall provide the address list, and an Ethernet and serial interface, to connect to the related PLC for monitoring and control of the PLC’s operation. The OIT shall be as specified in Section 40 62 63 Operations Interface Terminal. B. Provide a scripted application and fully documented setup for all OITs. C. The equipment manufacturer shall furnish factory installed, a dedicated Point of Utilization Device (SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13 Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection (Type 3). D. The manufacturer shall provide the address list and an Ethernet interface to connect to the Owner’s plant monitoring system for monitoring of the PLC’s OIT interface. 2.08 REMOTE MONITORING INTERFACE A. General: 1. See Section 26 27 13 Power Metering and Protective Relays paragraph PROTOCOL CONVERTER for communications protocol requirements. 2.09 SPARE PARTS A. Provide the following spare parts for each control panel in the quantities specified: 1. One box- replacement fuses, all types and sizes used 2. One replacement lamp of each color, for pilot lights 3. One of each color replacement lens caps for pilot lights 4. One starter coil for each NEMA size furnished 5. One, Three-pole set of replacement overload heaters of each size range used 6. One, Three-pole set of starter contacts of each NEMA size used. 7. One can of aerosol touch-up paint. B. Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage. Identify each item with manufacturer’s name, description and part number on the exterior of the package. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 27 Issued for Bid 2.10 FACTORY TESTING A. The entire control panel shall be completely assembled, wired, and adjusted at the factory and shall be given the manufacturer’s routine shop tests and any other additional operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment. B. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform with the latest applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards. C. The operational test shall include the proper connection of supply and control voltage and, as far as practical, a mockup of simulated control signals and control devices shall be fed into the boards to check for proper operation. D. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform to the latest applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards, and shall be subject to the Owner/Engineer’s approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER’S REPRESENTATIVE A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's field representative to perform the tasks specified under this section for the time required. B. The manufacturer's representative shall provide technical direction and assistance in the general assembly of the equipment, connections, and adjustments, and testing of the assembly and components contained therein. C. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's field start-up report. 3.02 INSTALLER’S QUALIFICATIONS A. Provide an installer who shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment, with a minimum of 5 years documented experience. B. Experience documentation shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning work on this project. 3.03 EXAMINATION A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment. B. Housekeeping pads shall be included for the floor mounted motor controllers as detailed on the Drawings except for motor controllers which are to be installed adjacent to an 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 28 Issued for Bid existing unit. Housekeeping pads for these (if used) should match the existing installation. C. Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface. D. Verify that the equipment is ready to install. E. Verify field measurements are as submitted by manufacturer. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings. B. Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight, threaded aluminum, insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured by T&B H150GRA Series, or equal. C. Conduits entering a control Panel or box containing electrical equipment, shall not enter the enclosure through the top. D. Install required safety labels. 3.05 RACEWAY SEALING A. Where raceways enter junction boxes or control panels containing electrical or instrumentation equipment, all entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal. B. This requirement shall be strictly adhered to for all raceways in the conduit system. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are specified in manufacturer's instructions. C. Provide one set of as-built panel drawings laminated, in each panel pocket. 3.07 FIELD ADJUSTING A. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches, access doors, operating handles for free mechanical and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 29 Issued for Bid B. The adjustable breakers shall be set in the field by a qualified representative of the manufacturer, in accordance with settings designated in a coordinated study of the system 1. Provide settings as required in Section 26 05 73 Power System Study. 2. All such settings, including the application of arc flash labels, shall have been made and Approved by the Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the equipment. 3.08 FIELD TESTING A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing. B. Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance. Megger, for one minute, at minimum voltage of 1000 volts DC. Measured Insulation resistance shall be at least 100 megohms. In no case shall the manufacturer’s maximum test voltages be exceeded. C. Test each key interlock system for proper functioning. D. Test all control logic before energizing the motor or equipment. 3.09 CLEANING A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the motor controllers. Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes, vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air. 3.10 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the surface shall be replaced. 3.11 MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATION A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall personally inspect the equipment at the jobsite and shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted, and tested, in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, including all settings designated in the Power System Study. B. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Control Panels (ECPs) City of Fort Worth 26 29 87 - 30 Issued for Bid 3.12 TRAINING A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and maintenance of the soft start starters furnished under this Section. B. The training for each type of equipment shall be for a period of not less than one eight- hour day. C. The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included in the Contract Price. The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly related to the system being supplied. D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course. The manuals shall include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project. E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative. Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, motor starters, protective devices, metering, and other major components. F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner’s use. END OF SECTION 26 29 87 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Demolition City of Fort Worth 26 41 19 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 41 19 - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish, install, and test all equipment, wiring and appurtenances as may be required to perform the electrical demolition shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Complete all required field verifications specified and/or as necessary to determine all the requirements as specified for the continued operation of the Owners facilities during the construction process prior to bidding. All costs and time required to perform the work shall be included in the Contract Price and Schedule. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SCHEDULES A. Schedule all required shutdowns with the Owner/Engineer to coordinate the system demolition and installation of temporary facilities with the Owner’s operational requirements. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Temporary wiring of systems to maintain operation of facilities while undergoing modifications and demolition shall be provided in accordance with: 1. American National Standards Institute / National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA), No. 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC), Article No. 590 – Temporary Wiring. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on the Drawings. 1. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents. Discrepancies shall be reported to the Owner/Engineer before disturbing the existing installation. 2. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. B. Beginning demolition, signifies the existing conditions have been accepted and warrants that service to equipment and items not scheduled or indicated for removal will be maintained. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Demolition City of Fort Worth 26 41 19 - 2 Issued for Bid Temporary shutdowns and demolishing of any equipment shall be arranged and approved by the Owner to not interrupt critical process operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work shall be as specified in individual Sections. 2.02 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary electrical conductors and raceway as required to maintain continued operation in accordance with the Owner’s operational requirements and meeting the requirements of the NEC. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors and ceilings scheduled for removal. B. Coordinate utility service outages with the Utility Company. Continuous service to operating equipment shall be provided as required by the Owner’s process operational needs which may include the temporary use of portable generation as specified herein. C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations. D. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from the Owner/Engineer at least one week in advance, before partially or completely disabling system. E. The Owner’s process operations shall continue without interruption throughout the project demolition and construction as required by the Owner and/or regulating bodies including but not limited to the EPA, and State or Local authorities having jurisdiction. 1. As required to meet the Owner’s process requirements, provide on-site generation with the capacity and voltage required by the Owner’s power system to prevent process interruptions unacceptable to the Owner. Include all engine-generator fluids transportation costs and fuel and rental expenses for the duration required by the work in the Contract Price. 2. Examine the Contract Documents and make any site visits necessary, including interviews with Owner’s Personnel to determine what process are required to remain in 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Demolition City of Fort Worth 26 41 19 - 3 Issued for Bid service prior to bidding. Include all costs to keep the required process in operation including all materials, labor, expenses required by the electric Utility serving the project site and on-site generation in the Contract Price and Schedule. The determination of the requirements for continued process operations prior to bidding is required. No increase in Contract Time or Price will be allowed if this requirement is not met. 3. If failure to provide adequate power to keep the process in operation which causes a regulatory body to levy fines against the Owner, Owner shall be reimbursed. No increase in Contract Price for such expenses will be accepted. 3.02 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Remove, relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. B. Remove abandoned wiring from the load to the source of supply. C. Remove exposed abandoned raceways, boxes, and fittings, including those located above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut abandoned conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces to match the existing surfaces. D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned conductors. Remove abandoned outlets if raceway system serving them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. E. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. Remove all associated raceways and conductors and the supporting means. Patch the wall, floor, or other surfaces where the equipment and associated raceway were attached to match the existing surfaces. F. Disconnect and remove electrical devices associated with mechanical equipment that has been removed. Remove all associated raceway and conductors. Patch the wall, floor, or other surfaces where the electrical devices and associated raceway were attached to match the existing surfaces. G. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. H. Maintain access to existing installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access to panels as appropriate. I. Where the demolition or revision of any portion of a raceway or box in the raceway system, in classified area, causes the raceway system of the area to no longer comply with the classification or specification requirements of the area, provide and install such boxes, fittings, etc. as may be necessary to return the raceway system to compliance with the classification of the area and with these specifications. J. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified for new work. Using existing raceways is acceptable where extension of existing raceways is shown or specified only if the existing raceways are in accordance with the specifications for the new raceways. Replace existing raceways which do not meet these specifications. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Demolition City of Fort Worth 26 41 19 - 4 Issued for Bid K. All work shall be done in an orderly and careful manner. Hold noise, dust, and vibration to a minimum and conduct the work to avoid any damage to the surroundings. Remove all items and parts as shown and noted on the Drawings and as otherwise may be required to be removed to complete the work as specified. L. Salvaged Equipment and Materials 1. The Owner shall have the right to retain any or all electrical and instrumentation equipment shown or specified to be removed from the site. 2. Prior to starting demolition, the Contractor and Owner/Engineer shall jointly visit the areas of demolition and the Owner/Engineer will designate those items that are to remain the property of the Owner. 3. Equipment and material designated by the Owner to remain the property of the Owner shall be removed from the work area and transported to a designated location on the site and stored for the Owner’s use. Store on wood runners raised above the surrounding grade and cover with weather resistant covering and tie securely or store inside Owner furnished storage as directed by the Owner/Engineer. 4. Take necessary precautions in removing Owner designated property to prevent damage during the demolition process. Remove steel structural members by unbolting, cutting welds, or cutting rivet heads and punching shanks through holes. Do not use a cutting torch to separate the Owner’s equipment or material unless approved by the Owner/Engineer. 5. If possible, items to be salvaged shall be removed in one piece or in a manner that does not prevent their reuse. Loose components may be removed separately. Controls and electrical equipment may be removed from the equipment and handled separately. Large units may be handled separately. M. Equipment not otherwise designated to remain the property of the Owner in accordance with the pre-demolition identification process shall become the property of the Contractor. Material that has become the property of the Contractor shall be promptly removed from the construction site. N. Refurbish and replace any existing facility to be left in place which is damaged by the demolition operations with no change in Contract Price or Schedule. The repair of such damage shall result in the parts being returned to such a condition which is at least equal to that found at the start of the Work. 3.03 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are specified or shown to be reused. B. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Demolition City of Fort Worth 26 41 19 - 5 Issued for Bid C. Motor Control Centers, Switchboards and Switchgear: Check the tightness of electrical connections. Provide new doors on motor control centers cubicles as shown or required. Provide new tags that match the existing tags for spaces or cubicles which have become spares or spaces. END OF SECTION 26 41 19 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Electrical Demolition City of Fort Worth 26 41 19 - 6 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 26 43 13 - LOW VOLTAGE AC SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDs) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A.This Section of the Specifications describes the requirements for low voltage AC surge protective devices (SPDs 1Kv and less), to be furnished under other Sections of the Specifications. B.All equipment described herein shall be submitted, and factory installed, as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 1.02 RELATED WORK A.Refer to Division 26 00 00 for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will not be accepted and will be returned unreviewed. B.Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following: 1.The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. 2.Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted. 3.All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. 4.Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision. C.All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals. D.Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 2 Issued for Bid E. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable. Submittal shall include catalog data, functions, ratings, inputs, outputs, displays, etc., enough to confirm that the SPD provides every specified requirement. Any options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated, with the reason for such deviations. Acceptance of any deviation will be at the sole discretion of the Owner/Engineer. Shop drawings, not so checked and noted, will be returned unreviewed. 2. Dimensional drawing of each SPD type. 3. UL 1449 Third Edition Listing, Standard for Safety, Surge Protective Devices, documentation. Provide verification that the SPD complies with the required ANSI/UL 1449 3rd Edition listing by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 4. UL 1283 Listing, Electromagnetic Interference Filters, documentation. 5. ANSI/IEEE C6241 and C6245, Category C3 (20kV-1.2/50, 10kA-8/20µs waveform) clamping voltage test results. F. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include the following information: a. Manufacturer’s contact address and telephone number for parts and service. b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. UL 1449 Third Edition – Surge Protective Devices 2. UL 1283 Electromagnetic Interference Filters 3. ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2-2002 – IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surge Voltages in Low Voltage AC Power Circuits 4. ANSI/IEEE C62.45-2002 – IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 3 Issued for Bid 5. NEC Article 285 - Surge Protective Devices 6. NEMA/ISCI – 109 Transient Overvoltage Withstand Test 7. IEEE Std. 472/ANSI C37.90A Surge Withstand Capability Tests 8. IEC 255.4 Surge Withstand Capability Tests B. All SPDs and their installation shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable. C. Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the individual device paragraphs. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The manufacturer of the SPD shall be the same as the manufacturer of the service entrance and distribution equipment in which the devices are installed and shipped. The protected electrical equipment, after installation of the SPD, shall be fully tested and certified to the following UL standards: 1. UL 67 - Panelboards. 2. UL 845 - Motor Control Centers. 3. UL 891 - Switchboards. 4. UL 1558 - Low Voltage Switchgear. C. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002 certified. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer’s warranty, for the equipment specified and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for for the same time as the equipment in which it is installed from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. B. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 4 Issued for Bid PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable (Type 1 and Type 2): 1. Eaton 2. ABB 3. Schneider Electric Company 4. Rockwell Automation 5. No equal. B. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable (Type 3): 1. Edco SLAC Series 2. Phoenix Contact 3. Brick Wall Model PWOM20 4. No equal. 2.02 SERVICE ENTRANCE AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT A. General 1. Install SPDs internal to the equipment being protected. Externally housed SPDs will not be acceptable. 2. Provide all SPDs marked with a short-circuit current rating equal to or exceeding the available fault current at the connection point. 3. SPD shall provide suppression for all modes of protection: L-N, L-G, and N-G in WYE systems (7 Mode). 4. UL 1449 Usage Classifications. a. Type 1: 1) Permanently connected SPDs 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 5 Issued for Bid 2) Install between the secondary of the service transformer and the line side of the service equipment overcurrent device 3) Install without an external overcurrent protective device. b. Type 2: 1) Permanently connected SPDs 2) Install on the load side of service equipment overcurrent device 3) Install on branch panels. c. Type 3 1) Point of utilization SPDs 2) Install at the point of utilization with a minimum conductor length of 10 meters (30 feet) from the electrical service panel 3) For cord connected, direct plug-in, receptacle type SPDs installed at the utilization equipment being protected, the distance (10 meters) is exclusive of conductors provided with or used to attach the SPDs. 5. Construction of Type 1 and Type 2. a. Fully Integrated Component Design: 1) All the SPD’s components and diagnostics shall be contained within one discrete assembly. 2) SPDs or individual SPD modules that must be ganged together to achieve higher surge current ratings or other functionality will not be accepted. b. Overcurrent Protection: 1) Thermally protected MOVs that include a thermal protection element packaged together with the MOV to achieve overcurrent protection of the MOV. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 6 Issued for Bid 2) The thermal protection element shall disconnect the MOV(s) from the system in a fail-safe manner should a condition occur, that would cause them to enter a thermal runaway condition. c. Maintenance Free Design: 1) Maintenance free and not requiring any user intervention throughout its life. 2) SPDs containing items such as replaceable modules, replaceable fuses, or replaceable batteries are not acceptable. 3) SPDs requiring any maintenance of any sort such as periodic tightening of connections are not acceptable. d. Balanced Suppression Platform: 1) Surge current equally distributed to all MOV components to ensure equal stressing and maximum performance. 2) Surge suppression platform must provide equal impedance paths to each matched MOV. 3) Designs incorporating replaceable SPD modules are not acceptable. e. Electrical Noise Filter: 1) Include a high-performance EMI/RFI noise rejection filter. 2) Noise attenuation for electric line noise shall be up to 50 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz using the MIL-STD-220A insertion loss test method. f. Internal Connections: 1) Plug-in component modules or printed circuit boards used as surge current conductors are unacceptable. 2) Provide all internal components soldered or hardwired with low impedance connections and conductors. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 7 Issued for Bid 3) Prewire power and ground connections within the protected equipment. g. Local Monitoring: 1) Provide visible indication of proper SPD connection and operation. 2) Provide indicator lights that indicate which phase as well as which module is fully operable. 3) Mount status of each SPD module on the front cover of the enclosure as well as on the module. 4) Provide a push-to-test button to test each phase indicator which causes a state change of dry contacts for testing purposes when the button is pressed. h. Surge Counter: 1) Provide an indicator showing how many surges have occurred at the location which counts each time a surge event with a peak current magnitude of a minimum of 50 ± 20A occurs. 2) Provide a reset pushbutton which allows the surge counter to be zeroed. 3) Provide a timed reset button to prevent accidental resetting of the counter. A single, short-duration button press cannot reset the counter. Provide a minimum reset time delay of two seconds to reset the counter. 4) Store the ongoing surge count in non-volatile memory or memory backed up by a UPS. i. Remote Monitoring: 1) Provide the same discrete and analog signal and control functions as specified for local monitoring and the surge counter. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 8 Issued for Bid 2) Wire the signal to a terminal strip for outgoing connection to a PLC as specified and/or as shown on the Drawings. 3) Convert the functions as specified for interface to the monitored equipment. j. Voltage suppression system 1) Provide a voltage surge suppression system incorporating thermally protected metal-oxide varistors (MOVs) as the core surge suppression component for the service entrance and all other distribution levels. 2) The system shall not utilize silicon avalanche diodes, selenium cells, air gaps, or other components that may crowbar the system voltage leading to system upset or create any environmental hazards. k. SPD Standards: 1) Provide SPDs Listed in accordance with UL 1449 Third Edition and UL 1283, Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 2) Integrated surge protective devices (SPD) shall be Component Recognized in accordance with UL 1449 Third Edition, Section 37.3.2 and 37.4 at the standard’s highest short circuit current rating (SCCR) of 200 kA, including intermediate level of fault current testing. 3) SPD shall be tested with the ANSI/IEEE Category C High exposure waveform (20kV-1.2/50µs, 10kA-8/20µs). 6. Construction of Type 3. a. Fully Integrated Component Design: 1) Provide all SPD’s components and diagnostics contained within one discrete assembly. 2) SPDs or individual SPD modules that must be ganged together to achieve higher surge current ratings or other functionality will not be accepted. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 9 Issued for Bid b. Maintenance Free Design: 1) Provide maintenance free SPDs that do not require any user intervention throughout its life. 2) SPDs containing items such as replaceable modules, replaceable fuses, or replaceable batteries are not acceptable. 3) SPDs requiring any maintenance of any sort such as periodic tightening of connections are not acceptable. c. Electrical Noise Filter: 1) Include a high-performance EMI/RFI noise rejection filter. 2) Provide electric line noise attenuation up to 50 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz using the MIL-STD-220A insertion loss test method. d. Internal Connections: 1) No plug-in component modules or printed circuit boards used as surge current conductors are acceptable. 2) Solder all internal components or hardwired with low impedance connections and conductors. 3) Prewire power and ground connections within the protected equipment. e. Local Monitoring: 1) Visible indication of proper SPD connection and operation shall be provided. 2) The indicator light shall indicate that the module is fully operable. The status of each SPD module shall be monitored on the front cover of the module. f. SPD Standards: 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 10 Issued for Bid 1) Listed in accordance with UL 1449 Third Edition and UL 1283, Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 2) Test with the ANSI/IEEE Category C High exposure waveform (20kV- 1.2/50µs, 10kA-8/20µs). B. Applications. 1. Service Entrance Rated Equipment (Type 1). a. Install in switchgear, switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, and other devices installed as service entrance equipment. b. Permanently install the SPD with its connection between the secondary of the service transformer and the line side of the service equipment overcurrent device. c. Provide service entrance located SPDs with tested and demonstrated suitability for application within ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Category C environments. d. Provide SPDs manufactured by the same manufacturer as the equipment in which it is installed. e. Factory install the SPD inside the equipment by the original equipment manufacturer. f. Locate the SPD on the load side of the main disconnect device, as close as possible to the phase conductors and the ground/neutral bars. g. Connect the SPD through a UL approved disconnecting means. Locate the disconnect shall in the immediate proximity of the SPD. h. Provide SPD connections using approved means that keep the connection as short as possible. i. Provide SPDs integral to the equipment as a factory standardized design. j. Mount SPDs such that all monitoring and diagnostic features are visible from the front of the equipment. 2. Distribution Equipment Applications (Type 2). a. Install in switchgear, switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, and other non-service entrance equipment. Permanently install the SPD connected on the load side of the equipment overcurrent device. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 11 Issued for Bid b. Provide SPDs manufactured by the same manufacturer as the equipment in which it is installed. c. Factory install the SPD inside the equipment by the original equipment manufacturer. d. Size and provide the overcurrent and disconnecting means for the SPD by the manufacturer. e. Provide SPDs with tested and demonstrated suitability for application within ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Category B environments. f. Locate the SPD within the panelboard. Install SPDs immediately following the load side of the main breaker. Install SPDs in main lug only panelboards immediately following the incoming main lugs. g. The SPD installation shall not limit the use of through-feed lugs, sub-feed lugs, and sub-feed breaker options. h. Mount SPDs such that all monitoring and diagnostic features are visible from the front of the equipment. 3. Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection (Type 3). a. Locate the SPD on the load side of the ground and neutral connections. b. Connect the SPD through a disconnect circuit breaker or fuse as shown on the drawings. c. Locate the disconnecting means in the immediate proximity of the SPD. Provide SPD connections using approved means that keep the connection as short as possible. d. All monitoring and diagnostic features shall be visible from the front of the equipment. 4. Mechanical Equipment Manufacturer’s Provided Control Panels (MEMs) and Electrical Manufacturer’s Provided Control Panels (OEMs) Applications (Type 1, Type 2, and Type 3) a. Provide a Type 1 SPD in any Control Panel installed as service entrance equipment. 1) The same requirements for other service entrance equipment listed above apply to this application. 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 12 Issued for Bid 2) The Type 1 SPD is required to be of the same manufacturer as the Control Panel manufacturer. 3) Provide a Type 1 SPD where a Control Panel is installed as non- service entrance equipment, but is connected with the incoming power feed of 50’ or less from an transformer fed from an overhead power line. 4) The same requirements for other non-service entrance equipment listed above apply to this application except for the requirement that the Type 2 SPD shall not be required to be of the same manufacturer as the panel. 5) Where a Type 1 SPD is installed, a Type 2 SPD is not required on the same panel unless otherwise specifically shown on the drawings. b. Provide a Type 3 SPD in any Control Panel that contains a PLC. 1) The same requirements for other individual control panel and related equipment listed above apply to this application. 2) The SPD shall be integral to the MEM or OEM panel, as a factory standardized design. C. Ratings 1. Unit Operating Voltage: Refer to drawings for operating voltage and unit configuration. 2. SPD shall be designed to withstand a maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV) of not less than 115% of nominal RMS voltage. 3. Minimum surge current rating shall be 240 kA per phase (120 kA per mode) for service entrance and 120 kA per phase (60 kA per mode) for distribution applications. 4. UL 1449 clamping voltage must not exceed the following: Voltage Protection Rating (VPR) Voltage L-N L-G N-G 240/120 1200/800V 800V 800V 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 13 Issued for Bid 208Y/120 800V 800V 800V 480Y.277 1200V 1200V 1200V 600Y/347 1500V 1500V 1500V 5. Pulse life test: Capable of protecting against and surviving 5000 ANSI/IEEE Category C High transients without failure or degradation of clamping voltage by more than 10%. 6. Minimum UL 1449 3rd edition withstand Nominal Discharge Current (In) rating to be 20kA per mode 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Furnish nameplates for each device as indicated on drawings. Color schemes shall be as indicated on Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All equipment specified herein shall be factory installed, field adjusted, tested and cleaned as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in the individual equipment Specification. B. Types 1 and 2 shall be grounded and bonded as a part of the individual equipment as specified in the individual equipment Section. Type 3 shall be grounded and bonded in accordance with the SPD manufacturer’s instructions. END OF SECTION 26 43 13 0515-239525 August 2025 Westside WTP 24 MGD Expression Project Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) City of Fort Worth 26 43 13 - 14 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 31 25 00 - 1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 SECTION 31 25 00 - EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Implementation of the project’s Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and installation, maintenance, removal of erosion and sediment controls devices, and establishment of final stabilization. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan <1 acre a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the structure or Items being bid and no other compensation will be allowed. 2. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan ≥ 1 acre a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “SWPPP ≥ 1 acre”. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Preparation of SWPPP 2) Implementation 3) Permitting fees 4) Installation 5) Maintenance 6) Removal 7) Obtaining and/or complying with grading and/or fill permits, if required 8) Final stabilization 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM Standard: 31 25 00 - 2 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 a. ASTM D3786, Standard Test Method for Bursting Strength of Textile Fabrics— Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method b. ASTM D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles c. ASTM D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile d. ASTM D4833, Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geomembranes and Related Products 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 4. TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS) a. DMS-6230 “Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric” 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) B. TCEQ Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit C. Construction Site Notice D. TCEQ Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit E. Notice of Change (if applicable) F. Grading and/or fill permit, if required 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Rock Filter Dams 1. Aggregate a. Furnish aggregate with hardness, durability, cleanliness and resistance to crumbling, flaking and eroding acceptable to the Engineer. b. Provide the following: 31 25 00 - 3 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1) Types 1, 2 and 4 Rock Filter Dams a) Use 3 to 6 inch aggregate. 2) Type 3 Rock Filter Dams a) Use 4 to 8 inch aggregate. 2. Wire a. Provide minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire for the steel wire mesh and tie wires for Types 2 and 3 rock filter dams b. Type 4 dams require: 1) Double-twisted, hexagonal weave with a nominal mesh opening of 2½ inches x 3 ¼ inches 2) Minimum 0.0866 inch steel wire for netting 3) Minimum 0.1063 inch steel wire for selvages and corners 4) Minimum 0.0866 inch for binding or tie wire B. Geotextile Fabric 1. Place the aggregate over geotextile fabric meeting the following criteria: a. Tensile Strength of 250 pounds, per ASTM D4632 b. Puncture Strength of 135 pounds, per ASTM D4833 c. Mullen Burst Rate of 420 psi, per ASTM D3786 d. Apparent Opening Size of No. 20 (max), per ASTM D4751 C. Stabilized Construction Entrances 1. Provide materials that meet the details shown on the Drawings and this Section. a. Provide crushed aggregate for long and short-term construction exits. b. Furnish aggregates that are clean, hard, durable and free from adherent coatings such as salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials and organic and injurious matter. c. Use 3 to 5 inch coarse aggregate with a minimum thickness of 12 inches. d. The aggregate shall be placed over a geotextile fabric meeting the following criteria: 1) Tensile Strength of 300 pounds, per ASTM D4632 2) Puncture Strength of 120 pounds, per ASTM D4833 3) Mullen Burst Rate of 600 psi, per ASTM D3786 4) Apparent Opening Size of No. 40 (max), per ASTM D4751 D. Embankment for Erosion Control 1. Provide rock, loam, clay, topsoil or other earth materials that will form a stable embankment to meet the intended use. E. Sandbags 1. Provide sandbag material of polypropylene, polyethylene or polyamide woven fabric with a minimum unit weight of 4 ounces per square yard, a Mullen burst-strength exceeding 300 psi, and an ultraviolet stability exceeding 70 percent. 2. Use natural coarse sand or manufactured sand meeting the gradation given in Table 1 to fill sandbags. 3. Filled sandbags must be 24 to 30 inches long, 16 to 18 inches wide, and 6 to 8 inches thick. Table 1 Sand Gradation Sieve # Maximum Retained (% by Weight) 4 3 percent 100 80 percent 200 95 percent 31 25 00 - 4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 F. Temporary Sediment Control Fence 1. Provide a net-reinforced fence using woven geo-textile fabric. 2. Logos visible to the traveling public will not be allowed. a. Fabric 1) Provide fabric materials in accordance with DMS-6230, “Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric.” b. Posts 1) Provide essentially straight wood or steel posts with a minimum length of 48 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2) Soft wood posts must be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inch 3) Hardwood posts must have a minimum cross-section of 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch 4) T- or L-shaped steel posts must have a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per foot. c. Net Reinforcement 1) Provide net reinforcement of at least 12-1/2 gauge galvanized welded wire mesh, with a maximum opening size of 2 x 4 inch, at least 24 inches wide, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. d. Staples 1) Provide staples with a crown at least 3/4 inch wide and legs 1/2 inch long. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 1. Develop and implement the project’s Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR150000 requirements. Prevent water pollution from storm water runoff by using and maintaining appropriate structural and nonstructural BMPs to reduce pollutants discharges to the MS4 from the construction site. B. Control Measures 1. Implement control measures in the area to be disturbed before beginning construction, or as directed. Limit the disturbance to the area shown on the Drawings or as directed. 2. Control site waste such as discarded building materials, concrete truck washout water, chemicals, litter and sanitary waste at the construction site. 3. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor cannot control soil erosion and sedimentation resulting from construction operations, the Engineer will limit the disturbed area to that which the Contractor is able to control. 4. Immediately correct ineffective control measures. Implement additional controls as directed. Remove excavated material within the time requirements specified in the applicable storm water permit. 31 25 00 - 5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 5. Upon acceptance of vegetative cover by the City, remove and dispose of all temporary control measures, temporary embankments, bridges, matting, falsework, piling, debris, or other obstructions placed during construction that are not a part of the finished work, or as directed. C. Do not locate disposal areas, stockpiles, or haul roads in any wetland, water body, or streambed. D. Do not install temporary construction crossings in or across any water body without the prior approval of the appropriate resource agency and the Engineer. E. Provide protected storage area for paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers at an approved location. Keep paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers off bare ground and provide shelter for stored chemicals. F. Installation and Maintenance 1. Perform work in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR150000. 2. When approved, sediments may be disposed of within embankments, or in areas where the material will not contribute to further siltation and when appropriate stabilization is provided. 3. Dispose of removed material in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. 4. Remove devices upon approval or when directed. a. Upon removal, finish-grade and dress the area. b. Stabilize disturbed areas in accordance with the permit, and as shown on the Drawings or directed. 5. The Contractor retains ownership of stockpiled material and must remove it from the project when new installations or replacements are no longer required. G. Rock Filter Dams for Erosion Control 1. Remove trees, brush, stumps and other objectionable material that may interfere with the construction of rock filter dams. 2. Place sandbags as a foundation when required or at the Contractor’s option. 3. For Types 1, 2, 3, and 5, place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes specified, without undue voids. 4. For Types 2 and 3, place the aggregate on the mesh and then fold the mesh at the upstream side over the aggregate and secure it to itself on the downstream side with wire ties, or hog rings, or as directed. 5. Place rock filter dams perpendicular to the flow of the stream or channel unless otherwise directed. 6. Construct filter dams according to the following criteria, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings: a. Type 1 (Non-reinforced) 1) Height - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top of filter dam 2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 b. Type 2 (Reinforced) 1) Height - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top of filter dam 2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 c. Type 3 (Reinforced) 31 25 00 - 6 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1) Height - At least 36 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top of filter dam 2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 d. Type 4 (Sack Gabions) 1) Unfold sack gabions and smooth out kinks and bends. 2) For vertical filling, connect the sides by lacing in a single loop–double loop pattern on 4- to 5-inches spacing. At 1 end, pull the end lacing rod until tight, wrap around the end, and twist 4 times. At the filling end, fill with stone, pull the rod tight, cut the wire with approximately 6 inches remaining, and twist wires 4 times. 3) For horizontal filling, place sack flat in a filling trough, fill with stone, and connect sides and secure ends as described above. 4) Lift and place without damaging the gabion. 5) Shape sack gabions to existing contours. e. Type 5 1) Provide rock filter dams as shown on the Drawings. H. Construction Entrances 1. When tracking conditions exist, prevent traffic from crossing or exiting the construction site or moving directly onto a public roadway, alley, sidewalk, parking area, or other right of way areas other than at the location of construction entrances. 2. Place the exit over a foundation course, if necessary. a. Grade the foundation course or compacted subgrade to direct runoff from the construction exits to a sediment trap as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 3. At drive approaches, make sure the construction entrance is the full width of the drive and meets the length shown on the Drawings. a. The width shall be at least 14 feet for 1-way and 24 feet for 2-way traffic for all other points of ingress or egress or as directed by the Engineer. I. Earthwork for Erosion Control 1. Perform excavation and embankment operations to minimize erosion and to remove collected sediments from other erosion control devices. a. Excavation and Embankment for Erosion Control Measures 1) Place earth dikes, swales or combinations of both along the low crown of daily lift placement, or as directed, to prevent runoff spillover. 2) Place swales and dikes at other locations as shown on the Drawings or as directed to prevent runoff spillover or to divert runoff. 3) Construct cuts with the low end blocked with undisturbed earth to prevent erosion of hillsides. 4) Construct sediment traps at drainage structures in conjunction with other erosion control measures as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 5) Where required, create a sediment basin providing 3,600 cubic feet of storage per acre drained, or equivalent control measures for drainage locations that serve an area with 10 or more disturbed acres at 1 time, not including offsite areas. b. Excavation of Sediment and Debris 1) Remove sediment and debris when accumulation affects the performance of the devices, after a rain, and when directed. 2) Remove sediment from sediment traps and sedimentation ponds no later than the time that design capacity has been reduced by 50%. J. Sandbags for Erosion Control 31 25 00 - 7 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 1. Construct a berm or dam of sandbags that will intercept sediment-laden storm water runoff from disturbed areas, create a retention pond, detain sediment and release water in sheet flow. 2. Fill each bag with sand so that at least the top 6 inches of the bag is unfilled to allow for proper tying of the open end. 3. Place the sandbags with their tied ends in the same direction. 4. Offset subsequent rows of sandbags 1/2 the length of the preceding row. 5. Place a single layer of sandbags downstream as a secondary debris trap. 6. Place additional sandbags as necessary or as directed for supplementary support to berms or dams of sandbags or earth. K. Temporary Sediment-Control Fence 1. Provide temporary sediment-control fence near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to intercept sediment from sheet flow. 2. Incorporate the fence into erosion-control measures used to control sediment in areas of higher flow. Install the fence as shown on the Drawings, as specified in this Section, or as directed by the Engineer or City representative. a. Post Installation 1) Embed posts at least 18 inches deep, or adequately anchor, if in rock, with a spacing of 6 to 8 feet and install on a slight angle toward the run-off source. b. Fabric Anchoring 1) Dig trenches along the uphill side of the fence to anchor 6 to 8 inches of fabric. 2) Provide a minimum trench cross-section of 6 x 6 inches 3) Place the fabric against the side of the trench and align approximately 2 inches of fabric along the bottom in the upstream direction. 4) Backfill the trench, then hand-tamp. c. Fabric and Net Reinforcement Attachment 1) Unless otherwise shown under the Drawings, attach the reinforcement to wooden posts with staples, or to steel posts with T-clips, in at least 4 places equally spaced. 2) Sewn vertical pockets may be used to attach reinforcement to end posts. 3) Fasten the fabric to the top strand of reinforcement by hog rings or cord every 15 inches or less. d. Fabric and Net Splices 1) Locate splices at a fence post with a minimum lap of 6 inches attached in at least 6 places equally spaced, unless otherwise shown under the Drawings. a) Do not locate splices in concentrated flow areas. 2) Requirements for installation of used temporary sediment-control fence include the following: a) Fabric with minimal or no visible signs of biodegradation (weak fibers) b) Fabric without excessive patching (more than 1 patch every 15 to 20 feet) c) Posts without bends d) Backing without holes 31 25 00 - 8 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING A. Waste Management 1. Remove sediment, debris and litter as needed. 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Erosion control measures remain in place and are maintained until all soil disturbing activities at the project site have been completed. B. Establish a uniform vegetative cover with a density of 70 percent on all unpaved areas, on areas not covered by permanent structures, or in areas where permanent erosion control measures (i.e. riprap, gabions, or geotextiles) have been employed. C. Once vegetative cover is achieved, the contractor shall remove all temporary control measures, before final project acceptance. It is the contractor’s responsibility to remove all temporary control measures, unless transfer of maintenance and subsequent removal is transferred to another entity in writing. D. Upon achievement of final stabilization, submit NOT to TCEQ, and provide a copy of the NOT to the City of Fort Worth's Environmental Quality Division, if required. E. Complete and submit a Final Grading Certificate to Development Services, if required. 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE A. Install and maintain the integrity of temporary erosion and sedimentation control devices to accumulate silt and debris until earthwork construction and permanent erosion control features are in place or the disturbed area has been adequately stabilized as determined by the Engineer. B. If a device ceases to function as intended, repair or replace the device or portions thereof as necessary. C. Perform inspections of the construction site as prescribed in the Construction General Permit TXR150000. D. Records of inspections and modifications based on the results of inspections must be maintained and available in accordance with the permit. 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 31 25 00 - 9 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE April 29, 2021 M Owen 1.1 A. 1. Revised language re: what section includes, 1.2 A. 2. c. Clarified items included in price, 1.5 Added items to list of submittals, 2.2Revised language under product types/materials, 3.4 Revised language under “Installation”, and 3.11 C. Added language to clarify responsibility to remove temporary protection device and emphasize clearing of ROW 31 25 00 - 10 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL CITY OF FORT WORTH Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project No. 102052 August 2025 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Disinfection of Water Utility Storage Tanks City of Fort Worth 330110.59 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 330110.59 - DISINFECTION OF WATER UTILITY STORAGE TANKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Water tank disinfection. 2. Water Treatment Basins and Facility Disinfection 3. Bacteriological testing. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 099673.13 “Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings.” 2. Section 434143 "High Density Polyethylene Tanks.” 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Disinfection Procedure: 1. Submit description of procedure, including type of disinfectant and calculations indicating quantities of disinfectants required to produce specified chlorine concentration. 2. Comply with Sections 3 and 4 of AWWA C652 and AWWA 653. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. B. Certify that disinfectants meet or exceed AWWA C652 and C653 requirements. C. Test and Evaluation Reports: Indicate results of bacteriological and residual chlorine laboratory test reports. D. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. E. Qualifications Statement: 1. Submit qualifications for applicator. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Disinfection of Water Utility Storage Tanks City of Fort Worth 330110.59 - 2 Issued for Bid 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in compliance with AWWA C652 and C653. B. Maintain a copy of each standard affecting Work of this Section on Site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum three years' documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. B. Store disinfectants according to manufacturer's recommendations and in a cool, dry place away from combustibles such as wood, rags, oils, and greases. C. Handle disinfectants according to manufacturer's safety precautions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DISINFECTANTS A. Chlorine Forms: According to AWWA C652, Section 4 and AWWA C653 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspection: 1. Conduct inspection of tank interior before beginning disinfection. 2. Verify that tank is clean and free of polluting materials. 3. Verify that tank pipe and vent connections are properly made and clear of obstructions. 4. Verify that paint is thoroughly cured according to paint manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Furnish personnel working inside tank during disinfection with equipment to comply with Federal and state regulations for Work conducted in a hazardous atmosphere. B. Protect aquatic life and vegetation from damage from disinfectant solution purged from tank. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Disinfection of Water Utility Storage Tanks City of Fort Worth 330110.59 - 3 Issued for Bid 3.3 APPLICATION A. Use any one or combination of the following three methods for disinfecting tank according to AWWA C652, Section 4 or C653: 1. Chlorination Method 1. 2. Chlorination Method 2. 3. Chlorination Method 3. B. Disposal: 1. Neutralize disinfectant solution before disposal. 2. Legally dispose of disinfection solution off Project Site. C. Repair damage caused by disinfectant solution and disinfection procedures. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Sampling: 1. Collect samples of water from filled tank for bacteriological analysis according to AWWA C652, Section 5 or C653. 2. Take inlet and outlet water samples. B. Test water samples for bacterial contamination, residual chlorine, and according to State of Texas health standards for potable water. C. If water samples fail to meet state health standards for potable water, perform following corrective measures until water quality complies with state health standards: 1. Inlet and Outlet Water Sample Failure: Eliminate source of contamination in water supply, repeat disinfection, and retest water quality. 2. Outlet Water Sample Failure: Repeat disinfection and retest water quality. END OF SECTION 330110.59 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Disinfection of Water Utility Storage Tanks City of Fort Worth 330110.59 - 4 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution City of Fort Worth 331300 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 331300 - DISINFECTING OF WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Disinfection of potable water distribution system. 2. Testing and reporting of results. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 400524 “Steel Process Pipe.” 2. Section 400531 “Thermoplastic Process Pipe.” 3. Section 400523 “Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing.” 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Procedures, proposed chemicals, and treatment levels. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Products meet or exceed specified requirements. B. Certify cleanliness of water distribution system meets or exceeds specified requirements. C. Certify water conforms or fails to conform to bacterial standards of authority having jurisdiction. D. Certify water conforms to quality standards of authority having jurisdiction. E. Test and Evaluation Reports: Testing results comparative to specified requirements. F. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. G. Disinfection and Chlorination Water Disposal Plan: To be submitted by Contractor for review and acceptance by Owner and Engineer. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution City of Fort Worth 331300 - 2 Issued for Bid A. Qualifications Statements: Qualifications for water treatment firm and testing firm. Include operator’s license to perform the disinfection Work as required by Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Disinfection Report: 1. Type and form of disinfectant used. 2. Date and time of disinfectant injection start and time of completion. 3. Test locations. 4. Special disinfecting procedures used for connections to existing pipes. 5. Name of person collecting samples. 6. Initial and 24-hour disinfectant residuals in treated water in ppm for each outlet tested. 7. Date and time of flushing start and completion. 8. Disinfectant residual after flushing in ppm for each outlet tested. B. Bacteriological Report: 1. Date issued, project name, and testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number. 2. Time and date of water sample collection. 3. Name of person collecting samples. 4. Test locations. 5. Initial and 24-hour disinfectant residuals in ppm for each outlet tested. 6. Coliform bacteria test results for each outlet tested. 7. Submit bacteriologist's signature and authority associated with testing. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to AWWA C651; continuous feed and Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. B. Maintain a copy of each standard affecting Work of this Section on Site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Water Treatment Firm: Company specializing in disinfecting potable water systems specified in this Section with minimum three years' documented experience. B. Testing Firm: Company specializing in testing potable water systems, certified by State of Texas. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution City of Fort Worth 331300 - 3 Issued for Bid PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DISINFECTION CHEMICALS A. Chemicals: Hypochlorite: Comply with AWWA B300. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping system has been cleaned, inspected, and pressure tested. B. Perform scheduling and disinfecting activity with startup, water pressure testing, adjusting and balancing, and demonstration procedures, including coordination with related systems. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Provide and attach required equipment to perform Work of this Section. Closely coordinate efforts with Owner for maintenance of site operations and for testing services. B. Perform disinfection of water distribution system and installation of system and pressure testing as specified in Section 331116 “Site Water Utility Distribution Piping.” C. Inject treatment disinfectant into piping system to produce a residual of at least 50 milligrams per liter (or ppm) throughout the water system. D. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. E. Flush, circulate, and clean until required cleanliness is achieved using potable water. At least 10 ppm of chlorine to remain in the water at the end of the system. F. Replace permanent system devices that were removed for disinfection. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Disinfection, Flushing, and Sampling: 1. Disinfect pipeline installation. 2. Use of liquid chlorine is not permitted. 3. Upon completion of retention period required for disinfection, flush pipeline until chlorine concentration in water leaving pipeline is no higher than that generally prevailing in existing system or is acceptable for domestic use. 4. Disposal: a. Legally dispose of chlorinated water. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution City of Fort Worth 331300 - 4 Issued for Bid b. When chlorinated discharge may cause damage to environment, apply neutralizing chemical to chlorinated water to neutralize chlorine residual remaining in water. 5. After final flushing and before pipeline is connected to existing system or placed in service, employ an approved independent testing laboratory to sample, test, and certify that water quality meets quality standards of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. END OF SECTION 331300 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 400506 - COUPLINGS, ADAPTERS, AND SPECIALS FOR PROCESS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe penetrations. 2. Restrained joints. 3. Flexible connections. 4. Expansion joints. 5. Expansion loops. 6. Sleeve-type couplings. 7. Split-ring (grooved) couplings. 8. Delegated design. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 055000 “Metal Fabrications”: Miscellaneous metalwork and fasteners as required by this Section 2. Section 099673.13 “Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings”: Product and execution requirements for painting specified by this Section 3. Section 331300 “Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution”: Disinfection of potable water piping 4. Section 400507 - Hangers and Supports for Process Piping: Hangers, anchors, sleeves, and sealing of piping to adjacent structures 5. Section 400523 “Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing”: Stainless steel piping materials and appurtenances 6. Section 400524 “Steel Process Pipe”: Steel piping materials and appurtenances 7. Section 400531 “Thermoplastic Process Pipe”: Plastic piping materials and appurtenances 8. Section 400551 “Common Requirements for Process Valves”: Common product requirements for valves for placement by this Section 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping (Through-Penetration Protection System): The sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire-rated construction. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 2 Issued for Bid B. FM: Factory Mutual Insurance Company; FM Global is the communicative name of the company. C. WH: Warnock Hersey; indicates compliance to relevant building codes, association criteria, and product safety and performance standards. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work of this Section with installation of piping, valves and equipment connections specified in other Sections and indicated on Drawings. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer catalog information for each specified product, including installation instructions. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance, and limitation criteria. 3. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Indicate maximum temperature and pressure rating, face-to- face length, live length, hose wall thickness, hose convolutions per foot and per assembly, fundamental frequency of assembly, braid structure, and total number of wires in braid. 4. Expansion Joints: Indicate maximum temperature, pressure rating, and expansion compensation. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Identification: a. Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for pipe identification. b. Comply with ASME A13.1. 2. Indicate restrained joint details and materials. 3. Submit layout drawings showing piece numbers and location, indicating restrained joint locations. 4. Indicate layout of piping systems, including flexible connectors, expansion joints and compensators, loops, offsets, and swing joints. C. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings for maintenance of fire-resistance rating of adjacent assembly. D. Samples: 1. Pipe Restraints: Submit two samples of joint restraint parts. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 3 Issued for Bid F. Welder Certificates: Certify welders and welding procedures employed on Work, verifying AWS or ASME qualification within previous 12 months. 1.6 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. Submit signed and sealed Shop Drawings with design calculations and assumptions for: 1. Flexible connectors. 2. Expansion joints. 3. Pipe Restraints: a. Determine restrained lengths and submit joint restraint details. b. Use joint restraint devices specifically designed for applications as described in manufacturer data. 4. Firestopping Engineering Judgments: For conditions not covered by UL- or WH-listed designs, submit judgments by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction to accept as meeting fire-protection code requirements. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit special procedures and setting dimensions. B. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections. C. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. D. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer, installer, and licensed professional. 2. Submit manufacturer's approval of installer. 3. Welders: Qualify procedures and personnel according to ASME BPVC-IX or AWS D1.1. 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of piping appurtenances. B. Identify and describe unexpected variations to pipe routing or discovery of uncharted utilities. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified to NSF Standards 61 and 372. B. Perform Work according to ASME B31.9 for installation of piping systems and according to ASME BPVC-IX or AWS D1.1 for welding materials and procedures. C. Perform Work according to ASME B31.3 for installation of piping systems. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 4 Issued for Bid D. Through-Penetration Firestopping of Fire-Rated Assemblies: 1. Comply with UL 1479 or ASTM E814. 2. Minimum Positive Pressure Differential: 0.1-inch wg to achieve fire F-ratings and temperature T-ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than one hour. 3. Wall Penetrations: Fire F-ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than one hour. 4. Floor and Roof Penetrations: a. Fire F-ratings and Temperature T-ratings: As indicated on Drawings, but not less than one hour. b. Floor Penetrations within Wall Cavities: T-rating is not required. E. Through-Penetration Firestopping of Non-fire-rated Floor and Roof Assemblies: 1. Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion. 2. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories. 3. Penetrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories. F. Fire-Resistive Joints in Fire-Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: 1. Comply with ASTM E1966 or UL 2079. 2. Rating: As indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed. G. Fire-Resistive Joints between Floor Slabs and Exterior Walls: 1. Comply with ASTM E119. 2. Minimum Positive Pressure Differential: 0.1-inch wg to achieve fire-resistance rating as indicated on Drawings for floor assembly. H. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum 25/450 flame-spread/smoke-developed index when tested according to ASTM E84. I. Maintain one copy of each standard affecting Work of this Section on Site. 1.10 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum five years' documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum five years' documented experience. C. Welders: AWS or ASME qualified within previous 12 months for employed weld types. D. Licensed Professional: Professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in State of Texas. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 5 Issued for Bid 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. B. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. C. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Furnish temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings and maintain in place until installation. 3. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.12 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Furnish five-year manufacturer's warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE PENETRATIONS A. Performance and Design Criteria: 1. Firestopping Materials: As specified in Section 078400 - Firestopping. 2. Firestop interruptions to fire-rated assemblies, materials, and components. 3. Firestopping: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction, indicating approval of materials used. 2.2 PIPE SLEEVES A. All construction except new concrete walls: 1. Material: Schedule 40 galvanized steel conforming to ASTM A53. 2. 2-inch minimum circumference water stop welded to exterior sleeve at midpoint 3. Ends cut and ground to be: a. Flush with ground. b. Flush with ceiling. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 6 Issued for Bid c. 2 inches above finished floors. d. Sealed with caulking. e. Sized as required. B. New concrete walls with pipes up to 20 inches in diameter: 1. Material: non-metallic High-Density Polyethylene Sleeves (HDPE). 2. Integral hollow molded water stops. a. 4 inches larger than the outside diameter of the sleeve. 3. End caps for forming and reinforcing ribs. 4. Domestically manufactured by: a. Century-Line as manufactured by Pipeline Seal & Insulator, Inc., Houston, TX, or equal. C. New concrete with pipes 20 to 60 inches in diameter: 1. Material: molded HDPE modular interlocking discs to make the width of the wall a. Corrugated b. Cell-Cast as manufactured by Pipeline Seal & Insulator, Inc., Houston, TX, or equal. D. External wall penetrations: 1. 36 -in diameter and less may be made by means of a ductile iron sleeve capable of being bolted directly to the formwork: 2. Seal of the annular space between the carrier pipe and the sleeve made by means of a confined rubber gasket and be capable of withstanding 350 psi.: 3. Sleeve to have an integrally cast waterstop of 1/2-in minimum thickness, 2-1/2-in minimum height. 4. Manufacturers: Omni-Sleeve, Malden, MA or equal. 2.3 WALL CASTINGS A. Ductile iron conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.51/C151, thickness Class 53 or steel wall sleeves with NSF 61 primer coat and with 2-inch weep rings. B. Diameter as required. C. Flanges and/or mechanical joint bells drilled and tapped for studs where flush with the wall. D. Castings provided with a 2-in minimum circumferential flange/waterstop integrally cast with or welded to the casting. E. Located as follows: 1. for castings set flush with walls: located at the center of the overall length of the casting, 2. for castings which extend through wall: located within the middle third of the wall. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 7 Issued for Bid 2.4 SEALING MATERIALS A. Mechanical seals: 1. Of rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and the wall opening or sleeve. 2. Link pressure plates molded of glass reinforced nylon: a. colored throughout elastomer, b. permanent identification of the size and manufacturer's name molded into the pressure plate and sealing element. 3. Hardware: a. Mild steel with a 60,000 psi minimum tensile strength unless noted otherwise b. 2-part Zinc Dichromate coating per ASTM B-633 c. Organic Coating, tested in accordance with ASTM B-117 to pass a 1,500-hour salt spray test. d. Use Type 304 Stainless Steel hardware: 1) In the filter gallery. 2) Membrane area. 3) Exposed outdoor areas and valve vaults. e. Use Type 316 Stainless Steel hardware: 1) In chemical areas. 2) For submerged service . 3) For penetrations in tanks containing sludge or wastewater. 4. Completed sealing system: a. Duty pressure rated for 20 psig differential pressure. b. EPDM for all services except fire rated assemblies 1) Fire rated seals use silicone link material. c. Manufacturer: PSI-Thunderline/ Link-Seal as manufactured by Pipeline Seal & Insulator, Inc., Houston, TX, or pre-approved equal. B. Sealant: 1. A two-part foamed silicone elastomer manufactured by: a. Dow Corning Co., Product No. 3-6548 silicone R.T.V. b. 3M brand fire barrier products caulk C.P. 25 and 3M brand moldable putty MP+; c. Flame-Safe fire stop systems FS-900 by Rectorseal. 2. Sealant bead configuration, depth and width in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 8 Issued for Bid 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Bonding compound: 1. Sikadur Hi-Mod epoxy by Sika Corp.; 2. Euco 452 by Euclid Chemical Corp.; Master Builders Company. 3. Or equal. B. Non-shrink grout: 1. Masterflow 713 by Master Builders Co. 2. Euco NS by Euclid Chemical Co. 3. Five Star Grout by U.S. Grout Corp. 4. Or equal. 2.6 RESTRAINED JOINTS A. Where restrained joints are indicated on the Drawings, provide restraint rings welded to the pipe and tie rods in accordance with AWWA M-11. B. Manufacturers: 1. Romac. C. Description: 1. Restraint Rings: Weldment is manufactured from ASTM A36 Steel with a minimum yield stress of 36,000 psi. Two of there are required, one on each side of the coupling. 2. Tie Rods: High tensile alloy steel per ASTM A193 Grade B7. 3. Finish: Hot Dipped Galvanized. 4. Coating: Paint per Section 099673.13 5. Minimum Design Operating Pressure: 100 psig. 2.7 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers: 1. For pressure pipe applications and applications with steel and copper piping: Flexicraft Industries, Chicago, IL; Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.; Metraflex Company, Chicago, IL; Victaulic Company, Easton, PA or equal. 2. For non-pressurized applications involving plastic, clay, asbestos cement, or cast iron applications: Fernco or equal. 3. Substitutions: Not permitted. B. Steel Piping: 1. Inner Hose: Stainless steel. 2. Exterior Sleeve: Single-braided stainless steel. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig WSP at 450 F deg. 4. Joints: Flanged. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 9 Issued for Bid 5. Size: Use pipe-sized units. 6. Maximum Offset: 3/4 inch on each side of installed center line. C. Non-Pressurized Piping (Plastic, Clay, Asbestos Cement, Cast Iron utilized under 4.3 psig): 1. Flexible couplings: in accordance with ASTM D 5926, C1173 and CSA B602. 2. Couplings: rubberized PVC and be attached with the use of adjustable stainless-steel clamps. 2.8 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Flexicraft Industries, Chicago, IL; Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.; Metraflex Company, Chicago, IL; Victaulic Company, Easton, PA or equal. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. B. Performance and Design Criteria: 1. Bellow Design: According to Section C of EJMA Standards. 2. Rubber Spool Design. C. Stainless-Steel Bellows Type: 1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig WSP at 400 degrees F. 2. Maximum Compression: 1-3/4 inches. 3. Maximum Extension: 1 inch. 4. Joint: Flanged. 5. Size: Use pipe-sized units. 6. Application: Steel piping 3 inches and smaller. D. External Ring-Controlled Stainless-Steel Bellows Type: 1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig WSP at 400 degrees F. 2. Maximum Compression: 15/16 inch. 3. Maximum Extension: 5/16 inch. 4. Maximum Offset: 1/8 inch. 5. Joint: Flanged. 6. Size: Use pipe-sized units. 7. Accessories: Internal flow liner. 8. Application: Steel piping 3 inches and larger. E. Single, Double or Triple-Arch Rubber Spool Type: 1. Spool: EPDM. 2. Backing Rings: Galvanized steel for steel piping applications; Type 304 stainless steel for stainless steel piping applications. 3. Working Pressure: 125 psig. 4. Design Temperature Range: -22 to 250 degrees F. 5. Maximum Compression: Varies with size and number of arches, 0.6 to 6.75 inch. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 10 Issued for Bid 6. Maximum Elongation: Varies with size and number of arches, 0.4 to 3.75 inch. 7. Maximum Offset: Varies with size and number of arches, 0.5 to 3.0 inch. 8. Maximum Angular Movement: Varies with size and number of arches, 3.0 to 65 degrees. 9. Joint: Full-faced, Drilled to 150 # Standard, integral to body, with Backing Rings. 10. Size: Use pipe-sized units. 11. Accessories: Galvanized steel control rods for steel piping applications; Type 304 stainless steel control rods for stainless steel piping applications. 12. Application: Piping 1 inch and larger. 13. Air piping expansion joints shall alleviate stresses. The expansion joints shall be molded and consist of an EPDM elastomer tube reinforced with nylon cord. The expansion joints shall be capable of withstanding the vacuum and pressure under all operating conditions. The expansion joints shall have stainless steel floating flanges drilled or ANSI-125 and shall be equipped with thrust rods and stretcher plates. Each expansion joint shall have a minimum of two (2) Type 304 stainless steel 3/4” minimum thickness stretcher bolt plates. Thrust rod and bolt plate shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the specified operating pressure and temperature ranges. Spacing of expansion joints shall be as recommended by pipe manufacturer for temperature ranges noted in the stainless-steel pipe specification, or at minimum as shown on the Drawings. The expansion joints shall be Perflex 980 as manufactured by Holz, Ultrasphere by Flexicraft Industries, or equal by Metraflex Company. 2.9 EXPANSION LOOPS A. Provide expansion loops as indicated on Shop Drawings. 2.10 SLEEVE-TYPE COUPLINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. GE Oil & Gas (Dresser); Xylem (Smith-Blair), Baker or equal. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. B. Description: 1. Comply with AWWA C213, C219. 2. Middle Ring: Steel. 3. Followers: Steel. 4. Gaskets: a. Material: EPDM. b. Comply with ASTM D2000. 5. Nuts and Bolts: ASTM A307 and ANSI B1.1 with hexagonal, coarse thread fit, threaded full length with ends chamfered or rounded. a. Project ends 1/4-inch beyond surface of nuts. b. Hexagonal nuts with dimensions in accordance with ANSI B18.2 and coarse threads in accordance with ANSI B1.1. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 11 Issued for Bid 6. Middle ring of each mechanical coupling to have a thickness at least equal to that specified for size of pipe on which coupling is to be used and not be less than 10 -inch long for pipe 30-inch and larger and not less than 7-inch long for pipe under 30-inch in diameter. a. Omit pipe stop from inner surface of middle rings of couplings whenever necessary to permit removal of valves, flowmeters and other installed equipment. b. Provide pipe stops in other couplings. 7. Where shown on the drawings, anchor sleeve-coupled joints with harness bolts. Weld harness lugs to steel pipe. a. Joint harness bolts to be of sufficient length, with harness lugs placed so that coupling can be slipped at least in one direction to clear joint. Provide harnesses of sufficient number and strength to withstand test pressure. b. Each harness to have a minimum of two 5/8-inch diameter. C. Finishes: 1. Factory fusion bonded epoxy coated. 2.11 SPLIT-RING (GROOVED) COUPLINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Victaulic Company. 2. Gustin-Bacon. B. Description: 1. Grooved joints: Comply with AWWA C606. 2. Flexible or rigid couplings: Victaulic Style W77 or Victaulic Style W07. 3. Rigid Split Ring Couplings: a. Grooved ends – rigid groove with Style HP-70 couplings on ductile iron less than 18-inch diameter with sufficient wall thickness per AWWA C606, on standard groove with Style 77 coupling on manufactured steel or other pipe. b. Shoulder ends – Style 44 coupling on ductile iron over 16-in diameter or without sufficient wall thickness per AWWA C606 or on manufactured steel pipe or thin wall stainless steel pipe. 4. Flexible joint grooving to permit expansion and contraction, and angular deflection. Rigid joint grooving to all no angular or linear movement. 5. Grooved couplings for steel and stainless-steel piping to be roll grooving, machine- grooving, or ring collars fully welded to the pipe or fitting. C. Materials: 1. Housing: Ductile iron, ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 12 Issued for Bid 2. Housing Coating: Fusion bonded Epoxy Coated (Exterior and buried applications) or Standard Enamel/Epoxy Coated (Above ground applications). 3. Gasket: EPDM, NSF 61 Certified. 4. Hardware: Zinc plate finish, ASTM A449 (bolts) and ASTM A563 Grade B (nuts). 2.12 FINISHES A. Prepare piping appurtenances for field finishes as specified in Section 099673.13 – Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings. 2.13 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assemblies. B. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Inspect existing flanges for nonstandard bolt hole configurations or design and verify that new pipe and flanges mate properly. C. Verify that openings are ready to receive sleeves. D. Verify that pipe plain ends to receive sleeve-type couplings are smooth and round for 12 inches from pipe ends. E. Verify that pipe outside diameter conforms to sleeve manufacturer's requirements. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean end connections before installation. B. Close pipe and equipment openings with caps or plugs during installation. C. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to remove foreign substances. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 13 Issued for Bid 3.3 INSTALLATION A. According to ASME B31.3. B. Coating: Finish piping appurtenances as specified in Section 099673.13 “Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings.” C. Pipe Penetrations: 1. Flashing: a. Provide flexible flashing and metal counterflashing where piping penetrates weatherproofed or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs. b. Flash floor drains with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides, with minimum 36-by-36-inch sheet size. c. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. 2. Sleeves: a. Exterior Watertight Entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals. b. Set sleeves in position in forms and provide reinforcement around sleeves. c. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction and provide for continuous insulation wrapping. d. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor level and calk sleeves. e. Where piping penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe and adjacent Work with firestopping insulation and calk airtight. f. Provide close-fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. g. Install chrome-plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. D. Firestopping: 1. Install material at fire-rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, and other items requiring firestopping. 2. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. 3. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness and to uniform density and texture to achieve required fire and smoke rating. 4. Placement: a. Place foamed material in layers to ensure homogenous density, filling cavities and spaces. b. Place sealant to completely seal junctions with adjacent dissimilar materials. 5. Fire-Rated Surfaces: a. Seal opening at floor, wall, ceiling and roof. b. Install sleeve through opening and extend beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 14 Issued for Bid c. Size sleeve, allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. d. Pack void with backing material. e. Seal ends of sleeve with UL-listed, fire-resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. 6. Non-rated Surfaces: a. Install sleeve through opening and extend beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve to allow minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. d. Occupied Spaces: 1) Install escutcheons, floor plates or ceiling plates where conduit penetrates non-fire-rated surfaces in occupied spaces. 2) Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and rooms where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. e. Exterior Wall Openings below Grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical sealing device to size of piping and tighten in place according to manufacturer instructions. E. Flexible Connections: Install flexible couplings at connections to equipment and where indicated on Shop Drawings. F. Expansion Joints: 1. Install flexible couplings and expansion joints at connections to equipment and where indicated on Shop Drawings. 2. If expansion joint is supplied with internal sleeve, indicate flow direction on outside of joint. G. Air Release and Vacuum Breakers: Provide vacuum breakers as indicated on Shop Drawings. H. Backflow Preventers: 1. Install with nameplate and test cock accessible. 2. Install according to local code requirements. 3. Do not install in vertical position. I. Disinfection: Disinfect potable water piping as specified in Section 331300 - Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. After installation, inspect for proper supports and interferences. B. Repair damaged coatings with material equal to original coating. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 15 Issued for Bid 3.5 CLEANING A. Keep equipment interior clean as installation progresses. END OF SECTION 400506 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400506 - 16 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 400507 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This specification requires Contractor to delegate pipe support analysis and design for all piping on this project to a pipe support design engineer hired by the Contractor. Where the Drawings show support types and/or locations, they shall be analyzed for adequacy to support loads and stresses calculated by the pipe support designer, modified if required, installed generally where shown, and integrated with the pipe support system design provided by the Contractor. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 400506 “Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping.” 2. Section 400523 “Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing.” 3. Section 400524 “Steel Process Pipe.” 4. Section 400531 “Thermoplastic Process Pipe.” 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work of this Section with piping and equipment connections specified in other Sections and indicated on Drawings. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing Work of this Section. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog data including load capacity for every support type size and location. Load capacity shall be included with fabricated support systems as well. B. Shop Drawings: Submit scaled piping layouts for each system. Indicate flow stream, pipe size(s) material(s), schedule(s), lining(s), critical dimensions between pipes, equipment and building features. Indicate by schedule pipe hanger/support type and locations. Provide load capacities of each, and dimensioned details of each type of hangers, supports, anchors, embedment, and guides. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 2 Issued for Bid C. DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS: Support System Design 1. Engage the services of an independent registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Texas ordinarily engaged in the business of pipe support systems analysis and design, to analyze system piping and service conditions, and to develop a detailed support system design, specific to the piping material, pipe joints, valves, and piping appurtenances proposed for use. a. The proposed support system engineer shall have at least 5 years of experience in the analysis and design of similar systems, including the use of commercial and custom pipe supports and in the use of commercial pipe stress software programs. b. Engineer pre-approved support system engineering groups include the following: 1) J. Blanco Associates, Inc. Hawthorne, NJ 2) Fenny Engineering Company, Venice, FL 3) LCI Engineering, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. 2. The support system design shall include: a. Criteria by piping system. b. Summary of Contractor-selected related components including joints, class, valves, appurtenances, etc., and commercial supports and especially including pipe materials. c. Dead weight and dynamic analysis, including system thermal effects and pressure thrusts. Computer-based software system equivalent to Bentley Systems AutoPIPE or SST Systems CAEPIPE. 1) Present each system in an isometric graphic and show the resolved and resultant force and moment systems, as well as all recommended hangers, supports, anchors, restraints, and expansion/flexible joints. d. Submit a support system design to the Engineer for review. The submittal needs to be stamped by a professional engineer registered in State of Texas e. All aspects of the analysis and design to comply with the provisions of ANSI B31.3 and the referenced standards. f. Coordinate support arrangements to eliminate interference with similar systems to be installed under HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical; to account for structural expansion joints and to maintain access for both personnel and for the removal of equipment. D. Manufacturers' Instructions: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. B. Welders' Certificate: Submit welders' certification of compliance with ASME Section IX or AWS D1.1, verifying qualification within previous 12 months. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 3 Issued for Bid C. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer, fabricator, installer, and licensed professional. 2. Submit manufacturer's approval of installer. 1.7 DEFINITIONS A. Ferrous Metal: Iron, steel, stainless steel, and alloys with iron as principal component. B. Wetted or submerged: Submerged, less than 1-foot above liquid surface, below top of channel or tank wall, under cover or slab of channel or tank, or in other damp locations. C. “Pipe” or “piping” shall mean all piping, piping system(s), hose, tube, fittings, joints, valves, and similar appurtenances. D. Supports: wherever the word “supports” or “pipe supports” are used, they shall mean pipe supports, hangers, structural connections, concrete inserts (if allowed), anchors, guides, bolts, expansion units, restraints and all restraint, hanging, supporting, allowing controlled expansion, or other means of attaching piping along with the necessary appurtenances. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All supports and hangers shall be crated, delivered and uncrated so as to protect against any damage. B. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration shall occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed. C. Finished metal surfaces not galvanized, that are not of stainless-steel construction, or that are not coated, shall be grease coated, to prevent rust and corrosion. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to applicable authority AWS D1.1 for welding hanger and support attachments to building structure. B. Maintain one copy of each standard affecting the Work of this Section on-Site. 1.10 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with minimum three years' documented experience. B. Fabricator: Company specializing in fabricating products specified in this Section with minimum three years' documented experience. C. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum three years' documented experience and approved by manufacturer. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 4 Issued for Bid D. Licensed Professional: Professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in State of Texas. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspection: Accept materials on-Site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. B. Protect products from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage by storing in original packaging. 1.12 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Furnish five-year manufacturer's warranty for pipe hangers and supports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Support pipe and appurtenances connected to equipment to prevent any strain being imposed on the equipment. Comply with manufacturer’s requirements regarding piping loads being or not being transmitted to their equipment. Submit certification stating that such requirements have been met. B. Support and secure all pipe and tubing in the intended position and alignment to prevent significant stresses in the pipe or tubing material, valves, fittings, and other pipe appurtenances. Design all supports to adequately secure the pipe against excessive dislocation due to thermal expansion and contraction, internal flow forces, and all probable external forces such as equipment, pipe, and personnel contact. C. Pipe routing and support styles shall be per Drawings. Contractor may propose minor adjustments to the piping arrangements in order to simplify the supports, or in order to resolve minor conflicts in the work. Such an adjustment might involve minor change to a pipe centerline elevation so that a single trapeze support may be used. Such changes may be proposed and made only upon approval of the Owner and Engineer. D. Where flexible sleeve, split ring, vibration, or other couplings are required at equipment, tanks, etc., the end opposite to the piece of equipment, tank, etc., shall be rigidly supported to prevent transfer of force systems to the equipment. Do not install fixed or restraining supports between a flexible coupling and the piece of equipment. E. Pipe supports: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 5 Issued for Bid 1. Shall not induce point loadings but shall distribute pipe loads evenly along the pipe circumference. 2. Provide supports at changes in direction and elsewhere as shown in the Drawings or as specified herein. 3. No piping shall be supported from other piping or from metal stairs, ladders, and walkways, unless specifically directed or authorized by the Engineer. 4. Provide pipe supports to minimize lateral forces through valves, both sides of flexible split ring type couplings and sleeve type couplings, and to minimize all pipe forces on pump housings. Pump housings shall not be utilized to support connecting pipes. 5. Effects of thermal expansion and contraction of the pipe to be accounted for in the pipe support selection and installation. F. Insofar as is possible, floor supports shall be given preference. Where specifically indicated, concrete supports, as shown on the Drawings, may be used. Base elbow and base tees shall be supported on concrete pedestals. G. Restraints, flexible connections, expansion items, and related items as included in other specifications and shown on the Drawings. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS/DESIGN CRITERIA A. All supports and appurtenances shall be standard products from approved manufacturers wherever possible, and shall be adequate to maintain the supported load in proper position under all operating conditions. Any reference to a specific figure number of a specific manufacturer is for the purpose of establishing a type and quality of product and shall not be considered as proprietary. Note that different materials required, as specified in Part 2 MATERIALS, may require different figures or model numbers than those shown. 1. The minimum working factor of safety for all items, with the exception of springs, shall be five times the ultimate tensile strength of the material, assuming 10 feet of water-filled pipe being supported and normal test pressures. 2. Design for all loads using a safety factor of 5. B. Piping schedule, and Area Classification and Materials schedule are included in the contract drawings. Support materials to match Materials schedule. C. All items shall be designed with strength and stiffness to support, restrain, and allow expansion of the respective pipes under the maximum combination of peak loading conditions to include pipe weight, liquid weight, liquid movement and pressure forces, thermal expansion and contraction, vibrations, and all probable externally applied forces. D. Support spacing shall be per ASME B31.3 minimum. E. Complete design details of the pipe system components shall be submitted for review and approval as specified in Part 1. No support shall be installed without approved support system Drawings. F. The pipe support system shall not impose loads on the supporting structures in excess of the loads for which the supporting structure is designed. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 6 Issued for Bid G. Seismic Design and restraint requirements, in accordance with the Structural Design criteria located on sheet S-1 “Design Criteria & Loads”. 2.3 MATERIALS A. For support of metallic pipe: 1. Submerged, buried, or within outdoor structures (vaults, etc.): Type 316 stainless-steel (SS). 2. Within chemical areas: Vinyl ester fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) for pipe size up to 2-inch, epoxy coated steel per Division 09 for 2-1/2 inches size and larger. 3. Other locations: steel with galvanizing where noted, or if not otherwise noted, coating as required in Division 09. 4. Additional requirements (including dielectric insulation): see following paragraphs. B. For support of non-metallic pipe: 1. Submerged, buried, or within vaults: Type 316 stainless steel or FRP. 2. Within chemical areas: vinyl ester FRP. 3. Other locations: steel with galvanizing where noted, or if not otherwise noted, coating as required in Division 09; all with local stress protection shields. 4. Additional requirements (including stress protection shields): see following paragraphs C. Wherever stainless steel is noted, it shall be Type 316 unless specifically noted otherwise. 2.4 SUPPORT AND RESTRAINT SYSTEMS A. Steel or Ductile Iron Piping 1. Cast iron and ductile iron, steel, and stainless-steel piping shall be supported at a maximum support spacing of 10 feet with a minimum of one support per pipe section at the joints. 2. Support spacing for ductile iron, steel, and stainless-steel piping 2-in and smaller diameter shall not exceed 5 feet. 3. Applicable Steel and Stainless Steel Systems: a. HSPS WS-3 and WS-4 suction: 1) Diameter range: 24”-30”. 2) Joint Type: Flanged and welded. 3) Pressure Rating: 150 psi b. WS-3 Discharge. 1) Diameter range: 6”-30”. 2) Joint Type: Flanged and welded. 3) Pressure Rating: 175 psi c. WS-4 Discharge. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 7 Issued for Bid 1) Diameter range: 6”-30”. 2) Joint Type: Flanged and welded. 3) Pressure Rating: 250 psi d. Filter effluent/Backwash/Waste backwash. 1) Diameter range: 16”-30”. 2) Joint Type: Flanged and welded. 3) Pressure Rating: 150 psi e. Air Scour 1) Diameter range: 2”-10”. 2) Joint Type: Flanged and welded. 3) Pressure Rating: 100 psi f. Membrane Feed/Drain/Reverse Flush/Filtrate. 1) Diameter range: 2”-18”. 2) Joint Type: Flanged and welded. 3) Pressure Rating: 100 psi g. Raw Water - SVI Pump Discharge at SVI Gallery. 1) Diameter range: 4”-10”. 2) Joint Type: Flanged and welded. 3) Pressure Rating: 100 psi 4. Applicable Ductile Iron Systems: a. Raw Water - SVI Pump Suction Piping. b. Filter Drain Piping. B. Copper Piping: 1. Supports for copper pipe shall be copper plated or shall have a 1/16-inch plastic coating. 2. Support spacing for copper piping and tubing 2 inch and smaller diameter shall not exceed 5 feet and greater than 2-inch diameter shall not exceed 8 feet. 3. Where pipe supports come in contact with copper piping, provide protection from galvanic corrosion by: wrapping pipe with 1/16 inch thick neoprene sheet material and galvanized protection shield; isolators similar to Cooper B-Line B3195CT; or copper- plated or PVC-coated hangers and supports. C. Non-Metallic Piping: 1. All uninsulated non-metallic piping such as PVC, CPVC, HDPE, PVDF, etc., shall be protected from local stress concentrations at each support point. Protection shall be provided by non-metallic protection shields or other method as approved by the Engineer. a. Where pipes are bottom supported 180 degrees, arc shields shall be furnished. Where 360-degree arc support is required, such as U-bolts, protection shields shall © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 8 Issued for Bid be provided for the entire pipe circumference. All U-bolts or clamps for non- metallic pipes shall be plastic coated. b. Protection shields shall have an 18-gauge minimum thickness, not be less than 12 inches in length, and be securely fastened to pipe with Type 316 stainless steel straps not less than 1/2 inch wide. 2. Individually supported PVC pipes shall be supported as recommended by the pipe manufacturer except that support-spacing shall be manufacturers recommendation minus 2-ft. down to 5 ft spacing recommendation, then spacing shall be 3 feet. 3. Supports for horizontal multiple PVC plastic piping: a. Shall be continuous wherever possible. b. Multiple, suspended, horizontal plastic PVC pipe runs, where possible, shall be supported by ladder type cable trays such as: Husky Ladder Flange Out by MPHusky; or equal. c. Rung spacing shall be 12 inches. Tray width shall be approximately 6 inches for single runs and 12 inches for double runs. d. Ladder type cable trays shall be furnished complete with all hanger rods, rod couplings, concrete inserts, hanger clips, etc., required for a complete support system. Individual plastic pipes shall be secured to the rungs of the cable tray by strap clamps or fasteners similar to: Globe, Series 600; Unistrut Pipe/Conduit Clamps and Hangers; or equal. e. Spacing between clamps shall not exceed 9 feet. The cable trays shall provide continuous support along the length of the pipe. Individual clamps, hangers, and supports in contact with plastic PVC pipe shall provide firm support but not so firm as to prevent longitudinal movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. D. Framing Support System: 1. See Part 2 MATERIALS for materials of construction. 2. Beams: Size such that beam stress does not exceed 25000 psi and maximum deflection does not exceed 1/240 of span. 3. Column Members: Size in accordance with manufacturer's recommended method. 4. Support Loads: Calculate using weight of pipes filled with water. 5. Maximum Spans: a. Steel and ductile iron pipe, 3-inch diameter and larger: 10 feet centers, unless otherwise shown. b. Other pipelines and special situations: Same as noted in previous paragraphs. Supplementary hangers and supports may be required. E. All vertical pipes shall be supported at each floor or at intervals of not more than 12 feet by approved pipe collars, clamps, brackets, or wall rests and at all points necessary to ensure rigid construction. All vertical pipes passing through pipe sleeves shall be secured using a pipe collar. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 9 Issued for Bid 2.5 ANCHOR BOLTS/SYSTEMS A. Anchoring Devices: Design, size, and space support anchoring devices, including anchor bolts, inserts, and other devices used to anchor support, to withstand shear, and pullout loads imposed by loading and spacing on each particular support. DO NOTE USE ADHESIVE ANCHOR BOLTS ON ANY PIPE SUPPORT HUNG FROM A ROOF OR CEILING, unless specifically noted otherwise. B. All post-installed anchors in concrete shall have current published ICC-ES Evaluation Report indicating the anchor is approved for installation in cracked concrete. C. The latest edition of the following specification and recommended practices shall become part of this specification as if written herein. Wherever requirements conflict, the more stringent shall govern. 1. ACI 318, Appendix D. 2. ACI 355.2, Mechanical Anchors “Qualification of Post-Installed Mechanical Anchors in Concrete” 3. Anchor manufacturer’s published installation requirements. D. Expansion anchors: 1. The length of expansion bolts shall be sufficient to place the wedge portion of the bolt a minimum of 1 inch behind the steel reinforcement. 2. Manufacturers: a. Power-Stud+ SD4 and Power-Stud+ SD6 by Powers Fasteners, Brewster, NY, b. Kwik Bolt as manufactured by Hilti USA, Tulsa, Oklahoma; or c. Wej-it by Wej-it Expansion Products, Inc., Broomfield, Colorado. E. Material schedule and notes on the Drawings will govern.. Unless otherwise noted, use Type 304 stainless steel anchoring parts/bolts and hardware for non-submerged supports, Type 316 stainless steel for submerged anchors. F. Size of anchor bolts as designed by manufacturer, 1/2-inch minimum diameter, or as shown on the Drawings. G. Anchors to concrete in chemical areas shall be epoxy secured vinyl ester FRP all thread, insertion depth and size as required by the manufacturer for the design loads. Nuts, bolts and hardware shall all be vinyl ester FRP construction. 2.6 HANGER RODS A. Where use of steel is allowed, hanger rods shall be hot-rolled steel, machine-threaded, and, except for stainless steel, galvanized after fabrication. The strength of the rod shall be based on its root diameter. 1. Hanger rods shall be attached to concrete structures using single or continuous concrete inserts by the named support manufacturers above. Where use of steel is allowed, inserts shall be malleable iron or steel with galvanized finish. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 10 Issued for Bid 2. Beam-clamps, C-clamps, or welded-beam attachments shall be used for attaching hanger rods to structural steel members. B. Minimum rod size for metallic rod hangers: (* For pipe diameters less than 14 inch, if using pipe roller, use 2 hanger rods with minimum diameter noted below for pipe's diameter). Nominal Pipe / Tube Diameter Minimum Hanger Rod Diameter 1 Less than 2-1/2 inch 1/4 inch* 2 3 to 8 inches 1/2 inch 3 10 to 14 inches 3/4 inch* 4 16 to 20 inches 2 at 1 inch 5 24 inches 2 at 1-1/4 inch 6 30 inches 2 at 1-1/2 inch 2.7 SINGLE PIPE HANGERS A. Unless otherwise indicated, pipe hangers and supports shall be standard catalogued components, conforming to the requirements of MSS-41, 58, or 69 and shall be of the following type: 1. Anvil International 2. Equal models by: Carpenter & Patterson, Inc., Wobum, MA; Cooper B-Line; Gulf State Manufacturing; or Unistrut Northeast, Cambridge, Massachusetts. B. Single pipes shall be supported by hangers suspended by hanger rods from structural steel members, concrete ceilings, bottom of trapeze hangers, and wall-mounted steel angle brackets. C. Where pipes are near walls, beams, columns, etc., and located an excessive distance from ceilings or underside of beams, welded steel wall brackets similar to Carpenter and Patterson, Figure Nos. 68, 79, 84, or 139 shall be used for hanging pipe. Where single pipes rest on top of bracket pipe supports, attachments shall meet requirements as specified under multiple pipe hangers. 2.8 MULTIPLE PIPE HANGERS A. Suspended multiple pipes, running parallel in the same horizontal plane that are adjacent to each other, shall be suspended by trapeze type hangers or wall brackets. Where use of steel is allowed, trapeze hangers shall consist of galvanized structural steel channel supported from galvanized threaded rod or attached to concrete walls, columns, or structural steel support members. See previous paragraphs about multiple PVC pipe supports. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 11 Issued for Bid B. Except as otherwise specified herein, pipe anchors used for attaching pipe to trapeze or multiple pipe wall brackets shall be anchor or pipe chairs similar to: 1. Anvil Fig. 175 2. Cooper B-Line B3147A or B3147B. 3. Where use of steel is allowed, material of construction shall be galvanized steel. Chair U bolts shall be tightened to allow freedom of movement for normal expansion and contraction except where pipe must be anchored to control direction of movement or act as a thrust anchor. 2.9 SINGLE PIPE SUPPORTS FROM BELOW A. Single pipes located in a horizontal plane close to the floor shall be Pedestal type: Schedule 40 pipe stanchion, saddle, and anchoring flange. 1. Nonadjustable Saddle: MSS SP 58, Type 37 with U-Bolt a. Anvil, Figure 259. b. Cooper B-Line, Figure B3090. 2. Adjustable Saddle: MSS SP 58, Type 38 without clamp a. Anvil, Figure 264. b. Cooper B-Line, Figure B3093. B. Pipes less than 3 inch in diameter 1. Hold in position by supports fabricated from steel C channel, welded post base similar to Unistrut, Figure P2072A, where use of steel is allowed; and pipe clamps similar to Unistrut, Figures P1109 through 26. 2. Where required to assure adequate support, fabricate supports using two vertical members and post bases connected by horizontal member of sufficient load capacity to support pipe. 3. Fasten supports to nearby walls or other structural member to provide horizontal rigidity. 4. More than one pipe may be supported from a common fabricated support. C. Pipes 3 inch in diameter and larger 1. Support by adjustable stanchions. 2. Provide at least 4-inch adjustment. 3. Flange mount to floor. D. Use yoked saddles for piping whose centerline elevation is 18 inch or greater above the floor and for all exterior installations. E. Pipe roller type supports shall be used where required to accommodate thermal movement in conjunction with axial supports. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 12 Issued for Bid 2.10 WALL SUPPORTED SINGLE AND MULTIPLE PIPES A. Single or multiple pipes located adjacent to walls, columns, or other structural members shall be supported using welded steel wall brackets, where use of steel is allowed, as manufactured by Carpenter and Patterson, Figure No. 69, 84, or 139. B. Where noted, multiple pipes may be supported on C-channel with steel brackets similar to Unistrut pipe clamps; with pipe anchor chairs; or equal. C. Individual pipes, up to 8-in diameter, where noted, may use MSS Type 8 pipe clamps as noted on the Drawings. D. Securely fasten all members to wall, column, etc., using double-expansion shields or other method as approved by the Engineer. Provide additional wall bearing plates as required. 2.11 BASE ANCHOR SUPPORT A. Bend Support: Where pipes change direction from horizontal to vertical via a bend, install a welded or cast base bend support to carry the load. Fasten to the floor, pipe stanchion, or concrete pedestal using expansion anchors or other method as approved by the Engineer. B. Concrete Supports: Where indicated, securely fasten pipe bends to concrete supports with suitable metal bands as required and approved by the Engineer. Isolate piping from poured concrete with a neoprene insert. 2.12 VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS A. Where vertical pipes are not supported by a Unistrut type system as specified, they shall be supported in one of the following methods. 1. For pipes 1/4 to 2 inch in diameter, a. Provide extension hanger ring with an extension rod and hanger flange. b. The rod diameter shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the type of pipe to be supported. c. Where use of steel is allowed, the hanger ring shall be steel- or PVC-clad depending on the supported pipe material of construction. The hanger ring shall be equal to Carpenter & Patterson, Figure Nos. 81. d. Where use of steel is allowed, the anchor flange shall be galvanized malleable iron similar to Carpenter and Patterson, Figure No. 85. 2. For pipes equal to or greater than 2 inch in diameter, a. extended pipe clamps similar to Carpenter & Patterson, Figure No. 267 may be used. b. Attach hanger to concrete structures using double expansion shields, c. Attach hanger to metal support members using welding lugs similar to Carpenter & Patterson, Figure No. 114. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 13 Issued for Bid B. Pipe supports shall be provided for closely spaced vertical piping systems required to provide a rigid installation. The interval of vertical support spacing shall be as specified, but in no case shall vertical interval exceed 12 feet. The support system shall consist of a framework suitably anchored to floors, ceilings, or roofs. C. Unless otherwise specified, shown, or specifically approved by the Engineer, vertical runs exceeding 12 feet shall be supported by base elbows/tees, clamps, brackets, wall rests, and pipe collars, all located as required to ensure a rigid installation. D. Pipe riser clamps, per MSS SP58, shall be used to support all vertical pipes extending through floor slabs. Where use of steel is allowed, riser clamps shall be galvanized steel manufactured by: 1. Carpenter & Patterson, Figure No. 128. 2. Anvil, Figure 261. 3. Cooper B-Line, Figure B3373. 4. Or equal. E. Copper-clad or PVC-coated clamps shall be used on copper pipes. Insulation shall be removed from insulated pipes prior to installing riser clamps. Insulation shall not be damaged by clamp installation. 2.13 SPECIAL SUPPORTS A. Framework supports 1. Vertical and horizontal supporting members shall be U-shaped channels similar to Unistrut, Series P1000. Vertical piping shall be secured to the horizontal members by pipe clamps or pipe straps. See pipe clamp and strap requirements. 2. For piping 3 inch and smaller, framework shall be as manufactured by: a. The Unistrut Corporation. b. Power-Strut (or Ackinstrut where fiberglass systems are specified). c. Multi-Strut by Carpenter-Paterson. d. Or equal. 3. For piping larger than 3 inch, the support frame shall be fabricated from structural stainless steel or steel shapes, depending upon the support location, and secured through the use of drop in, adhesive or expansion anchors. 4. The assemblies shall be furnished complete with all nuts, bolts, and fittings required for a complete assembly including end caps for all Unistrut members. 5. Electrical Conduit Support: Under Division 26. 6. The design of each individual framing system shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Submit shop drawings, and show all details of the installation, including dimensions and types of supports. In all instances the completed frame shall be adequately braced to provide a complete rigid structure when all the piping has been attached. B. Supports not otherwise described in this Section shall be fabricated or constructed from standard structural stainless steel or steel shapes in accordance what is shown on the drawings © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 14 Issued for Bid or Unistrut-type frame; have anchor hardware similar to items previously specified herein; shall meet the minimum requirements listed below; and be subject to the approval of the Engineer. C. Additional Pipe Support Situations 1. Supporting Multiple Chemical and Related Piping: a. Location: Indicated on Drawings or otherwise required, especially adjacent to chemical pumps. b. Use: Framework support. c. Materials: FRP, with proper local stress protection. 2.14 SHOP FACTORY FINISHING A. Prepare and prime metallic (except stainless steel) supports in accordance with Division 09. 2.15 ACCESSORIES A. Insulation Shield: Install on insulated non-steel piping. Oversize the rollers and supports, as required. Manufacturers: 1. Anvil, Figure 167. 2. Cooper B-Line, Series B3151. B. Welding Insulation Saddle: Install on insulated metal pipe. Oversize the rollers and supports, as required. Manufacturers: 1. Anvil, Figure 160. 2. Cooper B-Line, Series B3160. C. Vibration Isolation Pad: Install under base flange of pedestal type pipe supports adjacent to equipment, and where required to isolate vibration. 1. Isolation pads to be neoprene, waffle type. 2. Manufacturers: a. Mason Industries, Type W. b. Korfund. D. Dielectric Barrier: 1. Install between carbon steel members and copper or stainless-steel pipe. 2. Install between stainless steel supports and non-stainless steel ferrous metal piping. 3. All stainless-steel piping shall be isolated from all ferrous materials, including galvanized steel by use of neoprene sheet material and protection shields. E. Electrical Isolation: Install 1/4 by 3-inch neoprene rubber wrap between submerged metal pipe and oversized clamps. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 15 Issued for Bid PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify field dimensions as indicated on Shop Drawings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Obtain permission from Engineer before using powder-actuated anchors. B. Obtain permission from Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members. C. Inserts: 1. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. Before setting inserts, all drawings and figures shall be checked that have a direct bearing on the pipe location. Responsibility for the proper location of pipe supports is included under this Section. 2. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 in and larger. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through- bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above or recessed into and grouted flush with slab. D. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install according to: ASME B31.3. 2. Support horizontal piping as indicated on Drawings, depending upon pipe size. 3. Install hangers with minimum 1/2 in space between finished covering and adjacent Work. 4. Place hangers within 12 in of each horizontal elbow. 5. Use hangers with 1-1/2 in minimum vertical adjustment. 6. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 ft maximum spacing between hangers. 7. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. 8. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe or trapeze hangers. 9. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 10. Provide copper-plated hangers and supports for copper piping. 11. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 12. Support piping independently so that equipment is not stressed by piping weight or expansion in piping system. 13. Support large or heavy valves, fittings, and appurtenances independently of connected piping. 14. Provide welded steel brackets where piping is to be run adjacent to building walls or columns. 15. Use beam clamps where piping is to be suspended from building steel. 16. Insulated Piping: Provide two bolted clamps designed to accommodate insulated piping. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Hangers and Supports for Process Piping City of Fort Worth 400507 - 16 Issued for Bid 17. Use offset clamps where pipes are indicated as offset from wall surfaces. 18. Proceed with installation of piping and supports only after any building structural work has been completed and new concrete has reached its 28-day compressive strength. 19. The installation of pipe support systems shall not interfere with the operation of any overhead bridge cranes, monorails, access hatches, etc. No piping shall be supported from stairs, other pipes, ladders, and walkways unless authorized by the Engineer. 20. Repair mounting surfaces to original condition after attachments are made. 21. Brace horizontal pipe movements by both longitudinal and lateral sway bracing. 22. Where supports are required in areas to receive chemical resistant seamless flooring, install supports prior to application of flooring system. E. Equipment Bases and Supports: 1. Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum 3-1/2 in thick and extending 6 in beyond supported equipment. Using templates furnished with equipment, install anchor bolts and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. 2. Construct supports of steel pipe and fittings. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. 3. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed. Comply with Section 400513 “Common Work Results for Process Piping.” F. Prime Coat: 1. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. 2. Conform to Section 099673.13 “Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings.” 3. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. All pipe support systems shall be tested after installation in conjunction with the respective piping pressure tests. If any part of the pipe support system proves to be defective or inadequate, it shall be repaired, augmented or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. After the work is installed, but before it is filled for start-up and testing, the Support System Design Engineer shall inspect the work and shall certify its complete adequacy. Each system shall be inspected and certified in the same way. C. Submit a report, including all field modifications and including all certificates. 1. Insert state where project is located 2. The report shall bear the stamp of a professional engineer registered in State of Texas and shall be subject to the review of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 400507 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Ductile Iron Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400519 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 400519 - DUCTILE IRON PROCESS PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ductile-iron pipe. 2. Ductile-iron, malleable-iron, and cast-iron fittings. 3. Accessories. 4. Delegated design. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 400506 “Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping” for piping appurtenances. 2. Section 400507 “Hangers and Supports for Process Piping” for hangers, anchors, sleeves, and sealing of piping to adjacent structures. 3. Section 400551 “Common Requirements for Process Valves” for common product requirements for valves for placement by this Section. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work of this Section with piping and equipment connections specified in other Sections. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 013100 “Project Management and Coordination” for requirements for preinstallation meeting. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information regarding pipe and fittings. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accesso- ries. B. Shop Drawings: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Ductile Iron Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400519 - 2 Issued for Bid 1. Indicate layout of piping systems, including equipment, critical dimensions, sizes, and materials lists. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Prior to shipment of pipe, submit a certified affidavit of compliance from the pipe manufacturer stating that the pipe fittings, gaskets, linings and exterior coating for this project have been manufactured and tested in accordance with AWWA and ASTM standards and requirements specified herein. B. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of shop tests and inspections. C. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. D. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer, installer, and licensed professional. 2. Submit manufacturer's approval of installer. E. Welding certificates. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of piping, valves and other appurtenances, connections, and invert or centerline elevations. B. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials (including linings) in Contact with Potable Water: Certified according to NSF 61 and NSF 372. B. Hydrostatically test each length of ductile iron pipe at the point of manufacture to 500 psi for a duration of 10 seconds per AWWA C151. Furnish certified test results in duplicate to the Engineer prior to time of shipment. C. Inspect and test by Manufacturer the ductile-iron pipe and fittings at the foundry as required by the AWWA C600, Hydrostatic Testing. Furnish in duplicate to the Engineer sworn certificates of such tests and their results prior to the shipment of the pipe. D. Pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract may be inspected at the plant for compliance with this Section by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner, at the Owner's expense. E. Engineer will inspect the pipe and fittings after delivery. Products are subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the specified requirements, even though accepted as © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Ductile Iron Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400519 - 3 Issued for Bid satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Immediately mark pipe rejected after delivery and remove from the job site. F. Permanently mark pipe and fittings with the following information: 1. Manufacturer name and trademark 2. Manufacturing date. 3. Size, type, class, or wall thickness. 4. Production Standard (AWWA, ASTM, etc.). 1.9 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum five years' documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum five years' documented experience. C. Licensed Professional: Professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in State of Texas. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. Photograph and provide written documentation of damaged materials. C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Coverall openings to prevent entrance of dirt, water, and debris. 3. Protect piping and appurtenances by storing off ground 4. Limit stacking height to manufacturers specified maximum 5. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.11 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Ductile Iron Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400519 - 4 Issued for Bid 1.12 WARRANTY A. Furnish two-year manufacturer’s warranty for ductile iron process pipe and accessories. Warranty to begin from the Final Acceptance as defined in Division 00 of the Contract Documents. B. If the equipment should fail during the warranty period due to a defective part(s), replace (including shipment) and restore the unit(s) to service at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Piping: 1. Comply with AWWA C115. 2. Thickness Class: 53 per AWWA C150. 3. Ductile Iron pipe as manufactured by U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company, Inc.; American Cast Iron Pipe Company; all divisions of the McWane Company or an approved equal who is a member of the Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association (DIPRA). B. Fittings: 1. Material: AWWA C110, ductile iron. 2. Class: Same as that of connected piping. 3. Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings: As manufactured by U.S Pipe and Foundry Company, INC., American Iron and Pipe Company; all divisions of the McWane Company, or Sigma, Co., as specified on the City of Fort Worth Standard Products List. 4. Restrained Joints: Comply with AWWA C111. 5. Flanged Fittings: Comply with ASME B16.1 Class 125. a. Assembly bolts: square headed carbon steel machine bolts with hexagon nuts per ANSI B18.2. Threads conform to ANSI B1.1. Bolt length: 1/8” to 5/8” protrusion from nut after torquing. 6. Grooved joints: Comply with AWWA C606: a. Rigid couplings: Style 31 couplings as manufactured by Victaulic, Anvil International, or approved equal. b. For direct connection of ductile pipe to steel pipe of IPS sizes: Victaulic Style 307 transition coupling with offsetting, angle-pattern, bolt pads. c. Grooved end fittings for AWWA ductile iron pipe: Conform to ANSI A21.10/AWWA C110 for center-to-end dimensions and ANSI A21.10/AWWA C110 or AWWA C153 for wall thickness, with AWWA C606 grooved ends. 7. Sleeve type couplings: Dresser Style 38 or 138 as manufactured by Dresser Industries, or equivalent products of Smith-Blair, Romac Industries, Ford Meter Box Co or approved equal. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Ductile Iron Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400519 - 5 Issued for Bid 8. Flanged coupling adaptors: Smith-Blair Type 913, or equivalent products of Klamflex Pipe Couplings (PTY) LTD, Robar Industries LTD or approved equal. C. Cement-Mortar Lining: 1. Comply with AWWA C104. 2. Thickness: Standard. D. Special Linings: 1. Epoxy Lining: a. Line ductile iron pipe and fittings with a ceramic-filled amine-cured epoxy, Ceramapure PL90 NSF61 by Induron. This lining shall be used on all membrane facility related filtered water piping, and SVI related raw water piping, and wherever indicated on the Drawings. b. Lining thickness of 40 mils minimum. Applicator approved by the coating manufacturer and applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and under controlled conditions at the applicator's shop or the pipe manufacturer's plant. c. Submit a certified affidavit of compliance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements specified herein. E. Exterior Coating: 1. Exposed Service: As specified in Section 099673.13 "Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings”. 2. If required, coatings "hold-backs" to be provided at pipe and fitting ends for satisfactory installation for joint connections in the field. 3. Provide all necessary coating materials to perform field coating applications at joints compatible with or equal to the shop applied material. 4. Receive prior approval of the Engineer for field repair of pipe with damaged coating. If, in the opinion of the Engineer coating damage is beyond repair, replace pipe at the expense of the Contractor. 5. Ensure all flange bearing surfaces are uncoated. 6. Mechanically clean or brush blast all surfaces to have exterior coating applied to ductile iron surfaces. Chemical cleaning or wiping with solvent is not acceptable. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Thermal Insulation: 1. As indicated on the Drawings and as specified in section 404213 “Process Piping Insulation”. B. Gaskets: 1. Full face type EPDM per AWWA C111 to provide positive sealing for the flanged ductile iron joints. 2. Thickness: 1/8-inch. 3. NSF61 certified for potable water applications. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Ductile Iron Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400519 - 6 Issued for Bid 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assembly. B. Owner Inspection: 1. Make completed piping components available for inspection at manufacturer's factory prior to packaging for shipment. 2. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspection is allowed. C. Owner Witnessing: 1. Allow witnessing of factory inspections and test at manufacturer's test facility. 2. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspections and tests are scheduled. D. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract Documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Inspect existing flanges for nonstandard bolt hole configurations or design and verify that new pipe and flange mate properly. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings before installation. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Clean surfaces to remove loose rust, mill scale, and other foreign substances by power wire brushing. 2. Touch up shop-primed surfaces with primer as specified in Division 09. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Exposed Service Piping: 1. According to ASME B31.3. 2. In compliance with manufacturer’s instructions. 3. Run piping straight along alignment as indicated on Shop Drawings, with minimum number of joints. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Ductile Iron Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400519 - 7 Issued for Bid 4. Clean each length prior to installation. 5. Support per Section 400507. 6. Do not use equipment flanges for support; support pipe separately. B. Fittings: 1. According to manufacturer instructions. 2. Clean gasket seats thoroughly, and wipe gaskets clean prior to installation. 3. Tighten bolts progressively, drawing up bolts on opposite sides until bolts are uniformly tight; use torque wrench to tighten bolts to manufacturer instructions. 4. Flanged joints to be made using gaskets, bolts, bolt studs with a nut on each end, or studs with nuts where the flange is tapped. The number and size of bolts to conform to the same ANSI Standard as the flanges. 5. Provide required upstream and downstream clearances from devices as indicated on Drawings. C. Make taps to ductile iron piping only with service saddle, tapping boss of a fitting or valve body, or equipment casting. D. Install piping with sufficient slopes for venting or draining liquids and condensate to low points. E. Support exposed piping as specified in Section 400507 - Hangers and Supports for Process Piping. F. Provide expansion joints as specified in Section 400506 - Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping, and pipe guides as specified in Section 400507 - Hangers and Supports for Process Piping, to compensate for pipe expansion due to temperature differences. G. Disinfection: Disinfect potable water piping as specified in Section 331300 - Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution. H. Dielectric Fittings: Provide between dissimilar metals. I. Field Cuts: According to pipe manufacturer instructions. Cutting by abrasive saw only, leaving a smooth cut at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Damage to the lining repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Seal Field cut ends approved epoxy coating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. J. Finish primed surfaces according to Division 09. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Deflection at joints not to exceed that recommended by the pipe manufacturer. B. Supply and install fittings, in addition to those shown on Drawings, in areas where conflict exists with existing facilities. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Ductile Iron Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400519 - 8 Issued for Bid 1. Inspect for damage to pipe lining or coating and for other defects that may be detrimental as determined by Engineer. 2. Repair damaged piping or provide new, undamaged pipe at no additional cost to the project. 3. After installation, inspect for proper supports and interferences. a. Perform glass lining inspection and testing of pipe and fitting prior to installation. b. Visually inspect pipe in storage on site for damage and defects. c. The Engineer will select 10% of the pipe and fittings delivered to the site for field testing. d. Perform a spark test on the selected glass lined pipe pieces using testing firm/team acceptable to the manufacturer of the pipe and fittings. Perform the tests in accordance with ASTM B1000. e. The field spark test results not to exceed 15 percent variation in the number of pinholes detected during the factory test. If the field test results show greater than 15 percent variation in the number of pinholes detected when compared to the factory spark test, perform the field testing on the entire load of the glass lined pipe and fittings delivered to the site. f. Perform field test for straightness on 10 percent of 4” to 8” pipes. If the test results reveal deviation exceeds the maximum limits specified in ASTM B1000, perform the test on all the 4” to 8” pipes. g. All pieces which fail the field test specified herein or do not meet the maximum allowable pinhole requirement specified in ASTM B1000 to be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Pressure Testing: 1. Test Pressure: Not less than 200 psig or 50 psi in excess of maximum static pressure, whichever is greater 150 percent of maximum operating design pressure. 2. Conduct hydrostatic test for minimum two hours. 3. Filling: a. Fill section to be tested with water slowly and expel air from piping at high points. b. Install corporation cocks at high points. c. Close air vents and corporation cocks after air is expelled. d. Raise pressure to specified test pressure. 4. Observe joints, fittings, and valves under test. 5. Remove and renew cracked pipe, joints, fittings, and valves showing visible leakage and retest. 6. Leakage: a. Correct visible deficiencies and continue testing at same test pressure for additional two hours to determine leakage rate. b. Maintain pressure within plus or minus 5 psi of test pressure. c. Leakage is defined as quantity of water supplied to piping necessary to maintain test pressure during period of test. d. Compute maximum allowable leakage by following formula: 1) L = SD x sqrt(P)/C. 2) L = testing allowance in gph. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Ductile Iron Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400519 - 9 Issued for Bid 3) S = length of pipe tested in feet. 4) D = nominal diameter of pipe in inches. 5) P = average test pressure during hydrostatic test in psig. 6) C = 148,000. 7) If pipe under test contains sections of various diameters, calculate allowable leakage from sum of computed leakage for each size. e. If test of pipe indicates leakage greater than allowed, locate source of leakage, make corrections, and retest until leakage is within allowable limits. f. Correct visible leaks regardless of quantity of leakage. 3.6 CLEANING A. Keep pipe interior clean as installation progresses. B. After installation, clean pipe interior of soil, grit, and other debris. END OF SECTION 400519 (references follow) © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Ductile Iron Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400519 - 10 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Ductile Iron Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400519 - 11 Issued for Bid EXHIBIT A Use as a reference: LININGS AVAILABLE FOR DUCTILE PIPE Description: Maximum Service Temp. (Degree F): [1] Project Use: Thickness: CEMENT MORTAR With Sealcoat - 150 Degrees Without Sealcoat - 212 Degrees Drinking Water Process Water Drains Per AWWA C104 Ceramapure PL90 (ceramic- filled amine-cured epoxy) NSF 61 120 to 150 Degrees [2] Process Water(membranes and SVI area) 40 Mil (nominal) EPOXY SUITABLE FOR DRINKING WATER [3] 120 to 150 Degrees [2] Drinking Water Food Processing 24 Mil (Min) [1] Maximum service temperatures listed are intended as general guidelines. For higher service tem- peratures, consult manufacturer for specific recommendations. [2] Maximum service temperature for epoxies depends on service conditions and specific formula- tion. Consult manufacturer for recommendations for elevated temperature service. [3] All epoxies are not suitable for conveying drinking water. Consult manufacturer for recommenda- tions. END OF EXHIBIT A © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Ductile Iron Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400519 - 12 Issued for Bid EXHIBIT B Use as a reference GASKET MATERIALS USED FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE IN WATER AND SEWERAGE SERVICE Description: Maximum. Service Temperature (De- gree F): [1] [2] Project Uses Push-on: Mechanical Gaskets: Joint Gaskets: EPDM (Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer) 250 Degrees 225 Degrees Drinking Water Process Water Nitrile (NBR) (Acrylonitrile Butadiene) 150 Degrees 120 Degrees Drains Viton (R); Fluorel (R) (FPM) [3] (Fluorocarbon) 300 Degrees 225 Degrees Process Water (Chlorinated) Drinking Water [1]Maximum service temperatures listed are intended as general guidelines for ductile iron pipe gas- kets. For service temperatures greater than those listed, consult manufacturers for specific rec- ommendations. [2]Minimum service temperature is not usually a meaningful parameter for piping gaskets; however, low temperatures during pipeline installation may necessitate precautions. Consult manufacturer for pertinent recommendations. [3]Consult manufacturer for availability of FPM push-on gaskets. END OF EXHIBIT B © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing for Ozone Service City of Fort Worth 400522 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 400522 - STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING FOR OZONE SERVICE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Stainless steel pipe and fittings for ozone service. 2. Stainless steel tube and fittings for ozone service. 3. Accessories. 4. Delegated design. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 400506 “Couplings, Adaptors, and Specials for Process Piping” for pipe penetrations, restrained joints, flexible connections, expansion joints and loops, and sleeve-type couplings. 2. Section 400507 “Hangers and Supports for Process Piping” for hangers, anchors, sleeves, and sealing of piping to adjacent structures. 3. Section 400551 “Common Requirements for Process Valves” for common product requirements for valves for placement by this Section. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work of this Section with piping and equipment connections as specified in other Sections and as indicated on Drawings. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing Work of this Section. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information on pipe materials, tube materials, and fittings. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of piping systems, including equipment, critical dimensions, sizes, and materials lists. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing for Ozone Service City of Fort Worth 400522 - 2 Issued for Bid C. Proposed cleaning method, including pre-cleaning, post-weld cleaning, chemicals to be used, or mechanical descaling method and final cleaning/passivation/pickling. Include the method and schedule for drying the pipe so that it is ready for service as part of the proposed cleaning method. Include the name and qualifications of the firm that will be doing the cleaning. Include the name and qualifications of the independent firm that will be doing the inspection of cleaned pipe. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Welder Certificates: Submit welders' certification of compliance with ANSI B31.3, Paragraph 127.5, verifying qualification within previous 12 months. 1.6 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. Submit signed and sealed Shop Drawings with piping layout, with design calculations and assumptions for pipe sizing methods. Not all dimensions will be checked by the Engineer, nor will detailed review be performed. Ensure accurate dimensioning of piping systems. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of shop tests and inspections. B. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. C. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer, installer, and licensed professional. 2. Submit manufacturer's approval of installer. 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves, fittings, and appurtenances. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Permanently mark each length of pipe with manufacturer's name or trademark, and compliance with standards. B. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified according to NSF 61 and NSF 372. C. Furnish all stainless-steel pipe and fittings by a single manufacturer, who has a minimum of 5 years continuous and current experience in the manufacture of the items to be furnished. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing for Ozone Service City of Fort Worth 400522 - 3 Issued for Bid 1.10 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years' experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum three years' experience. C. Welders: AWS and ASME qualified within previous 12 months for employed weld types. D. Licensed Professional: Professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in State of Texas. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. Document and notify Engineer if product is damaged. B. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. C. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Protect piping and appurtenances by storing off ground. 3. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.12 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Minimum Conditions: Do not store or handle uninstalled lined pipes or fittings at temperatures below zero degrees F. 1.13 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Install piping in those locations indicated and as required for the complete ozone system. B. Provide stainless steel piping for the following systems and conditions: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing for Ozone Service City of Fort Worth 400522 - 4 Issued for Bid 1. System: Ozone-in-Oxygen and Ozone Off-Gas: a. Fluid: 0 to 12 percent by weight ozone-in-oxygen. b. Pressure: Atmospheric to 30 psig, 60 psig test. c. Temperature: Ambient to 150 degreesº F. 2. System: Sidestream (mostly dissolved ozone gas in water): a. Fluid: Ozonated water (0.01 ppm to saturation). b. Pressure: 100 psig, 150 psig test. c. Temperature: 32 to 100 degrees F. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design for pipe sizing. 2.3 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Piping: 1. Type: a. Welded; comply with ASTM A813/A813M. b. Class: SW; comply with ASTM A814/A814M. 2. Schedule: a. 2 inches and smaller: 40S. b. 2-1/2 inches and larger: 10S. 3. Grade: ASTM A312/A312M Type 316 annealed, pickled and passivated. Use Type 316L for welded joints. 316L. 4. Dimensions: Comply with ASTM A312/A312M. B. Joints: 1. Type: a. Piping less than 2 inches: socket weld or flanged at equipment as required or shown. b. Piping 2 inches and larger: Butt welded or flanged at valves and equipment as required or shown. C. Fittings: 1. Type: a. Piping 1-1/2 Inches and Smaller: Socket welded or Flanged (required at equipment). Threaded by specific approval of the Engineer. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing for Ozone Service City of Fort Worth 400522 - 5 Issued for Bid b. Piping 2 to 2-1/2 Inches: Butt welded or Flanged (required at equipment) and as shown on the Drawings. c. Piping 3 Inches (80 mm) and Larger: Butt welded or Flanged (required at equipment) and as shown on the Drawings. 2. Dimensions: Comply with ASTM A312/A312M. 3. Threaded Fittings: a. Comply with ASME B16.11 and ASTM A182/. b. Grade: Type 316. c. Threads: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 4. Butt-Welding Fittings: a. Comply with ASTM A403/A403M (less than 3 inches) and ASTM A774/A774M (3 inches or larger). b. Grade: Type 316L. c. Class: CR; comply with ASME B16.9 and MSS SP 43. 5. Flanged Fittings: a. Type: Welding neck or Slip on. b. Class: 150. c. Comply with ASTM A182/A182M. d. Grade: Type 316 or 316L. e. Facing and Drilling: Comply with ASME B16.5, with 1/16-inch raised face. f. Backing Flanges (only if approved for specific applications): 1) Material: Stainless steel. 2) Class: 150. 3) Comply with ASTM A351/A351M. 4) Grade: Type 316, Grade CF8M. 5) Type: Van stone. 6) Drilling: Comply with ASME B16.5. g. Bolting: 1) Bolts: Comply with ASTM A320/A320M, Grade B8M; hex head. 2) Nuts: ASTM A194, Grade 8M; hex head. 6. Flanged Connections: As required to connect stainless steel piping to fittings and equipment, as indicated on Drawings. 2.4 STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Tube: 1. Type: Seamless. 2. Comply with ASTM A269/A269M. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing for Ozone Service City of Fort Worth 400522 - 6 Issued for Bid 3. Grade: Type 316L. B. Joints: 1. Type: Socket weld; Flanged. C. Fittings: 1. Threaded: a. Comply with ASTM A182 and ASME B16.11. b. Grade: Type 316L. c. Threads: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 2. Butt-Welding Fittings: a. Comply with ASTM A403/. b. Grade: Type 316L. c. Class: WP-WX. 3. Socket-Welding Fittings: a. Comply with ASTM A403. b. Grade: Type 316L. c. Class: WP-S, WP-W, WP-WX. 4. Flanged Fittings: a. Type: Welding neck. b. Class: 150. c. Comply with ASTM A182. d. Grade: Type 316 or 316L. e. Facing and Drilling: Comply with ASME B16.5, with 1/16-inchraised face. f. Backing Flanges (only if approved for specific applications): 1) Material: Stainless steel. 2) Class: 150. 3) Comply with ASTM A351/A351M. 4) Grade: Type 316, Grade CF8M. 5) Type: Van stone. 6) Drilling: Comply with ASME B16.5. g. Bolting: 1) Bolts: Comply with ASTM A320/A320M, Grade B8M; hex head. 2) Nuts: ASTM A194, Grade 8M; hex head. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Pipe-Thread Tape: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing for Ozone Service City of Fort Worth 400522 - 7 Issued for Bid 1. Material: PTFE. 2. Comply with ASTM D3308. B. O-Ring Seals: Fluoro-elastomeric expanded PTFE for oxygen and ozone applications. C. Flange Gaskets: 1. Comply with ASME B16.5. 2. Nonmetallic Gaskets: a. Material: Expanded virgin PTFE for ozone and oxygen service. b. Comply with ASME B16.21. 3. Type: a. Raised-Face Flanges: Flat ring. b. Flat-Face Flanges: Full face. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assembly. B. Owner Inspection: 1. Make completed piping and tubing components available for inspection at manufacturer's factory prior to packaging for shipment. 2. Notify Owner at least 10 days before inspection is allowed. C. Owner Witnessing: 1. Allow witnessing of factory inspections and test at manufacturer's test facility. 2. Notify Owner at least 10 days before inspections and tests are scheduled. D. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Inspect existing flanges for nonstandard bolt hole configurations or design and verify that new pipe and flange mate properly. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing for Ozone Service City of Fort Worth 400522 - 8 Issued for Bid 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends and remove burrs. B. Bevel plain-end pipe. C. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings before installation. D. Flush all pipe with water or other approved fluid to remove all dirt, and foreign material. Remove all debris from the pipe, flushing the lowest segment outlet last to assure debris removal. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASME B31.3. B. Run piping straight along alignment as indicated on Shop Drawings, with minimum number of joints. C. Fittings: 1. Clean gasket seats thoroughly, and wipe gaskets clean prior to installation. 2. Install according to manufacturer instructions. 3. Bolting: a. Tighten bolts progressively, drawing up bolts on opposite sides until bolts are uniformly tight. b. Use torque wrench to tighten bolts to manufacturer instructions. D. Provide required upstream and downstream clearances from devices as indicated on Shop Drawings. E. Install piping with sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and condensate to low points. F. Support exposed piping as specified in Section 400507 - Hangers and Supports for Process Piping. G. Provide expansion joints as specified in Section 400506 “Couplings, Adaptors, and Specials for Process Piping,” and pipe guides as specified in Section 400507 “Hangers and Supports for Process Piping,” to compensate for pipe expansion due to temperature differences. H. Dielectric Fittings: Provide between dissimilar metals. I. Field Cuts: According to pipe manufacturer instructions. J. Field welding of stainless steel is not permitted unless otherwise approved by Engineer in writing. K. After the piping is installed, radiograph five per cent of shop butt welds (minimum of four), as selected by the Construction Manager and Engineer, and all field welds (if approved by © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing for Ozone Service City of Fort Worth 400522 - 9 Issued for Bid Engineer as noted above) by an approved independent non-destructive testing (NDT) company in accordance with ANSI B31.3. If any of the joints is unacceptable, test another equal number of joints until all joints in the sample are acceptable. The NDT company submits a written test report to the Construction Manager and Engineer, describing the radiography test procedure and results. The Subcontractor pays all costs for this NDT. L. Installation Standards: Install Work according to ASME B31.1 standards. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Install pipe, fittings and specials true to alignment and rigidly supported. Tolerances in accordance with the Pipe Fabrication Institute (PFI) standards: 1. PFI ES-3 – Fabrication Tolerances. 2. PFI ES-21 – Internal Machining and Fit-Up of GTAW Root Pass Circumferential Butt Welds. 3. PFI ES-49 – Guidelines for the Installation of Integrally Reinforced Branch Connection Fittings. B. Inspection: 1. Inspect for damage to piping or tubing that may be detrimental as determined by the Engineer. 2. Repair damaged piping, or provide new, undamaged pipe. 3. After installation, inspect for required supports and anchoring, interferences, and damage to pipe, tube, or fittings. C. Pressure Testing: As indicated on piping schedule. 3.5 CLEANING A. Conduct final cleaning of piping furnished and installed under this Section including gaseous oxygen, ozone-in-oxygen, ozone off-gas, ozone-in-water (side stream injection, sample lines, and ozone pipeline contactor. B. Provide submittal on proposed cleaning regime. C. Use a cleaning firm with at least five years of experience in the cleaning of GOX systems to conduct the final cleaning phase. Final cleaning consists of in-place chemical cleaning in accordance with ASTM G93, CGA G-4.1 and the following steps: 1. Alkaline Degreasing Solution: a. Verify compatibility of degreasing solution with gaskets and other system components. b. Circulate through the piping for a minimum of four hours to remove organic contamination, such as oils, greases and waxes. c. Prepare using distilled or deionized water. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing for Ozone Service City of Fort Worth 400522 - 10 Issued for Bid d. Temperature as recommended by the manufacturer of the cleaning agent; however, a minimum of 140 degrees F. e. Solution may be reused until it becomes ineffective as determined by pH or contaminant analysis. f. Rinse piping with potable water and properly dispose of used rinse water. 2. Phosphoric Acid Based Cleaning Solution: a. Phosphoric acid cleaning is a Contractor option that must be followed by Pickling. Contractor may or may not use this step, but next step of Pickling is required b. Circulate through the piping for a minimum of four hours for the removal of oxides, light rust, light oils and fluxes. c. Prepare using distilled or deionized water. d. Temperature as recommended by the manufacturer of the cleaning agent. e. Solution may be reused until it becomes ineffective as determined by pH or contaminant analysis. f. Rinse piping thoroughly by circulating distilled or deionized water to remove all traces of the acid without allowing the pipe surfaces to dry between rinses. g. Dispose of used rinse water in a manner approved by the Authority having Jurisdiction or the Engineer. h. After rinsing, no puddles of rinse water remain in the piping. 3. Pickling: a. Stainless steel pipe for ozone and oxygen service must be pickled in accordance with ASTM A380 using acid solution to remove the oxide heat scale at the welds. b. Carried out by a qualified acid cleaning contractor. c. Test effectiveness of post-weld pickling in removing weld-related heat scale by visually inspecting welds accessible from a dead end or other access point. d. Acceptable welds are bright metal and slightly etched, with no visible discoloration and rinsed to remove pickling solution residue. e. This procedure can be completed in the shop provided all pipe welds exposed to ozone in water are pickled. 4. Seal piping systems that will convey GOX or ozone in water with oil-free, dry nitrogen at a minimum pressure of 10 psig. a. Use Grade M or better Nitrogen as described in CGA G-10.1. 5. Ensure dry rinsed piping systems that convey ozone gas are continuously purged with oil- free dry nitrogen or GOX to obtain a dewpoint of -80 degrees F. a. Coordinate this step with the testing and start-up of the ozone equipment. b. Seal Ozone piping that will not be placed into service within one hour of cleaning with oil-free, dry nitrogen at a minimum pressure of 10 psig. c. Use Grade M or better Nitrogen as described in CGA G-10.1. 6. Provide all temporary pumps, tanks, hoses, connections and equipment for the final cleaning operation. 7. Properly dispose of all chemicals and waste products from the cleaning procedures. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing for Ozone Service City of Fort Worth 400522 - 11 Issued for Bid 3.6 FINAL INSPECTION A. cleaned and pickled piping systems for gaseous oxygen, ozone-in-oxygen, cooling water, ozone sampling, side stream ozone (ozone gas and side stream liquid conveyance), ozone off-gas, and ozone pipeline contactor piping systems by Third party inspector. B. Provide a qualified third-party inspector who has at least five years of experience in the past ten years inspecting liquid and gaseous oxygen piping systems in medical gas systems. C. Remove all temporary spools in piping to allow unimpeded inspection. Package temporary spools to remain the property of the Owner. 1. To minimize potential for contamination, removal will occur no sooner than 24 hours prior to start of inspection. 2. After removal of each spool, place a temporary plastic seal maintained at each location until final inspection has been completed and the in-line component is ready for installation. D. The inspection consists of the following procedures in accordance with ASTM G93, CGA G- 4.1: 1. Direct visual inspection by natural light to detect contamination by oils, greases, preservatives, moisture, corrosion products, weld slag, heat scale, metal filings and chips, and other foreign matter. 2. Direct visual inspection by ultraviolet (black) light to detect hydrocarbons, lint or dust. 3. Wipe test to detect contaminants on visually inaccessible areas. 4. Water break test to detect oily residues not found by other means. E. If contamination of any type as specified above is detected by any of the above inspection methods, reclean and reinspect the affected piping. F. The third-party inspector is the sole judge of whether the piping system has been cleaned for oxygen service in accordance with ASTM G93 and CGA G-4.1. G. Seal a piping system that is not to be placed into service within one hour with oil-free, dry nitrogen at a minimum pressure of 10 psig. END OF SECTION 400523 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing for Ozone Service City of Fort Worth 400522 - 12 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing City of Fort Worth 400523 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 400523 - STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Stainless-steel pipe and fittings. 2. Stainless-steel tube and fittings. 3. Accessories. 4. Delegated design. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 400506 - Couplings, Adaptors, and Specials for Process Piping: Pipe penetrations, restrained joints, flexible connections, expansion joints and loops, and sleeve-type couplings. 2. Section 400507 - Hangers and Supports for Process Piping: Hangers, anchors, sleeves, and sealing of piping to adjacent structures. 3. Section 400551 - Common Requirements for Process Valves: Common product requirements for valves for placement by this Section. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work of this Section with piping and equipment connections as specified in other Sections and as indicated on Drawings. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing Work of this Section. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information on pipe materials, tube materials, and fittings. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate piping layouts and schedules, with dimensions, fittings, expansion joints, locations of valves and appurtenances, joint details, wall penetration details, methods, © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing City of Fort Worth 400523 - 2 Issued for Bid types and locations hanger and support, and pertinent technical specifications for all piping to be furnished. Include all data and information required for the complete piping systems. Base all dimensions on the existing equipment. Indicate types and locations of pipe hangers and/or supports on the layouts for each pipe submittal. Contractor is responsible for accurate dimensioning of piping systems. C. Proposed cleaning method, including pre-cleaning, post-weld cleaning, chemicals to be used, or mechanical descaling method and final cleaning/passivation/pickling. Include the method and schedule for drying the pipe so that it is ready for service as part of the proposed cleaning method. Include the name and qualifications of the firm that will be doing the cleaning. Include the name and qualifications of the independent firm that will be doing the inspection of cleaned pipe. 1.6 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS: A. Submit signed and sealed Shop Drawings with piping layout, with design calculations and assumptions for pipe sizing methods. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections. B. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. C. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer, installer, and licensed professional. 2. Submit manufacturer's approval of installer. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Welder Certificates: Submit welders' certification of compliance with ANSI B31.3, Paragraph 127.5, verifying qualification within previous 12 months, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX certifications and American Welding Society (position 6D) certifications. 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves, fittings, and appurtenances. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Permanently mark each length of pipe with manufacturer's name or trademark, and compliance with standards. B. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified according to NSF 61 and NSF 372. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing City of Fort Worth 400523 - 3 Issued for Bid C. Furnish all stainless-steel pipe and fittings by a single manufacturer, who has a minimum of 5 years continuous and current experience in the manufacture of the items to be furnished. Design, fabricate, construct and install the pipe and fittings in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with this Section. 1.10 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum 5 years' documented experience. B. Welders: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX and American Welding Society (position 6D qualified within previous 12 months for employed weld types). C. Licensed Professional: Professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in State of Texas. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. Document and notify Engineer if product is damaged. B. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. C. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Protect piping and appurtenances by storing off ground. 3. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.12 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Minimum Conditions: Do not store or handle uninstalled lined pipes or fittings at temperatures below zero degrees F. 1.13 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.14 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace piping and/or tubing that fail(s) in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing City of Fort Worth 400523 - 4 Issued for Bid 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Piping shall be installed in those locations indicated and as required for the complete piping system. B. Provide stainless steel piping for the following systems and conditions: 1. System: Filter Backwash Scour Air: a. Fluid: Air. b. Pressure: Atmospheric to 15 psig, 25 psi test. c. Temperature: Up to 300 deg F. 2. System: Membrane Filtration Air Scrub: a. Fluid: Air b. Pressure: Atmospheric to 20 psig, 50 psi test c. Temperature: Up to 300 deg F 3. System: Instrument/Compressed Air: a. Fluid: Air. b. Pressure: Atmospheric to 100 psig, 150 psi test c. Temperature: Up to 150 deg F. 2.2 STAINLESS-STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Piping: 1. Type: a. Material: ASTM A778, Type 316 Stainless steel. b. Carbon content of Type 316L material to be 0.03 percent maximum. c. Finish: 2D. 2. Schedule: a. 8-inches and smaller: 40S. b. 10-inches and larger: 10S. 3. Pipe to be die-formed or rolled true to dimension and round. Stainless steel pipe joints to be pickled and passivated. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing City of Fort Worth 400523 - 5 Issued for Bid 4. Dimensions: Comply with ASTM A530, tolerances for length, inside and outside diameter and straightness. 5. Two edges of sheet to be brought to line so as not to leave a shoulder on the inside of the pipe. B. Joints: 1. Type: a. Piping less than 2 inches: socket weld or flanged at equipment as required or shown. b. Piping 2 inches and larger: cut or rolled groove, butt welded or flanged at valves and equipment as required or shown. C. Fittings: 1. Type: a. Piping 1 1/2 Inches and Smaller: grooved, Threaded. b. Piping 2 to 2-1/2 Inches: grooved or rolled, Butt welded. c. Piping 3 Inches and Larger: Butt welded. d. Compression fittings. 2. Dimensions: Comply with ASTM A312/A312M. 3. Threaded Fittings: a. Comply with ASME B16.11 and ASTM A182. b. Grade: Type 316. c. Threads: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 4. Butt-Welding Fittings: a. Comply with ASTM A403 (less than 3 inches) and ASTM A774 (3 inches or larger). b. Grade: Type 316L. c. Class: CR; comply with ASME B16.9 and MSS SP 43. 5. Rolled or cut groove for split ring couplings a. Minimum schedule 20 for cut groove. 6. Flanged Fittings: a. Type: Welding neck or Slip on. b. Class: 150. c. Comply with ASTM A182. d. Grade: Type 316L. e. Facing and Drilling: Comply with ASME B16.5. f. Backing Flanges: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing City of Fort Worth 400523 - 6 Issued for Bid 1) Material: Stainless steel. 2) Class: 150. 3) Comply with ASTM A351. 4) Grade: Type 316L. 5) Type: Van stone. 6) Drilling: Comply with ASME B16.1. g. Bolting: 1) Nuts and Washers: ASTM A194 Grade B8M Type 316 stainless steel, heavy hex. 2) Antisieze compound for stainless steel bolts and nuts to be of molybdenum disulfide base such as Molycoat-G or equal. 7. Flanged Connections: As required to connect stainless-steel piping to fittings and equipment and as indicated on Drawings. D. Gaskets for flanged connections to be a minimum of 1/16-inch thick, full face and to be EPDM rubber, Hypalon, Teflon, BUNA-N, SBR, NBR or Viton and to be selected by the manufacturer based upon the fluid, pressure and temperature specified in Paragraph 2.1 B. Gaskets for air service pipe flange joints shall be Viton material. Materials shall be NSF61 certified for potable water service. E. Ends of pipe and fittings to be perpendicular to the longitudinal axis. F. Longitudinal seams on pipe and fittings to be welded by either tungsten gas or the metallic gas method. G. The interior welds to be smooth, even and not to have an internal bead higher than 1/16-inch. H. All pieces to be marked with gauge and type of stainless steel. I. All stainless-steel pipe and fittings to be pickled at the point of manufacture, scrubbed and washed until all discoloration is removed in accordance with ASTM A380. J. Pipe ends to be prepared for couplings or other type ends where required by transport and handling limitations, where required by the support layout requirements and where noted on the drawings. K. Grooving (or built-up ends for Schedule 10s pipe) to be of the coupling manufacturers standard type. 2.3 STAINLESS-STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Tube: 1. Type: Seamless. 2. Comply with ASTM A269. 3. Grade: Type 316L. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing City of Fort Worth 400523 - 7 Issued for Bid 4. Finish: 2B. B. Joints: 1. Type: Socket weld, Threaded, Flanged cut or rolled groove. C. Fittings: 1. Threaded: a. Comply with ASTM A182 and ASME B16.11. b. Grade: Type 316L. c. Threads: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. d. Materials: ASTM A262, Practice A 2. Butt-Welding Fittings: a. Comply with ASTM A403. b. Grade: Type 316L. c. Class: CR. 3. Socket-Welding Fittings: a. Comply with ASTM A403. b. Grade: Type 316L. c. Class: WP-S. 4. Flanged Fittings: a. Type: Welding neck or Slip on. b. Class: 150. c. Comply with ASTM A182. d. Grade: Type 316L. e. Facing and Drilling: Comply with ASME B16.5, with. f. Backing Flanges: 1) Material: Stainless steel. 2) Class: 150. 3) Comply with ASTM A351. 4) Grade: Type 316L. 5) Type: Van stone. 6) Drilling: Comply with ASME B16.1. g. Bolting: 1) Bolts: Comply with ASTM A193 Grade B8M Type 316stainless steel, hex head. 2) Nuts and washers: ASTM A194 Grade B8M Type 316 stainless steel. 5. Crimp Fittings: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing City of Fort Worth 400523 - 8 Issued for Bid a. Material: Cold-drawn stainless steel. b. Grade: Type 316L. 6. Compression Fittings: a. Material: Stainless steel. b. Comply with ASTM A479. c. Grade: Type 316. d. Pressure Rating: As indicated in piping schedule. 7. Grooved Fittings D. Assemblies to consist of tubing, fittings, and components of one manufacturer. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Pipe-Thread Tape: 1. Material: PTFE. 2. Comply with ASTM D3308. B. O-Ring Seals: Rubber and suitable for the material conveyed. C. Flange Gaskets: 1. Comply with ASME B16.5. 2. Nonmetallic Gaskets: a. Material: Viton GF. b. Comply with ASME B16.21. 3. Type: a. Raised-Face Flanges: Flat ring. b. Flat-Face Flanges: Full face. D. All instrument shut-off valves and associated fittings to be supplied in accordance with piping specifications and all instrument installation details. Fittings to be compression type by Swagelok Type 316 stainless steel and valves be Whitey Type 316 stainless steel. E. All process connections to instruments to be annealed stainless steel tubing, Type 316. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assembly. B. Certificate of Compliance: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing City of Fort Worth 400523 - 9 Issued for Bid 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Inspect existing flanges for nonstandard bolt hole configurations or design and verify that new pipe and flange mate properly. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends and remove burrs. B. Bevel plain-end pipe. C. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings before installation. D. Flush all pipe with water or other approved fluid to remove all dirt, and foreign material. Remove all debris from the pipe, flushing the lowest segment outlet last to assure debris removal. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASME B31.3. B. Run piping straight along alignment as indicated on Shop Drawings, with minimum number of joints. C. Fittings: 1. Clean gasket seats thoroughly, and wipe gaskets clean prior to installation. 2. Install according to manufacturer instructions. 3. Bolting: a. Tighten bolts progressively, drawing up bolts on opposite sides until bolts are uniformly tight. b. Use torque wrench to tighten bolts to manufacturer instructions. D. Provide required upstream and downstream clearances from devices as indicated on Drawings. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing City of Fort Worth 400523 - 10 Issued for Bid E. Install piping with sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and condensate to low points. F. Support exposed piping as specified in Section 400507 - Hangers and Supports for Process Piping. G. Provide expansion joints as specified in Section 400506 - Couplings, Adaptors, and Specials for Process Piping, and pipe guides as specified in Section 400507 - Hangers and Supports for Process Piping, to compensate for pipe expansion due to temperature differences. H. Dielectric Fittings: Provide between dissimilar metals. I. Field Cuts: According to pipe manufacturer instructions. J. Field welding is not permitted. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Piping Laying Tolerance: 5/8 inch. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection: 1. Inspect for damage to piping or tubing that may be detrimental as determined by the Engineer. 2. Repair damaged piping, or provide new, undamaged pipe. 3. After installation, inspect for required supports and anchoring, interferences, and damage to pipe, tube, or fittings. B. Pressure Testing: As indicated on piping schedule. C. Repair pipe or fittings with mortar cracks wider than 1/16 inch. 3.6 CLEANING A. Conduct final cleaning of piping furnished and installed under this Section after successful pressure testing has been performed. B. After installation, the interior of pipelines shall be cleaned with steam or hot water to remove any foreign material picked up during transporting or installation. C. The exterior of pipelines shall be cleaned with Oakite deoxidizer or similar deoxidizer as recommended by the pipe manufacturer to remove all foreign matter, construction and painting stains and shop markings. D. Provide submittal on proposed cleaning regime. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing City of Fort Worth 400523 - 11 Issued for Bid END OF SECTION 400523 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing City of Fort Worth 400523 - 12 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTOINALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 400524 - STEEL PROCESS PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel pipe. 2. Cement-mortar-lined steel pipe. 3. Internally coated steel pipe. 4. Fittings. 5. Accessories. 6. Delegated design. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 099673.13 “Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings.” 2. Section 330110 “Disinfection of Potable Water Facilities.” 3. Section 331300 "Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution" for disinfection requirements for potable-water systems. 4. Section 400506 "Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping" for pipe penetrations, restrained joints, flexible connections, expansion joints and loops, and sleeve-type couplings. 5. Section 400507 "Hangers and Supports for Process Piping" for hangers, anchors, sleeves, and sealing of piping to adjacent structures. 6. Section 400551 "Common Requirements for Process Valves" for common product requirements for valves for placement by this Section. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work of this Section with piping and equipment connections specified in other Sections and indicated on Drawings. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information regarding pipe and fittings. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of piping systems, including equipment, critical dimensions, sizes, and material lists, locations of all expansion joints, supports, anchors, harnessing, valves, etc. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 2 Issued for Bid C. Complete schedule of all components included in the pipeline drawings, indicating the materials and schedule number of thickness of all pipe, the materials and class of all fittings and valves. D. Details of pipe coating, wrapping, lining, and painting. 1.5 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. Submit signed and sealed Shop Drawings with piping layout, with design calculations and assumptions for pipe sizing methods. A. Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications for licensed professional. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. B. Welder Certificates: Submit welders' certification of compliance with ASME BPVC Section IX or AWS D1.1/D1.1M, verifying qualification within previous 12 months. C. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections and provide required certifications including certified materials test reports indicating physical and mechanical properties and heat treatment for all piping components. D. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. E. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer, installer, and licensed professional. 2. Submit manufacturer's approval of installer. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of piping, valves and other appurtenances, connections, and centerline elevations. B. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Permanently mark each length of pipe with manufacturer's name or trademark and indicate conformance to standards. B. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified according to NSF 61 and NSF 372. C. All steel pipe and fittings to be furnished by manufacturers who are fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the items to be furnished. The equipment to be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and to comply with © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 3 Issued for Bid these Specifications as applicable. The steel pipe manufacturer to be certified by SPFA or ISO 9001 for steel pipe manufacturing or fabricating. D. Steel pipe and fittings to conform to all applicable standards of ASTM, ANSI and AWWA. E. Maintain one copy of each standard affecting Work of this Section on Site. F. Roll or permanently inscribe the manufacturer's name or trademark, the year of manufacture and the ASTM or API specification number on the pipe surface at the manufacturer's plant. Alternately, stencil the manufacturer's name or trademark, year of manufacture and ASTM or API specification number on the pipe surface. Pipe 1-1/2 inches and less in nominal diameter shall be bundled and tagged. G. Utilize only certified welders, having current certificates conforming to the requirements of the ASME code to perform all welding on steel pipes. Welders to be qualified under the requirements of Section IX Welding Qualifications, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. H. The Engineer reserves the right to perform shop inspections of the manufacture of the pipe. Provide at least 30 days’ notice to the Engineer prior to the beginning of any work so that inspection may be arranged. Furnish all facilities required for the inspection of materials and workmanship in the shop. 1. Inspection may include, welding inspection, review of certified material test reports, traceability check, and witness of assembly and fit-up. Prior to manufacture, the pipe fabricator shall supply the following information on suppliers of plate, piping, and other components: Items furnished, company name and address, contact name, telephone and fax number. The Engineer reserves the right to visit any or all of the suppliers and conduct inspections at their facilities. 2. The inspector has the authority to reject any material or work that does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Inspection at the shop is intended as a means of facilitating the work and avoiding errors . Shop inspection does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for furnishing proper materials or workmanship. 4. The costs of all welding supervision and inspections and tests will be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor will engage inspectors to inspect welded connections and to perform tests and prepare test reports. Perform non-destructive testing as required by the specification under which the pipe is manufactured. 5. Correct or reweld and retest deficient welds at the Contractor's expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and/or an acceptable independent testing lab. 1.9 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum five years' documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum five years' documented experience. C. Welders: AWS or ASME qualified within previous 12 months for employed weld types. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 4 Issued for Bid D. Licensed Professional: Professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed at Project location in State of Texas. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. B. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. C. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Protect piping and appurtenances by storing off ground. 3. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.11 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for requirements for ambient condition control facilities for product storage and installation. B. Minimum Conditions: Do not store or handle uninstalled lined pipes or fittings at temperatures below zero degrees F. 1.12 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace piping that fail(s) in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design pipe sizing. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 5 Issued for Bid 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General Service Piping (up through 3-inch diameter): 1. Comply with ASTM A53; Grade B. 2. Type: Seamless, electro-resistance welded or furnace-welded. 3. Schedule: 40. 4. Finish: Hot-dip galvanized. B. Water Piping: 1. Comply with AWWA C200 (compliance required for all piping 6-inch diameter and larger). 2. All water piping to be cement mortar lined. 3. Water Temperature: 95 deg F maximum, 32.5 deg F minimum. 4. Type: Fabricated pipe. 5. Minimum Schedule or Wall Thickness: a. Pipe Diameter 12 Inches and Smaller: Schedule 40, nominal O.D. of pipe b. Pipe Diameter 14-24 inches (Nominal Size): Equal to the actual clear diameter from mortar lining surface to mortar lining surface. c. Pipe diameter 30 Inch and larger (Nominal Size): Equal to the actual clear diameter from mortar lining surface to mortar lining surface. d. Steel pipe wall thickness: Meet performance and pressure ratings specified herein in accordance with the provisions of AWWA Manual M-11. Minimum wall thickness shall be 0.375 inch. e. Pipe shall have double wall thickness at slab and wall penetrations. 6. Minimum yield strength of 42,000 psi, fusion welded in accordance with the Code for Pressure Piping, ASME B31.1, to develop full plate strength. 7. Dimensions for steel pipe in accordance with ANSI/ASME B36.10M. Pipe fabricated with straight-seam welds or spiral-seam welds. Straight seam pipe will have not more than two longitudinal butt-welded seams. Girth seams butt welded and not be closer than 6 feet apart except in specials and fittings. Spiral lap welded steel pipe is not allowed. 8. Provide pipe in lengths of approximately 20 feet. 9. Fabricated Fittings and Special Sections: a. Comply with AWWA C208. b. Applies to fittings 24 inches and larger c. Fittings reinforced in accordance with AWWA Manual M-11; crotch plates will not be allowed – in such cases where crotch plates are necessary fittings shall be designed in accordance with ASME Boiler Pressure Vessel code. d. Minimum radii of centerlines of bends: 1.5 times nominal pipe diameter unless otherwise Shown on the Drawings. e. Fabricate fittings 24 inches and larger in accordance with the Code for Pressure Piping, ASME B31.1 and as specified herein. f. The minimum radii of the centerlines of bends: 1.5 times the nominal pipe diameter unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. g. Provide not less than the following number of bend segments in t he included angle between the point of tangency of the bend and connecting straight pipe: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 6 Issued for Bid Bend Number of Full Segments Number of Part Segments 75 – 90 deg. 4 2 60 – 74 deg. 3 2 45 – 59 deg. 2 2 30 – 44 deg. 1 2 0 – 29 deg. 0 2 1) Full segments: consist of sections with ends cut to form included angles of 15 degrees; 2) Part segments: consist of sections up to 7-1/2 degrees. A 90 degree bend requires four 15 degree segments, two 7-1/2 degree segments at the ends of the fitting and one additional 15 degree segment. A 45-degree bend requires two 15 degree segments and two 7-1/2 degree segments. 10. Flanges: a. Flanged joints for steel pipe: 1) Slip-on welding type with hubs meeting the requirements of ASME B16.5, or 2) Butt welded welding neck flanges meeting the requirements of ASME B16.5. b. Flanged joints for steel water pipe conform to AWWA C207. c. Slip-on flanges welded to the steel pipe at the hub and at the pipe end in conformance with the Code for Pressure Piping, ASME B31.1. d. Flanges flat faced for connections to cast iron valves, fittings, and equipment. Raised face flanges to be provided to connections to adjacent steel pipe and fittings. e. Blind flanges -in accordance with ASME B16.5 flat faced. f. Companion flanges - where flanged connections are indicated or otherwise required on pipe 2-in or less for connection to flanged valves, fittings and appurtenances. g. Steel companion flanges use threaded steel nipples, 150 lb ANSI Standard flat face flanges of the threaded type. Flanges to be spot faced on the back around each bolt hole. h. Hot-dip galvanize all flanges for galvanized pipe. i. Use steel 150 pound welding flanges for assembly with Class 125 cast iron flanged fittings, valves, and equipment. Use steel 300 pound flanges for assembly with Class 250 cast iron flanged fittings, valves, and equipment. Use AWWA Class B steel hub flanges for assembly with 25 pound cast iron flanged fittings. j. langed joints to be made with bolts or bolt studs with a nut on each end. Use Stud bolts for all bolting sizes 1-3/4 inches and larger. k. Bolts to meet the requirements of ASTM A193 Grade B8, and nuts and washers to meet ASTM A194 Grade B8M. All flange hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel unless noted otherwise. l. Bolts and stud bolts conform to the dimensional requirements of ASME B18.2.1 with rolled threads conforming to ASME B1.1, Coarse Series, Class 2 fit. Bolts and stud bolts and nuts to be of American Standard heavy unfinished hexagonal © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 7 Issued for Bid type. Bolts will be provided with a 1/4-inch projection beyond the nut when the joint with gasket is assembled. m. Bolt length to provide a 1/4-inch projection beyond the nut when joint with gasket is assembled. 11. Flange gaskets: a. Ring type gaskets for pipe larger than 12 inches diameter, and full-face gaskets for pipe sizes 12 inches diameter and smaller. Gasket dimensions conform to the requirements of ASME B16.21, unless specified otherwise. Gaskets to be as thin as the finish and accuracy of the flange surface will permit. 1) For general water service, rubber/elastomer gaskets will be EPDM NSF61 certified material, 1/8-inch-thick, rated for the fluid temperature of upto 120 F, 200 psig pressure, and meet the requirements of AWWA C207 2) Gasket material will be specifically recommended for the service by the gasket manufacturer and as approved by the Engineer. 12. Field Welding Materials: Comply with AWWA C206. C. Joints: 1. Description: Butt welded, Flanged or Mechanical coupling; harnessed for high-pressure service. 2. Joints for steel pipe two inches diameter and less will be screwed joints with clean cut threads conforming to the American Standard for Pipe Threads, as specified below. Screwed joints to be made up with good quality thread compound, suitable for the intended service, applied to the make thread only. 3. Joints for steel piping larger than two-inch diameter will be butt, socket or slip-on welded flanges. D. Fittings: 1. Type: a. Piping 2 Inches and Smaller: Threaded. b. Piping 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: Welded or flanged. 2. Dimensions: Comply with ASME B36.10M. 3. Flanged Connections: As required to connect steel piping to fittings and equipment. 4. Threaded Fittings: a. Class: 150. b. Malleable Iron: 1) Comply with ASTM A47 and ASME B16.3. 2) Type: Black; banded. Comply with FS WWP-521, Type 1 for use with black steel pipe and Type 2 for use with galvanized steel pipe. c. Forged Steel: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 8 Issued for Bid 1) Comply with ASTM A105, ASTM A858 and ASME B16.11. 2) Threads: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 5. Rigid Steel Couplings: Comply with ASTM A865. 6. Butt-Welding Fittings: a. Comply with ASME B16.9. b. Class: 150. c. Where welding fittings are approved for assembly in cement lined pipelines, fittings to be provided with a plain end, grooved end or shouldered end section welded on each end of the fitting and assembled with sleeve-type, groove type, or shoulder-end couplings as required. Long tangent welding fittings may be substituted for welded-on spool piece fittings provided they can accommodate the flexible pipe couplings. 7. Socket-Welding Fittings (applies to pipe 3-inch diameter and smaller): a. Comply with ASTM A105, Grade 2 and ASME B16.11. b. Class: 150. c. Fittings rated at 2000 pounds minimum. d. Socket welding fittings welded in conformance with the applicable provisions of the Code for Pressure Piping, ASME B31.1. 8. Flanged Fittings: a. Cast Iron: Comply with ASME B16.1. b. Class: 150. c. Steel flanged fittings to utilize forged steel slip-on flanges. Fittings will be Class 125 and Class 250 fittings conforming to the requirements of ASME B16.5, 150 pound or 300 pound, respectively as specified, except flanges that are flat faced. Provide Class 125 fittings conforming to AWWA C207, Class B. d. Cast steel flanged fittings to be assembled with forged steel flanges of the same pressure rating, conforming to ASME B16.5. e. Facing and Drilling: 1) Comply with ASME B16.5. 2) Type: Flat face. f. Backing Flanges: 1) Material: Cast steel. 2) Comply with ASTM A216. 3) Class: 150. 4) Type: Van stone. 5) Drilling: Comply with ASME B16.1. g. Fasteners: 1) Bolts: Comply with ASTM A193; Grade B8, hex head. 2) Nuts: Comply with ASTM A194; Grade B8M; hex head. 3) Cast-Iron Mating Flange on Valves or Equipment: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 9 Issued for Bid a) Bolts: Comply with ASTM A193, Grade B8; hex head. b) Nuts: Comply with ASTM A194; Grade B8M; hex head. 4) Washers: Constructed of same material as bolts. 5) All fasteners and hardware for fittings shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 9. Mechanical Couplings: Comply with AWWA C606. 10. Unions: a. Piping 2 Inches and Smaller: Threaded. b. Piping 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: Threaded or flanged. E. Flange insulating kits between all dissimilar metals, above-grade/sub-grade transitions and where otherwise noted. 1. Flange insulating kits to be installed within 6 months of the date of manufacture of all components. 2. Do not store insulating flange gaskets, sleeves, or washers under direct sunlight or at temperatures exceeding 110 degrees F. 3. Insulating gaskets to be full-face, Type E with an EPDM O-ring seal. Minimum total gasket thickness of 1/8 inch. The gasket is to have the same outside diameter as the pipe flange. The gasket inside diameter is to be equal to the inside diameter of the pipe’s steel cylinder. The complete assembly to have a pressure rating equal to or greater than that of the joint and pipeline. The gasket material to be resistant to intended chemical exposure, operating temperatures and pressures in the pipeline. Insulating sleeves to be one-piece, full-length, Mylar or NEMA G10 fiberglass reinforced epoxy with a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch. 4. Insulating washers to be NEMA G10 fiberglass reinforced epoxy. 2.3 BURIED STEEL PIPE EXTERIOR LINING A. Fusion-bonded epoxy coating. B. Comply with AWWA C213. 2.4 CEMENT-MORTAR-LINED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Comply with AWWA C205. B. Shop-apply lining after fabrication and before installation. Apply seal coat. C. Cement: Type II or Type II/V modified and per ASTM C150. D. Aggregate: 1. Material: Silica sand. 2. Comply with ASTM C33. E. Water: Clean with no organic matter or strong alkalis. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 10 Issued for Bid F. Liner Thickness: Comply with AWWA C205. G. In the shop, clean and uniformly line interior surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings, and specials with cement mortar applied centrifugally per AWWA C205. 1. Minimum under tolerance: 1/16 inch. 2. Maximum over tolerance: 1/8 inch. 3. Wire mesh reinforcement: Used in united mortal lining of fittings and specials. H. Internal linings and coatings for potable water lines and appurtenances must meet NSF/ANSI 61. I. Non-Shrink Grout Employed in the Interior Joints: Masterflow 713 grout by Master Builders or equal. 2.5 POLYURETHANE COATING SYSTEM FOR BURIED PIPING A. Per AWWA C222 standard requirements and tests, unless specified otherwise below. B. Shop applied, fast setting, less than 1 percent solvent, by volume, 100 percent solids, non- extended, polyurethane, or polyurethane/polyurea pipeline coating suitable for application to steel water pipe conveying potable water. C. Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 3.5 mil (MDFT). D. Coating System: Standard products of a recognized coating manufacturer regularly engaged in production of this type of product for a minimum of 5 years. Specific coating type must have a 3-year product history in similar type applications. E. Acceptable suppliers: 1. Chemline Incorporated. 2. Futura Coatings, Inc. 3. Carboline. 4. Approved equal. F. Surface Preparation and Coating Application Procedures: Per AWWA C222 and include a clean and abrasive blast of the pipe surface to a white metal blast condition per SSPC-SP-5. 1. Minimum Anchor Pattern Depth: 3 mils 2. Maximum Anchor Pattern Depth: 5 mils. G. Final Colors: Selected by Owner from a submitted range of available color samples or chips. H. Factory-Applied Coating: Minimum adhesion of 15,000 psi. I. Polyurethane Application: Temperature and Humidity controlled and contamination free per AWWA C222, applicable ASTM standards, and as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 1. Apply coating in enclosed buildings sheltered from snow, rain, wind, or adverse weather conditions. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 11 Issued for Bid J. Manufacturer’s Recommended Repair Kits: For field and factory touch-up repairs. Approved for potable water contact. 1. Repair kit material: Different color than original material to aid inspection and testing. K. Adequate Field Coating Repair Training: Will provided and is subject to approval by the Engineer. Major repairs, including any area larger than 3 inches in any direction, will require the use of heat shrink sleeves or by abrasive blasting to bare metal and repaired with original spray applied coating material. 2.6 FINISHES A. Coat machined faces of flanges with temporary rust-inhibitive coating. B. Prepare piping for field finishes as specified in Section 099673.13 “Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings”. 2.7 ACCESSORIES A. Pipe-Thread Tape: 1. Material: PTFE. 2. Comply with ASTM D3308. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: 1. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed pipe sections. 2. Conduct 15,000-V minimum electrostatic spark test on each plastic-lined pipe to ensure integrity of plastic liner. 3. Test thermal shock resistance of glass-lined pipe according to ASTM C600. B. Owner Inspection: 1. Make completed pipe sections available for inspection at manufacturer's factory prior to packaging for shipment. 2. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspection is allowed. C. Owner Witnessing: 1. Allow witnessing of factory inspections and test at manufacturer's test facility. 2. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspections and tests are scheduled. D. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract Documents. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 12 Issued for Bid 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Inspect existing flanges for nonstandard bolt-hole configurations or design and verify that new pipe and flange mate properly. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream ends of threaded pipes and file smooth. B. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings before installation. C. Surface Preparation: 1. Touch up shop-primed surfaces with primer as specified in Section 099673.13 “Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings” 2. Solvent-clean surfaces that are not shop primed. 3. Clean surfaces to remove loose rust, mill scale, and other foreign substances by commercial sand blasting; SSPC-SP 6. 4. Prime surfaces as specified in Section 099673.13 “Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings”. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. According to ASME B31.3 and AWWA M11. B. Run piping straight along alignment as indicated on Shop Drawings, with minimum number of joints. C. Fittings: 1. Clean gasket seats thoroughly and wipe gaskets clean prior to installation. 2. Install fittings according to manufacturer instructions. 3. Bolts: a. Determine torque per AWWA M11. b. Tighten bolts progressively, drawing up bolts on opposite sides until bolts are uniformly tight. c. Use torque wrench to tighten bolts to manufacturer instructions. d. Project 1/4-inch beyond the nut when joint with gasket is assembled. D. Install cement-lined fabricated fittings with flexible pipe couplings. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 13 Issued for Bid E. Provide required upstream and downstream clearances from devices as indicated on Shop Drawings. F. Install piping with sufficient slopes for venting or draining liquids and condensate to low points. G. Support exposed piping as specified in Section 400507 “Hangers and Supports for Process Piping.” Where temporary supports are used during construction, provide sufficient strength and rigidity to prevent shifting or distortion of the pipe. H. Provide expansion joints as specified in Section 400506 “Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping,” and provide pipe guides as specified in Section 400507 “Hangers and Supports for Process Piping,” to compensate for pipe expansion due to temperature differences. I. Disinfection: Disinfect potable-water piping as specified in Section 331300 “Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution.” J. Dielectric Fittings: Provide between dissimilar metals. K. Finish primed surfaces as specified in Section 099673.13 “Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings” L. When required, cut pipe by machine in a neat workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe. Cut ends to be smooth and at right angle to the axis of the pipe. Clean all steel pipe thoroughly before installation including smoothing and cleaning interior and exterior cut ends. All uncoated pipes to be placed on end and hammered to remove scale and loose particles. Repair lining damage to the satisfaction of the Engineer before the pipe is installed. M. Welding of steel butt-welding fittings, steel fabricated fitting and steel pipe to be in strict conformity with the Code for Pressure Piping, ASME B31.1, Section 6 and its Supplements. Submit Certificates of qualifications of current issue, conforming to the requirements of the Code to the Engineer before proceeding with any pipe welding. Use backing rings of carbon steel with spacer nubs that strike-off or melt with the weld for all pipe welding butt joints unless otherwise specified. N. Perform field welding of cement mortar lined steel pipe only where approved and in accordance with AWWA C206. Use flanged or other approved joints not approved for field welding. 1. Machine cut the ends of the lined pipe for pipe-to-pipe joints to provide an approximate bevel of 27-1/2 degrees. Ends may be chipped provided there is no damage to the cement lining, cleaned of scale, rust, oil and other foreign matter. Where fittings already having a bevel of 37-1/2 degrees are to be welded to pipe, pipe ends to be beveled to a 17-1/2 degree angle, making a total angle of bevel between joints of approximately 55 degrees. A 1/8-inch land to be provided where possible. 2. Pipe ends to be joined will be approximately 1/32 inch apart before tacking. Backing rings will not be used at welded joints in cement mortar lined pipe. Small tack welds to be made using a 1/8-inch electrode. The first bead or layer of welding laid by bridging across from bevel to bevel at the bottom of the groove just at the top of the land. A suitable crown reinforcement layer to be made on the top of the joint to finish off. 3. Direct current (DC) will be used for welding, with the base material on the negative side. 4. The first pass will be a stringer bead using a 1/8-inch electrode with a current of 80 to 90 amperes at 50 to 55 Volts. The second and succeeding passes to be woven beads using a © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 14 Issued for Bid 1/8-inch electrode and a current of 90 to 100 amperes at 55 to 58 Volts. All passes to be made slowly and with care not to burn through the land or the shoulder into the lining of the pipe. The joint will not be hotter than 100 deg. F. For large size pipe, a 5/32-inch electrode may be used, provided the temperature of the joint is held within 100 deg. F. 5. No stress relieving of welded joints is necessary unless the pipe wall thickness warrants it. After the weld is completed, the joints in the lining will be filled with a special compound of a wet slurry mix of the same cement used for the lining. Where accessible from the end of the pipe, the welded joint is to be swabbed with cement using a paint brush thoroughly wetted with the cement slurry. 6. Defects causing leaks in welded joints will be repaired by welding without damaging the cement lining using procedures similar to that specified hereinbefore. O. Finished welds to be examined as required by AWWA C206. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for requirements for tolerances. B. Circumferential deflection of all pipe in-place: not to exceed 2.0 percent of the pipe diameter. C. Install pipe within tolerance of 5/8 inch. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for requirements for inspecting and testing. B. Inspection: 1. Inspect for damage to pipe lining or coating and for other defects that may be detrimental as determined by Architect/Engineer. 2. Repair damaged piping or provide new, undamaged pipe. 3. After installation, inspect for proper supports and interferences. C. Pressure Testing: 1. Test Pressure: 150 percent of maximum operating design pressure. 2. Conduct hydrostatic test for minimum two hours with no drop in pressure and no leaks. 3. Filling: a. Slowly fill with water section to be tested and expel air from piping at high points. b. Install corporation cocks at high points. c. Close air vents and corporation cocks after air is expelled. d. Raise pressure to specified test pressure. 4. Observe joints, fittings, and valves under test. 5. Remove and renew cracked pipe, joints, fittings, and valves showing visible leakage and retest. 6. Leakage: © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 15 Issued for Bid a. Correct visible deficiencies and continue testing at same test pressure for additional two hours to determine leakage rate. b. Maintain pressure within plus or minus 5 psi of test pressure. c. Leakage is defined as quantity of water supplied to piping necessary to maintain test pressure during period of test. d. Compute maximum allowable leakage by following formula: 1) L = SD x sqrt(P)/C. 2) L = testing allowance in gph. 3) S = length of pipe tested in feet. 4) D = nominal diameter of pipe in inches. 5) P = average test pressure during hydrostatic test in psig. 6) C = 148,000. 7) When pipe under test contains sections of various diameters, calculate allowable leakage from sum of computed leakage for each size. e. If test of pipe indicates leakage greater than allowed, locate source of leakage, make corrections, and retest until leakage is within allowable limits. f. Correct visible leaks regardless of quantity of leakage. D. Replace pipe or fittings with mortar cracks wider than 1/16 inch. 3.6 CLEANING A. Keep pipe interior clean as installation progresses. B. After installation, clean pipe interior of soil, grit, loose mortar, and other debris. END OF SECTION 400524 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Steel Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400524 - 16 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Thermoplastic Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400531 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 400531 - THERMOPLASTIC PROCESS PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. PVC pipe. 2. PVC tube. 3. Fittings. 4. Accessories for plastic piping. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 330110 "Disinfection of Potable Water Facilities" for disinfection requirements for process piping. 2. Section 400506 "Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping" for pipe penetrations, restrained joints, flexible connections, expansion joints and loops, and sleeve-type couplings. 3. Section 400507 "Hangers and Supports for Process Piping" for hangers, anchors, sleeves, and sealing of piping to adjacent structures. 4. Section 400551 "Common Requirements for Process Valves" for common product requirements for valves for placement by this Section. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work of this Section with piping and equipment connections specified in other Sections and indicated on Drawings. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing Work of this Section. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog information regarding pipe and fittings. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of piping systems, including equipmen t, critical dimensions, sizes, materials lists, location of all fittings, valves, and in-line accessories. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Thermoplastic Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400531 - 2 Issued for Bid 1.6 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. Delegated Design Submittals: Submit signed and sealed Shop Drawings with design calculations and assumptions for pipe sizes and sizing methods, unless pipe sizes and ratings are already indicated on Drawings. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. B. Manufacturer’s recommended butt fusion welding procedures identifying all quality control checks during the fusion procedure including the minimum and maximum allowable bead formation during the heat soak process and the final weld roll back process for the various size pipes. C. Manufacturer to provide a sample joint for each size pipe to be supplied that is 12 -in long and has two heat fusion welds that identifies the manufacturer’s minimum and maximum allowable bead thicknesses. Provide documentation that the sample was pressure tested to 150 psi or the specified pressure. D. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of shop tests and inspections. E. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. F. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer, installer, and licensed professional. 2. Submit manufacturer's approval of installer. 1.8 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: 1. Certify that products meet or exceed specified sustainable design requirements. 2. Materials Resources Certificates: a. Certify source and origin for salvaged and reused products. b. Certify recycled material content for recycled content products. c. Certify source for regional materials and distance from Project Site. B. Product Cost Data: 1. Submit cost of products to verify compliance with Project sustainable design requirements. 2. Exclude cost of labor and equipment to install products. 3. Provide cost data for following products: a. Salvaged, refurbished, and reused products. b. Products with recycled material content. c. Regional products. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Thermoplastic Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400531 - 3 Issued for Bid 1.9 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of piping, valves and other appurtenances, connections, and centerline elevations. B. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Permanently mark each length of pipe with manufacturer's name or trademark and indicate conformance to standards. B. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified according to NSF 61. C. Maintain one copy of each standard affecting Work of this Section on Site. 1.11 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company listed with the Plastic Pipe Institute as meeting the recipe and mixing requirements of the resin manufacturer for the resin used to manufacture each of the respective thermoplastic pipe systems. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum three years' documented experience and approved by manufacturer. C. Licensed Professional: Professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in State of Texas. 1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspection: 1. Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. 2. Manufacturer's Packaging: Comply with ASTM D3892. B. Storage: Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. C. Protection: 1. Protect materials from puncture, abrasion, moisture, dust, and UV by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Protect piping and appurtenances by storing off ground. 3. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Thermoplastic Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400531 - 4 Issued for Bid 1.13 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Minimum and Maximum Temperatures: Do not install pipe when temperature is below 32.5 degrees F or above 95 degrees F if pipe is exposed to direct sunlight. B. UV Protection: Provide pipe installed above ground or outside with UV protection. 1.14 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PVC PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. PVC Pipe and Fittings: 1. Pipe and Fittings: a. Comply with ASTM D1785, Class 12454. b. Schedule: 80. c. Fittings: ASTM D2467, Schedule 80, socket. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, socket, solvent welded. 3. Flanges: Comply with ASME B16.5, rated for maximum 150 psig working pressure. 2.2 FINISHES A. Coat machined faces of metallic flanges with temporary rust-inhibitive coating. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. PVC Piping: 1. Flange Bolting: a. Hex-Head Bolts: Stainless steel; ASTM F593 Grade 316. b. Hex-Head Nuts: Stainless steel; ASTM F594 Grade 316. 2. Flange Gaskets: a. Type: Full faced. b. Material: EPDM. c. Comply with ASME B16.21. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Thermoplastic Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400531 - 5 Issued for Bid 3. Push-On Joint Seals: a. Material: EPDM. b. Comply with ASTM F477. 4. Solvent Cement: a. Comply with ASTM D2564. b. Formulated for use with sodium hypochlorite and other caustic solutions. c. Primers: Comply with ASTM F656. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed pipe sections. B. Owner Inspection: 1. Make completed pipe sections available for inspection at manufacturer's factory prior to packaging for shipment. 2. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspection is allowed. C. Owner Witnessing: 1. Allow witnessing of factory inspections and test at manufacturer's test facility. 2. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspections and tests are scheduled. D. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Inspect existing flanges for nonstandard bolt hole configurations or design and verify that new pipe and flange mate properly. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends, remove burrs, and bevel plain-end pipe. B. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings before installation. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Thermoplastic Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400531 - 6 Issued for Bid C. Cleaning: Clean surfaces to remove foreign substances. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASME B31.3 and B31.9. B. Run piping straight along alignment as indicated on Shop Drawings, with minimum number of joints. C. Fittings: 1. According to manufacturer instructions. 2. Gaskets: a. Clean seats thoroughly. b. Wipe gaskets clean prior to installation. 3. Tighten bolts progressively, drawing up bolts on opposite sides until bolts are uniformly tight; use torque wrench to tighten bolts to manufacturer instructions. D. Provide required upstream and downstream clearances from devices as indicated. E. Install piping with sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and condensate to low points. F. Support exposed piping as specified in Section 400507 “Hangers and Supports for Process Piping.” G. Provide expansion joints as specified in Section 400506 “Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping,” and provide pipe guides as specified in Section 400507 “Hangers and Supports for Process Piping,” to compensate for pipe expansion due to temperature differences. H. Disinfection: Disinfect potable-water piping as specified in Section 331300 “Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution.” I. Field Cuts: According to pipe manufacturer instructions. J. Joining: 1. Heat Joining: Comply with ASTM D2657. a. Butt-fusion joints to be done by a factory-qualified joining technician as designated by the pipe manufacturer. b. Field Samples: join two sample welds on each size of pipe to be installed using the same fusion welding equipment that will be used for completion of the entire work. These sample welds will be compared to the manufacturer’s sample previously submitted in accordance with Part 1. c. Pipe joints with beads in excess of 3/16-in will not be approved by the Engineer. 2. Electrofusion: Comply with ASTM F1290. 3. Primers and Cleaners: Comply with ASTM F402. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Thermoplastic Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400531 - 7 Issued for Bid 4. PVC Solvent-Cemented Joints: Comply with ASTM D2855. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection: 1. Inspect for piping defects that may be detrimental as determined by the Engineer. 2. Repair damaged piping, or provide new, undamaged pipe. 3. After installation, inspect for proper supports and interferences. B. Pressure Testing: 1. Test Pressure: Not less than 150 psig or 1.5 times the system’s working pressure, whichever is greater. 2. Conduct hydrostatic test for minimum two hours. 3. Filling: a. Fill section to be tested with water slowly and expel air from piping at high points. b. Install corporation cocks at high points. c. Close air vents and corporation cocks after air is expelled. d. Raise pressure to specified test pressure. 4. Observe joints, fittings, and valves under test. 5. Remove and renew cracked pipe, joints, fittings, and valves showing visible leakage and retest. 6. Leakage: a. Correct visible deficiencies and continue testing at same test pressure for additional two hours to determine leakage rate. b. Maintain pressure within plus or minus 5 psi of test pressure. c. Leakage is defined as quantity of water supplied to piping necessary to maintain test pressure during period of test. d. Correct visible leaks and repeat test to verify no leaks at the required test pressures. 3.5 CLEANING A. Keep pipe interior clean as installation progresses. B. Clean pipe interior of soil, grit, shavings, and other debris after pipe installation. END OF SECTION 400531 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Thermoplastic Process Pipe City of Fort Worth 400531 - 8 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Common Requirements for Process Valves City of Fort Worth 400551 - 1 Issued for Bid SECTION 400551 - COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Common requirements for valves. 2. Common requirements for valve actuators. 3. Valve tags. 4. Division 26 for Electrical work. 5. Division 40 for process valves, equipment, piping and actuators. 6. Division 40 for Instrumentation and Controls. 7. Delegated design. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 055000 “Metal Fabrications” for miscellaneous metalwork and fasteners specified by this Section. 2. Section 099673.13 “Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings” 3. Sections 330110 and 331300, “Disinfection of Potable Water Facilities” and “Disinfection of Water Utility Distribution” for procedures for the disinfection of process and finished water piping systems specified by this Section, respectively. 4. Section 400507 “Hangers and Supports for Process Piping” for product and execution requirements for valve supports specified by this Section. 5. Section 400557 “Actuators for Process Valves and Gates.” 6. Section 404213 “Process Piping Insulation” for valve insulation as required by this Section. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work of this Section with individual process valve specifications. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Valve Schedule: 1. Submit valve schedule populated with all Division 40 process valves specified for this project. Include all design criteria and features for the proposed actuators included in this project. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Common Requirements for Process Valves City of Fort Worth 400551 - 2 Issued for Bid 2. Approval of valve schedule submittal to precede all individual valve submittals. All subsequent individual valve submittals to include the approved valve tag number or group on the submittal cover sheet. B. Valve Tags: 1. Materials, dimensions and thickness of tags, materials and gauge of cable and splicing hardware. 2. Color palate for Owner selection. 3. Full scale drawing of sample with lettering dimensions and scribe depth. 4. Valve tag lettering provided with Valve Schedule above. Valve tagging shall be per P&ID Drawings. C. Power Actuator Data: 1. Sizing calculations a. Provide fluid pressure and velocity sizing basis. b. Provide maximum valve torque based on disc shape and flow direction. c. Clearly indicate safety factors and mechanical ratios of any intermediate gearing. 2. Maximum output torque of actuator and intermediate gearing. 3. Details of actuator mounting, including orientation of actuator and intermediate gearing. 4. Dimensional drawing of actuator assembled on valve. 5. Pneumatic/Hydraulic pressure requirements, electrical power supply, plumbing connection sizes and locations. 6. Wiring diagram, control wiring and protocol. 7. Valve cavitation limits for positioning, modulating and control valves mated to power actuator. D. Shop Drawings: Valve and actuator model number and size, valve parts list, materials of each part including material standard designation (ASTM or other), position indicators, limit switches, actuator mounting. E. Provide certified hydrostatic test data, per manufacturer's standard procedure or MSS-SP-61 for all valves. 1.5 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. Submit signed and sealed Shop Drawings with design calculations and assumptions for sizing of control valves. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit installation and operation instructions for each component including valve, actuator, gearbox, and any included instrumentation. B. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of integrators facility tests and manufacturers factory tests and inspections. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Common Requirements for Process Valves City of Fort Worth 400551 - 3 Issued for Bid C. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. D. Manufacturer Certification of Installation: Certify that equipment has been installed according to manufacturer instructions. E. Qualifications Statement: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer and licensed professional. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain clearances as indicated on Drawings and Shop Drawings. B. Ensure that materials of construction of wetted parts are compatible with process liquid. C. Mate valves to actuators at manufacturer’s or integrator’s facility. Fully test assembled product and certify ready for installation prior to shipment to the job site. 1. Only in special cases for extremely large assemblies where installation requires disassembly, may actuators be mounted to the valves in the field. D. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified to NSF 61 and NSF 372. E. Furnish affidavit of compliance with testing and manufacturing standards referred in this specification and the individual valve specifications. F. Provide the services of a qualified and factory-trained service representative of the manufacturer to provide installation inspection and check out, and operational and maintenance instruction, for each type of the following equipment for the following durations: Equipment Valve Sizes Installation Inspection O and M Instruction 480-volt electric actuators N/A 1 day, 8 hr. 1 day, 8 hr. Pneumatic actuators N/A 1 day, 8 hr. 1 day, 8 hr. Pressure regulating valves 12-in and up 1 day, 8 hr. 1 day, 8 hr. Actuated Pump Check Valves 12-in and up 1 day, 8hr. 1 day, 8 hr. Air release Valves 12-in and up 1 day, 8hr. 1 day, 8 hr. Solenoid valves for process 12-in and up 1 day, 8hr. 1 day, 8 hr. Swing Check Valves 12-in and up 1 day, 8hr. 1 day, 8 hr. Ball Valves 12-in and up 2 day, 16hr. 1 day, 8 hr. Butterfly Valves 12-in and up 1 day, 8hr. 1 day, 8 hr. G. Obtain Manufacturer’s Certification of Proper Installation for Specified valves and valve assemblies. H. Maintain one copy of each standard affecting Work of this Section on Site. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Common Requirements for Process Valves City of Fort Worth 400551 - 4 Issued for Bid 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing valves and actuators with minimum ten years' documented experience. B. Licensed Professional: Professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in State of Texas. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. B. Deliver factory mated power actuated valves on rigid wooden skids, fully braced and strapped to prevent damage to valve, actuator or coupling system. C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Protect valve ends from entry of foreign materials by providing temporary covers and plugs. 3. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.10 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to materials ordering or any fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Furnish five-year manufacturer's warranty for valves and actuators. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VALVES A. Description: Valves, operator, actuator, handwheel, chainwheel, extension stem, floor stand, worm and gear operator, operating nut, chain, wrench, and other accessories as required. B. All valves of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer C. Valve Ends: Compatible with adjacent piping system and as indicated on Drawings. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Common Requirements for Process Valves City of Fort Worth 400551 - 5 Issued for Bid D. Operation: 1. Close by turning counter-clockwise. 2. Cast directional arrow on valve or actuator with OPEN and CLOSE cast on valve in appropriate location. E. Valve Marking and Labeling: 1. Marking: Comply with MSS SP-25. 2. As indicated on the Drawings. 3. Labeling (valve tags): a. Fiberglass reinforced plastic, ASTM D709, 70 mil thick, 2 1/2-inch diameter or 2 1/2-inch by 1 1/4-inch. b. Lettering 1/16-inch thick of silk screening or other permanent embedment of subsurface printed graphics, permanently sealed. c. Colors of lettering and backing as selected by Owner. d. Two, 1/4-inch clear opening 316 stainless steel grommets at each end, center of hole 3/8-inch from tag edge. e. 3/32-inch 316 SS cable and splice hardware. F. Valve Construction: As Specified in Valve Sections. G. Van Stone flanges shall not be used with pinch valves, industrial butterfly valves; elastomer bellows style expansion joints or other piping system components having an elastomer liner (rubber seat) that is used as a gasket. 2.2 VALVE ACTUATORS A. Provide actuators in accordance with the Drawings and as specified. B. Provide mechanical position indicators for power actuated and gearbox actuated valves. C. Comply with AWWA C541 (Pneumatic and Hydraulic actuators) and C542 (Electric Motor Actuators) as applicable. D. Provide chain actuators for shutoff valves mounted greater than 7 feet above operating floor level. E. Gear and Power actuators as specified in Section 400557.00 “Actuators for Process Valves and Gates.” 2.3 INSULATION A. Insulate all valves installed in insulated piping systems as part of the Work, as specified in Section 404213 - Process Piping Insulation. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Common Requirements for Process Valves City of Fort Worth 400551 - 6 Issued for Bid 2.4 FINISHES A. Valve Coating: Comply with AWWA C550. B. Factory finishes are included in individual valve sections. C. Exposed Valves: As specified in Section 099673.13 “Water Treatment and Purification System Coatings” D. Stainless Body Valves: Do not coat. E. Do not coat flange faces of valves unless otherwise specified. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Test valves according to manufacturer's standard testing protocol, including hydrostatic, seal, and performance testing. B. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping system is ready for valve installation. B. Fully examine valves for debris, damage and interior finish blemishes prior to installation. Do not install valves with soiled interior or any visible damage to seats, discs or interior finish. C. Identify any piping, plant or equipment clearance issues prior to installation, bring to Engineer’s attention via job meetings, submittal process or request for information process. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install valves, actuators, extensions, valve boxes, and accessories according to manufacturer instructions. B. Inspect valve interiors before line closure for the presence of debris. At the option of the Engineer, internal inspection of valve and appurtenances may be required any time that the likelihood of debris is a possibility. Clean connecting pipes prior to installation, testing, disinfection and final acceptance. C. Disinfect valves installed in potable water lines with approved pipeline disinfection process. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Common Requirements for Process Valves City of Fort Worth 400551 - 7 Issued for Bid D. Rigidly support valves to avoid stresses on piping. E. Coat studs, bolts and nuts with anti-seizing lubricant. F. Dielectric Fittings: Provide between dissimilar metals. G. Clean field welds of slag and splatter to provide a smooth surface. H. Mate, adjust and fully test gearboxes, electric, hydraulic and pneumatic actuators to valves at manufacturer’s or integrator’s facility. 1. Only in special cases for extremely large assemblies where installation requires disassembly may actuators be mounted to the valves in the field. These circumstances require preinstallation meetings. I. In no case shall stems be installed vertically downward. J. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings: 1. Install Gate, Globe, Ball valves with stem vertical in the 12 o’clock position. 2. Install Plug valves with stem horizontal and plug opening to the top of the body unless position will not allow proper actuator access, in which case stem may be vertical in the 12 o’clock position. 3. Install Butterfly valves 12 inch and smaller with stem horizontal or vertical in the 12 o’clock position, 4. Install Butterfly valves 14 inch and larger with the stem horizontal unless position will not allow proper actuator access, in which case stem may be vertical in the 12 o’clock position. 5. Install Control valves in horizontal pipelines with top works vertically upward. K. Install all brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators and appurtenances as indicated. Before properly setting these items, check all drawings and figures which have a direct bearing on their location. L. Inspect all materials for defects in construction and materials. Clean debris and foreign material out of openings, etc. Valve flange covers shall remain in place until connected piping is in place. Verify operability of all operating mechanisms for proper functioning. Check all nuts and bolts for tightness. Repaired or replace valves and other equipment which do not operate easily or are otherwise defective. M. Where installation is covered by a referenced standard, installation shall be in accordance with that standard, except as herein modified, and the Contractor shall certify such. Also note additional requirements in other parts of this Section. N. Unless otherwise noted, joints for valves and appurtenances shall be made up utilizing the same procedures as specified under the applicable type connecting pipe joint. Install valves and other items as recommended by the manufacturer. Verify manufacturers' torqueing requirements for all valves. O. Coordinate direction of flow through offset type and shaped butterfly valve discs with the mated actuator torque capacity. © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Common Requirements for Process Valves City of Fort Worth 400551 - 8 Issued for Bid P. Rotate valve operators and indicators to display toward normal operation locations. Consult with Engineer prior to installing valves with handwheels to confirm final position of handwheel. Q. Vertically center floor boxes, valve boxes, extension stems, and low floor stands over the operating nut, with couplings as required. 1. Adjust elevation of the box top to conform to the elevation of the finished floor surface or grade at the completion of the Contract. 2. Support boxes and stem guides during concrete placement to maintain vertical alignment. R. Install brass male adapters on each side of valves in copper-piped system and solder adapters to pipe. S. Install 1-inch gate or ball valves with cap for drains at main shutoff valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and equipment. T. Install valves with clearance for installation of insulation and to allow access. U. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. V. Pipe Hangers and Supports: As specified in Section 400507 “Hangers and Supports for Process Piping.” W. Comply with Division 40 - Process Interconnections for piping materials applying to various system types. X. Install protective strainers upstream of solenoid valves, pressure-reducing valves and pressure- sustaining valves. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Valve Field Testing: 1. Test for proper alignment. 2. If specified by valve Section, field test equipment to demonstrate operation without undue noise, vibration, or overheating. 3. Engineer will witness field testing. 4. Functional Test: a. Prior to system startup, inspect valves and actuators for proper alignment, quiet operation, proper connection and satisfactory performance. b. After installation, open and close all manual valves in the presence of the Engineer to show the valve operates smoothly from full open to full close and without leakage, c. Cycle valves equipped with electric, pneumatic or hydraulic actuators 5 times from full open to full closed in the presence of the Engineer to exhibit operation without vibration, jamming, leakage, or overheating. d. Operate pressure control and pressure relief valves in the presence of the Engineer to show they perform their specified function at some time prior to placing the © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Common Requirements for Process Valves City of Fort Worth 400551 - 9 Issued for Bid piping system in operation and as agreed during construction coordination meetings. 5. Field test pipelines in which the valves and appurtenances are to be installed. During these tests, adjust, remove or replace defective valve or appurtenance, or otherwise make acceptable to the Engineer. Test regulating valves, strainers, or other appurtenances to demonstrate conformance with the specified operational capabilities. Correct deficiencies replace device or otherwise made acceptable to the Engineer. END OF SECTION 400551 © 2025 CDM Smith 0515-239525 All Rights Reserved August 2025 Westside Water Treatment Plant 24 MGD Expansion Project Common Requirements for Process Valves City of Fort Worth 400551 - 10 Issued for Bid THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. City Secretary’s Office Contract Routing & Transmittal Slip *Indicates the information is required and if the information is not provided, the contract will be returned to the department. Contractor’s Name: Subject of the Agreement: M&C Approved by the Council? * Yes No If so, the M&C must be attached to the contract. Is this an Amendment to an Existing contract? Yes No If so, provide the original contract number and the amendment number. Is the Contract “Permanent”? *Yes No If unsure, see back page for permanent contract listing. Is this entire contract Confidential?*Yes No If only specific information is Confidential, please list what information is Confidential and the page it is located. Effective Date: Expiration Date: If different from the approval date.If applicable. Is a 1295 Form required?* Yes No *If so, please ensure it is attached to the approving M&C or attached to the contract. Project Number: If applicable. *Did you include a Text field on the contract to add the City Secretary Contract (CSC) number? Yes No Contracts need to be routed for CSO processing in the following order: 1.Katherine Cenicola (Approver) 2.Jannette S. Goodall (Signer) 3.Allison Tidwell (Form Filler)